Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 1, 2010
Registration No. 333-      
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
RigNet, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
 
         
Delaware   4899   76-0677208
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
1880 S. Dairy Ashford, Suite 300
Houston, Texas 77077-4760
Telephone: 281-674-0100
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
William D. Sutton
General Counsel
RigNet, Inc.
1880 S. Dairy Ashford, Suite 300
Houston, Texas 77077-4760
Telephone: 281-674-0100
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
 
     
Brian P. Fenske
Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
Fulbright Tower
1301 McKinney, Suite 5100
Houston, Texas 77010
(713) 651-5557
  Jeffrey D. Karpf
Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP
One Liberty Plaza
New York, New York 10006
(212) 225-2000
 
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
 
 
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
             
Large accelerated filer  o
  Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  þ   Smaller reporting company  o
         (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    
 
 
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
                     
      Proposed Maximum
      Amount of
 
Title of Each Class of
    Aggregate
      Registration
 
Securities to be Registered     Offering Price(1)(2)       Fee  
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share
    $ 86,250,000       $ 6,150  
                     
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purposes of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
(2) Includes offering price of shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we and the selling stockholders are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 
Subject to Completion. Dated October 1, 2010.
 
(RIGNET LOGO)
 
RigNet, Inc.
 
           Shares
Common Stock
 
 
This is the initial public offering of RigNet, Inc. We are offering           shares of our common stock. Selling stockholders are offering an additional           shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $      and $      per share. We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “RNET”.
 
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
                 
    Per Share   Total
 
Initial public offering price
  $             $          
Underwriting discounts and commissions
  $       $    
Proceeds to RigNet, before expenses
  $       $    
Proceeds to selling stockholders, before expenses
  $       $  
 
 
We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to           additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about          , 2010.
 
Deutsche Bank Securities Jefferies & Company
 
Simmons & Company
International
 
Prospectus dated          , 2010.


Table of Contents

 
(ARTWORK)
 


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
We are a leading data network infrastructure provider serving the remote communications needs of the oil and gas industry. Through a controlled and managed Internet Protocol/Multiprotocol Label Switching, or IP/MPLS, global network, we deliver voice, data, video and other value-added services such as real-time management and telemedicine services, under a multi-tenant model. These turnkey solutions simplify the management of communications services, freeing our customers to focus attention on their core drilling and production operations. Our customers use our secure communications and private extranet to manage information flows and execute mission-critical operations primarily in remote areas where conventional telecommunications infrastructure is either unavailable or unreliable. We offer our clients what is often the sole means of communications with their remote operations, including offshore and land-based drilling rigs, offshore production facilities, energy support vessels and support offices. To ensure the maximum reliability demanded by our customers, we deliver our services through our IP/MPLS global network, tuned and optimized for remote communications with satellite endpoints, that serves oil and gas customers in both North America and internationally. As of June 30, 2010, we were operating as the primary provider of remote communications and collaborative applications to over 375 customers in over 750 physical locations in approximately 30 countries on six continents.
 
The emergence of highly sophisticated processing and visualization systems has allowed oil and gas companies to make decisions based on reliable and secure real-time information carried by our network from anywhere in the world to their home offices. We supply our customers with solutions to enable broadband data, voice and video communications with quality, reliability, security and scalability that is superior to conventional switched transport networks. We do not own satellites or earth stations/teleports and procure bandwidth and equipment from third parties on behalf of our customers on a provider-neutral basis. Key aspects of our services include:
 
  •  managed solutions offered at a per rig, per day subscription rate primarily through customer agreements with terms that typically range from one month to three years, with some customer agreement terms as long as five years;
 
  •  enhanced end-to-end IP/MPLS global network to ensure significantly greater network reliability, faster trouble shooting and service restoration time and quality of service for various forms of data traffic;
 
  •  enhanced end-to-end IP/MPLS network allows new components to be plugged into our network and be immediately available for use (plug-and-play);
 
  •  a network designed to accommodate multiple customer groups resident at a site, including rig owners, drillers, operators, service companies and pay-per-use individuals;
 
  •  value-added services, such as WiFi hotspots, Internet kiosks, video conferencing and telemedicine, benefiting the multiple customer groups resident at a site;


1


Table of Contents

 
  •  proactive network monitoring and management through a network operations center that actively manages network reliability at all times and serves as an in-bound call center for trouble shooting, 24 hours per day, 365 days per year;
 
  •  engineering and design services to determine the appropriate product and service solution for each customer;
 
  •  installation of on-site equipment designed to perform in extreme and harsh environments with minimal maintenance; and
 
  •  maintenance and support through locally-deployed engineering and service support teams and warehoused spare equipment inventories.
 
Our business operations are divided into three reportable segments: eastern hemisphere, western hemisphere and U.S. land.
 
Eastern Hemisphere
 
Our eastern hemisphere segment services are performed out of our Norway, Qatar, United Kingdom and Singapore based offices for customers and rig sites located on the eastern side of the Atlantic Ocean primarily off the coasts of the U.K., Norway and West Africa, around the Indian Ocean in Qatar, Saudi Arabia and India, around the Pacific Ocean near Australia, and within the South China Sea. As of June 30, 2010, this segment was serving approximately 144 jackup, semi-submersible and drillship rigs and approximately 116 other sites, which include production facilities, energy support vessels, land rigs, and related remote support offices and supply bases.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, our eastern hemisphere segment produced revenues of $60.9 million, representing 75.3% of our total revenue, Adjusted EBITDA of $32.0 million, compared to our total Adjusted EBITDA of $29.1 million and net income of $24.7 million, compared to our total net loss of $19.6 million. Adjusted EBITDA is not a financial measure under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and is included in this prospectus to provide investors with a supplemental measure of our operating performance. See “Summary Consolidated Financial Data” below for our description of Adjusted EBITDA and reconciliation from net income, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. See the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more segment financial information.
 
Western Hemisphere
 
Our western hemisphere segment services are performed out of our United States and Brazil based offices for customers and rig sites located on the western side of the Atlantic Ocean primarily off the coasts of the United States, Mexico and Brazil, and within the Gulf of Mexico, but excluding land rigs and other land-based sites in North America. As of June 30, 2010, this segment was serving approximately 84 jackup, semi-submersible and drillship rigs and approximately 133 other sites, which include production facilities, energy support vessels and related remote support offices and supply bases.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, our western hemisphere segment produced revenues of $11.2 million, representing 13.9% of our total revenue, Adjusted EBITDA of $4.6 million, compared to our total Adjusted EBITDA of $29.1 million, and net income of $2.2 million, compared to our total net loss of $19.6 million.
 
U.S. Land
 
Our U.S. land segment provides remote communications services for drilling rigs and production facilities located onshore in North America. Our U.S. land segment services are performed out of our Louisiana based office for customers and rig sites located in the


2


Table of Contents

continental United States. As of June 30, 2010, this segment was serving approximately 323 onshore drilling rigs and other remote sites. Our product suite consists of broadband voice, data and Internet access services along with rig location communications such as wired and wireless intercoms and two-way radios. This segment leverages the same network infrastructure and network operations center used in our western hemisphere segment. We provide installation and service support from nine service centers and equipment depots located in key oil and gas producing areas around the continental United States.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, our U.S. land segment produced revenues of $9.9 million, representing 12.2% of our total revenue, Adjusted EBITDA of $2.0 million, compared to our total Adjusted EBITDA of $29.1 million, and net loss of $4.5 million, compared to our total net loss of $19.6 million.
 
Our Market Opportunity
 
Oil and gas companies operate their remote locations through global “always-on” networks driving demand for communications services and managed services solutions that can operate reliably in increasingly remote areas under harsh environmental conditions.
 
Oil and gas companies with geographically dispersed operations are particularly motivated to use secure and highly reliable broadband networks due to several factors:
 
  •  oil and gas companies rely on secure real-time data collection and transfer methods for the safe and efficient coordination of remote operations;
 
  •  long-term growth of global demand for crude oil and natural gas and increases in commodity prices are expected to improve the outlook for new rig construction and dormant rig reactivation;
 
  •  technological advances in drilling techniques, driven by declining production from existing oil and gas fields and strong hydrocarbon demand, have enabled increased exploitation of offshore deepwater reserves and development of unconventional reserves (e.g. shales and tight sands) and require real time data access to optimize performance; and
 
  •  transmission of increased data volumes and real-time data management and access to key decision makers enable customers to maximize operational results, safety and financial performance.
 
Competitive Strengths
 
Our mission is to continue to establish ourselves as the leading data network infrastructure provider within the oil and gas industry. We seek to maximize our growth and profitability through focused capital investments that enhance our competitive strengths. We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:
 
  •  mission-critical services delivered by a trusted provider with deep industry expertise and multi-national operations;
 
  •  operational leverage and multiple paths to growth supported by a plug-and-play IP/MPLS global platform;
 
  •  scalable systems using standardized equipment that leverages our global infrastructure;
 
  •  flexible, provider-neutral technology platform;
 
  •  high-quality customer support with full time monitoring and regional service centers; and
 
  •  long-term relationships with leading companies in the oil and gas industry.


3


Table of Contents

 
Growth Strategy
 
We increased revenues from $29.2 million in 2006 to $89.9 million in 2008, substantially through the successful execution of our business plan. Our revenues in 2009 were $80.9 million, despite challenging industry conditions in 2009 driven by the global economic downturn.
 
To serve our customers and grow our business, we intend to pursue aggressively the following strategies:
 
  •  expand our share of growing onshore and offshore drilling rig markets;
 
  •  increase secondary customer penetration;
 
  •  commercialize additional value-added products and services;
 
  •  extend our presence into adjacent upstream energy segments and other remote communications segments; and
 
  •  selectively pursue strategic acquisitions.
 
Risks Associated with Our Business
 
Our business is subject to numerous risks, including those described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks represent challenges to the implementation of our strategy and the success of our business and the occurrence of any of these risks could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. These risks include the following:
 
  •  The recent oil spill from the Macondo well in the Gulf of Mexico has led to the United States government’s imposition of a temporary moratorium on drilling offshore the United States in waters greater than 500 feet, which may reduce the need for our services in the United States Gulf of Mexico until the moratorium is lifted, and we cannot assure you that these rigs will be redeployed to other locations where we provide services. When the moratorium was announced, we were servicing 11 of the 35 rigs then in the Gulf of Mexico (including one en route) subject to the moratorium. In addition, the United States government’s newly-formed Bureau of Ocean Energy Management has slowed the issuance of drilling permits in the United States Gulf of Mexico shallow water regions (known as the Shelf), which may reduce the need for our services in the United States Gulf of Mexico shallow waters.
 
  •  The recent oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico has led to tighter safety requirements and other restrictions on offshore drilling in the Gulf of Mexico and this oil spill and other similar spills that may occur may lead to other restrictions or regulations on offshore drilling in the Gulf of Mexico or in other areas around the world, which may reduce drilling and thus the need for our services in those areas.
 
  •  We rely on third parties to provide satellite capacity for our services and are subject to service interruptions, capacity restraints or other failures by the third party satellite and other communications providers we utilize.
 
  •  We are subject to the volatility of the global oil and gas industry and our business is likely to fluctuate with the level of global activity for oil and natural gas exploration, development and production.
 
  •  We may face difficulties in obtaining regulatory approvals for our provision of telecommunication services, and we may face changes in regulation in the future.
 
  •  We have identified a material weakness, a significant deficiency and other deficiencies in our internal controls for the year ended December 31, 2009 and a significant deficiency and other deficiencies in our internal controls for the year ended December 31, 2008 that,


4


Table of Contents

  if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods and impair our ability to comply with the accounting and reporting requirements applicable to public companies.
 
Corporate Information
 
We were incorporated in Delaware on July 6, 2004. Our predecessor began operations in 2000 as RigNet Inc., a Texas corporation. In July 2004, our predecessor merged into us. Our principal executive offices are located at 1880 S. Dairy Ashford, Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77077-4760 and our telephone number is +1 (281) 674-0100. Our corporate website address is www.rig.net . We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.
 
For convenience in this prospectus, “RigNet”, the “Company”, “we”, “us” and “our” refer to RigNet, Inc. and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, unless otherwise noted.


5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING
 
Common stock offered by RigNet            shares
 
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders            shares
 
  Total common stock offered
           shares
 
 
Total common stock to be outstanding after this offering           shares
 
Use of proceeds We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:
 
• $400,000 of the proceeds will be used to pay an IPO success bonus to some of our key employees, including some of our named executive officers, upon completion of this offering. For more information about this bonus, see “Use of Proceeds” and “Executive Compensation”.
 
• The remaining proceeds will be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition of other businesses, products or technologies. We do not, however, have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time.
 
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds”.
 
Risk factors See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.
 
Proposed NASDAQ symbol “RNET”
 
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2010. Such number of shares excludes:
 
  •  3,420,750 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2010 with a weighted average exercise price of $1.76 per share; and
 
  •  3,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
 
Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes:
 
  •  the conversion, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of the offering, of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock into an aggregate of 15,663,258 shares of our common stock, plus approximately 2,500 additional shares of our common stock for each


6


Table of Contents

  day after June 30, 2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock;
 
  •  the issuance of           shares of our common stock, plus an additional          shares of our common stock for each day after          , 2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range included on the cover page of this prospectus, to pay our preferred stockholders the major event preference, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of the offering;
 
  •  the exercise of all of our outstanding cashless warrants for an aggregate of approximately 3,030,526 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering;
 
  •  the exercise of all of our outstanding warrants with an exercise price of $0.01 per share for an aggregate of 3,617,302 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering;
 
  •  the exercise of all of our outstanding warrants with an exercise price of $1.75 per share for an aggregate of 46,264 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering;
 
  •  the exercise of all of our outstanding anti-dilution warrants with an exercise price of $0.01 per share for an aggregate of 174,266 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering;
 
  •  the -to-one reverse split of our common stock on          , 2010;
 
  •  the filing of our post-offering certificate of incorporation and adoption of our post-offering bylaws immediately prior to the closing of the offering; and
 
  •  no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional          shares of our common stock from us to cover over-allotments.


7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss), balance sheets and other data for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of loss and comprehensive loss data for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2010 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this information together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders and unaudited pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding reflect:
 
  •  the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock into shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and
 
  •  the issuance of           shares of our common stock, plus an additional           shares of our common stock for each day after          , 2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range included on the cover page of this prospectus, to pay our preferred stockholders the major event preference, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of the offering.
 
We have presented the summary balance sheet data as of June 30, 2010:
 
  •  on an actual basis;
 
  •  on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock into an aggregate of 15,663,258 shares of our common stock, plus approximately 2,500 additional shares of our common stock for each day after June 30, 2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock, and (ii) the issuance of           shares of our common stock, plus an additional           shares of our common stock for each day after          , 2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range included on the cover page of this prospectus, to pay our preferred stockholders the major event preference, each of which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and
 
  •  on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our sale of          shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering by approximately           shares, the pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders by approximately: Basic $      and Diluted $     , and the pro forma weighted average shares outstanding by approximately: Basic $     


8


Table of Contents

and Diluted $     , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.
 
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total RigNet, Inc. stockholders’ equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $      million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information presented in the summary balance sheets data is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
 
                                         
          Six Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) Data:
                                       
Revenue
  $ 67,164     $ 89,909     $ 80,936     $ 40,880     $ 44,370  
Expenses:
                                       
Cost of revenue
    29,747       39,294       35,165       17,767       20,726  
Depreciation and amortization
    9,451       10,519       12,554       6,360       7,788  
Impairment of goodwill
                2,898       2,898        
Selling and marketing
    2,405       2,605       2,187       1,027       894  
General and administrative
    20,338       21,277       16,444       7,061       10,271  
                                         
Total expenses
    61,941       73,695       69,248       35,113       39,679  
                                         
Operating income
    5,223       16,214       11,688       5,767       4,691  
Interest expense
    (5,497 )     (2,464 )     (5,146 )     (4,061 )     (762 )
Other income (expense), net
    (63 )     27       304       127       (250 )
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
    (1,156 )     2,461       (21,009 )     (6,721 )     (12,446 )
                                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (1,493 )     16,238       (14,163 )     (4,888 )     (8,767 )
Income tax expense
    (628 )     (5,882 )     (5,457 )     (2,314 )     (2,292 )
                                         
Net income (loss)
    (2,121 )     10,356       (19,620 )     (7,202 )     (11,059 )
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to:
                                       
Non-redeemable, non-controlling interest
    167       235       292       146       162  
Redeemable, non-controlling interest
    971       1,715       10       54       25  
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. stockholders
  $ (3,259 )   $ 8,406     $ (19,922 )   $ (7,402 )   $ (11,246 )
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders
  $ (3,931 )   $ (4,190 )   $ (22,118 )   $ (8,370 )   $ (12,741 )
                                         
Net income (loss) per share attributable to:
                                       
RigNet, Inc. common stockholders:
                                       
Basic
  $ (0.19 )   $ (0.20 )   $ (1.04 )   $ (0.39 )   $ (0.60 )
Diluted
  $ (0.19 )   $ (0.20 )   $ (1.04 )   $ (0.39 )   $ (0.60 )
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                                       
Basic
    21,116       21,206       21,248       21,231       21,274  
Diluted
    21,116       21,206       21,248       21,231       21,274  
Other Data:
                                       
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP measure)
  $ 17,536     $ 30,409     $ 29,093     $ 15,308     $ 13,605  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    5,352       19,655       26,189       14,748       8,574  


9


Table of Contents

                                         
          Six Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
Net cash used by investing activities
    (7,204 )     (9,363 )     (19,305 )     (13,519 )     (6,563 )
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    5,871       (1,669 )     (10,774 )     (6,141 )     (4,512 )
Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to
                                       
RigNet, Inc. common stockholders
                  $               $    
                                         
Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders:
                                       
Basic
                  $               $    
                                         
Diluted
                  $               $    
                                         
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:
                                       
Basic
                                       
                                         
Diluted
                                       
                                         
 
                         
    June 30, 2010  
                Pro Forma
 
    Actual     Pro Forma     As Adjusted  
    (in thousands)  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 7,468     $       $    
Restricted cash—current portion
    2,500                  
Restricted cash—long-term portion
    7,500                  
Total assets
    86,342                  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    8,637                  
Long-term debt
    16,701                  
Preferred stock derivatives
    43,872                  
Preferred stock
    17,873                  
Total RigNet, Inc. stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (30,611 )                
 
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) plus net interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization, impairment of goodwill, (gain) loss on sale of property and equipment, change in fair value of derivatives, stock-based compensation expense and initial public offering costs and related bonuses. Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The table below provides a reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial measure to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss), operating income (loss) or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because other companies may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures in the same manner as we do. We prepare Adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. We encourage you to evaluate these adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate.

10


Table of Contents

 
We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance for the following reasons:
 
  •  securities analysts use Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure to evaluate the overall operating performance of companies, and we anticipate that our investor and analyst presentations after we are public will include Adjusted EBITDA; and
 
  •  by comparing our Adjusted EBITDA in different periods, our investors can evaluate our operating results without the additional variations caused by items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance and which are not necessarily comparable from year to year.
 
Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA:
 
  •  to indicate profit contribution and cash flow availability for growth and/or debt retirement;
 
  •  for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget and as a key element of annual incentive programs;
 
  •  to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business; and
 
  •  in communications with our board of directors concerning our financial performance.
 
Although Adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluations of companies, Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or other contractual commitments;
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense;
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for income taxes;
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect a non-cash component of employee compensation;
 
  •  although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for these replacements; and
 
  •  other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.


11


Table of Contents

 
The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods presented. Net income (loss) is the most comparable GAAP measure to Adjusted EBITDA.
 
                                         
          Six Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
    (in thousands)  
 
Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA:
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,121 )   $ 10,356     $ (19,620 )   $ (7,202 )   $ (11,059 )
Interest expense
    5,497       2,464       5,146       4,061       762  
Depreciation and amortization
    9,451       10,519       12,554       6,360       7,788  
Impairment of goodwill
                2,898       2,898        
(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment
    (27 )     (92 )     111       (23 )     320  
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
    1,156       (2,461 )     21,009       6,721       12,446  
Stock-based compensation
    169       231       277       140       218  
Initial public offering costs
    2,783       3,510       1,261       39       838  
Income tax expense
    628       5,882       5,457       2,314       2,292  
                                         
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP measure)
  $ 17,536     $ 30,409     $ 29,093     $ 15,308     $ 13,605  
                                         


12


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below before deciding to invest in our common stock. Our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing the risks described below, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to purchase any of our common stock.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
The recent oil spill from the Macondo well in the Gulf of Mexico has led to the U.S. government’s imposition of a temporary moratorium on deepwater drilling offshore the United States, which may reduce the need for our services in the Gulf of Mexico until the moratorium is lifted.
 
The recent oil spill from the Macondo well in the Gulf of Mexico caused what may be one of the worst environmental disasters in United States history. As a result of the oil spill and the inability to stop the oil spill quickly, a six-month moratorium has been placed on all drilling in waters greater than 500 feet offshore the United States, which is scheduled to be in place until late November 2010. We cannot assure you that the moratorium will not be extended or expanded. When the moratorium was announced on May 27, 2010 by the United States Department of the Interior, we were servicing 11 of the 35 rigs then in the Gulf of Mexico (including one rig en route) subject to the moratorium. We cannot assure you that these rigs will be redeployed to other locations where we can provide our services or that we will continue to receive service revenue related to those rigs during the moratorium. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, approximately 2.5% and 4.2%, respectively, of our revenue was generated from deepwater drilling in the areas of the Gulf of Mexico affected by the moratorium. If the moratorium is not lifted or the rigs are not redeployed to other locations where we can provide our services, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially harmed. In addition, the United States government’s newly-formed Bureau of Ocean Energy Management has slowed the issuance of drilling permits in the United States Gulf of Mexico shallow water regions (known as the Shelf), which may reduce the need for our services in the United States Gulf of Mexico shallow waters. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, approximately 4.3% and 5.1%, respectively, of our revenue was generated from shallow water (Shelf) drilling in the Gulf of Mexico impacted by the slowdown in the issuance of drilling permits.
 
The recent oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico and other similar spills that may occur may lead to other restrictions or regulations on drilling in the Gulf of Mexico, offshore the United States or in other areas around the world, which may reduce the need for our services in those areas.
 
We do not yet know the extent to which the oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico and other similar spills that may occur may cause the United States or other countries to restrict or further regulate offshore drilling. For example, on June 8, 2010, new safety requirements were imposed for United States offshore drilling that include requirements for offshore drillers to provide third party safety certifications and certifications by their chief executive officers. In addition, there have been discussions concerning increasing the liability limits under existing regulations for companies working in the offshore drilling industry for damaging oil spills. The new safety requirements, possible increased liability and any other new governmental


13


Table of Contents

regulations relating to drilling, exploration and production activities offshore the United States may reduce drilling and the need for our services offshore the United States. If the United States or other countries where we operate enact stricter restrictions on offshore drilling or further regulate offshore drilling, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed.
 
Any loss of a rig on which our equipment is located will likely lead to a complete loss of our equipment on that rig and a loss of the revenue related to that rig.
 
At the commencement of a new service contract for a rig, we generally install approximately $100,000 to $400,000 worth of equipment on each offshore drilling rig. If a rig were to sink or incur substantial damage for any reason, we would most likely lose all of our equipment. We do not insure for such losses as we believe the cost of such insurance outweighs the risk of potential loss. In addition to the loss of the equipment, we would likely lose the revenue related to that rig under the terms of most of our existing contracts. Also, we may be committed to paying the costs to secure satellite bandwidth for that rig under agreements with third party satellite communication providers even after the rig is no longer in service. For example, on May 13, 2010, PetroMarine’s Aban Pearl semi-submersible drilling rig sank offshore Venezuela causing a complete loss of our equipment onboard and the loss of the revenue related to the contract for that rig.
 
Many of our contracts with customers may be terminated by our customers on short notice without penalty, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Customers can usually switch service providers without incurring significant expense relative to the annual cost of the service, and our agreements generally provide that in the event of prolonged loss of service or for other good reasons, our customers may terminate service without penalty. In addition, many of our customer agreements can be terminated by our customers for no reason and upon short notice. Terms of customer agreements typically vary with a range of one month to three years, with some customer agreement terms as long as five years, and work orders placed under such agreements may have shorter terms than the relevant customer agreement. As a result, we may not be able to retain our customers through the end of the terms specified in the customer agreements. If we are not able to retain our customers, we would not receive expected revenues and may continue to incur costs, such as costs to secure satellite bandwidth for such customers under agreements with third party satellite communication services providers which may not be as easily or as quickly terminated without penalty, resulting in harm to our business, financial condition and results of operations. The loss of a drilling contractor customer site can limit or eliminate our ability to provide services to other customers on the affected drilling rigs.
 
A significant portion of our revenue is derived from two customers and the loss of either of these customers would materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We receive a significant part of our revenue from a relatively small number of large customers. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our two largest customers, Noble Corporation and Ensco plc, represented approximately 10.9% and 7.3% of our consolidated revenue. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, Noble Corporation and Ensco plc represented approximately 10.6% and 6.7% of our consolidated revenue. If either of these two customers terminates or significantly reduces its business with us, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially harmed.


14


Table of Contents

Our future performance depends on renewing existing contracts and receiving new contract awards.
 
Our future performance depends on if and when we will receive new contract awards and whether customers will renew existing contracts. Events outside our control, such as general market conditions and competition, often affect contract awards. If an expected contract award is delayed or not received, we would not receive expected revenues and might possibly incur costs that could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our industry is highly competitive and if we do not compete successfully, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.
 
The telecommunications industry is generally highly competitive, and we expect both product and pricing competition to persist and intensify. Increased competition could cause reduced revenue, price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share. Our industry is characterized by competitive pressures to provide enhanced functionality for the same or lower price with each new generation of technology. As the prices of our products decrease, we will need to sell more products and/or reduce the per-unit costs to improve or maintain our results of operations. Our competitors include CapRock Communications, Inc., which was recently acquired by Harris Corporation, Schlumberger Ltd’s Global Connectivity Services division, and the Stratos Broadband Division of Inmarsat plc. Some of our competitors have longer operating histories, substantially greater financial and other resources for developing new solutions as well as for recruiting and retaining qualified personnel. Their greater financial resources may also make them better able to withstand downturns in the market, expand into new areas more aggressively or operate in developing markets without immediate financial returns. In addition, in certain markets outside of the United States, we face competition from local competitors that provide their services at a lower price due to lower overhead costs, including lower costs of complying with applicable government regulations, and due to their willingness to provide services for a lower profit margin. Strong competition and significant investments by competitors to develop new and better solutions may make it difficult for us to maintain our customer base, force us to reduce our prices or increase our costs to develop new solutions.
 
Furthermore, competition may emerge from companies that we have previously not perceived as competitors or consolidation of our industry may cause existing competitors to become bigger and stronger with more resources, market awareness and market share. As we expand into new markets and geographic regions we may experience increased competition from some of our competitors that have prior experience or other business in these markets or geographic regions. In addition, some of our customers may decide to insource some of the communications services and managed services solutions that we provide, in particular our terrestrial communication services (e.g., terrestrial line-of-sight transport, microwave, WiMax), which do not require the same level of maintenance and support as our other services. Our success will depend on our ability to adapt to these competitive forces, to adapt to technological advances, to develop more advanced products more rapidly and less expensively than our competitors, to continue to develop an international sales network, and to educate potential customers about the benefits of using our solutions rather than our competitors’ products and services or insourced solutions. Our failure to successfully respond to these competitive challenges could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Service interruptions or other failures by third party satellite and other communications providers we utilize could harm our business and reputation and result in loss of customers and revenue.
 
A significant part of our operations depends on third party providers delivering reliable communications connections and networks, which is beyond our control. These


15


Table of Contents

communications connections include broadband satellite communications, subsea fiber, microwave and Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access, or WiMax, terrestrial landlines and long-distance telephony. We also co-locate our communications and networking equipment in teleport facilities and data centers that are operated by third parties. Failure or saturation of such connection points, networks and third-party facilities may lead to customers experiencing interruptions when using our communication services. Although we do not typically depend on only one provider, interruptions in such connections could impair our ability to provide communication services to our customers. To provide customers with guaranteed levels of service, we must protect our network infrastructure, equipment and customer files against damage from human error, natural disasters, unexpected equipment failure, power loss or telecommunications failures and sabotage or other intentional acts of vandalism. Even if we take precautions, the occurrence of a natural disaster, equipment failure or other unanticipated problems could result in interruption in the services we provide to customers. Any of these occurrences could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
For many of our customers, we lease satellite transponder capacity from fixed satellite service providers in order to send and receive data communications to and from our very small aperture terminal, or VSAT, based networks. Satellites are subject to in-orbit risks including malfunctions, commonly referred to as anomalies, and collisions with meteoroids, decommissioned spacecraft or other space debris. Anomalies occur as a result of various factors, such as satellite manufacturing errors, problems with the power systems or control systems of the satellites and general failures resulting from operating satellites in the harsh space environment.
 
Our contracts for satellite transponder capacity often do not obligate the service provider to provide an alternative should a problem arise with a satellite. We may not be able to obtain backup capacity at similar prices, or at all in some markets. In addition, an increased frequency of anomalies could impact market acceptance of our services. Any failure on our part to perform our VSAT service contracts or provide satellite broadband access as a result of satellite failures could result in: (i) loss of revenue despite continued obligations under our leasing arrangements; (ii) possible cancellation of customer contracts; (iii) incurrence of additional expenses to reposition customer antennas to alternative satellites or otherwise find alternate service; and (iv) damage to our reputation, which could negatively affect our ability to retain existing customers or to gain new business. Under most of our contracts with satellite service providers, our satellite service providers do not indemnify us for such loss or damage to our business resulting from satellite failures.
 
We rely on third parties to provide satellite capacity for our services and any capacity constraints could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We compete for satellite capacity with a number of commercial entities, such as broadcasting companies, and governmental entities, such as the military. In certain markets, the availability and pricing of capacity could be subject to competitive pressure, such as during renewals, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to secure the capacity needed to conduct our operations at current rates or levels going forward. This could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. In certain markets, the availability of bandwidth may be restricted by the local government when needed to support its military, and in the event of such an action, there is no guarantee that we will be able to secure the capacity needed to conduct our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


16


Table of Contents

We could incur costs and suffer damage to our reputation and business if any of the third party products we provide fail or are defective.
 
Our business relies on third-party products to provide our end-to-end managed solutions for customers. These products fall into three basic areas: core communications equipment such as satellite modems and antennas; IP networking equipment such as routers, switches, servers and access points; and customer-facing end devices such as IP phones. We may be subject to claims concerning these products by virtue of our involvement in marketing or providing access to them, even if we do not manufacture or directly provide these products. Our agreements with third-party suppliers do not always indemnify us against such liabilities or the indemnification provided is not always adequate. It is also possible that if any products provided directly by us are negligently provided to customers, third parties could make claims against us. Investigating and defending any of these types of claims is expensive, even if the claims do not result in liability. If any potential claims do result in liability, we could be required to pay damages or other penalties, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are subject to the volatility of the global oil and gas industry and our business is likely to fluctuate with the level of global activity for oil and natural gas exploration, development and production.
 
Our business depends on the oil and natural gas industry and particularly on the level of activity for oil and natural gas exploration, development and production. Demand for our remote communication services and collaborative applications depends on our customers’ willingness to make operating and capital expenditures to explore, develop and produce oil and natural gas in the regions in which we operate or can operate. Our business will suffer if these expenditures decline. Our customers’ willingness to explore, develop and produce oil and natural gas depends largely upon prevailing market conditions that are influenced by numerous factors over which we have no control, including:
 
  •  the supply and demand for oil and natural gas;
 
  •  oil and natural gas prices and expectations about future prices;
 
  •  the expected rate of decline in production;
 
  •  the discovery rate of new oil and gas reserves;
 
  •  the ability of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries, or OPEC, to influence and maintain production levels and pricing;
 
  •  the level of production in non-OPEC countries;
 
  •  the worldwide political and military environment, including uncertainty or instability resulting from an escalation or additional outbreak of armed hostilities or other crises in oil or natural gas producing areas of the Middle East and other crude oil and natural gas producing regions or further acts of terrorism in the United States, or elsewhere;
 
  •  the impact of changing regulations and environmental and safety rules and policies following oil spills and other pollution by the oil and gas industry;
 
  •  advances in exploration, development and production technology;
 
  •  the global economic environment;
 
  •  the political and legislative framework governing the activities of oil and natural gas companies; and
 
  •  the price and availability of alternative fuels.


17


Table of Contents

 
The level of activity in the oil and natural gas exploration and production industry has historically been volatile and cyclical. Although we believe our customers will be dependent upon real-time voice and data communication services to optimize their oil and gas production and development in an environment with lower energy prices, a prolonged significant reduction in the price of oil and natural gas will likely affect oil and natural gas production levels and therefore affect demand for the communication services we provide. In addition, a prolonged significant reduction in the price of oil and natural gas could make it more difficult for us to collect outstanding account receivables from our customers. A material decline in oil and natural gas prices or oil and natural gas exploration, development or production activity levels could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
An increase in the size of our U.S. land segment relative to our other segments could decrease our margins and increase the volatility of our operating results.
 
Our U.S. land segment is characterized by higher rate competition and shorter term contracts than our western hemisphere or eastern hemisphere segments. In addition, the number of operating U.S. land drilling rigs is more cyclical and volatile than the number of operating offshore drilling rigs in our western hemisphere or eastern hemisphere segments. Thus if the size of our U.S. land segment increases relative to the size of our western hemisphere and eastern hemisphere segments, our overall margins may decrease and the volatility of our operating results may increase.
 
Bad weather in the Gulf of Mexico or other areas where we operate could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Certain areas in and near the Gulf of Mexico and other areas in which our clients operate experience unfavorable weather conditions, including hurricanes and other extreme weather conditions, on a relatively frequent basis. A major storm or threat of a major storm in these areas can harm our business. Our clients’ drilling rigs, production platforms and other vessels in these areas are susceptible to damage and/or total loss by these storms, which may cause them to no longer need our communication services. Our equipment on these rigs, platforms or vessels could be damaged causing us to have service interruptions and lose business. Even the threat of a very large storm will sometimes cause our clients to limit activities in an area and thus harm our business.
 
Our networks and those of our third-party service providers may be vulnerable to security risks and any unauthorized access to our clients’ data or systems could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We expect the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks to continue to be a critical element of our operations. Our networks and those of our third-party service providers and our customers may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses and other security problems. Persons who circumvent security measures could wrongfully obtain or use information on the network or cause interruptions, delays or malfunctions in our operations, any of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of security breaches or to alleviate problems, including reputational harm and litigation, caused by any breaches. In addition, our customer contracts, in general, do not contain provisions which would protect us against liability to third-parties with whom our customers conduct business. Although we have implemented and intend to continue to implement industry-standard security measures, these measures may prove to be inadequate and result in system failures and delays that could lower system availability and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


18


Table of Contents

We depend on a limited number of suppliers to provide key portions of our equipment and the loss of any of these key suppliers could materially harm our ability to service our clients and could result in loss of customers and harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations revenue.
 
We currently rely upon and expect to continue to rely upon a limited number of third-party suppliers to supply the equipment required to provide our services, such as the equipment we install on offshore drilling rigs in order to provide remote communication services. Although this equipment is commercially available from more than one supplier, there are a limited number of suppliers of such equipment and price and quality vary among suppliers. If the suppliers enter into competition with us, or if our competitors enter into exclusive or restrictive arrangements with our suppliers, the availability and pricing of the equipment that we purchase could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we like to use a small group of suppliers and standardized equipment as much as possible so that we are installing generally the same equipment and we can maintain smaller quantities of replacement parts and equipment in our warehouses. If we have to change suppliers for any reason, we will incur additional costs due to the lack of uniformity and need to warehouse a broader array of replacement parts and equipment.
 
If we fail to upgrade our information technology systems effectively, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.
 
As part of our efforts to continue improving our internal control over financial reporting, we plan to continue to upgrade our existing financial information technology systems in order to automate several controls that are currently being performed manually. We may experience difficulties in transitioning to these upgraded systems, including loss of data and decreases in productivity, as personnel become familiar with these new systems. In addition, our management information systems will require modification and refinement as we grow and as our business needs change, which could prolong any difficulties we experience with systems transitions, and we may not always employ the most effective systems for our purposes. We must also integrate these systems with our international operations so that the data produced can be utilized around the world. If we experience difficulties in implementing new or upgraded information systems or experience significant system failures, or if we are unable to successfully modify our management information systems or respond to changes in our business needs, we may not be able to effectively manage our business and we may fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, as a result of the automation of these manual processes, the data produced may cause us to question the accuracy of previously reported financial results.
 
If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business may suffer.
 
We have experienced rapid growth in our business in recent periods, which has strained our managerial, operational, financial and other resources. We plan to continue to grow our business and anticipate that continued growth of our operations will be required to satisfy increasing customer demand and avail ourselves of new market opportunities. The expanding scope and geographic breadth of our business and growth in the number of our employees, customers and locations will continue to place a significant strain on our management team, information technology systems and other resources and may distract key personnel from other key operations. To properly manage our growth, we may need to hire and retain personnel, upgrade our existing operational, management and financial reporting systems, and improve our business processes and controls and implement those processes and controls in all of our geographic locations. Failure to effectively manage our growth in a cost-effective manner could result in declines in service quality and customer satisfaction, increased costs or disruption of our operations. Our rapid growth also makes it difficult for us to adequately


19


Table of Contents

predict the investments we will need to make in the future to effectively manage our world-wide operations.
 
Geographic expansion may reduce our operating margins.
 
When we expand into a new geographic area, we incur set up costs for new personnel, office facilities, travel, inventory and related expenses in advance of securing new customer contracts. In addition, we may price our services more aggressively as we seek to obtain market share in the new region. As a result, our results of operations may decline while we are pursuing such geographic expansion.
 
The loss of key personnel or the failure to attract and retain highly qualified personnel could compromise our ability to effectively manage our business and pursue our growth strategy.
 
Our future performance depends on the continued service of our key technical, development, sales, services and management personnel. We rely on our executive officers and senior management to execute our existing business plans and to identify and pursue new opportunities. We rely on our technical and development personnel for product innovation. The loss of key employees could result in significant disruptions to our business, and the integration of replacement personnel could be costly and time consuming, could cause additional disruptions to our business, and could be unsuccessful. We do not carry key person life insurance covering any of our employees.
 
Our future success also depends on our continued ability to attract and retain highly qualified technical, development, sales, services and management personnel, including personnel in all of the various regions of the world in which we operate. The current increase in the activity level in the oil and gas industry and the limited supply of skilled labor has made the competition to retain and recruit qualified personnel intense. A significant increase in the wages paid by competing employers could reduce our skilled labor force, increase the wages that we must pay to motivate, retain or recruit skilled employees or both.
 
In addition, wage inflation and the cost of retaining our key personnel in the face of competition for such personnel may increase our costs faster than we can offset these costs with increased prices or increased sales volume.
 
If we infringe or if third parties assert that we infringe third party intellectual property rights we could incur significant costs and incur significant harm to our business.
 
Third parties may assert infringement or other intellectual property claims against us, which could result in substantial damages if it is ultimately determined that our services infringe a third party’s proprietary rights. Even if claims are without merit, defending a lawsuit takes significant time, may be expensive and may divert management’s attention from our other business concerns.
 
Most of our contracts are on a fixed price basis and if our costs increase, we may not be able to recover these cost increases.
 
Most of our contracts provide for a fixed price per month for our services. If our costs increase to provide those services, such as the cost to secure bandwidth or personnel costs, we may not be able to offset some or all of our increased costs by increasing the rates we charge our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


20


Table of Contents

Many of our contracts are governed by non-U.S. law, which may make them more difficult or expensive to enforce than contracts governed by United States law.
 
Many of our customer contracts are governed by non-U.S. law, which may create both legal and practical difficulties in case of a dispute or conflict. We operate in regions where the ability to protect contractual and other legal rights may be limited compared to regions with better-established legal systems. In addition, having to pursue litigation in a non-U.S. country may be more difficult or expensive than pursuing litigation in the United States.
 
Our industry is characterized by rapid technological change, and if we fail to keep up with these changes or if access to telecommunications in remote locations becomes easier or less expensive, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.
 
The telecommunications industry is characterized by rapid changes in technology, new evolving standards, emerging competition and frequent new product and service introductions. As an example of technological change, in August 2010, Inmarsat plc announced a major commitment to a new constellation of satellites using the Ka frequency band, compared to our use of the Ku-band and C-band satellite space segment today. When this Ka-band service is available a few years from now, we will have to adapt to its use, which might impair our business if other providers are more successful in using the Ka-band to meet customer needs than we are. Our future business prospects largely depend on our ability to meet changing customer preferences, to anticipate and respond to technological changes and to develop competitive products. If telecommunications to remote locations becomes more readily accessible or less expensive than our services, our business will suffer. New disruptive technologies could make our VSAT-based networks or other services obsolete or less competitive than they are today, requiring us to reduce the prices that we are able to charge for our services. We may not be able to successfully respond to new technological developments and challenges or identify and respond to new market opportunities, services or products offered by competitors. In addition, our efforts to respond to technological innovations and competition may require significant capital investments and resources. Furthermore, we may not have the necessary resources to respond to new technological changes and innovations and emerging competition. Failure to keep up with future technological changes could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Many of our potential clients are resistant to new solutions and technologies which may limit our growth.
 
Although there is a strong focus on technology development within the oil industry, some of the companies in the upstream oil and gas industry are relatively conservative and risk adverse with respect to adopting new solutions and technologies. Some drilling contractors, oil and gas companies and oilfield service companies may choose not to adopt new solutions and technology, such as our remote communications and collaboration applications solutions, which may limit our growth potential. The market for IP/MPLS based communication services is in a relatively early stage, and some oil and gas companies may choose not to adopt our IP/MPLS based communications technology. This may in turn limit our growth.
 
Regulatory and Political Risks
 
We may face difficulties in obtaining regulatory approvals for our provision of telecommunication services, and we may face changes in regulation, each of which could adversely affect our operations.
 
In a number of countries where we operate, the provision of telecommunication services is highly regulated. In such countries, we are required to obtain approvals from national and local


21


Table of Contents

authorities in connection with most of the services that we provide. In many jurisdictions, we must maintain such approvals through compliance with license conditions or payment of annual regulatory fees.
 
Many of our customers utilize our services on mobile vessels or drilling platforms that can enter into new countries on short notice. If we do not already have a license to provide our service in that country, we may be required to obtain a license or other regulatory approval on short notice, which may not be feasible in some countries. Failure to comply with such regulatory requirements could subject us to various sanctions including fines, penalties, arrests or criminal charges, loss of authorizations and the denial of applications for new authorizations or for the renewal of existing authorizations or cause us to delay or terminate our service to such vessel or platform until such license or regulatory approval can be obtained.
 
In some areas of international waters, it is ambiguous as to which country’s regulations apply, if any, and thus difficult and costly for us to determine which licenses or other regulatory approvals we should obtain. In such areas, we could be subject to various penalties or sanctions if we fail to comply with the applicable country’s regulations.
 
Future changes to the regulations under which we operate could make it difficult for us to obtain or maintain authorizations, increase our costs or make it easier or less expensive for our competitors to compete with us.
 
Changes in the regulatory framework under which we operate could adversely affect our business prospects or results of operations.
 
Our domestic services are currently provided on a private carrier basis and are therefore subject to light regulation by the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, and other federal, state and local agencies. As a private carrier, we may not market and provide telecommunications service to the general public or otherwise hold our services out “indifferently” to the public as a common carrier. As a private carrier, we are not entitled to certain rights afforded to or subject to certain obligations imposed on common carriers.
 
Our international operations are regulated by various non-U.S. governments and international bodies. These regulatory regimes frequently require that we maintain licenses for our operations and conduct our operations in accordance with prescribed standards. The adoption of new laws or regulations, changes to the existing regulatory framework, new interpretations of the laws that apply to our operations, or the loss of, or a material limitation on, any of our material licenses could materially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Changes to the FCC’s USF Regime or state universal service fund regimes or findings that we have not complied with USF requirements or state universal service fund regimes may adversely affect our financial condition.
 
A proceeding pending before the FCC has the potential to significantly alter our Universal Service Fund, or USF, contribution obligations. The FCC is considering changing the basis upon which USF contributions are determined from a revenue percentage measurement, as well as increasing the breadth of the USF contribution base to include certain services now exempt from contribution. Adoption of these proposals could have a material adverse effect on our costs, our ability to separately list USF contributions on end-user bills, and our ability to collect these fees from our customers. We are unable to predict the timing or outcome of this proceeding.
 
We cannot predict the application and impact of changes to the federal or state universal service fund contribution requirements on the communications industry generally and on certain of our business activities in particular. We are currently reassessing the nature and


22


Table of Contents

extent of our federal and state universal service fund obligations. If the FCC or any state determines that we have incorrectly calculated or failed to remit any required universal service fund contribution, we could be subject to the assessment and collection of past due remittances as well as interest and penalties thereon. Changes in the federal or state universal service fund requirements or findings that we have not met our obligations could materially increase our universal service fund contributions and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We may be subject to a variety of federal and state regulatory actions that may affect our ability to operate.
 
Federal and state telecommunications regulators have the right to sanction a service provider or to revoke licenses if a service provider violates applicable laws or regulations. If any regulatory agency were to conclude that we were providing telecommunications services without the appropriate authority or are otherwise not in compliance with applicable regulations, the agency could initiate enforcement actions, which could result in, among other things, revocation of authority, the imposition of fines, a requirement to disgorge revenues, or refusal to grant regulatory authority necessary for the future provision of services.
 
Our operations in Qatar have historically benefited from restrictions on telecommunication services that have kept many of our competitors from providing their services in Qatar, but the recent easing of these restrictions may increase competition and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed.
 
Qatar, like many countries in which we operate, has strict regulations on telecommunication services. Historically, we have complied with those regulations and are able to operate there, but many of our competitors were unable to obtain the necessary approvals and licenses to provide their services in Qatar. Qatar is currently in the process of easing the restrictions and has granted three new VSAT licenses to telecommunications providers, including us, and renewed the two existing VSAT licenses. We anticipate that, as a result of these new licenses, we may face increased competition in the future and our business may be harmed as a result of the increased competition.
 
Our business operations in countries outside the United States are subject to a number of United States federal laws and regulations, including restrictions imposed by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act as well as trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of Treasury and the United States Department of Commerce, which could adversely affect our operations if violated.
 
We must comply with all applicable export control laws and regulations of the United States and other countries. We cannot provide services to certain countries subject to United States trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Asset Control of the United States Department of the Treasury or the United States Department of Commerce unless we first obtain the necessary authorizations. In addition, we are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, that, generally, prohibits bribes or unreasonable gifts to non-U.S. governments or officials. Violations of these laws or regulations could result in significant additional sanctions including fines, more onerous compliance requirements, more extensive debarments from export privileges or loss of authorizations needed to conduct aspects of our international business. In certain countries, we engage third party agents or intermediaries to act on our behalf in dealings with government officials, such as customs agents, and if these third party agents or intermediaries violate applicable laws, their actions may result in penalties or sanctions being assessed against us.


23


Table of Contents

Our international operations are subject to additional or different risks than our United States operations, which may harm our business and financial results.
 
We operate in approximately 30 countries around the world, including countries in Asia, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America and Europe and intend to continue to expand the number of countries in which we operate. There are many risks inherent in conducting business internationally that are in addition to or different than those affecting our United States operations, including:
 
  •  sometimes vague and confusing regulatory requirements that can be subject to unexpected changes or interpretations;
 
  •  import and export restrictions;
 
  •  tariffs and other trade barriers;
 
  •  difficulty in staffing and managing geographically dispersed operations and culturally diverse work forces and increased travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with multiple international locations;
 
  •  differences in employment laws and practices among different countries, including restrictions on terminating employees;
 
  •  differing technology standards;
 
  •  fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
 
  •  imposition of currency exchange controls;
 
  •  potential political and economic instability in some regions;
 
  •  legal and cultural differences in the conduct of business;
 
  •  less due process and sometimes arbitrary application of laws and sanctions, including criminal charges and arrests;
 
  •  difficulties in raising awareness of applicable United States laws to our agents and third party intermediaries;
 
  •  potentially adverse tax consequences;
 
  •  difficulties in enforcing contracts and collecting receivables;
 
  •  difficulties and expense of maintaining international sales distribution channels; and
 
  •  difficulties in maintaining and protecting our intellectual property.
 
Operating internationally exposes our business to increased regulatory and political risks in some non-U.S. jurisdictions where we operate. In addition to changes in laws and regulations, changes in governments or changes in governmental policies in these jurisdictions may alter current interpretation of laws and regulations affecting our business. We also face increased risk of incidents such as war or other international conflict and nationalization, and possible expropriation of our assets. If a non-U.S. country were to nationalize our industry or expropriate our assets, we could lose not only our investment in the assets that we have in that country, but also all of our contracts and business in that country.
 
Many of the countries in which we operate have legal systems that are less developed and less predictable than legal systems in Western Europe or the United States. It may be difficult for us to obtain effective legal redress in the courts of some jurisdictions, whether in respect of a breach of law or regulation, or in an ownership dispute because of: (i) a high degree of discretion on the part of governmental authorities, which results in less predictability; (ii) a lack of judicial or administrative guidance on interpreting applicable rules and regulations;


24


Table of Contents

(iii) inconsistencies or conflicts between or within various laws, regulations, decrees, orders and resolutions; (iv) the relative inexperience of the judiciary and courts in such matters or (v) a predisposition in favor of local claimants against United States companies. In certain jurisdictions, the commitment of local business people, government officials and agencies and the judicial system to abide by legal requirements and negotiated agreements may be unreliable. In particular, agreements may be susceptible to revision or cancellation and legal redress may be uncertain or time-consuming. Actions of governmental authorities or officers may adversely affect joint ventures, licenses, license applications or other legal arrangements, and such arrangements in these jurisdictions may not be effective or enforced.
 
The authorities in the countries where we operate may introduce additional regulations for the oil and gas and communications industries with respect to, but not limited to, various laws governing prospecting, development, production, taxes, price controls, export controls, currency remittance, expropriation of property, foreign investment, maintenance of claims, environmental legislation, land use, land claims of local people, water use, labor standards, occupational health network access and other matters. New rules and regulations may be enacted or existing rules and regulations may be applied or interpreted in a manner which could limit our ability to provide our services. Amendments to current laws and regulations governing operations and activities in the oil and gas industry and telecommunications industry could harm our operations and financial results.
 
Compliance with and changes in tax laws or adverse positions taken by taxing authorities could be costly and could affect our operating results. Compliance related tax issues could also limit our ability to do business in certain countries. Changes in tax laws or tax rates, the resolution of tax assessments or audits by various taxing authorities, disagreements with taxing authorities over our tax positions and the ability to fully utilize our tax loss carry-forwards and tax credits could have a significant financial impact on our future operations and the way we conduct, or if we conduct, business in the affected countries.
 
Risks Related to Healthcare Regulation
 
Government regulation of healthcare creates risks and challenges with respect to our compliance efforts and business strategies.
 
The healthcare industry is highly regulated and is subject to changing political, legislative, regulatory and other influences. Existing and new federal and state laws and the laws of non-U.S. countries, and regulations affecting the healthcare industry could create unexpected liabilities for us, could cause us to incur additional costs and could restrict our operations. Many healthcare laws are complex, and their application to specific products and services may not be clear. In particular, many existing healthcare laws and regulations, when enacted, did not anticipate the telemedicine services that we provide. However, these laws and regulations may nonetheless be applied to our telemedicine services. Our failure to accurately anticipate the application of these laws and regulations, or other failure to comply, could create liability for us, result in adverse publicity and negatively affect our telemedicine services. In addition, it is difficult to predict with certainty the impact that future legislation will have on us and our telemedicine business strategy.
 
Medical professional regulation creates risks and challenges with respect to our compliance efforts and business strategies.
 
The practice of most healthcare professions requires licensing under applicable state law and the laws of non-U.S. countries. Since our telemedicine business will include interactions with licensed physicians and other licensed healthcare professionals, then by extension we may be at risk for failing to comply with any applicable state, federal or national licensure law, where a patient who seeks a telemedicine consult is in a different jurisdiction than the licensed


25


Table of Contents

physician or other healthcare provider. In addition, the laws in some states and countries prohibit business entities from practicing medicine. If a state or other jurisdiction determines that some portion of our business violates these laws, it may seek to have us discontinue conducting business in that state or jurisdiction and subject us to penalties and/or licensure requirements. Any determination that we are a healthcare provider and have acted improperly as a healthcare provider may result in liability to us. In addition, even if we are not directly considered a healthcare provider under applicable state law or the law of another jurisdiction, we may be liable for malpractice claims asserted against a healthcare professional on one or more vicarious liability theories and for aiding or abetting the unlawful practice of medicine by healthcare professionals who are not licensed in the state or jurisdiction in which they are determined to be providing healthcare advice.
 
We may be subject to regulations safeguarding personal health records and any breach of these regulations could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or ARRA, was signed into law on February 17, 2009. ARRA includes the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or the HITECH Act, which significantly expands the Privacy Rule and Security Standards as established by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, described in more detail below. The HITECH Act contains a proposed rule that would require notification to the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and consumers of a security breach of a consumer’s personal health records, or PHR. A PHR is a health record that is typically initiated and maintained by an individual. In particular, vendors of PHR, PHR-related entities and third-party service providers would be subject to these notification requirements. If we are considered a vendor of PHR or PHR-related entity, then we may have to comply with these notice requirements, which would result in stricter government enforcement and a higher risk of liability for us.
 
We may be liable for privacy and security breaches pertaining to the protected health information we transmit on behalf of our customers.
 
It is a high priority in the United States to safeguard the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information, which is referred to as “Protected Health Information” under HIPAA. HIPAA requires the adoption of standards for the electronic exchange of health information, in order to encourage the simplification, effectiveness and efficiency of the healthcare industry. Among other things, HIPAA requires healthcare providers and other “Covered Entities” such as health plans and healthcare clearinghouses to adopt federal rules protecting privacy and security of Protected Health Information. The Privacy Rule and Security Standards address the use and disclosure of Protected Health Information as well as the rights of patients to know and control how such information is used and disclosed. The Privacy Rule and Security Standards also require Covered Entities to implement administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the security of Protected Health Information.
 
Under HIPAA, Covered Entities are required to sign agreements with their “Business Associates” that obligate the Business Associates to act in accordance with the Privacy Rule and Security Standards. A Business Associate is a person or entity that arranges, performs or assists the Covered Entity in an activity involving the use or disclosure of Protected Health Information. It is possible that we could be considered a Business Associate. Until recently, Business Associates were only subject to the HIPAA Privacy Rule and Security Standards pursuant to their contractual agreements with Covered Entities.
 
However, the HITECH Act amended HIPAA and, as of February 17, 2010, makes Business Associates directly subject to (i) the Privacy Rule’s restrictions on uses and disclosures of Protected Health Information, and (ii) the Security Standards’ administrative, physical and


26


Table of Contents

technical safeguards as well as the applicable requirements to maintain compliance policies, procedures and documentation.
 
Currently under HIPAA, a Covered Entity does not have an affirmative duty to notify an individual of unauthorized disclosures of his or her Protected Health Information. The HITECH Act, however, requires Covered Entities to notify the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services and the individual (to whom the information relates) within 60 days of discovery of the breach of the individual’s “Unsecured Protected Health Information”. Business Associates are required to report a security breach to the Covered Entity within the same time frame or be subject to direct enforcement and penalties. The HITECH Act contains specific requirements pertaining to the process for providing the notice as well as describes additional requirements for breaches involving 500 or more individuals.
 
Under the HITECH Act, if we are determined to be a Business Associate, we will be directly subject to HIPAA’s criminal and civil penalties for any noncompliance. In addition, under the HITECH Act, state attorneys generals will be able to pursue causes of action against Business Associates on behalf of the residents who are impacted by a HIPAA violation. We cannot provide assurance that we will adequately prevent and address the risks created by the HIPAA Privacy Rule and Security Standards. Any new legislation or laws in the area of privacy or security of Protected Health Information could have an adverse affect on the way we operate our business.
 
We face potential liability stemming from state laws and laws of other jurisdictions governing the privacy and security of health information.
 
Many states and non-U.S. jurisdictions have passed laws that provide additional privacy and security protections for health information. To the extent a particular state law for regulating privacy and/or security conflicts with HIPAA, but is more stringent and provides more protections than HIPAA, then the state law’s restrictions are enforced. As a result, in addition to the HIPAA Privacy Rule and Security Standards, it is likely that we will be subject to state and non-U.S. laws that are more stringent than HIPAA, which will increase our exposure to government enforcement and possibly private lawsuits.
 
Financial Risks
 
Our term loan agreement places financial restrictions and operating restrictions on our business, which may limit our flexibility to respond to opportunities and may harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our term loan agreement restricts and any future financing agreements could restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage, expand or pursue our business activities. For example, our term loan agreement restricts our ability to:
 
  •  dispose of property;
 
  •  enter into a merger, consolidate or acquire capital in other entities;
 
  •  incur additional indebtedness;
 
  •  incur liens on the property secured by the term loan agreement;
 
  •  make certain investments;
 
  •  enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
  •  pay dividends;


27


Table of Contents

 
  •  commit to make capital expenditures not in the ordinary course of business; and
 
  •  enter into sales and lease back transactions.
 
These limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. Our term loan agreement also requires us to maintain specified financial ratios. Our compliance with these provisions may materially adversely affect our ability to react to changes in market conditions, take advantage of business opportunities we believe to be desirable, obtain future financing, fund needed capital expenditures, finance acquisitions, equipment purchases and development expenditures, or withstand a future downturn in our business.
 
Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in our term loan agreement may be affected by events beyond our control. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants may be impaired. If we violate any of the restrictions, covenants, ratios or tests in our term loan agreement, a significant portion of our indebtedness may become immediately due and payable, and our lenders’ commitment to make further loans to us may terminate. We might not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these accelerated payments. Even if we could obtain alternative financing, that financing may not be on terms that are favorable or acceptable to us. If we are unable to repay amounts borrowed, the holders of the debt could initiate a bankruptcy proceeding or liquidation proceeding against the collateral. In addition, our obligations under our term loan agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets and if we are unable to repay our indebtedness under our term loan agreement, the lenders could seek to foreclose on our assets.
 
We may need to raise additional funds to pursue our growth strategy or continue our operations, and if we are unable to do so, our growth may be impaired.
 
We plan to pursue a growth strategy. We have made significant investments to grow our business. Additional investments will be required to pursue further growth and to respond to technological innovations and competition. There is no guarantee that we will be able to obtain additional financing or financing on favorable terms. If financing is not available on satisfactory terms, or at all, we may be unable to expand our business or to develop new business at the rate desired and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed.
 
Changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
 
Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:
 
  •  earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated earnings in countries where we have higher statutory rates;
 
  •  changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets;
 
  •  repatriation of cash; or
 
  •  expiration or non-utilization of net operating losses or credits.
 
We conduct our worldwide operations through various subsidiaries. Tax laws and regulations are highly complex and subject to interpretation. Consequently, we are subject to changing tax laws, treaties and regulations in and between countries in which we operate, including treaties between the United States and other nations. Our income tax expense is based upon our interpretation of the tax laws in effect in various countries at the time that the expense was incurred. A change in these tax laws, treaties or regulations, including those in


28


Table of Contents

and involving the United States, or in the interpretation thereof, could result in a materially higher tax expense or a higher effective tax rate on our worldwide earnings.
 
In addition, we are subject to the continuous examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. Outcomes from these continuous examinations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Our 2008 United States federal income tax return is currently under audit by the United States Internal Revenue Service.
 
We are subject to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and limitations on the expatriation or conversion of currencies, which may result in significant financial charges, increased costs of operations or decreased demand for our products and services.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2009, 22.8% of our revenues were earned in non-U.S. currencies, while a significant portion of our capital and operating expenditures and all of our outstanding debt, was priced in U.S. dollars. In addition, we report our results of operations in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, fluctuations in exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar could have a material adverse effect on our earnings or the value of our assets.
 
Any depreciation of local currencies in the countries in which we conduct business may result in increased costs to us for imported equipment and may, at the same time, decrease demand for our products and services in the affected markets. If our operating companies distribute dividends in local currencies in the future, the amount of cash we receive will also be affected by fluctuations in exchange rates. In addition, some of the countries in which we have operations do or may restrict the expatriation or conversion of currency.
 
We have not implemented any hedging strategies to mitigate risks related to the impact of fluctuations in exchange rates. Even if we were to implement hedging strategies, not every exposure can be hedged, and, where hedges are put in place based on expected non-U.S. exchange exposure, they are based on forecasts which may vary or which may later prove to have been inaccurate. Failure to hedge successfully or anticipate currency risks accurately could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Risks Related to This Offering
 
Some of our stockholders could together exert control over our Company after completion of this offering.
 
As of June 30, 2010, funds affiliated with Altira Group LLC, or Altira, beneficially owned in the aggregate shares representing approximately     % of our outstanding voting power. A managing member of the general partner of Altira, Dirk McDermott, currently serves on our board of directors. After the completion of this offering, funds affiliated with Altira will beneficially own in the aggregate shares representing approximately     % of our outstanding voting power, or approximately     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. As of June 30, 2010, funds associated with Sanders Morris Harris Group, Inc., or Sanders Morris, beneficially owned in the aggregate shares representing approximately     % of our outstanding voting power. One managing member of the general partner of Sanders Morris, Charles L. Davis, currently serves on our board of directors. After the completion of this offering, funds affiliated with Sanders Morris will beneficially own in the aggregate shares representing approximately     % of our outstanding voting power, or approximately     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. Additionally, as of June 30, 2010, funds associated with Cubera Secondary (GP) AS, or Cubera, beneficially owned in the aggregate shares representing approximately     % of our outstanding voting power. One


29


Table of Contents

managing member of the general partner of Cubera, Ørjan Svanevik, currently serves on our board of directors. After completion of this offering, affiliates of Cubera will beneficially own in the aggregate shares representing approximately     % of our outstanding voting power, or approximately     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. As a result, these stockholders could together control all matters presented to our stockholders for approval, including election and removal of our directors and change of control transactions. The interests of these stockholders may not always coincide with the interests of the other holders of our common stock.
 
As a public company, we will incur additional cost and face increased demands on our management and key employees.
 
We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses, as well as Board of Director related expenses, that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and The NASDAQ Global Market, or the NASDAQ, impose various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel will devote substantial amounts of time to these requirements, and we will hire additional people and increase the salaries of others to compensate them for the additional duties that they will have to perform. We expect these requirements to significantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. These rules and regulations also make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. If our profitability is harmed by these additional costs, it could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.
 
We have identified a material weakness, a significant deficiency and other deficiencies in our internal controls for the year ended December 31, 2009 and a significant deficiency and other deficiencies in our internal controls for the year ended December 31, 2008 that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods and impair our ability to comply with the accounting and reporting requirements applicable to public companies.
 
In relation to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009, we identified a material weakness, a significant deficiency and other deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting. We identified a material weakness in our internal controls over our financial close and reporting cycle, a significant deficiency in our internal controls over our property and equipment records and accounting, and deficiencies in our internal controls relating to our accounting for revenue, expenditure, payroll, income taxes, as well as general computer controls.
 
A “deficiency” in internal control over financial reporting exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or employees, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect and correct misstatements on a timely basis. A deficiency in design exists when (a) a control necessary to meet the control objective is missing, or (b) an existing control is not properly designed so that, even if the control operates as designed, the control objective would not be met. A deficiency in operation exists when (a) a properly designed control does not operate as designed, or (b) the person performing the control does not possess the necessary authority or competence to perform the control effectively.
 
A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement


30


Table of Contents

of the entity’s financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and corrected on a timely basis.
 
A “significant deficiency” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those charged with governance.
 
In relation to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008, we identified a significant deficiency in our internal controls over our year end financial reporting process and other deficiencies relating to our control environment, general corporate controls and business cycle controls.
 
Our independent registered public accounting firm’s audit for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing their audit procedures, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. If such an evaluation had been performed or when we are required to perform such an evaluation, additional material weaknesses, significant deficiencies and other deficiencies may have been or may be identified. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place to help produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be evaluated frequently. We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies relating to internal controls, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Because of the deficiencies identified, there is heightened risk that a material misstatement of our annual or quarterly financial statements relating to the periods that these deficiencies existed was not prevented or detected. We have taken steps to remediate these deficiencies, including hiring additional accounting and finance personnel, upgrading our accounting system and engaging consultants. Although we believe we have started the process to remediate these deficiencies, we cannot be certain that our efforts will be successful or that similar deficiencies will not recur. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Control over Financial Reporting” for a discussion of our remediation efforts.
 
Our internal growth plans will also put additional strains on our internal controls if we do not augment our resources and adapt our procedures in response to this growth. As a public company, we will be required to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 regarding internal controls beginning with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2011. In the event that we have not adequately remedied these deficiencies, and if we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls in future periods, we could become subject to potential review by the NASDAQ, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources, could result in our delisting by the NASDAQ, could compromise our ability to run our business effectively and could cause investors to lose confidence in our financial reporting.
 
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.
 
The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their


31


Table of Contents

evaluations of or recommendations regarding our stock, or if one or more of the analysts cease providing research coverage on our stock, the price of our stock could decline.
 
We will retain broad discretion in using the net proceeds from this offering and may spend a substantial portion in ways with which you do not agree.
 
Our management will retain broad discretion to allocate the net proceeds of this offering. The net proceeds may be applied in ways with which you and other investors in the offering may not agree, or which do not increase the value of your investment. We intend to use $0.4 million to pay an IPO success bonus to some of our key employees, including some of our named executive officers. We anticipate that we will use the remainder of the net proceeds for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition of other businesses, products or technologies. We have not allocated these remaining net proceeds for any specific purpose. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds.
 
We do not know whether a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be and as a result, it may be difficult for you to sell your common stock.
 
Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our common stock. If a market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock at an attractive price or at all. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which the common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria regarding our value. It is possible that in one or more future periods our results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors and, as a result of these and other factors, the price of our common stock may fall.
 
Sales of outstanding shares of our common stock into the market in the future could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
 
If our existing stockholders sell or indicate an intention to sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline substantially. After this offering, approximately      million shares of our common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, the      million shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market and more than     % of the remaining shares are subject to 180-day contractual lock-up agreements with our underwriters. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. may, in its discretion, permit our directors, officers, employees and current stockholders who are subject to these contractual lock-ups to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. These lock-ups are subject to extension for up to an additional 34 days under some circumstances. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements”.
 
After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire, up to an additional approximately      million shares will be eligible for sale in the public market, approximately      million of which are held by directors and executive officers and their affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act. In addition, the approximately      million shares underlying options and restricted stock grants that are either subject to the terms of our equity compensation plans or reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various option agreements, the lock-up


32


Table of Contents

agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. For additional information, see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale”.
 
You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in your investment.
 
The offering price of the common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock, which on a pro forma basis was $      per share of common stock as of June 30, 2010. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in pro forma net tangible book value when you buy common stock in this offering. This means that you will pay a higher price per share than the amount of our total tangible assets, less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Holders of our common stock will experience further dilution if: the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional common stock from us pursuant to this offering is exercised; options or other rights to purchase our common stock that are outstanding or that we may issue in the future are exercised or converted; or we issue additional shares of our common stock at prices lower than our net tangible book value at such time.
 
Provisions in our organizational documents and in the Delaware General Corporation Law may prevent takeover attempts that could be beneficial to our stockholders.
 
Provisions in our post-offering certificate of incorporation and post-offering bylaws and in the Delaware General Corporation Law, may make it difficult and expensive for a third-party to pursue a takeover attempt we oppose even if a change in control of our Company would be beneficial to the interests of our stockholders. Any provision of our post-offering certificate of incorporation or post-offering bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock. In our post-offering certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the powers, preferences and rights of each series without stockholder approval. The ability to issue preferred stock could discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or make it more difficult for a third party to gain control of our Company, or otherwise could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This section generally prohibits us from engaging in mergers and other business combinations with stockholders that beneficially own 15% or more of our voting shares, or with their affiliates, unless our directors or stockholders approve the business combination in the prescribed manner. However, because funds affiliated with Altira, Sanders Morris and Cubera acquired their shares prior to this offering, Section 203 is currently inapplicable to any business combination or transaction with them or their affiliates. Our post-offering bylaws require that any stockholder proposals or nominations for election to our board of directors must meet specific advance notice requirements and procedures, which make it more difficult for our stockholders to make proposals or director nominations.
 
We do not plan to pay dividends on our common stock and consequently, the only opportunity to achieve a return on an investment in our common stock is if the price of our common stock appreciates.
 
We do not plan to declare dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future and do not plan to pay dividends on our common stock. In addition, our term loan agreement limits our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. The only opportunity to achieve a positive return on an investment in our common stock for the foreseeable future may be if the market price of our common stock appreciates.


33


Table of Contents

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary”, “Risk Factors”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, and “Our Company”, contains forward-looking statements. We may, in some cases, use words such as “project”, “believe”, “anticipate”, “plan”, “expect”, “estimate”, “intend”, “should”, “would”, “could”, “potentially”, “will”, or “may”, or other words that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include statements about:
 
  •  potential impact of the recent rig explosion in the Gulf of Mexico and resulting oil spill;
 
  •  competition and competitive factors in the markets in which we operate;
 
  •  demand for our products and services;
 
  •  the advantages of our services compared to others;
 
  •  changes in customer preferences and our ability to adapt our product and services offerings;
 
  •  our ability to develop and maintain positive relationships with our customers;
 
  •  our ability to retain and hire necessary employees and appropriately staff our marketing, sales and distribution efforts;
 
  •  our spending of the proceeds from this offering;
 
  •  our cash needs and expectations regarding cash flow from operations;
 
  •  our ability to manage and grow our business and execute our business strategy;
 
  •  our financial performance; and
 
  •  the costs associated with being a public company.
 
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. There are a number of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this prospectus. These important factors include those that we discuss in this prospectus under the caption “Risk Factors” and elsewhere. You should read these factors and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. If one or more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
 
MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA
 
Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, on assumptions that we have made that are based on that information and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our services. That information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified any third party information and cannot assure you of its accuracy or completeness. While we believe the market position, market


34


Table of Contents

opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.
 
INVESTORS OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES
 
For investors outside the United States: we have not, the selling stockholders have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


35


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be approximately $      million (or approximately $      million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full), based on the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range included on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds we receive from this offering by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
We expect to use $400,000 of the proceeds to pay an IPO success bonus to some of our key employees, including some of our named executive officers, upon completion of this offering. See “Executive Compensation—IPO Success Bonus” for more information concerning this bonus.
 
We expect to use the remainder of the net proceeds for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include the expansion of our current business through acquisitions or investments in other complementary businesses, products or technologies. We have no agreements or commitments with respect to any acquisitions at this time. We will have broad discretion in the way we use the net proceeds.
 
Pending use of the net proceeds from this offering described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States government.
 
The primary purposes of this offering are to raise additional capital, create a public market for our common stock, allow us easier and quicker access to the public markets should we need more capital in the future, increase the profile and prestige of our Company with existing and possible future customers, vendors and strategic partners, and make our stock more valuable and attractive to our employees and potential employees for compensation purposes.
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support the operation of and to finance the growth and development of our business. Accordingly, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to compliance with certain covenants under our credit facility, which restricts or limits our ability to pay dividends, and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.


36


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, our current maturities of long-term debt and our capitalization as of June 30, 2010 on:
 
  •  an actual basis;
 
  •  a pro forma basis after giving effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock into an aggregate of 15,663,258 shares of our common stock, plus approximately 2,500 additional shares of our common stock for each day after June 30, 2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock, and (ii) the issuance of           shares of our common stock, plus an additional           shares of our common stock for each day after          , 2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range included on the cover page of this prospectus, to pay our preferred stockholders the major event preference, each of which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and
 
  •  a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to (i) our filing of our post-offering certificate of incorporation, which authorizes 10,000,000 shares of non-designated preferred stock, does not authorize series A preferred stock, series B preferred stock and series C preferred stock and increases the number of shares of authorized common stock to 190,000,000, and (ii) the sale by us of           shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from that sale after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                         
    As of June 30, 2010  
                Pro Forma As
 
    Actual     Pro Forma     Adjusted  
    (in thousands, except share and
 
    per share data)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 7,468     $       $    
                         
Restricted cash (1)
    10,000                  
                         
Current maturities of long-term debt
    8,637                
Long-term debt
    16,701                
Preferred stock derivatives
    43,872                  
Series A Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 2,790,000, 2,790,000 and zero shares authorized actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted, 2,750,000, zero and zero issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted
    2,750              
Series B Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 3,127,608, 3,127,608 and zero shares authorized actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted, 3,127,608, zero and zero issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted
    5,784              


37


Table of Contents

                         
    As of June 30, 2010  
                Pro Forma As
 
    Actual     Pro Forma     Adjusted  
    (in thousands, except share and
 
    per share data)  
 
Series C Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 10,000,000, 10,000,000 and zero shares authorized actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted; 7,399,992, zero and zero shares, issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted
    9,339              
Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; zero, zero and 10,000,000 shares authorized actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted; zero, zero, and zero shares issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted
                 
Redeemable, non-controlling interest
    4,576                  
Stockholders equity (deficit)
                       
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 52,000,000, 52,000,000 and 190,000,000 shares authorized actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted; 21,274,515,          and           shares issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted
    21                  
Additional paid-in capital
    8,233                  
Accumulated deficit
    (38,093 )                
                         
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    (934 )                
                         
Total RigNet, Inc. stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (30,773 )                
                         
Non-redeemable, non-controlling interest
    162                  
                         
Total capitalization
  $ 61,048     $       $    
                         
 
(1) Represents restricted cash to satisfy credit facility requirements, of which $7.5 million was non-current.
 
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.
 
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering by approximately           shares, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.
 
This table excludes the following shares:
 
  •  3,420,750 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2010 with a weighted average exercise price of $1.76 per share;
 
  •  3,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan;

38


Table of Contents

 
  •  the exercise of all of our outstanding cashless warrants for an aggregate of 3,030,526 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering;
 
  •  the exercise of all of our outstanding warrants with an exercise price of $0.01 per share for an aggregate of 3,617,302 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering;
 
  •  the exercise of all of our outstanding warrants with an exercise price of $1.75 per share for an aggregate of 46,264 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering; and
 
  •  the exercise of all of our outstanding anti-dilution warrants with an exercise price of $0.01 per share for an aggregate of 174,266 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering.


39


Table of Contents

 
DILUTION
 
If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.
 
Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010 was $19.6 million, or $0.53 per share of common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to (i) the conversion immediately prior to this offering of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock into an aggregate of 15,663,258 shares of our common stock, plus approximately 2,500 additional shares of our common stock for each day after June 30, 2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock, and (ii) the issuance of           shares of our common stock, plus an additional           shares of our common stock for each day after          , 2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range included on the cover page of this prospectus, to pay our preferred stockholders the major event preference, our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010 was $      million, or $      per share of common stock.
 
After giving further effect to our issuance and sale of           shares of common stock in this offering, less the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010 would have been $      million, or $      per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value per share of $      to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $      per share to new investors. Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by a new investor. The following table illustrates the per share dilution:
 
                 
Initial public offering price per share of common stock
          $             
Actual net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2010
  $             
Decrease per share attributable to conversion of preferred stock and payment of major event preference
    (   )        
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2010
               
Increase per share attributable to new investors
               
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering
               
Dilution per share to new investors
          $  
 
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $      per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $      per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $      per share.
 
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010 by approximately $      million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $      per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $      per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and


40


Table of Contents

after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2010, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering.
 
                                         
                Total
       
    Shares Purchased     Consideration     Average Price
 
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent    
per Share
 
 
Existing stockholders
                           %   $                        %   $             
New investors
                                       
                                         
Total
            100 %   $         100 %        
                                         
 
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease total consideration paid to us by investors participating in this offering by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and would also increase or decrease the number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering by approximately           as a result of the resulting increase or decrease in the number of shares issued to pay the major event preference.
 
The sale of           shares of our common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to           shares, or     % of the total shares outstanding, and will increase the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering to           shares, or     % of the total shares outstanding. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders will be further reduced to           shares, or     % of the total shares outstanding, and the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to           shares, or     % of the total shares outstanding.
 
As of June 30, 2010, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 3,420,750 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.76 per share. The above discussion and table assumes no exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2010 or of any later issued options. If all of these options were exercised, our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would own     % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.


41


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following table sets forth our selected consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss), balance sheet and other data for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2007 have been derived from our audited financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 have been prepared on the same basis as our annual consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary in the opinion of management for the fair presentation of this data in all material respects. Our selected consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This information should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period.
 
Unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders and unaudited pro forma weighted average shares outstanding reflect conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock into shares of our common stock and the payment of the major event preference to our preferred stockholders in shares of our common stock, each of which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
 
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering by approximately           shares, the pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders by approximately: Basic $      and Diluted $     , and the pro forma weighted average shares outstanding by approximately: Basic $      and Diluted $     , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.
 
During 2006, the Company acquired 100% of OilCamp AS, or OilCamp, as well as a 75.0% controlling interest in LandTel Communications LLC, or LandTel, which established a 25.0% redeemable, non-controlling interest. The Company subsequently acquired the remaining non-controlling interest in LandTel with purchases made in December 2008 (10.7%), February 2009 (7.3%) and August 2010 (7.0%). As a result, the comparability of the financial data disclosed in the following table may be affected.


42


Table of Contents

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends.
 
                                                         
          Six Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     June 30,  
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) Data:
                                                       
Revenue
  $ 13,282     $ 29,214     $ 67,164     $ 89,909     $ 80,936     $ 40,880     $ 44,370  
Expenses:
                                                       
Cost of revenue
    5,200       16,290       29,747       39,294       35,165       17,767       20,726  
Depreciation and amortization
    2,237       5,863       9,451       10,519       12,554       6,360       7,788  
Impairment of goodwill
                            2,898       2,898        
Selling and marketing
    1,875       4,123       2,405       2,605       2,187       1,027       894  
General and administrative
    4,938       9,540       20,338       21,277       16,444       7,061       10,271  
                                                         
Total expenses
    14,250       35,816       61,941       73,695       69,248       35,113       39,679  
                                                         
Operating income (loss)
    (968 )     (6,602 )     5,223       16,214       11,688       5,767       4,691  
Interest expense
    (230 )     (1,401 )     (5,497 )     (2,464 )     (5,146 )     (4,061 )     (762 )
Other income (expense), net
    (78 )     26       (63 )     27       304       127       (250 )
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
          (7,657 )     (1,156 )     2,461       (21,009 )     (6,721 )     (12,446 )
                                                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (1,276 )     (15,634 )     (1,493 )     16,238       (14,163 )     (4,888 )     (8,767 )
Income tax expense
          (115 )     (628 )     (5,882 )     (5,457 )     (2,314 )     (2,292 )
                                                         
Net income (loss)
    (1,276 )     (15,749 )     (2,121 )     10,356       (19,620 )     (7,202 )     (11,059 )
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to:
                                                       
Non-redeemable, non-controlling interest
                167       235       292       146       162  
Redeemable, non-controlling interest
          151       971       1,715       10       54       25  
                                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. stockholders
  $ (1,276 )   $ (15,900 )   $ (3,259 )   $ 8,406     $ (19,922 )   $ (7,402 )   $ (11,246 )
                                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders
  $ (1,811 )   $ (23,451 )   $ (3,931 )   $ (4,190 )   $ (22,118 )   $ (8,370 )   $ (12,741 )
                                                         
Net income (loss) per share attributable to:
                                                       
RigNet, Inc. common stockholders:
                                                       
Basic
  $ (0.45 )   $ (2.12 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.20 )   $ (1.04 )   $ (0.39 )   $ (0.60 )
Diluted
  $ (0.45 )   $ (2.12 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.20 )   $ (1.04 )   $ (0.39 )   $ (0.60 )
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                                                       
Basic
    4,023       11,062       21,116       21,206       21,248       21,231       21,274  
Diluted
    4,023       11,062       21,116       21,206       21,248       21,231       21,274  
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 316     $ 3,096     $ 6,862     $ 15,376     $ 11,379     $ 11,143     $ 7,468  
Restricted cash—current portion
                      775       2,500             2,500  
Restricted cash—long-term portion
                            7,500       10,000       7,500  
Total assets
    16,862       65,485       72,925       89,517       88,810       85,955       86,342  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    2,891       11,550       11,807       5,753       8,664       7,257       8,637  
Long-term deferred revenue
    391       693       679       1,516       348       268       356  
Long-term debt
    331       12,007       20,427       18,322       21,022       27,080       16,701  
Preferred stock derivatives
          8,241       9,808       8,413       30,446       15,478       43,872  
Preferred stock
    11       13,457       14,097       16,257       17,333       16,786       17,873  
Other Data:
                                                       
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP measure)
  $ 1,171     $ (471 )   $ 17,536     $ 30,409     $ 29,093     $ 15,308     $ 13,605  
Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to
                                                       
RigNet, Inc. common stockholders
                                  $               $    
                                                         
Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to
                                                       
RigNet, Inc. common stockholders:
                                                       
Basic
                                  $               $    
                                                         
Diluted
                                  $               $    
                                                         
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:
                                                       
Basic
                                                       
                                                         
Diluted
                                                       
                                                         


43


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods identified. Net income (loss) is the most comparable GAAP measure to Adjusted EBITDA.
 
                                                         
          Six Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     June 30,  
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
    (in thousands)  
 
Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA:
                                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,276 )   $ (15,749 )   $ (2,121 )   $ 10,356     $ (19,620 )   $ (7,202 )   $ (11,059 )
Interest expense
    230       1,401       5,497       2,464       5,146       4,061       762  
Depreciation and amortization
    2,237       5,863       9,451       10,519       12,554       6,360       7,788  
Impairment of goodwill
                            2,898       2,898        
(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment
    (20 )           (27 )     (92 )     111       (23 )     320  
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
          7,657       1,156       (2,461 )     21,009       6,721       12,446  
Stock-based compensation
          242       169       231       277       140       218  
Initial public offering costs
                2,783       3,510       1,261       39       838  
Income tax expense
          115       628       5,882       5,457       2,314       2,292  
                                                         
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP measure)
  $ 1,171     $ (471 )   $ 17,536     $ 30,409     $ 29,093     $ 15,308     $ 13,605  
                                                         


44


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
You should read the following discussion together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those we currently anticipate as a result of the factors we describe under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
We, along with our wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries, provide information and communication technology for the oil and gas industry through a controlled and managed IP/MPLS global network, enabling drilling contractors, oil companies and oilfield service companies to communicate more effectively.
 
We enable our customers to deliver voice, fax, video and data, in real-time, between remote sites and home offices throughout the world while we manage and operate the infrastructure from our land-based network operations center. We serve offshore drilling rigs and production platforms, land rigs and remote locations including offices and supply bases, in approximately 30 countries on six continents.
 
Our Operations
 
We focus on developing customer relationships with the owners and operators of drilling rig fleets resulting in a significant portion of our revenue being concentrated in a few customers. In addition, due to the concentration of our customers in the oil and gas industry, we face the challenge of service demands fluctuating with the exploration and development plans and capital expenditures of that industry.
 
Network service customers are primarily served under fixed-price, day-rate contracts, which are based on the concept of pay per day of use and are consistent with terms used in the oil and gas industry. Our contracts are generally in the form of master service agreements with specific services being provided under individual service orders. These service orders can be cancelled by our customers on short notice, many without penalty. In the year ended December 31, 2009, our largest customer, who has been our customer for over five years, provided approximately 10.9% of our total revenue. Further, from 2007 to 2009, revenue generated from this customer grew at a compounded annual rate of 28.7%.
 
We operate three reportable business segments based on geographic location, which are managed as distinct business units.
 
  •  Eastern Hemisphere.   Our eastern hemisphere segment provides remote communications services for offshore drilling rigs, production facilities, energy support vessels and other remote sites. Our eastern hemisphere segment services are performed out of our Norway, Qatar, United Kingdom and Singapore based offices for customers and rig sites located on the eastern side of the Atlantic Ocean primarily off the coasts of the U.K., Norway and West Africa, around the Indian Ocean in Qatar, Saudi Arabia and India, around the Pacific Ocean near Australia, and within the South China Sea.
 
  •  Western Hemisphere.   Our western hemisphere segment provides remote communications services for offshore drilling rigs, production facilities, energy support vessels and other remote sites. Our western hemisphere segment services are performed out of our United States and Brazil based offices for customers and rig sites located on the western side of the Atlantic Ocean primarily off the coasts of the United States, Mexico and Brazil, and within the Gulf of Mexico, but excluding land rigs and other land-based sites in North America.


45


Table of Contents

 
  •  U.S. Land.   Our U.S. land segment provides remote communications services for drilling rigs and production facilities located onshore in North America. Our U.S. land segment services are performed out of our Louisiana based office for customers and rig sites located in the continental United States.
 
Cost of revenue consists primarily of satellite charges, voice and data termination costs, network operations expenses, Internet connectivity fees and direct service labor. Satellite charges consist of the costs associated with obtaining satellite bandwidth (the measure of capacity) used in the transmission of service to and from leased satellites. Network operations expenses consist primarily of costs associated with the operation of our network operations center, which is maintained 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Depreciation and amortization is recognized on all property and equipment either installed at a customer’s site or held at our corporate and regional offices, as well as intangibles arising from acquisitions. Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries and commissions, travel costs and marketing communications. General and administrative expenses consist of expenses associated with our management, finance, contract, support and administrative functions.
 
Profitability increases at a site as we add customers and value-added services. Assumptions used in developing the day rates for a site may not cover cost variances from inherent uncertainties or unforeseen obstacles, including both physical conditions and unexpected problems encountered with third party service providers. Profitability risks, including oil and gas market trends, service responsiveness to remote locations, communication network complexities, political and economic instability in certain regions, export restrictions, licenses and other trade barriers, may result in the delay of service initiation, which may negatively impact our results of operations.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Certain of our accounting policies require judgment by management in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. These judgments are based on our historical experience, terms of existing contracts, observance of trends in the industry, information provided by our customers, and information available from other outside sources, as appropriate. Actual results may differ from these judgments under different assumptions or conditions. Our accounting policies that require management to apply significant judgment include:
 
Revenue Recognition
 
All revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is complete, the amount is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Network service fee revenue is based on fixed-price, day-rate contracts and recognized monthly as the service is provided. Generally, customer contracts also provide for installation and maintenance services. Installation services are paid upon initiation of the contract and recognized over the life of the respective contract. Maintenance charges are recognized as specific services are performed. Deferred revenue consists of installation billings, customer deposits and other prepayments for which services have not yet been rendered. Revenue is reported net of any tax assessed and collected on behalf of a governmental authority. Such tax is then remitted directly to the appropriate jurisdictional entity.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
Trade accounts receivable are recognized as customers are billed in accordance with customer contracts. We report an allowance for doubtful accounts for probable credit losses existing in accounts receivable. Management determines the allowance based on a review of currently outstanding receivables and our historical collection experience. Significant individual


46


Table of Contents

receivables and balances which have been outstanding greater than 90 days are reviewed individually. Account balances, when determined to be uncollectible, are charged against the allowance.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment, which consists of rig-based telecommunication equipment (including antennas), computer equipment and furniture and other, is stated at acquisition cost net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the expected useful lives of the respective assets, which range from two to seven years. We assess property and equipment for impairment when events indicate the carrying value exceeds fair value. During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and the six month periods ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, no events have occurred to indicate an impairment of our property and equipment. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense when incurred.
 
Preferred Stock Derivatives
 
Preferred stock derivatives represent conversion and redemption rights associated with our series A, B and C preferred stock, which were bifurcated based on an analysis of the features in relation to the preferred stock. Our preferred stock derivatives are non-current and reported at fair value.
 
All contracts are evaluated for embedded derivatives which are bifurcated when (a) the economic characteristics and risks of such instruments are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the preferred stock agreement, (b) the contract is not already reported at fair value and (c) such instruments meet the definition of a derivative instrument and are not scope exceptions under the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (FASB) guidance on Derivatives and Hedging . As of June 30, 2010 and 2009 and December 31, 2009 and 2008, we have identified embedded features within our preferred stock agreements which qualify as derivatives and are reported separately from preferred stock. See our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Fair values of derivatives are determined using a combination of the expected present value of future cash flows and a market approach. The present value of future cash flows is estimated using our most recent forecast and our weighted average cost of capital. The market approach uses a market multiple on the cash generated from operations. Significant estimates for determining fair value include cash flow forecasts, our weighted average cost of capital, projected income tax rates and market multiples. For the purpose of measuring the fair value of the preferred stock derivatives, all bifurcated derivatives were bundled together for each class of preferred stock and were reported at the aggregate fair value.
 
Goodwill
 
Goodwill relates to the acquisitions of LandTel and OilCamp as the consideration paid exceeded the fair value of acquired identifiable net tangible assets and intangibles. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually, as of July 31st, with additional evaluations being performed when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. During 2009, we identified a triggering event associated with the significant decline in land-based drilling activity for which an impairment test was performed as of June 30, 2009. Subsequently, we performed our annual impairment test as of July 31, 2009. No additional impairment indicators have been subsequently identified.
 
Goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process. The first step of the impairment test is used to identify potential impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to the book value of the reporting unit, including goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit


47


Table of Contents

is determined using a combination of the reporting unit’s expected present value of future cash flows and a market approach. The present value of future cash flows is estimated using our most recent forecast and our weighted average cost of capital. The market approach uses a market multiple on the reporting unit’s cash generated from operations. Significant estimates for each reporting unit included in our impairment analysis are cash flow forecasts, our weighted average cost of capital, projected income tax rates and market multiples. Changes in these estimates could affect the estimated fair value of our reporting units and result in an impairment of goodwill in a future period.
 
If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its book value, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered to be impaired and the second step of the impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step of the impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the book value of that goodwill. If the book value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities other than goodwill in the same manner as a purchase price allocation.
 
Any impairment in the value of goodwill is charged to earnings in the period such impairment is determined. In 2009, we recognized $2.9 million in impairment of goodwill related to our U.S. land segment. There were no goodwill impairments in 2007 and 2008, or in the six month period ended June 30, 2010.
 
Long-Term Debt
 
Long-term debt is recognized in the consolidated balance sheets net of costs incurred in connection with obtaining the financing. Debt financing costs are deferred and reported as a reduction to the principal amount of the debt. Such costs are amortized over the life of the debt using the effective interest rate method and included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss). We believe the carrying amount of our debt, which has a floating interest rate, approximates fair value, since the interest rates are based on short-term maturities and recent quoted rates from financial institutions.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
We have two stock-based compensation plans, the RigNet, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the 2006 Plan, and the RigNet Inc. 2001 Performance Stock Option Plan, or the 2001 Plan. All equity instruments granted under the two stock-based compensation plans are settled in stock.
 
We recognize expense for stock-based compensation using the calculated fair value of options on the grant date of the awards. Fair value of options on the grant date is determined using the Black-Scholes model, which requires judgment in estimating the expected term of the option, risk-free interest rate, expected volatility of our stock and dividend yield of the option. We did not issue fractional shares nor pay cash in lieu of fractional shares and currently do not have any awards accounted for as a liability.
 
Our policy is to recognize compensation expense for service-based awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Stock-based compensation expense is based on awards ultimately expected to vest.
 
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using a Black-Scholes option valuation model, which uses certain assumptions as of the date of grant:
 
  •  Expected Volatility —based on peer group price volatility for periods equivalent to the expected term of the options


48


Table of Contents

 
  •  Expected Term —expected life adjusted based on management’s best estimate for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restriction and behavioral considerations
 
  •  Risk-free Interest Rate —risk-free rate, for periods within the contractual terms of the options, is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant
 
  •  Dividend Yield —expected dividends based on the Company’s historical dividend rate at the date of grant
 
Taxes
 
Income taxes are provided using the asset and liability method. Under this method, income taxes (i.e., deferred tax assets, deferred tax liabilities, taxes currently payable, refunds receivable and tax expense) are recorded based on amounts refundable or payable in the current year and include the results of any difference between book and tax reporting. Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effect of net operating losses, foreign tax credits and the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes, as determined under enacted tax laws and rates. Valuation allowances are established when management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized. The financial effect of changes in tax laws or rates is accounted for in the period of enactment.
 
Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted new accounting provisions requiring the evaluation of our tax positions and recognizing only tax benefits that, more likely than not, will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on technical merits of the position. Tax positions are measured at the largest amount of benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. The cumulative effect of applying these provisions on January 1, 2007 resulted in a $0.4 million adjustment to beginning accumulated deficit.
 
From time to time, we engage in transactions in which the tax consequences may be subject to uncertainty. Examples of such transactions include business acquisitions, certain financing transactions, international investments, stock-based compensation and foreign tax credits. Significant judgment is required in assessing and estimating the tax consequences of these transactions. In the normal course of business, we prepare and file tax returns based on interpretation of tax laws and regulations, which are subject to examination by various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future tax and interest assessments by these taxing authorities. In determining our tax provision for financial reporting purposes, we establish a reserve for uncertain income tax positions unless such positions are determined to be more likely than not sustained upon examination, based on their technical merits. There is considerable judgment involved in determining whether positions taken on our tax return will, more likely than not, be sustained.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements
 
See our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for details regarding our implementation and assessment of new accounting standards.


49


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth selected financial and operating data for the periods indicated.
 
                                                                 
          Six Months Ended
       
    Year Ended December 31,     June 30,     Percentage Change  
                                  2007 to
    2008 to
    June 30,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010     2008     2009     2009 to 2010  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  
 
Revenue
  $ 67,164     $ 89,909     $ 80,936     $ 40,880     $ 44,370       33.9 %     (10.0 )%     8.5 %
                                                                 
Expenses:
                                                               
Cost of revenue
    29,747       39,294       35,165       17,767       20,726       32.1 %     (10.5 )%     16.7 %
Depreciation and amortization
    9,451       10,519       12,554       6,360       7,788       11.3 %     19.3 %     22.5 %
Impairment of goodwill
                2,898       2,898             %     %     (100.0 )%
Selling and marketing
    2,405       2,605       2,187       1,027       894       8.3 %     (16.0 )%     (13.0 )%
General and administrative
    20,338       21,277       16,444       7,061       10,271       4.6 %     (22.7 )%     45.5 %
                                                                 
Total expenses
    61,941       73,695       69,248       35,113       39,679       19.0 %     (6.0 )%     13.0 %
                                                                 
Operating income
    5,223       16,214       11,688       5,767       4,691       210.4 %     (27.9 )%     (18.7 )%
Other income (expense), net
    (6,716 )     24       (25,851 )     (10,655 )     (13,458 )     (100.4 )%     *     26.3 %
                                                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (1,493 )     16,238       (14,163 )     (4,888 )     (8,767 )     *       (187.2 )%     79.4 %
Income tax expense
    (628 )     (5,882 )     (5,457 )     (2,314 )     (2,292 )     836.6 %     (7.2 )%     (1.0 )%
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
    (2,121 )     10,356       (19,620 )     (7,202 )     (11,059 )     (588.3 )%     (289.5 )%     53.6 %
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interests
    1,138       1,950       302       200       187       71.4 %     (84.5 )%     (6.5 )%
                                                                 
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. stockholders
  $ (3,259 )   $ 8,406     $ (19,922 )   $ (7,402 )   $ (11,246 )     (357.9 )%     (337.0 )%     51.9 %
                                                                 
 
* Amount is greater than 1000%, therefore it is not meaningful.
 
Our business operations are managed through three reportable operating segments: eastern hemisphere, western hemisphere and U.S. land. The following represents selected financial operating results for our segments:
 
                                                                 
                      Six Months Ended
    Percentage Change  
    Year Ended December 31,     June 30,     2007 to
    2008 to
    June 30,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010     2008     2009     2009 to 2010  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  
 
Eastern hemisphere:
                                                               
Revenue
  $ 38,229     $ 54,586     $ 60,917     $ 30,421     $ 30,407       42.8 %     11.6 %     (0.0 )%
Cost of revenue
    20,674       23,721       23,247       11,684       12,290       14.7 %     (2.0 )%     5.2 %
                                                                 
Gross margin (1)
    17,555       30,865       37,670       18,737       18,117       75.8 %     22.0 %     (3.3 )%
Depreciation and amortization
    3,049       5,186       6,894       3,649       4,127       70.1 %     32.9 %     13.1 %
Selling, general and administrative
    3,824       6,974       5,818       2,909       3,429       82.4 %     (16.6 )%     17.9 %
                                                                 
Eastern hemisphere operating income
  $ 10,682     $ 18,705     $ 24,958     $ 12,179     $ 10,561       75.1 %     33.4 %     (13.3 )%
                                                                 


50


Table of Contents

                                                                 
                      Six Months Ended
    Percentage Change  
    Year Ended December 31,     June 30,     2007 to
    2008 to
    June 30,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010     2008     2009     2009 to 2010  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  
 
Western hemisphere:
                                                               
Revenue
  $ 12,228     $ 12,225     $ 11,222     $ 5,580     $ 8,648       (0.0 )%     (8.2 )%     55.0 %
Cost of revenue
    3,822       5,599       4,841       2,385       4,347       46.5 %     (13.5 )%     82.3 %
                                                                 
Gross margin (1)
    8,406       6,626       6,381       3,195       4,301       (21.2 )%     (3.7 )%     34.6 %
Depreciation and amortization
    2,924       1,994       2,428       1,103       1,800       (31.8 )%     21.8 %     63.2 %
Selling, general and administrative
    3,705       2,016       1,834       790       1,203       (45.6 )%     (9.0 )%     52.3 %
                                                                 
Western hemisphere operating income
  $ 1,777     $ 2,616     $ 2,119     $ 1,302     $ 1,298       47.2 %     (19.0 )%     (0.3 )%
                                                                 
U.S. land:
                                                               
Revenue
  $ 17,480     $ 23,047     $ 9,850     $ 5,600     $ 5,595       31.8 %     (57.3 )%     (0.1 )%
Cost of revenue
    4,972       9,011       5,195       2,864       3,034       81.2 %     (42.3 )%     5.9 %
                                                                 
Gross margin (1)
    12,508       14,036       4,655       2,736       2,561       12.2 %     (66.8 )%     (6.4 )%
Depreciation and amortization
    3,450       3,325       3,204       1,601       1,775       (3.6 )%     (3.6 )%     10.9 %
Impairment of goodwill
                2,898       2,898             %     %     (100.0 )%
Selling, general and administrative
    5,672       4,166       2,749       1,503       1,122       (26.6 )%     (34.0 )%     (25.3 )%
                                                                 
U.S. land operating income (loss)
  $ 3,386     $ 6,545     $ (4,196 )   $ (3,266 )   $ (336 )     93.3 %     (164.1 )%     (89.7 )%
                                                                 
 
(1) Gross margin, a non-GAAP measure, is defined as revenue less cost of revenue. This measure is used to evaluate operating margins and the effectiveness of cost management within our operating segments.
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2009
 
Revenue.   Revenue increased by $3.5 million, or 8.5%, to $44.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $40.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase in revenue was primarily attributable to a 55.0% increase in western hemisphere revenue resulting primarily from our expansion in Brazil and from an increase in contract orders and unit counts.
 
Cost of Revenue.   Costs increased by $2.9 million, or 16.7%, to $20.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $17.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, primarily due to the incremental network services and capacity required to serve the increased unit counts. Gross margin decreased to 53.3% for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to 56.5% for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The decline in the operating profitability resulted from decreases in gross margin across all operating segments. This decrease in gross margin is consistent with the increase in cost of revenue and represents contracted satellite bandwidth costs to position for future organic growth. The future relationship between the revenue and profitability growth of our operating segments will depend on a variety of factors, including the timing of major contracts, which are difficult to predict.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.   Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $1.4 million, or 22.5%, to $7.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $6.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase resulted from rig-based equipment, which was acquired in conjunction with growth initiatives during 2009 and 2010.
 
General and Administrative.   General and administrative expenses increased by $3.2 million, or 45.5%, to $10.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $7.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase was primarily due to non-recurring costs of $0.8 million incurred during 2010 in preparation of an initial public offering of our common stock combined with recurring increases in (i) eastern hemisphere technical personnel, (ii) development of our Brazil regional office and (iii) senior level staff.

51


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense).   The change in other income (expense) is comprised primarily of changes in interest expense and changes in fair value of preferred stock derivatives. Interest expense decreased by $3.3 million, or 81.2%, to $0.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $4.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The decrease reflects the fact that the value of warrants issued in connection with stockholder notes were fully recognized as interest expense during 2009. We had no interest expense related to warrants for the six months ended June 30, 2010.
 
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives increased other expense by $5.7 million, or 85.1%, to $12.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $6.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, as a result of fair value changes related to the conversion and redemption features of our preferred stock as of June 30, 2010 as compared to December 31, 2009, which was greater than the corresponding increase in fair value of the same liabilities as of June 30, 2009 as compared to December 31, 2008. Accounting standards require the separate valuation and recording of certain features of our preferred stock until such shares are converted or redeemed. Those features are revalued and reported each period at the then fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss).
 
Income Tax Expense.   Our effective income tax rate was (26.2)% for the six months ended June 30, 2010. For the six months ended June 30, 2009, our effective income tax rate was (47.3)%. Our effective tax rates are affected by factors including fluctuations in income across international jurisdictions with varying tax rates and changes in the valuation allowance related to U.S. federal net operating losses.
 
Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
 
Revenue.   Revenue decreased by $9.0 million, or 10.0%, to $80.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $89.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in revenue was primarily attributable to our U.S. land segment driven by a 57.3% decline in U.S. land revenue as a result of the global economic slowdown. According to the July 30, 2010 Baker Hughes North America Rotary Rig Count report, the U.S. land rig count dropped from the peak of 1,961 in August 2008 to the bottom of 829 in June 2009. In addition, western hemisphere revenue decreased 8.2% in 2009. These decreases were partially offset by an 11.6% increase in eastern hemisphere revenue. The eastern hemisphere benefited from increased unit counts and subscriptions.
 
Cost of Revenue.   Costs decreased by $4.1 million, or 10.5%, to $35.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $39.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to reduced materials, supplies, salaries and travel costs as a result of the decrease in revenue. As the U.S. land rig count declined in 2009, we implemented cost measures in all of our reportable segments with priority on our U.S. land and our western hemisphere segments. Gross margin increased slightly to 56.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 56.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in gross margin was primarily driven by decreases in materials, supplies, and travel costs, along with a shift to contract labor. The cost decreases were partially offset by an increase in contracted costs for satellite bandwidth associated with increased unit counts in our eastern hemisphere segment. Eastern hemisphere gross margin increased to 61.8% in 2009 from 56.5% in 2008, and western hemisphere gross margin increased to 56.9% in 2009 from 54.2% in 2008. These increases were offset by a decrease in U.S. land gross margin to 47.3% in 2009 from 60.9% in 2008. The future relationship between the revenue and margin growth of our operating segments will depend on a variety of factors, including the timing of major contracts, our ability to leverage existing infrastructure and our exploitation of market opportunities, which are difficult to predict.


52


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization.   Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $2.0 million, or 19.3%, to $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase resulted from increased depreciation of rig-based telecommunication equipment, which was acquired in conjunction with growth in offshore operations in the western hemisphere during 2008 and 2009.
 
Impairment of Goodwill.   Goodwill relates primarily to our U.S. land segment wherein goodwill has been recorded from prior acquisitions of a majority-owned subsidiary, LandTel. U.S. land revenue declined 57.3% during 2009 due to a significant decline in land-based drilling activity and rig counts, which hit a low point in June 2009, resulting in a triggering event and an impairment test. The test as of June 30, 2009 resulted in the recognition of a $2.9 million impairment of goodwill.
 
Selling and Marketing.   Selling and marketing expenses decreased by $0.4 million, or 16.0%, to $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily the result of cost management of compensation due to the general downturn in the economy and, secondarily, the decrease in revenue.
 
General and Administrative.   General and administrative expenses decreased by $4.9 million, or 22.7%, to $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to non-recurring costs of $3.5 million incurred during 2008 related to a prior effort to prepare for an initial public offering of our common stock. In addition, we reduced our general and administrative compensation costs and travel, but increased certain costs associated with implementing U.S. GAAP accounting standards.
 
Other Income (Expense).   The change in other income expense is comprised primarily of changes in interest expense and changes in fair value of preferred stock derivatives. Interest expense increased $2.6 million, or 108.8%, to $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to expense recognized for warrants issued in connection with a restructuring of short-term stockholder notes in December 2008. This increased cost was partially offset by lower interest rates resulting from the restructuring of our term loans with financial institutions and full retirement of stockholder notes.
 
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives increased other expense by $23.5 million, or 953.7%, to $(21.0) million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $2.5 million in income for the year ended December 31, 2008, as a result of the increased fair value of certain bifurcated derivatives related to the conversion and redemption features of our preferred stock. The increase in value of the conversion option was in part due to increased probability of an initial public offering in 2010. Accounting standards require the separate valuation and recording of certain features of our preferred stock until such shares are converted or redeemed. As a result the original proceeds were allocated between the stock and separate derivative features. Those features are revalued and reported each period at the then fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss).
 
Income Tax Expense.   Our effective income tax rate was (38.5)% for the year ended December 31, 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our effective income tax rate was 36.2%. See Note 16—Income Taxes, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding the items comprising our effective tax rates.


53


Table of Contents

Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
 
Revenue.   Revenue increased by $22.7 million, or 33.9%, to $89.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $67.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in revenue was primarily driven by a 42.8% increase in eastern hemisphere revenue, as well as a 31.8% increase in U.S. land revenue, due to increases in both offshore and onshore drilling activity in these regions, driven by rising oil and gas prices.
 
Cost of Revenue.   Costs increased by $9.6 million, or 32.1%, to $39.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $29.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 due to increased contracted satellite bandwidth, labor and materials related to the growth in revenue and positioning for future growth. Gross margin increased to 56.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 55.7% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in the gross margin was driven primarily by increased leverage of contracted satellite bandwidth capacities resulting in eastern hemisphere gross margin increasing to 56.5% in 2008 from 45.9% in 2007. The gross margin of western hemisphere decreased to 54.2% in 2008 compared to 68.7% in 2007 as did the gross margin of U.S. land which decreased to 60.9% in 2008 compared to 71.6% in 2007, both due to increased satellite bandwidth, materials and labor costs.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.   Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $1.0 million, or 11.3%, to $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase resulted from increased depreciation from acquisitions of property and equipment primarily related to our eastern hemisphere operations.
 
Selling and Marketing.   Selling and marketing expenses increased by $0.2 million, or 8.3%, to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily a result of increased compensation costs driven by the increase in revenue.
 
General and Administrative.   General and administrative expenses increased by $1.0 million, or 4.6%, to $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $20.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to costs incurred during 2008 for a prior effort to prepare for an initial public offering of our common stock. The increase was partially offset by cost management decreasing employee compensation costs.
 
Other Income (Expense).   The change in other income expense is comprised primarily of changes in interest expense and changes in fair value of preferred stock derivatives. Interest expense decreased $3.0 million, or 55.2%, to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease resulted primarily from less interest expense associated with warrants issued during 2006 and 2007 in connection with stockholder notes, because they were fully expensed as of December 31, 2007.
 
Changes in fair value of derivatives increased other income by $3.7 million, or 312.9%, to $2.5 million in income for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $(1.2) million for the year ended December 31, 2007, as a result of the decreased fair value of certain bifurcated derivatives related to the conversion and redemption features of our preferred stock.
 
Income Tax Expense.   Our effective income tax rate was 36.2% for the year ended December 31, 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2007, our effective income tax rate was (42.1)%. See Note 16—Income Taxes, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding the items comprising our effective tax rates.


54


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our primary sources of liquidity and capital since our formation have been proceeds from private equity issuances, stockholder loans, cash flow from operations and bank borrowings. To date, our primary use of capital has been to fund our growing operations and to finance acquisitions. Through June 30, 2010, we raised approximately $38.3 million of net proceeds through private offerings of our common and preferred stock. In addition, our stockholders loaned $13.3 million in stockholder notes, which were repaid in full during 2009. See “Related Party Transactions”.
 
At June 30, 2010, we had a negative working capital balance of $1.6 million, including cash and cash equivalents of $7.5 million, current restricted cash of $2.5 million, accounts receivable of $16.7 million and other current assets of $3.9 million, offset by $4.8 million in accounts payable, $6.3 million in accrued expenses, $8.6 million in current maturities of long-term debt, $4.6 million in redeemable, non-controlling interest, $6.6 million in tax related liabilities and $1.3 million in deferred revenue.
 
Our term loan agreement imposes certain restrictions, including our ability to obtain additional debt financing and on our payment of cash dividends; and requires us to maintain certain financial covenants such as a funded debt to adjusted earnings ratio, as defined in the agreement, of less than or equal to 2.0 to 1.0, and a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.5 to 1.0. At June 30, 2010, our adjusted earnings, as defined in the agreement, exceeded the minimum levels required by the fixed charge coverage ratio by 46.5% and the funded debt to adjusted earnings ratio by 116.3%.
 
At December 31, 2009, we had working capital of $5.3 million, including cash and cash equivalents of $11.4 million, restricted cash of $2.5 million, accounts receivable of $12.7 million and other current assets of $4.4 million, offset by $3.8 million in accounts payable, $5.9 million in accrued expenses, $8.7 million in current maturities of long-term debt, $6.0 million in tax related liabilities and $1.3 million in deferred revenue.
 
Effective as of May 8, 2010, the LandTel non-controlling interest owner formally exercised its right to sell its remaining interest to us based upon a previously established formula. On July 21, 2010, we made a cash payment of $4.6 million to satisfy our obligation consistent with the previously agreed upon formula. In connection with this payment, on June 10, 2010, we amended our term loan agreement to reduce total restricted cash to $5.25 million from $10.0 million from July 3, 2010 to October 31, 2010, after which we would have been required to increase our total restricted cash to $7.5 million, except that we further amended our term loan agreement as described below. On September 23, 2010, the LandTel non-controlling interest owner exercised a right to a recalculation of the $4.6 million purchase price by a third party arbiter.
 
In addition, capital resources of $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 were used to redeem redeemable non-controlling interests in LandTel. The $4.8 million redemption of non-controlling interest occurred during the period ended June 30, 2009.
 
On August 19, 2010, we further amended our term loan agreement to increase outstanding borrowings by $10.0 million to approximately $35.5 million. We also agreed to maintain $10.0 million of total restricted cash until July 3, 2011, after which we may reduce our total restricted cash to $7.5 million. Uses of the additional borrowings include providing $5.25 million for working capital and general corporate purposes and the remaining $4.75 million will be used to increase restricted cash from $5.25 million to $10.0 million. The increase in borrowings will be due upon maturity of the loan on May 31, 2012. With respect to our term loan covenants, the increase in long-term debt does not affect our fixed charge coverage ratio. On a pro forma basis, however, had the incremental $10 million been outstanding at June 30, 2010, our adjusted earnings would have exceeded the minimum levels required by the funded debt to adjusted earnings ratio by 55.0%.


55


Table of Contents

Since 2007, we have spent $7.2 million to $10.2 million annually on capital expenditures. Based on our current expectations, we believe our liquidity and capital resources will be sufficient for the conduct of our business and operations. Furthermore, we expect that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be sufficient for our projected capital expenditures.
 
Operating Activities
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $8.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $14.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities of $6.1 million was primarily due to decreased cash flow from our U.S. land operations partially offset by cost management in the eastern hemisphere segment.
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $26.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $19.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in cash provided by operating activities of $6.5 million was primarily due to increased cash flow from the eastern hemisphere operations and cost management, partially offset by decreased cash flow from U.S. land operations.
 
Our cash flow from operations is subject to many variables, the most significant of which is the volatility of the oil and gas industry and therefore the demand for our services. Our future cash flow from operations will depend on our ability to increase our contracted services through our sales and marketing efforts while leveraging the contracted satellite and other communication service costs.
 
While exposed to certain foreign currency risks which could impact our liquidity, we do not currently hedge these risks. During the six months ended June 30, 2010, 78.0% of our revenue was denominated in U.S. dollars. During 2009, 77.2% of our revenue was denominated in U.S. dollars.
 
Investing Activities
 
Our capital expenditures were $6.6 million for the period ended June 30, 2010 compared to $4.3 million for the period ended June 30, 2009. Capital expenditures were $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Financing Activities
 
Term Loan
 
In May 2009, we entered into a $35.0 million term loan agreement with two participating financial institutions, the proceeds of which were used to repay existing outstanding parent and subsidiary term loans and credit facilities and all outstanding notes to stockholders. The term loan is secured by substantially all of our assets and bears interest at a rate ranging from 4.3% to 5.3% based on a funded debt to adjusted earnings ratio, as defined in the agreement. Interest is payable monthly along with quarterly installments of approximately $2.2 million in principal. At December 31, 2009, $29.9 million was outstanding, with an interest rate of 5.0%. The weighted average interest rate for the year ended December 31, 2009 was 5.2%. At June 30, 2010, $25.5 million was outstanding, with an interest rate of 5.3%. The weighted average interest rate for the period ended June 30, 2010 was 5.3%.
 
On August 19, 2010, we amended our term loan agreement to increase outstanding borrowings by $10.0 million to approximately $35.5 million. Uses of the additional borrowings include providing $5.25 million for working capital and general corporate purposes and the remaining $4.75 million will be used to increase restricted cash from $5.25 million to $10.0 million. The increase in borrowings will be due upon maturity of the loan on May 31, 2012.


56


Table of Contents

Our term loan agreement imposes certain restrictions, including our ability to obtain additional debt financing and on our payment of cash dividends; and requires us to maintain certain financial covenants such as a funded debt to adjusted earnings ratio, as defined in the agreement, of less than or equal to 2.0 to 1.0, and a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.5 to 1.0.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We do not engage in any off-balance sheet arrangements.
 
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
 
At December 31, 2009, we had contractual obligations and commercial commitments as follows:
 
                                         
    Total     2010     2011-2012     2013-2014     2015 and Beyond  
    (in thousands)  
 
Contractual Obligations:
                                       
Debt obligations
                                       
Term loan
  $ 29,681     $ 8,659     $ 21,022     $     $  
Equipment loans
    5       5                    
Interest (1)
    2,625       1,439       1,186              
Operating leases
    2,295       751       775       625       144  
Redeemable non-controlling interest (3)
    4,576       4,576                    
Preferred stock dividends (2)
    1,095       (2)                  
Preferred stock derivatives (2)
    30,446       (2)                  
Preferred stock (2)
    17,333       (2)                  
Other non-current liabilities
    5,994             348             5,646  
Commercial Commitments:
                                       
Satellite and network services
    17,589       10,300       6,475       814        
                                         
    $ 111,639     $ 25,730     $ 29,806     $ 1,439     $ 5,790  
                                         
 
(1) Computed on the balance of the Term Loan outstanding at December 31, 2009 through the term of the loan, at the interest rate in effect at that time.
 
(2) Preferred stock, inclusive of the separately reported derivatives, are convertible under certain circumstances. The initial public offering is such a circumstance. As described earlier in this prospectus, we plan to convert all outstanding preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock into common stock and pay the major event preference in common stock immediately prior to this public offering.
 
(3) Effective as of May 8, 2010, the non-controlling interest owner exercised its right to sell its remaining interest to us at a previously established formula. On July 21, 2010, we made a cash payment of $4.6 million to satisfy our obligation consistent with the previously agreed upon formula. On September 23, 2010, the LandTel non-controlling interest owner exercised a right to a recalculation of the $4.6 million purchase price by a third party arbiter.
 
Adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP Measure)
 
The non-GAAP financial measure, Adjusted EBITDA, as defined earlier in this prospectus and used by us, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. Therefore, this non-GAAP measure should be considered in conjunction with net income and other performance measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, such as operating income or net cash provided by operating activities. Further, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for GAAP measures such as net income, operating income or any other GAAP measure of liquidity or financial performance.


57


Table of Contents

The following presents a reconciliation of our net income to Adjusted EBITDA:
 
                                         
          Six Months Ended
 
    Year Ended December 31,     June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
    (in thousands)  
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,121 )   $ 10,356     $ (19,620 )   $ (7,202 )   $ (11,059 )
Interest expense
    5,497       2,464       5,146       4,061       762  
Depreciation and amortization
    9,451       10,519       12,554       6,360       7,788  
Impairment of goodwill
                2,898       2,898        
(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment
    (27 )     (92 )     111       (23 )     320  
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
    1,156       (2,461 )     21,009       6,721       12,446  
Stock-based compensation
    169       231       277       140       218  
Initial public offering costs
    2,783       3,510       1,261       39       838  
Income tax expense
    628       5,882       5,457       2,314       2,292  
                                         
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 17,536     $ 30,409     $ 29,093     $ 15,308     $ 13,605  
                                         
 
We evaluate Adjusted EBITDA generated from our operations and operating segments to assess the potential recovery of historical capital expenditures, determine timing and investment levels for growth opportunities, extend commitments of satellite bandwidth cost to expand our offshore production platform and vessel market share, invest in new products and services, expand or open new offices, service centers and Secure Oil Information Link, or SOIL, nodes and assist purchasing synergies.
 
During the six months ended June 30, 2010, Adjusted EBITDA declined $1.7 million, or 11.1%, from $15.3 million in 2009 to $13.6 million in 2010 which resulted primarily from additional regional and senior staff members as well as increased contracted satellite bandwidth costs to position for future organic growth. Similarly, Adjusted EBITDA declined $1.3 million, or 4.3%, to $29.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $30.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA was primarily attributable to our U.S. land segment driven by a decline in onshore drilling activity as a result of the global economic slowdown. Adjusted EBITDA increased $12.9 million, or 73.4%, to $30.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase resulted from revenue growth across all operating segments along with improved leverage of contracted satellite bandwidth capacities and expansion of the quality and capability of our SOIL network.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
We are subject to a variety of risks, including foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations relating to foreign operations and certain purchases from foreign vendors. In the normal course of business, we assess these risks and have established policies and procedures to manage our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency values.
 
Our objective in managing our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations is to reduce the impact of adverse fluctuations in earnings and cash flows associated with foreign currency exchange rates. Accordingly, we may utilize from time to time foreign currency forward contracts to hedge our exposure on firm commitments denominated in foreign currency. At June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, we had no significant outstanding foreign exchange contracts.


58


Table of Contents

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in interest rates primarily from our variable interest rate long-term debt. We do not currently use interest rate derivative instruments to manage exposure to interest rate changes. The following analysis reflects the annual impacts of potential changes in our interest rate to net income (loss) attributable to us and our total stockholders’ equity based on our outstanding long-term debt on June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 assuming those liabilities were outstanding for the entire year.
 
                 
    Effect on Net Income (Loss)
    and Equity Increase/Decrease
    December 31,
  June 30,
   
2009
 
2010
    (in thousands)
 
1% Decrease/increase in rate
  $ 297     $ 253  
2% Decrease/increase in rate
  $ 594     $ 507  
3% Decrease/increase in rate
  $ 891     $ 760  
 
Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable annual and interim financial reports and to prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our operating results and financial condition could be materially misstated and our reputation could be significantly harmed. As a private company, we were not subject to the same standards applicable to a public company. As a public company, we will be subject to requirements and standards set by the SEC.
 
In relation to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009, we identified a material weakness in our internal controls over our financial close and reporting cycle. In addition, we identified a significant deficiency in our property and equipment records and accounting and other control deficiencies.
 
In relation to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008, we identified a significant deficiency in our year end reporting process and other control deficiencies.
 
A “deficiency” in internal control over financial reporting exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or employees, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect and correct misstatements on a timely basis. A deficiency in design exists when (a) a control necessary to meet the control objective is missing, or (b) an existing control is not properly designed so that, even if the control operates as designed, the control objective would not be met. A deficiency in operation exists when (a) a properly designed control does not operate as designed, or (b) the person performing the control does not possess the necessary authority or competence to perform the control effectively.
 
A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the entity’s financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and corrected on a timely basis.
 
A “significant deficiency” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those charged with governance.


59


Table of Contents

Material Weakness
 
The material weakness over our financial close and reporting cycle identified uncontrolled risks related to:
 
  •  documentation and the independent review and approval of journal entries;
 
  •  significant account reconciliations;
 
  •  documentation of management estimates;
 
  •  manual consolidation process and the use of top-side entries; and
 
  •  evaluation of tax and accounting impacts on unusual transactions.
 
Remediation Activities
 
In order to strengthen our internal control over our financial reporting, we have:
 
  •  expanded our financial and accounting staff increasing the level of experience in public company accounting matters and disclosures;
 
  •  engaged outside consultants with extensive financial reporting experience to augment our current accounting resources to assist with this initial public offering and future filings;
 
  •  implemented a company-wide financial accounting and reporting system to account for all financial operations and support a common closing process throughout the organization and have utilized independent third-party consultants to assist with the implementation of the system, which we expect to complete during 2010;
 
  •  developed and implemented a process for documenting account reconciliations, journal entries and changes in estimates during our monthly, quarterly and annual close processes;
 
  •  implemented independent review and approval procedures for journal entries and application of accounting standards related to unusual transactions; and
 
  •  developed procedures to identify and track fixed asset changes, including additions, movements, sales and dispositions.
 
While we have taken certain actions to address the material weakness and deficiencies identified, additional measures will be necessary and these measures, along with other measures we expect to take to improve our internal control over financial reporting, may not be sufficient to address the material weakness or deficiencies identified to provide reasonable assurance that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. Material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal controls may impede our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements, which could cause us to fail to file our periodic reports timely, result in inaccurate financial reporting or restatements of our financial statements, subject our stock to delisting and materially harm our business reputation and our stock price.
 
Limitations of the Effectiveness of Internal Control
 
A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the internal control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations of any internal control system, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues, if any, within a company have been detected.
 
The process of improving our internal controls has required and will continue to require us to expend significant resources to design, implement and maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. As a private company, we were not subject to the same internal control standards applicable to a public company. As a result of our initial public offering, we will, after a phase-in period applicable to


60


Table of Contents

all companies after filing an initial public offering, become subject to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 404, which requires our management to assess the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. The remediation efforts we have taken may not be successful in meeting this standard. We will continue to evaluate the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting on an ongoing basis.


61


Table of Contents

 
OUR COMPANY
 
Overview
 
We are a leading data network infrastructure provider serving the remote communications needs of the oil and gas industry. Through a controlled and managed IP/MPLS (Internet Protocol/Multiprotocol Label Switching) global network, we deliver voice, data, video and other value-added services, under a multi-tenant revenue model. These turnkey solutions simplify the management of communications services and allow our users to focus attention on their core drilling and production operations. Our customers use our secure communications and private extranet to manage information flows and execute mission-critical operations primarily in remote areas where conventional telecommunications infrastructure is either unavailable or unreliable. We provide our clients in the oil and gas industry with a broad suite of services available through our IP/MPLS global network infrastructure, ranging from voice and data to advanced video, application hosting and telemedicine services. We offer our clients what is often the sole means of communications with their remote operations, including offshore and land-based drilling rigs, offshore production facilities, energy support vessels and support offices. To ensure the maximum reliability demanded by our customers, we deliver our services through an IP/MPLS global network, tuned and optimized for remote communications with satellite endpoints, that serves oil and gas customers in North America and internationally. As of June 30, 2010, we were operating as the primary provider of remote communications and collaborative applications to over 375 customers in over 750 locations in approximately 30 countries on six continents.
 
The emergence of highly sophisticated processing and visualization systems has allowed oil and gas companies to make decisions based on reliable and secure real-time information carried by our network from anywhere in the world to their home offices. While traditional remote communications providers in the oil and gas industry have historically focused on delivering voice services or providing data connectivity, we provide a fully-managed IP/MPLS global communications network designed for greater reliability, security, flexibility and scalability as compared to other network transport technologies. We deliver turnkey solutions and value-added services that simplify the management of multiple communications services, allowing our customers to focus their attention on their core oil and gas drilling and production operations. We enable reliable information flows between remote sites and to centralized customer offices that are critical to their efficient operations. We supply our customers with solutions to enable broadband data, voice and video communications with quality, reliability, security and scalability that is superior to conventional switched transport networks. Key aspects of our services include:
 
  •  managed solutions offered at a per rig, per day subscription rate primarily through customer agreements with terms that typically range from one month to three years, with some customer agreement terms as long as five years;
 
  •  enhanced end-to-end IP/MPLS global network to ensure significantly greater network reliability, faster trouble shooting and service restoration time and quality of service for various forms of data traffic;
 
  •  enhanced end-to-end IP/MPLS network allows new components to be plugged into our network and be immediately available for use (plug-and-play);
 
  •  a network designed to accommodate multiple customer groups resident at a site, including rig owners, drillers, operators, service companies and pay-per-use individuals;
 
  •  value-added services, such as WiFi hotspots, Internet kiosks, video conferencing and telemedicine, benefiting the multiple customer groups resident at a site;


62


Table of Contents

 
  •  proactive network monitoring and management through a network operations center that actively manages network reliability at all times and serves as an in-bound call center for trouble shooting, 24 hours per day, 365 days per year;
 
  •  engineering and design services to determine the appropriate product and service solution for each customer;
 
  •  installation of on-site equipment designed to perform in extreme and harsh environments with minimal maintenance; and
 
  •  maintenance and support through locally-deployed engineering and service support teams and warehoused spare equipment inventories.
 
We provide critically important communications services to our customers that enable them to operate efficiently at a cost which is a relatively small component of our customers’ operating expenses for a drilling or production related project. We believe our solutions help our customers to increase their revenue and to better manage their costs and resource allocations through the delivery, use and management of real-time information. We believe our commitment to our customers and the embedded nature of our solutions strengthen and extend our customer relationships. Our top two customers since 2005 have consistently been Noble Corporation and Ensco plc. These two customers represented approximately 20.0% and 18.2% of our total revenue in 2005 and 2009, respectively. The total revenue earned from both of these two customers has grown at a CAGR of approximately 53.4% from 2005 to 2009. In 2009, we earned approximately 56.2% of our revenue from our top 25 customers. We earned approximately 43.7% of our revenue from 23 of these 25 customers in 2007 and revenue from these 23 customers grew at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of approximately 19.6% from 2007 through 2009.
 
We have lower capital expenditures than other remote communications providers because we do not own or operate any satellites, develop or manufacture communications or networking equipment, own terrestrial wireless facilities and landlines, or, as a general rule, own or operate teleport facilities. In order to provide our services, we procure bandwidth from independent fixed satellite services operators and terrestrial wireless and landline providers to meet the needs of our customers for end-to-end IP-based communications. We own the network infrastructure and communications equipment we install on customer sites as well as co-located equipment in third party teleport facilities and data centers, all of which we procure through various equipment providers. By owning the onsite network infrastructure and communications equipment, we are better able to ensure the high quality of our products and services and agnostically select the optimal equipment suite for each customer. Our network and communications services are designed to accommodate all customers on offshore rigs including rig owners, drillers, operators, service companies and pay-per-use individuals, such as off-duty rig workers and visiting contractors, vendors and other visitors. Our communications services are initially offered to rig owners and drillers, and the initial investment is leveraged through up-selling communications services to other parties present on the rigs, such as operators, service companies and pay-per-use individuals, as well as through cross-selling value-added services.
 
Our business operations are divided into three reportable segments: eastern hemisphere, western hemisphere and U.S. land.
 
Eastern Hemisphere
 
Our eastern hemisphere segment services are performed out of our Norway, Qatar, United Kingdom and Singapore based offices for customers and rig sites located on the eastern side of the Atlantic Ocean primarily off the coasts of the U.K., Norway and West Africa, around the Indian Ocean in Qatar, Saudi Arabia and India, around the Pacific Ocean near Australia, and


63


Table of Contents

within the South China Sea. As of June 30, 2010, this segment was serving approximately 144 jackup, semi-submersible and drillship rigs which we approximate to be a 30.2% market share of such rigs based on an ODS-Petrodata RigBase Current Activity data download dated June 1, 2010. As of June 30, 2010, this segment also was serving approximately 116 other sites, which include production facilities, energy support vessels, land rigs, and related remote support offices and supply bases.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, our eastern hemisphere segment produced revenues of $60.9 million, representing 75.3% of our total revenue, Adjusted EBITDA of $32.0 million, compared to our total Adjusted EBITDA of $29.1 million and net income of $24.7 million, compared to our total net loss of $19.6 million. This segment’s revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and net income had a CAGR of 26.2%, 62.4% and 65.1%, respectively, for the two-year period ended December 31, 2009. See the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more segment financial information.
 
Western Hemisphere
 
Our western hemisphere segment services are performed out of our United States and Brazil based offices for customers and rig sites located on the western side of the Atlantic Ocean primarily off the coasts of the United States, Mexico and Brazil, and within the Gulf of Mexico, but excluding land rigs and other land-based sites in North America. As of June 30, 2010, this segment was serving approximately 84 jackup, semi-submersible and drillship rigs which we approximate to be a 36.5% market share of such rigs based on an ODS-Petrodata RigBase Current Activity data download dated June 1, 2010. As of June 30, 2010, this segment also was serving approximately 133 other sites, which include production facilities, energy support vessels and related remote support offices and supply bases.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, our western hemisphere segment produced revenues of $11.2 million, representing 13.9% of our total revenue, Adjusted EBITDA of $4.6 million, compared to our total Adjusted EBITDA of $29.1 million, and net income of $2.2 million, compared to our total net loss of $19.6 million. This segment’s revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and net income had a negative CAGR of 4.2%, 29.9% and 41.8%, respectively, for the two-year period ended December 31, 2009.
 
U.S. Land
 
Our U.S. land segment provides remote communications services for drilling rigs and production facilities located onshore in North America. Our U.S. land segment services are performed out of our Louisiana based office for customers and rig sites located in the continental United States. As of June 30, 2010, this segment was serving approximately 323 onshore drilling rigs and other remote sites. Our product suite consists of broadband voice, data and Internet access services along with rig location communications such as wired and wireless intercoms and two-way radios. This segment leverages the same network infrastructure and network operations center used in our western hemisphere segment. We provide installation and service support from nine service centers and equipment depots located in key oil and gas producing areas around the continental United States.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, our U.S. land segment produced revenues of $9.9 million, representing 12.2% of our total revenue, Adjusted EBITDA of $2.0 million, compared to our total Adjusted EBITDA of $29.1 million, and net loss of $4.5 million, compared to our total net loss of $19.6 million. This segment’s revenue and Adjusted EBITDA had a negative CAGR of 24.9% and 45.6%, respectively, for the two-year period ended December 31, 2009. The U.S. land segment generated net income of $1.9 million in 2007 as compared to a net loss of $4.5 million in 2009, which included an impairment of goodwill of $2.9 million.


64


Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity
 
Oil and gas companies operate their remote locations through global “always-on” networks driving demand for communications services and managed services solutions that can operate reliably in increasingly remote areas under harsh environmental conditions.
 
Oil and gas companies with geographically dispersed operations are particularly motivated to use secure and highly reliable broadband networks due to several factors:
 
  •  oil and gas companies rely on secure real-time data collection and transfer methods for the safe and efficient coordination of remote operations;
 
  •  long-term growth of global demand for crude oil and natural gas and increases in commodity prices are expected to improve the outlook for new rig construction and dormant rig reactivation;
 
  •  technological advances in drilling techniques, driven by declining production from existing oil and gas fields and strong hydrocarbon demand, have enabled increased exploitation of offshore deepwater reserves and development of unconventional reserves (e.g. shales and tight sands) and require real time data access to optimize performance; and
 
  •  transmission of increased data volumes and real-time data management and access to key decision makers enable customers to maximize operational results, safety and financial performance.
 
Oil and gas companies rely on secure real-time data collection and transfer methods for the safe and efficient coordination of remote operations
 
Due to the high costs of operating an offshore rig, which can exceed $1 million a day to the operator, maximizing efficiency of remote rig operations is important to the oil and gas company and to the drilling contractor that is operating the unit. Each well that is drilled requires a broad set of products (including many of the following: drill bits, downhole drilling tools, drill pipe, drilling fluids, casing, tubing and completion products), services (including many of the following: measurement-while-drilling, or MWD, and logging-while-drilling, or LWD, systems, wireline logging, casing services, cementing, stimulation, inspection and testing, mud logging and helicopter and offshore vessel support services) and the rig crews and service personnel to perform the work necessary to drill and complete the well. The logistical challenge to organize all these products, services and personnel, to deliver them to the rig and execute the well construction process efficiently is significant. The logistical challenge is exacerbated by the fact that many rigs are operating in remote locations and far from support bases, by the limited amount of space on each rig, which requires most of these products and services to be delivered when they are needed and not before, and also by the high standby charges service companies invoice when they are offshore but the rig is not ready for the services they are providing.
 
Oil and gas companies rely on secure global networks to coordinate across these multiple providers of products and services to rigs. Drilling contractors and operators are increasingly tying their rig operations into their global enterprise resource management, or ERM, systems which requires a secure global communications network. The ability to coordinate seamlessly across geographically dispersed entities in remote locations is essential to the smooth and efficient operation of a rig fleet.
 
While our customers’ reliance on secure global networks requires our customers to increase their communications bandwidth and expense, communication costs remain only a small portion of total rig operating expenses. We believe improved availability of broadband connectivity contributes to the trend towards greater use of information technology in


65


Table of Contents

management processes, planning and strategy execution. Multiple points of global operations can be connected seamlessly at a low cost. This trend has led to an increase in the need for communication solutions that can be leveraged to drive greater efficiency across oil and gas organizations and the drillers and oilfield services firms that serve them.
 
VSAT-based networks have proven to be cost effective for geographically dispersed enterprises that require reliable, highly redundant and secure broadband interconnection among remote sites that can be deployed quickly and without a significant terrestrial component. Where available, we also offer remote connectivity over fiber and terrestrial line-of-sight transport (e.g. microwave, WiMax), which generally offers high bandwidth speeds and lower latency as compared to VSAT. Regardless of our choice of backhaul transport, our network is further enhanced by running the IP layer end-to-end providing greater reliability, scalability, flexibility and security than conventional switched transport networks.
 
Long-term growth of global demand for crude oil and natural gas and increases in commodity prices are expected to improve the outlook for new rig construction and dormant rig reactivation
 
Our business is influenced by the number of active drilling rigs, production facilities and energy support vessels. Drilling activity and rig counts bottomed in the second quarter of 2009 and have steadily risen since, corresponding with rising commodity prices, increasing consumption expectations and growing confidence in overall economic growth. According to data derived from Spears & Associates, Inc.’s June 2010 Drilling and Production Outlook, or Spears & Associates Outlook, the second quarter of 2009 marked the low point in the current cycle and rig activity in the United States climbed 17.9% in the second half of 2009 with the total number of Global rigs increasing by 19.5% over the same period. “Global” means worldwide, but excludes China, Russia and Central Asia because these areas were excluded from the data in Spears & Associates Outlook. The Spears & Associates Outlook projects oil and gas prices to rise at a 5.5% and 5.6% CAGR, respectively, through 2015. We believe the recovery in rig counts has driven a steady increase in the demand for oil field services, including remote communications services.
 
Offshore rigs are less likely to be de-activated even during downturns given the fact that many of them operate under long-term contracts and usually have high costs of re-activation. The average Global offshore rig count declined by only 20% according to data derived from the Spears & Associates Outlook from a peak count of 347 in 2005 to 288 in the fourth quarter of 2009. From the fourth quarter of 2009 to the end of the first quarter of 2010, the average Global offshore rig count has increased by 10.4% according to data derived from the Spears & Associates Outlook. Offshore rigs can be divided into two basic classes: fixed, meaning stationary rigs in shallower offshore waters, such as jackups, submersibles and some types of semi-submersibles; and floaters, which are either dynamically positioned or moored in deeper waters, such as drillships and semi-submersibles. The number of fixed rigs is generally more responsive to energy price movements than the number of floater rigs, but less so than the number of land rigs. Offshore rigs represent 12% of total Global average rig count, which includes land rigs, as of the fourth quarter of 2009 according to data derived from the Spears & Associates Outlook.
 
Drilling for and producing oil and gas reserves in offshore deepwater requires the use of technically sophisticated assets that are in scarce supply or require long lead times and significant capital to manufacture, including deepwater drilling rigs and floating production facilities. According to the ODS-Petrodata RigBase Current Activity data download dated September 27, 2010, there are approximately 101 fixed and floating rigs scheduled for delivery from September 27, 2010 to year-end 2014. This represents approximately 17.5% of the existing fleet of fixed and floating rigs as of September 27, 2010, as drillers and producers seek to capitalize on the profitability associated with developing offshore reservoirs. We expect to


66


Table of Contents

benefit from these rig additions by winning additional contracts to provide reliable communication services. In addition, there is construction ongoing in other offshore asset classes such as energy support vessels and offshore construction assets that require reliable communication services. Moreover, according to data derived from the Spears & Associates Outlook, Global offshore drilling capital expenditures are expected to grow at a 6.8% CAGR between 2010 and 2015.
 
The number of land drilling rigs is relatively more responsive to spot changes in oil and gas prices. As an example, according to data derived from the Spears & Associates Outlook, the average number of land drilling rigs in the continental United States reached bottom in this cycle during the second quarter of 2009 with an average of 885 rigs, consistent with the dramatic drop in oil and gas prices from their cycle peaks in 2008. With oil and natural gas prices improving, the average U.S. land rig count in the first quarter of 2010 increased 45.5% to 1288 rigs, according to data derived from the Spears & Associates Outlook. Outside of the United States and Canada, the average international land rig count over the same period proved less volatile, only increasing 8.2% to 769 total average land rigs, according to data derived from the Spears & Associates Outlook. Total average land rig count, including international, United States and Canada, represents 88.7% of total land and offshore rig count as of the first quarter of 2010, according to data derived from the Spears & Associates Outlook.
 
Supporting the operations of offshore drilling rigs and production facilities, upstream energy support vessels include seismic survey vessels, offshore supply vessels, anchor-handling vessels, offshore construction vessels, oilfield service vessels, crew transport boats and lift boats. The newbuild orderbook and activity level for these offshore vessels generally correlate to the active number of offshore rigs. The number of offshore production facilities is the least responsive to changes in oil and gas price levels as offshore production facilities generally remain active if their revenues cover their marginal lifting and storage costs. Oil and gas companies, rarely eliminate production facilities in response to an economic downturn.
 
The following tables sets forth data relating to Global offshore active drilling rigs and Global onshore active drilling rigs for the periods indicated below:
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
The U.S. Energy Information Administration, or EIA, in its 2010 International Energy Outlook, or 2010 Energy Outlook, estimates that world oil and gas consumption will increase by 28% and 45%, respectively, between 2007 and 2035. The EIA in its 2010 Energy Outlook estimates that global oil consumption will increase by approximately 24.5 million barrels per day from 2007 to 2035. Countries that are not members of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, or OECD, including Brazil, Russia, India and China, are expected to represent approximately 89% of oil and gas consumption increase. While the current economic downturn has moderated these forecasts, the long-term industrialization of the non-OECD countries is expected to continue. Their growth is expected to drive global energy


67


Table of Contents

demand and is expected to result in increased spending by oil and gas companies on exploration and development, including offshore drilling services.
 
Technological advances in drilling techniques driven by declining production from existing oil and gas fields and strong hydrocarbon demand have enabled increased exploitation of offshore deepwater reserves and development of unconventional reserves (e.g. shales and tight sands) and require real time data access to optimize performance
 
Many of the historically important oil and gas deposits, including certain fields in the Middle East, Mexico, Russia, the North Sea and conventional fields in the United States, are in structural decline. According to estimates by the National Petroleum Council in its September 17, 2008 slide presentation entitled Facing the Hard Truths about Energy, One Year Later, existing production capacity declines of between 4% and 7% coupled with a modest increase in demand will result in the need to locate and develop crude oil sources equivalent to 70 to 100 million barrels of production per day by 2030.
 
In the wake of steeper decline rates and increasing demand, the offshore oil and gas industry has focused its attention on large scale resources that have historically been underexploited for economic or geopolitical reasons, including the deepwater and ultradeepwater offshore formations in West Africa, Brazil, Asia and North America. Onshore U.S. exploration and production companies, leveraging technological advances, have expanded into new areas with significant geological challenges, including unconventional oil and natural gas production from shale and tight sand formations. Production from these unconventional onshore basins now accounts for approximately 50% of United States natural gas production, up from 30% in 2000 according to the International Energy Agency’s World Energy Outlook 2009, © OECD/IEA, 2009, Figure 11.5, page 398.
 
The table below sets forth Global onshore and offshore drilling capital expenditures for the years indicated below:
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
Technological advances, which include improvements in seismic exploration techniques, drilling and completion systems and techniques, and the development of new generation drilling rigs have resulted in deepwater and unconventional reserves becoming economic to develop and enabled exploitation of such reserves.
 
Our business benefits from our exposure to deepwater projects due to their long-term nature and stability in relation to commodity spot price movements. Short-term commodity price movements have less of an impact on deepwater development activity than most other


68


Table of Contents

oil and gas projects because they tend to have the longest development timetables and have decline rates lower than other formations. Due to the high cost of drilling a deepwater offshore well and the possibility that a mistake or failure to optimize the drilling process can be very expensive, access to real-time data is invaluable. In addition, access to capital is often less of a constraint for deepwater projects as the operators involved are often among the largest and best capitalized in the industry.
 
We also benefit from our exposure to onshore unconventional activity due to the high level of drilling activity required to exploit these plays. These plays typically have much higher decline rates than conventional reserves requiring continued drilling activity in order to maintain production. Also, unconventional reservoirs are being exploited by drilling multiple similar wells, which is enabling operators to reduce total costs as they learn from experience and develop repeatable processes.
 
Transmission of increased data volumes and real-time data management and access to key decision makers enable customers to maximize operational results and financial performance
 
The amount of data collected on a rig which can be analyzed in real time to facilitate decision making is increasing significantly as a result of technological developments and new systems and tools. Additional data enhances decision making for oil and gas companies not only by having more data available on the rig, but by delivering the data to experts at onshore facilities for evaluation. Data collected on a rig includes information about rig operations (e.g. status, condition and performance of the rigs drilling systems, pumps, generators, HVAC and other rig equipment) and information being transmitted from downhole (e.g. data from MWD and LWD systems which is recorded during the drilling process, and wireline formation evaluation logs which are recorded when drilling is periodically halted to make such measurements). We believe that the demand for such new systems, tools and technologies is increasing. As examples, LWD experienced a 27% revenue CAGR from 2003 to 2008, before the global economic downturn in 2009, and wireline logging experienced a 19% CAGR from 2003 to 2008 according to Spears & Associates, Inc.’s Oilfield Market Report 1999-2010. Additional data volume transmission is also being driven by drilling contractors and operators placing rigs on their global ERM systems.
 
The ability for real-time data from rigs dispersed around the world to be available to experts onshore at customer central offices (often called “smart rooms” or “decision centers”) is a key enabler for project success. Remote communications services provide a critical link between rigs and customer central offices, allowing experts to evaluate rig and well data from a central location, and make and communicate decisions back to rigs in real-time. Access to specialist technicians onshore can not only improve productivity, but also can improve safety, by having access to these experts in the event of a failure of one of the rigs systems. Increases in drilling activity in the energy sector have created significant shortages of experienced personnel, including scientific and engineering personnel key to evaluating on-going drilling projects. This shortage is exacerbated by the increasing geographic distribution of projects around the globe to remote areas and the need to rotate rig personnel on shifts composed of 30 days on the rig and 30 days on shore leave. Transporting data to central offices allows rig companies to leverage experts and specialists by providing them real-time access to data in a centralized location.
 
Companies that operate on a global basis find that their ability to coordinate their operations seamlessly and receive and deliver information instantaneously is often critical to their profitability. That dependence is even stronger in the oil and gas industry where companies often operate in remote and inhospitable regions and require the ability to adjust rapidly to shifts in the world markets, changes in local conditions and real-time on-site developments. Successful rig operations are impacted by a significant number of factors that must be taken


69


Table of Contents

into account, including drilling conditions, operational developments and rig conditions and other factors that change continuously. The operations of an oil and gas company, and thus its profitability, depend on its ability to coordinate exploration, accelerate or delay production, arrange transportation and perform other ancillary functions on a global, uninterrupted basis in response to changes in these factors. It is critical for oil and gas companies to ensure that decisions are based on the most complete and current data from all of its operating systems. Access to this data requires a strong communications network.
 
The economic crisis has brought into sharp focus the ability of oil and gas companies to control costs through the effective use of networks and increase the efficiency and profitability of rigs. Real-time data transmission can drive meaningful cost savings through lower utilization of helicopters and other vessels for trips to offshore facilities, more efficient remote production platform monitoring and value added services such as telemedicine. Real-time data transmission also assists with employee retention by providing access to entertainment and the ability to call and e-mail friends and relatives and to connect with events outside the rig.
 
Competitive Strengths
 
Our mission is to continue to establish ourselves as a leading data network infrastructure provider within the oil and gas industry. We seek to maximize our growth and profitability through focused capital investments that enhance our competitive strengths. We believe that our competitive strengths include:
 
  •  mission-critical services delivered by a trusted provider with deep industry expertise and multi-national operations;
 
  •  operational leverage and multiple paths to growth supported by a plug-and-play IP/MPLS global platform;
 
  •  scalable systems using standardized equipment that leverages our global infrastructure;
 
  •  flexible, provider-neutral technology platform;
 
  •  high-quality customer support with full-time monitoring and regional service centers; and
 
  •  long-term relationships with leading companies in the oil and gas industry.
 
Mission-critical services delivered by a trusted provider with deep industry expertise and multi-national operations
 
Our specific focus on the oil and gas industry provides us with an in-depth understanding of our customers that enables us to tailor our services to their needs. Our quality of service, and the downtime associated with switching to another service provider once our infrastructure is installed on a rig, production platform or energy support vessel due to network service interruptions that may occur during the switching process, provide us with a high rate of customer retention. 96% of our top 25 customers in 2007 were customers in 2009 and the total revenue from these customers has grown by approximately 6.1% CAGR from 2007 through 2009.
 
Our global presence allows us to serve our clients around the world. As of June 30, 2010, we were operating in approximately 30 countries on six continents. Our global terrestrial network also allows us to provide quality of service controls for various forms of data traffic. Our ability to offer our customers such global coverage sets us apart from regional competitors at a time when our customers are expanding the geographic reach of their own businesses, exploring for oil and gas reserves in more remote locations and seeking partners that can match the breadth of their global operations.


70


Table of Contents

Operational leverage and multiple paths to growth supported by a plug-and-play IP/MPLS platform
 
Our scalable, standardized communications platform provides us with plug-and-play capabilities to easily expand or improve service offerings. Our IP/MPLS global platform allows us the ability to add additional services to our standard offerings or change our service offerings on a rig, production platform or energy support vessel with little incremental cost once installed onsite. We can offer these services to all users of the rig, production platform or energy support vessel, including drillers, operators, service companies and pay-per-use individuals, such as off-duty rig workers and visiting contractors, vendors and others. We expect this operating leverage to help drive an expansion in our Adjusted EBITDA margins.
 
We expect the demand for our products and services to continue to increase as oil and gas producers continue to invest in the infrastructure needed to commercially produce deepwater reserves. Our IP/MPLS global platform gives us an important advantage by offering greater reliability, scalability, flexibility and security than conventional switched transports and accounts for what we believe to be a disproportionate market share of installations on newly manufactured offshore drilling rigs.
 
Scalable systems using standardized equipment that leverages our global infrastructure
 
We have built our global satellite and terrestrial network with a significant amount of excess capacity to support our growth without substantial incremental capital investment. Our knowledge and capabilities can be applied to rigs located anywhere in the world. We install standardized equipment on each rig, which allows us to provide support and maintenance services for our equipment in a cost-efficient manner. Not all of the components of equipment that we install on each rig are the same, but the components that vary are limited in number and tend to be the same for rigs located in the same geography. As of June 30, 2010, we leased capacity from 16 satellites, 17 teleports and co-located in 14 datacenters worldwide. By leasing rather than owning our network enablers and owning the on-site equipment on each rig, we are able to both minimize the capital investment required by the base network infrastructure and maintain the flexibility to install high quality equipment on each rig tailored to its locale and environmental conditions. The standardized nature of our equipment minimizes execution risk, lowers maintenance costs and inventory carrying costs and enables ease of service support. In addition, we are able to remain current with technology upgrades due to our back end flexibility.
 
Flexible, provider-neutral technology platform
 
Because we procure communications connections and networks and equipment from third parties we are able to customize the best solution for our customers’ needs and reduce our required fixed capital investments. We aim to preserve the flexibility to select particular service providers and equipment so that we may access multiple providers and avoid downtime if our initial provider were to experience any problems. By procuring bandwidth from a variety of communications providers instead of owning our own satellites, we are able to minimize capital investment requirements and can expand our geographic coverage in response to customers’ needs with much greater flexibility. Our product and service portfolio offers best-in-breed technology platforms using the optimal suite communications and networking capabilities for customers.


71


Table of Contents

High-quality customer support with full-time monitoring and regional service centers
 
Our IP/MPLS global network allows us to provide high quality customer care by enabling us to monitor the network from end-to-end so that we can easily and rapidly identify and solve any network problems that our customers may experience.
 
As of June 30, 2010, we had 23 service operations centers and warehouses to support global deployment and service. A Global Network Operations Center located in Houston, Texas is staffed 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. We provide non-stop, end-to-end monitoring and technical support for every customer. This proactive network monitoring allows us to detect problems instantly and keep our services running at optimum efficiency. Fully managed technology is a key reason why we can support solutions that deliver high performance and new technologies that improve productivity.
 
As of June 30, 2010, our U.S. land segment was supported through a network of nine field service centers and equipment depots, located in major oil and gas regions in the continental United States. Our onshore footprint allows us to respond with high quality same-day service for the shorter drilling cycles inherent in onshore drilling where rapid installation, decommissioning and repair services are required. We maintain field technicians as well as adequate spare parts and equipment inventory levels in these service centers.
 
Long-term relationships with leading companies in the oil and gas industry
 
We have established relationships with some of the largest companies in the oil and gas industry in the world. Some of our key customers are the leading contract drillers around the globe, with combined offshore fleets of hundreds of rigs. In many cases, these customers are investment grade rated companies with high standards of service that favor providers such as RigNet.
 
Growth Strategy
 
We increased revenues from $29.2 million in 2006 to $89.9 million in 2008. Our revenues in 2009 were $80.9 million, despite challenging industry conditions in 2009 driven by the global economic downturn. These results reflect strong organic revenue growth and the development of new products and services. To build on our base revenue, we plan to leverage our in-depth understanding of our customers and the strength of our network infrastructure to generate insight into revenue opportunities. We then plan to focus our industry expertise to increase our revenues in a profitable manner. We have made, and continue to make, investments in our people, network, systems and technology. We expect to increase our sales force from 16 at the end of 2009 to approximately 25 by the end of 2010 to pursue this market share opportunity. By the end of 2010, we plan to introduce improved real-time portals for customers to constantly monitor capacity utilization and other metrics.
 
To serve our customers and grow our business, we intend to pursue aggressively the following strategies:
 
  •  expand our share of growing onshore and offshore drilling rig markets;
 
  •  increase secondary customer penetration;
 
  •  commercialize additional value-added products and services;
 
  •  extend our presence into adjacent upstream energy segments and other remote communications segments; and
 
  •  selectively pursue strategic acquisitions.


72


Table of Contents

 
Expand our share of growing onshore and offshore drilling rig markets:   We intend to expand our drilling rig market share by increasing our penetration of the market for newly built rigs and reactivated stacked rigs, capturing fleet opportunities made available as a result of drilling rig industry consolidation and improving penetration in underserved and new geographic markets. We believe that we are well positioned to participate in the reactivation of idled rigs because of our established relationships with customers, reliable and robust service offering and best in class customer service. We believe that our established relationships with industry participants with meaningful idled rig capacity position us well to gain market share.
 
Fixed and Floating Rigs Scheduled for Delivery
 
(BAR CHART)
 
Source: ODS-Petrodata RigBase Current Activity data download dated September 27, 2010.
 
We intend to continue to expand our penetration of the North American and international onshore drilling rig market. Worldwide onshore drilling rig count is expected to increase by a CAGR of 3% between 2010 and 2014 according to the Spears & Associates Outlook. We believe we are well-positioned to increase our penetration in this segment because of our experience in the U.S. onshore drilling rig market, our in-depth understanding of the needs of customers, high quality of service and global data network infrastructure.
 
Worldwide Average Active Onshore Rigs
 
(BAR CHART)
 
Source: Spears and Associates Outlook.


73


Table of Contents

Increase secondary customer penetration:   We intend to continue to leverage our initial investment with rig owners and leverage our incumbent position with other users on the rigs. We will seek to increase revenue with low incremental costs through up-selling our services to other parties on the rigs, production platforms and energy support vessels, including drillers, operators, services companies and pay-per-use individuals, and through cross-selling low incremental cost value-added services.
 
Commercialize additional value-added products and services:   We intend to continue to serve our individual customers’ needs by commercializing additional products and services to complement our wide array of available remote communications services. We expect that over the next several years our customer base will require a variety of new services such as real-time functionality, videoconferencing, software acceleration technology, telemedicine, WiFi hotspots and media, and we will seek to position ourselves to capture these new business opportunities. Through our engineering expertise, sales force and operational capabilities, we will continue to position ourselves to offer our customers a full range of remote communications services at different levels in the customers’ organizations.
 
Extend our presence into adjacent upstream energy segments and other remote communications segments:   In addition to secondary customer penetration and additional value-added services on oil and gas rigs, we intend to enhance and expand our presence in targeted adjacent upstream energy segments where we believe there are significant opportunities for growth and where we believe we are well positioned to deliver remote communications solutions. We intend to target segments such as upstream energy vessels (including seismic and offshore support and supply vessels), offshore fixed and floating production facilities and international onshore drilling rigs and production facilities. We began specifically targeting these stepout areas in late 2009 after only opportunistically serving those segments prior to that time. We estimate the current potential market size of these adjacent upstream energy segments for our remote communications solutions to be in excess of $600 million by 2012. In addition, we will continue to look for and review opportunities in other remote communications segments where we believe there are significant opportunities for growth and we are well positioned to take advantage of these opportunities.
 
Selectively pursue strategic acquisitions:   We have historically enhanced our competitive position through strategic acquisitions. As we continue to focus on expanding the target markets for our products, services and solutions, we may find opportunities to acquire companies or technologies that would be complementary to our existing business. We will continue to consider strategic acquisition opportunities to enhance our operations and further our strategic objectives. We have no agreements or commitments with respect to any acquisitions at this time.
 
Company Overview
 
We are a leading data network infrastructure provider serving the remote communications needs of the oil and gas industry. Through a controlled and managed IP/MPLS global network, we deliver voice, data, video and other value-added services, under a multi-tenant revenue model. We were incorporated in Delaware on July 6, 2004. Our predecessor began operations in 2000 as RigNet Inc., a Texas corporation. In July 2004, our predecessor merged into us.
 
The communications services we provide to the offshore drilling and production industry were established in 2001 by our original Norwegian co-founders, who were based in Houston and established initial operations in the Asia Pacific region. Over the last nine years, we have evolved into one of the leading global providers of remote communications services in the offshore drilling and production industry. As of June 30, 2010, we were servicing approximately 228 global active jackup, semi-submersible and drillship rigs which we approximate to be a 32.2% market share of such rigs based on an ODS-Petrodata RigBase Current Activity data


74


Table of Contents

download dated June 1, 2010. As of June 30, 2010, we were also servicing approximately 217 other offshore sites, which include production facilities, energy support vessels and related remote support offices and supply bases worldwide.
 
In 2006, we expanded our services to land-based, coastal and some shallow water drilling rigs through the acquisition of a controlling interest in LandTel, a leading provider of remote communications to the United States onshore drilling industry. We acquired 75% of LandTel in September 2006. We acquired an additional 18% between December 2008 and February 2009. On July 21, 2010, we paid $4.6 million to satisfy our obligation for the remaining 7%, consistent with a previously agreed upon formula. Subsequently, the LandTel non-controlling interest owner assigned the remaining ownership interests to us and exercised a right to a recalculation of the $4.6 million purchase price by a third party arbiter. We now own 100% of LandTel.
 
We provide essentially the same services onshore as we do offshore, although sometimes we are able to utilize landlines instead of satellites onshore. As of June 30, 2010, we were providing communications services to approximately 262 remote land drilling rigs in the United States for operators, drilling contractors, oilfield service companies and pay-per-use individuals. We believe that we hold a leading position in the South Central United States, primarily in Texas and Louisiana and their inland waters, and we have expanded geographically into Oklahoma, Colorado, Wyoming and Pennsylvania to take advantage of increased oil and gas exploration and production activity in those areas. We believe that as of June 30, 2010, we have a presence on approximately 17.0% of the United States land drilling rigs, based on 1,541 United States land drilling rigs according to the July 30, 2010 Baker Hughes North America Rotary Rig Count report. Our onshore services are growing through the expansion of our coverage area and targeted sales efforts toward the most active operators and drillers against a backdrop of cyclical market recovery in active drilling rigs.
 
The onshore communications services we provide are represented by our U.S. land segment. The majority of our eastern hemisphere segment and western hemisphere segment operations relates to offshore communication services. For the three years ended December 31, 2009, the Company earned revenue from both our domestic and international operations as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Domestic
    41.5 %     37.8 %     22.3 %
International
    58.5 %     62.2 %     77.7 %
                         
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                         
 
We own the network infrastructure we install on rigs, production facilities and marine vessels. Our network and communications services are designed to accommodate all parties on offshore rigs: rig owners, drillers, operators, service companies and pay-per-use individuals. Our communications services are initially offered to rig owners and drillers, but the initial investment is leveraged through upselling communications services to other parties present on the rigs, such as operators, service companies and pay-per-use individuals as well as through cross-selling value-added services.


75


Table of Contents

The figure below summarizes by area the number of drilling rigs that we service. As illustrated by the figure, we believe we have a substantial presence in most of the major areas that we service.
 
(MAP)
 
Service Offering
 
We offer a comprehensive communications package of voice, video, networking and real-time data management to offshore and land-based remote locations. We are a single source solutions provider that links multiple offshore or remote site rigs and production facilities with real-time onshore decision centers and applications. We market an advanced plug-and-play infrastructure that facilitates productivity, providing all parties onboard secure access to high-quality phone, high-speed Internet, e-mail and corporate networks as soon as the rig arrives on location. This plug-and-play infrastructure allows us to leverage our initial investment through offering services to operators, service companies and pay-per-use individuals present on the rig, in addition to the rig owner and driller.
 
The main services we offer are high quality voice-over-Internet-protocol, or VoIP, data and high-speed Internet access. In addition, we increasingly provide other value-added services, such as real-time data management solutions, WiFi hotspots and Internet kiosks, video conferencing solutions, wireless intercoms, handheld radios and telemedicine. The price of value added services is included in the day rate and becomes incorporated into the recurring revenue from our customers.


76


Table of Contents

Remote Video Services
 
The oil and gas industry increasingly uses video conferencing to save significant amounts of time and reduce costs. As an alternative to excessive travel and traditional meetings, video conferencing improves collaboration and expedites decision making. We provide a complete, high-performance video conferencing solution scalable for a wide range of uses. Videoconferencing service is delivered over our SOIL network and is branded as SOIL Meeting.
 
In addition, in 2009, we began offering high-resolution hand held wireless cameras through our RemoteView service that allows experts in offices to troubleshoot equipment offshore, which can save customers time and money, with recent successful deployments in the Gulf of Mexico and North Sea. This service is also delivered over our SOIL network.
 
TurboNet Solutions
 
Our customers are increasingly pushing software application use to the edge of their networks (remote sites such as drilling rigs, production facilities and vessels). While VSAT networks are reliable, many software applications are not designed to perform optimally over highly latent satellite links. Working with Riverbed Technology, Inc., or Riverbed, we deploy infrastructure appliances to improve the performance of client-server interactions over wide-area networks, or WANs, without breaking the semantics of the protocols, file systems or applications. Whether our customers are copying a file from a distant file server, getting mail from a remote Exchange server, backing up remote file servers to a main datacenter or sending very large files to colleagues at headquarters, slow WANs cost time and money. The costs are borne in redundant infrastructure, over-provisioned bandwidth, and lost productivity.
 
Working with Riverbed’s appliances, RigNet’s TurboNet solution can improve the performance, or throughput, of client-server interactions over WANs by up to 100 times, giving the illusion that the server is local rather than remote. That degree of improvement enables our customers to centralize currently distributed resources like storage, mail servers and file servers and deliver new WAN-based IT services that have not been possible before. Not only do the software applications perform more as they would in offices, but our customers can optimize the use of expensive satellite bandwidth.
 
Real-Time Data Management Solutions
 
We offer real-time data management solutions in concert with two partners: Petrolink International, or Petrolink, and Kongsberg Intellifield AS, or Kongsberg. Petrolink is an independent data distribution company that enables secure transmission and distribution of geotechnical and associated petrophysical data generated in remote locations and transmits this data to customer offices for visualization, interpretation and accelerated decision making.
 
We also provide real-time services based on the SiteCom ® system developed by Kongsberg. SiteCom ® enables users to gather, distribute and manage rig data from all service providers and global sources in real-time, enabling users to make faster and better decisions that translate into major cost savings for drilling operations. The system manages drilling instrumentation, mud logging, measurement while drilling, or MWD, logging while drilling, or LWD, wireline logging, cementing, weather, positioning and many other applications. SiteCom ® works for both small land rigs with a small number of sensors, or large land and offshore operations with hundreds of sensor readings per second. Multiple systems can therefore be monitored, configured and administered from any location by authorized personnel through a standard web browser interface.
 
We are a remote communications partner for Petrolink and Kongsberg, providing access to our network infrastructure at remote sites and otherwise ensuring a quality connection between the remote site and the visualization application in the office. We bill the end


77


Table of Contents

customer for the real-time service and share the revenue for this service with Kongsberg and Petrolink. These strategic partnerships offer quality services for our customers, and we have other partnership opportunities available.
 
WiFi Hotspot and Internet Kiosk
 
We offer WiFi hotspot and Internet kiosk solutions that facilitate access to the Internet by rig-based personnel. This is advantageous for rig owners who seek to improve the quality of life for employees by providing Internet access in the living quarters, and for service companies that seek office-like connectivity for their technicians and engineers. The WiFi hotspot and Internet kiosk solutions provide ready access with a familiar user interface without requiring specialized equipment to connect to the service.
 
Telemedicine
 
In May 2010, we entered into an exclusive arrangement with NuPhysicia, LLC, or NuPhysicia, a commercial spin-off from the University of Texas Medical Center—Galveston Branch, to provide a direct line of access to physician care for offshore employees at remote offshore sites, or telemedicine, through medical-quality videoconferencing for real-time, face-to-face patient-to-physician consultations and diagnoses as well as connectivity to electronic medical record technology using highly secure standard or wireless computer networks. Scheduled sick-call and urgent care services are available at a per day rate that includes the cost of the physician’s services. Our role is to serve as NuPhysicia’s remote communications partner, ensuring a reliable communications link between remote sites and office-based physicians over our existing network infrastructure, and procuring and managing specialized communications equipment at remote sites to provide two-way video and medical data capture and transport.
 
SOIL (Secure Oil Information Link)
 
In addition to the services we provide to offshore and onshore remote sites, we also operate a proprietary network enabling oil companies and their counterparties, such as rig owners, service companies and other suppliers, to connect and collaborate on a secure basis. We call this network SOIL, which stands for Secure Oil Information Link. We acquired SOIL in 2006 through the acquisition of 100% of OilCamp, a Norwegian-based operator that began operating the network in 1998.
 
As of June 30, 2010, SOIL’s value-added services were being provided to more than 180 oil and gas companies and oil and gas industry suppliers throughout the North Sea region. These customers were using our SOIL services to collaborate with partners and suppliers or for internal company communications. We intend to extend the SOIL network to our other geographic areas of focus and have begun to add new SOIL customers in the United States Gulf Coast region.
 
Our SOIL network is a fully managed, high-performance, members-only communications network hub that enables collaborative partners, suppliers and customers to transfer and share data quickly, reliably and securely. We believe that this one-to-many private extranet is a cost effective and easy-to-deploy alternative to building out point-to-point VPN (virtual private network) connections. The network members do not have to extend the extranet to other partners or suppliers individually. With one link to SOIL, clients are connected to all other members.
 
With a service level uptime commitment of 99.7%, our SOIL network supports a wide range of bandwidths from 64 Kbps to 1 Gbps, offering speed and reliability ideal for a variety of applications used in the oil and gas industry as well as value-added services we provide such as SOIL Meeting (video conferencing), SOIL Hosting (application hosting), and SOIL Drop


78


Table of Contents

Zone (large file storage). SOIL offers clients quality of service and a guaranteed bandwidth that can be increased or decreased according to requirements.
 
We charge a monthly fee for access to our SOIL network depending on the desired access speed. In addition, we charge for installation of the required equipment and value-added services.
 
Customer Contracts
 
In order to streamline the addition of new projects and solidify our position in the market, we have signed global Master Services Agreements, or MSAs, that define the contractual relationship with oil and gas producers, service companies and drilling companies for our offshore and land-based telecommunications services. The MSAs for offshore locations generally have a term of one to three years with renewal options, while land-based locations are generally shorter term or terminable on short notice. Service orders are executed under the MSA for individual remote sites or groups of sites, and generally cannot be terminated early except for force majeure events, breach of the MSA and the cold stacking of drilling rigs (when a rig is temporarily taken out of service and is expected to be idle for a protracted period of time).
 
Customers
 
We have an international customer base comprising many of the largest drilling contractors, exploration and production companies and oilfield services companies. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our ten largest customers were the following companies or their affiliates:
 
  •  Noble Corporation;
 
  •  Ensco plc;
 
  •  Transocean Ltd.;
 
  •  Brunei Shell Petroleum Sdn Bhd;
 
  •  Gulf Drilling International Ltd.;
 
  •  ConocoPhillips;
 
  •  Total SA;
 
  •  Seadrill Limited;
 
  •  Rowan Companies, Inc.; and
 
  •  Statoil ASA.
 
These top ten customers represented approximately 38.3% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009, while one of these customers, Noble Corporation, accounted for approximately 10.9% of our total revenue. In late 2009 and early 2010, we installed our infrastructure on the remaining eight rigs for Ensco plc that we had not previously served in the North Sea and Tunisia. With these installations in place, we now serve as the remote communications partner to Ensco plc for all of its offshore drilling rigs around the world, plus any of their remote offices and supply bases existing beyond traditional terrestrial communications networks or where they desire those office sites to be directly connected through our global network.


79


Table of Contents

Suppliers
 
Although we have preferred suppliers of telecommunications and networking equipment, the technology utilized in our solutions is available from more than one supplier. The standardized equipment can be deployed across any site or rig in any geographic area.
 
In addition, we do not rely on one satellite provider for our entire satellite bandwidth needs except for certain instances in which only one satellite bandwidth provider is available in an operating location, which is typically due to licensing restrictions. This approach generally allows us flexibility to use the satellite provider that offers the best service for specific areas and to change providers if one provider experiences any problems.
 
Technology
 
Our solutions are built on technology independence and network excellence. We are principally a satellite communications provider, however, we also utilize other remote data transport technologies, such as line-of-sight (e.g . , microwave, WiMax) or fiber. Optimal mode and design of transport are tailored for each customer to ensure the best possible performance. Our standardized communications platforms are designed for plug-and-play capability allowing us the ability to add additional services to our platform with little additional cost.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
We use a direct sales channel to market our communications solutions and services. The sales and marketing group comprised approximately 20 people as of June 30, 2010 and its marketing activities are organized by geographic areas. Our growth has driven a need for a scaled sales force, which we expect to increase to approximately 25 by the end of 2010. Our sales teams are comprised of global account managers and regional account managers, who establish customer account relationships and determine business requirements. Additionally, our business development managers are responsible for penetrating new geographic markets and specialized product areas.
 
Competition
 
The telecommunications industry is highly competitive. We expect competition in the markets that we serve to persist and intensify. We face varying degrees of competition from a wide variety of companies, including new entrants from adjacent vertical markets.
 
Our primary global competitors include CapRock Communications, Inc., which was recently acquired by Harris Corporation, Schlumberger Ltd’s Global Connectivity Services division and the Broadband Division of Inmarsat plc’s subsidiary Stratos Global Corporation. In addition, there are a number of regional competitors in each local market. Onshore, we also face competition from: drilling instrumentation providers; living quarters companies; and other pure-play providers like us.
 
Our customers generally choose their provider(s) based on the quality and reliability of the service and the ability to restore service quickly when there is an outage. Pricing and breadth of service offerings is also a factor. The oil and gas industry depends on maximum reliability, quality and continuity of products and service. Established relationships with customers and proven performance serve as significant barriers to entry.
 
Government Regulation
 
The provision of telecommunications is highly regulated. We are required to comply with the laws and regulations of, and often obtain approvals from, national and local authorities in connection with most of the services we provide. In the United States, we are subject to the regulatory authority of the United States, primarily the Federal Communications Commission,


80


Table of Contents

or FCC. We are subject to export control laws and regulations, trade and economic sanction laws and regulations of the United States with respect to the export of telecommunications equipment and services. Certain aspects of our business are subject to state and local regulation. We typically have to register to provide our telecommunications services in each country in which we do business. The laws and regulations governing these services are often complex and subject to change. At times, the rigs or vessels on which our equipment is located and to which our services are provided will need to operate in a new location on short notice and we must quickly qualify to provide our services in such country. The telemedicine services we provide are also highly regulated. Failure to comply with any of the laws and regulations to which we are subject may result in various sanctions, including fines, loss of authorizations and denial of applications for new authorizations or for renewal of existing authorizations.
 
Regulation by the FCC
 
Overview
 
In general, the FCC has jurisdiction over telecommunications facilities and services to the extent they are used in the provision of interstate or international services, including the use of local telephone networks to originate or terminate such services. State regulatory commissions, commonly referred to as Public Utility Commissions, generally have jurisdiction over telecommunications facilities and services to the extent they are used in the provision of intrastate services, unless Congress or the FCC has preempted such regulation. Local governments in some states may regulate aspects of our business through zoning requirements, permit or right-of-way procedures, and franchise fees. Our operations also are subject to various environmental, building, safety, health and other governmental laws and regulations. Generally, the FCC and Public Utility Commissions do not regulate the Internet, video conferencing, or certain data services, although the underlying communications components of such offerings may be regulated.
 
Federal Regulation
 
The Communications Act grants the FCC authority to regulate interstate and foreign telecommunications by wire or radio. The degree of regulation applicable to a particular carrier depends on the regulatory status of that carrier and the nature of the service and facilities used. Internet or information services are not considered telecommunications services and are not regulated. Further, the FCC also recognizes a distinction between common carrier and private carrier providers of telecommunications services. Common carriers are generally subject to greater regulation. The distinction is based on the specific facts and circumstances of each case and, in particular, the manner in which a company holds itself out to the public. Carriers that offer highly specialized services only to a limited number of stable, repeat customers pursuant to individually tailored arrangements are considered private carriers exempt from the obligations imposed on common carriers.
 
We operate as a private carrier because we offer and provide highly specialized services to only a select number of stable, repeat customers seeking remote telecommunications services, not the general public, through medium to long-term, individually negotiated and tailored to the exacting demands of oil and gas industry customers. Therefore, we are exempt from many federal obligations borne by common carriers.
 
As a private carrier, we may not market and provide telecommunications services to the general public or otherwise hold our services out “indifferently” to the public as a common carrier. As a private carrier, we are not entitled to certain interconnection and wholesale pricing from incumbent local exchange carriers and do not operate pursuant to tariffs filed at regulatory agencies that provide some legal protection against contract challenges by a


81


Table of Contents

customer. Further, FCC rules require that even private carriers comply with some regulations, including licensing for wireless facilities and making contributions to support the USF.
 
Section 254 of the Communications Act and the FCC’s implementing rules require all communications carriers providing interstate or international communications services to periodically contribute to the USF. In June 2006, the FCC adopted rules requiring interconnected VoIP service providers to contribute to the USF on the same basis as telecommunications carriers. The USF supports four programs administered by the Universal Service Administrative Company with oversight from the FCC: (i) communications and information services for schools and libraries, (ii) communications and information services for rural health care providers, (iii) basic telephone service in regions characterized by high communications costs, and (iv) communications services purchased by low income users. All telecommunications carriers, including us, are generally required to contribute to the USF, subject to certain exemptions, based on a rate determined by the total subsidy funding needs and the total of certain interstate and international end-user communications revenues reported to the FCC by all communications carriers. Each contributor pays based on its total collected revenue subject to contribution to the USF. We and most of our competitors can pass through USF contributions as part of the price of our services, either as part of the base rate or, to the extent allowed, as a separate surcharge on customer bills. Due to the manner in which these contributions are calculated, and the nature of our current business, we believe certain of our services are exempt from USF contributions.
 
We are currently reassessing the nature and extent of our USF obligations. Some of our services are exempt from USF contributions. Changes in regulation may also have an impact on the availability of some or all of these exemptions. If the FCC finds that we have not fulfilled our USF obligations because we have incorrectly calculated our contribution, failed to remit any required USF contribution, or for any other reason, we could be subject to the assessment and collection of past due remittances as well as interest and fines, and penalties thereon. Changes in the USF requirements or findings that we have not met our obligations could materially increase our USF contributions and have a material adverse effect on the cost of our operations, and therefore development and growth of our business.
 
The FCC has granted us several very small aperture terminal, or VSAT, satellite earth station licenses which authorize operation of networks of many small fixed Ku-band earth station terminals communicating with larger hub earth stations in the United States and its territorial waters. We also hold several private land mobile radio licenses which authorize the use of many mobile business/industrial radios. As a wireless licensee, we are subject to Title III of the Communications Act of 1934 and related FCC regulations. Pursuant to Title III, foreign governments or their representatives may not hold wireless licenses. Other foreign ownership limits apply to common carrier wireless providers, but because we operate as a private carrier and hold private wireless licenses we are not subject to these foreign ownership limitations. However, if the FCC were to determine that we were subject to common carrier regulation, we may need to seek FCC approval to exceed the foreign ownership limits.
 
We are required to comply with the technical operating and licensing requirements that pertain to our wireless licenses and operations. Such requirements include the obligation to operate only within the technical parameters set forth in our FCC earth station and land mobile radio licenses, seek appropriate renewals and authority to modify the licenses to reflect material changes in operations, and obtain FCC consent prior to an assignment or transfer of control of the licenses. Any failure to comply with the FCC’s regulatory requirements could subject us to FCC enforcement actions, which could result in, among other actions, revocation of licenses and/or fines.
 
State Regulation
 
The Communications Act preserves the authority of individual states to impose their own regulation of rates, terms and conditions of intrastate telecommunications services, as long as


82


Table of Contents

such regulation is not inconsistent with the requirements of federal law or has not been preempted. Internet services are not subject to state telecommunications regulation. Because we provide telecommunications services that originate and terminate within individual states, including both local service and in-state long distance calls, we may be subject to the jurisdiction of the Public Utility Commissions, or PUCs, and other regulators in each state in which we provide such services. We believe that the nature of our operations as a private carrier, however, exempts us from needing to hold such authorizations. If a PUC were to determine that we should be regulated as a common carrier, we would need to obtain a Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity, or CPCN, or similar authorization to continue operating in that state. Once certified, we may be subject to certain tariff and filing requirements and obligations to contribute to state universal service and other funds.
 
Non-U.S. Regulation
 
We must comply with the applicable laws and regulations and, where required, obtain the approval of the regulatory authority of each country in which we provide services or operate earth stations. The laws and regulatory requirements regulating access to satellite systems vary by country. In certain countries, a license is required to provide our services and to operate satellite earth stations. The application procedure can be time-consuming and costly in some countries, and the terms of licenses vary for different countries. In some countries, there may be restrictions on our ability to interconnect with the local switched telephone network. In addition, in certain countries, there are limitations on the fees that can be charged for the services we provide.
 
Many countries permit competition in the provision of voice, data or video services, the ownership of the equipment needed to provide telecommunications services and the provision of transponder capacity to that country. We believe that this trend should continue due to commitments by many countries to open their satellite markets to competition. In other countries, however, supply of services by foreign service providers continues to be restricted, whether because a single provider holds a monopoly or, more commonly, a number of national service providers of different descriptions are protected from outside competition by restrictive trade practices. In those cases, we may be required to negotiate for access to service or equipment provided by a local service provider, and we may not be able to obtain favorable rates or other terms.
 
Export Control Requirements and Sanctions Regulations
 
In the operation of our business, we must comply with all applicable export control and economic sanctions laws and regulations of the United States and other countries. Applicable United States laws and regulations include the Arms Export Control Act, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, or ITAR, the Export Administration Regulations and the trade sanctions laws and regulations administered by the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC.
 
The export of certain hardware, technical data and services relating to satellites to non-United States persons is regulated by the United States Department of State’s Directorate of Defense Trade Controls, under the ITAR. Other items are controlled for export by the United States Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security, or BIS, under the Export Administration Regulations. For example, BIS regulates our export of equipment for earth stations in ground networks located outside of the United States. In addition, we cannot provide certain equipment or services to certain countries subject to United States trade sanctions unless we first obtain the necessary authorizations from OFAC. We are also subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which prohibits payment of bribes or giving anything of value to foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or gaining a competitive advantage.


83


Table of Contents

Employees
 
As of June 30, 2010, we had approximately 202 full time employees consisting of 20 employees in sales and marketing, 42 employees in finance and administration, 121 employees in operations and technical support and 19 employees in management, general and administrative. We believe our employee relations are good.
 
Facilities
 
Our headquarters are located in Houston, Texas. We lease our headquarters facility, which comprises approximately 13,055 square feet of office space. The term of this lease runs through June 30, 2015. We have regional offices in Lafayette, Louisiana, Stavanger, Norway, Doha, Qatar and Singapore, and additional offices and service centers in the United States, Brazil, the United Kingdom, Nigeria and Saudi Arabia. We believe our current facilities are adequate for our current needs and for the foreseeable future.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
From time to time, we have been subject to various claims and legal actions in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently involved in any legal proceeding the ultimate outcome of which, in our judgment based on information currently available, would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.


84


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Executive Officers and Directors
 
The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of June 30, 2010:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position(s)
 
Executive Officers
           
Mark Slaughter
    52     Chief Executive Officer and President (1)
Martin Jimmerson
    47     Chief Financial Officer
William Sutton
    56     Vice President and General Counsel
Lars Eliassen
    38     Vice President & General Manager, Europe Middle East Africa
Hector Maytorena
    49     Vice President & General Manager, Americas
Directors
           
Thomas M. Matthews (2)(3)(4)
    67     Chairman of the Board
Charles L. Davis (2)
    45     Director
Omar Kulbrandstad (5)
    48     Director
Dirk McDermott (3)(5)
    54     Director
Kevin Neveu (3)
    49     Director
Ørjan Svanevik (5)
    44     Director
 
(1) Mr. Slaughter will become a director upon completion of this offering
 
(2) Member of our audit committee
 
(3) Member of our compensation committee
 
(4) Member of our corporate governance and nominating committee
 
(5) Will resign upon completion of this offering
 
Mark Slaughter  has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President since August 2007. Prior to that, Mr. Slaughter served as our President and Chief Operating Officer from January 2007 to July 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Slaughter served as Vice President and General Manager for Security Services Americas, a division of United Technologies Corporation from July 2005 to December 2006 and as President, Broadband Division for Stratos Global Corporation from January 2003 to December 2004. Mr. Slaughter is a graduate of United Technologies’ Executive Program at the University of Virginia’s Darden Graduate School of Business. He received an A.B. in General Studies, C.L.G.S., concentration in Economics, from Harvard College and an MBA from Stanford’s Graduate School of Business.
 
Martin Jimmerson  has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Jimmerson served as Chief Financial Officer for River Oaks Imaging & Diagnostic, LP from November 2002 to December 2005. Mr. Jimmerson received a B.A. degree in accounting from Baylor University.
 
William Sutton  has served as our Vice President and General Counsel since March 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Sutton served as Chairman for Sweeten & Sutton Brokerage, Inc. from March 2007 to February 2008 and President and Chief Executive Officer for Abbey SA, LP from April 2004 to October 2006. Mr. Sutton received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from the University of Texas at Austin and a Juris Doctorate from the University of Houston.
 
Lars Eliassen  has been with us since May 2003 serving as our Vice President & General Manager, Europe Middle East Africa since November 2007, Vice President—Global Sales from March 2007 to November 2007, Vice President—Americas from March 2005 to March 2007, and as Vice President - Global Operations from May 2003 to March 2005. Mr. Eliassen has completed an executive education course in Emerging Growth Companies at Stanford


85


Table of Contents

University’s Graduate School of Business. He received a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from Rice University.
 
Hector Maytorena  has been with us since November 2007 serving as our Vice President & General Manager, Americas since November 2009 and as Vice President, Global Sales & Marketing from November 2007 to October 2009. Prior to joining RigNet, he served as General Manager of Southeast Texas for United Technologies’ UTC Fire & Security (operating under the Chubb Security and Redhawk brands) from November 2006 to November 2007. Prior to that role, he was Director of Sales at Chubb Security USA from August 2005 to November 2006. Prior to UTC, Mr. Maytorena served in various leadership roles at Stratos Global Corporation’s Broadband Division with his last assignment as Director of Global Sales and Marketing from November 2002 to August 2005. Mr. Maytorena is a graduate of United Technologies’ Emerging Leaders Program at the University of Virginia’s Darden Graduate School of Business.
 
Thomas M. Matthews  has served as Chairman of our Board of Directors since May 2008. Mr. Matthews served as Chairman and Chief Executive officer of Avista Corporation from July 1998 to December 2001, Chairman of Link Energy and its predecessor EOTT Energy from April 2002 to February 2003 and as Chief Executive Officer of Link Energy from March 2003 to January 2005 and has served as Managing Trustee to Link Trust since January 2005. Mr. Matthews received a BSCE from Texas A&M University and attended advanced management programs in International Business at Columbia University and in Finance at Stanford University. Mr. Matthews brings a wealth of public company board experience and knowledge of the energy industry to our board.
 
Charles L. Davis  has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 2005. Mr. Davis has been a partner in SMH Private Equity Group, a United States based investment firm that funds companies that apply technology solutions in the energy sector, since December 2004. Mr. Davis received a Bachelor’s degree in Business from Washington and Lee University and is a Certified Public Accountant in the Commonwealth of Virginia. Mr. Davis brings experience in finance, accounting and investment banking to our board as well as a wealth of experience in the energy industry.
 
Omar Kulbrandstad  has served as a member of our Board of Directors since our inception in 2001. Mr. Kulbrandstad co-founded our Company and served as our Chief Operating Officer from 2001 to 2004, Chief Executive Officer from 2004 to 2007 and as a non-employee advisor from 2007 to 2008. Mr. Kulbrandstad received a BSc in Electrical Engineering, Electronics from Trondheim School of Technology in Norway. Mr. Kulbrandstad brings a deep understanding of our business and operations to our board as well as a technical understanding of our business from an engineering perspective and knowledge of the energy industry in Norway.
 
Kevin Neveu  has served as a member of our Board of Directors since September 2004. Mr. Neveu has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Precision Drilling Corporation since August 2007 adding the title of President in January 2009. Prior to that, Mr. Neveu was with National Oilwell Varco, serving as President of its Rig Solutions Group from May 2002 to August 2007 and president of its Downhole Tools Business from January 1999 to May 2002. Mr. Neveu has served as a director of Precision Drilling Corporation since August 2007, as a director of Heart and Stroke Foundation of Alberta since December 2009 and was appointed a Member of the Board of Directors and a Member of the Executive Committee of the International Association of Drilling Contractors, Houston, Texas in January 2010. Mr. Neveu received a BSc degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Alberta. Mr. Neveu brings a wealth of knowledge of the energy industry and international operations to our board as well as experience running a public company and being on a public company board.
 
Dirk McDermott  has served as a member of our Board of Directors since March, 2010. Since 1997, Mr. McDermott has served as managing director of Altira Group LLC, a United States based venture capital firm that invests in companies that develop and commercialize


86


Table of Contents

energy technologies in the areas of natural resources, clean energy and electric power, which Mr. McDermott founded. Mr. McDermott holds a Master of Science in geophysics and a Master of Business Administration from Stanford University. Mr. McDermott brings over 25 years of experience as an investor, manager and scientist in the energy industry to our board.
 
Ørjan Svanevik  has served as a member of our Board of Directors since October 2009. Mr. Svanevik has served as an independent advisor to Cubera Private Equity AS, since October 2009. Prior to that, Mr. Svanevik served as Head of M&A for Aker ASA from 2005 to 2008. During the fall of 2008, he was a Partner at True North Capital AS. Since 2009, he has been the Managing Director of Oavik Capital AS. Mr. Svanevik received a master’s degree in General Economics from The Norwegian School of Management (BI) and an MBA from Thunderbird. Mr. Svanevik brings experience in finance, corporate development and international business to our board.
 
Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
 
Code of Ethics
 
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of that code will be available on our corporate website at www.rignet.com  upon completion of this offering.
 
Composition of the Board of Directors
 
Our board of directors currently consists of six members, all of whom are non-employee members. Each director holds office until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Our post-offering bylaws permit our board of directors to establish by resolution the authorized number of directors.
 
Pursuant to the terms of our existing stockholders agreement, our existing current directors were elected as follows:
 
  •  The holders of our common stock elected one independent member of our board of directors: Omar Kulbrandstad;
 
  •  The holders of our series A preferred stock elected one independent member of our board of directors, subject to the approval of the holders of a majority of our outstanding shares of series B preferred stock and series C preferred stock: Charles Davis;
 
  •  The holders of our series B preferred stock elected one independent member of our board of directors, subject to the approval of the holders of a majority of our outstanding shares of series A preferred stock and series C preferred stock: Kevin Neveu;
 
  •  Altira elected one member of our board of directors: Dirk McDermott; and
 
  •  Cubera elected one member of our board of directors: Ørjan Svanevik.
 
Upon the closing of this offering, all of our preferred stock will be converted into our common stock and all of the contractual rights to appoint directors will be automatically terminated. Messrs. Kulbrandstad, McDermott and Svanevik will resign from our board of directors effective upon completion of this offering. Commencing with our first annual meeting of stockholders after the completion of this offering, all of our director positions will be up for re-election.
 
Our post-offering certificate of incorporation provides that the number of authorized directors will be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors and that a director may only be removed outside of the normal election process for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of our directors.


87


Table of Contents

Director Independence
 
In October 2010, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of each post-offering director and considered whether any post-offering director had a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that all of our post-offering directors, other than our chief executive officer, Mark Slaughter, were “independent directors” and met the independence requirements under the listing standards of the NASDAQ.
 
Committees of the Board of Directors
 
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee.
 
Audit Committee
 
Our audit committee consists of Charles Davis and Thomas Matthews, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Davis is the chairperson of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee meets the requirements of financial literacy under the requirements of the NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. Mr. Davis serves as our audit committee financial expert, as defined under SEC rules, and possesses financial sophistication as required by the NASDAQ. Mr. Matthews is independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Mr. Davis is not independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) because of his affiliation with Sanders Morris Harris Private Equity Group and the present level of stock ownership of our Company by funds and investors affiliated with Sanders Morris Harris Private Equity Group. The test for independence under Rule 10A-3(b)(1) for the audit committee is different than the general test for independence of board and committee members. In accordance with Rule 10A-3(b)(1) and the listing standards of the NASDAQ ,  we plan to modify the composition of the audit committee within 12 months after the effectiveness of our registration statement relating to this offering so that all of our audit committee members will be independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) and under the listing standards of the NASDAQ.
 
Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:
 
  •  selecting and hiring our independent auditors, and approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;
 
  •  evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditors;
 
  •  monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;
 
  •  reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures;
 
  •  discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent auditors and reviewing with management and the independent auditors our interim and year-end operating results; and
 
  •  preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.
 
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.
 
Compensation Committee
 
Our compensation committee consists of Kevin Neveu, Thomas Matthews and Dirk McDermott, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Neveu is the


88


Table of Contents

chairman of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the requirements of the NASDAQ. Mr. McDermott will resign upon completion of this offering. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:
 
  •  reviewing and approving compensation of our executive officers including annual base salary, annual incentive bonuses, specific goals, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance and change in control arrangements, and any other benefits, compensations or arrangements;
 
  •  reviewing and recommending compensation goals, bonus and option compensation criteria for our employees;
 
  •  reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” disclosure required by SEC rules;
 
  •  preparing the compensation committee report required by the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement; and
 
  •  administering, reviewing and making recommendations with respect to our equity compensation plans.
 
Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee
 
Our corporate governance and nominating committee will initially consist only of Thomas Matthews, who is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Matthews is the chairman of this committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Matthews satisfies the requirements for independence under the NASDAQ rules.
 
Our corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for, among other things:
 
  •  assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders to the board of directors;
 
  •  reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending governance principles applicable to our board of directors;
 
  •  reviewing succession planning for our executive officers;
 
  •  overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management;
 
  •  determining the compensation of our directors; and
 
  •  recommending members for each board committee of our board of directors.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our Company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.


89


Table of Contents

Director Compensation for the Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
We did not grant any options or other equity compensation to any member of our board of directors in 2009. The following table summarizes the cash compensation of each member of our board of directors in 2009:
 
         
    Fees Earned or
Name
 
Paid in Cash
 
Thomas M. Matthews
  $ 106,750 (1)
Charles L. Davis
     
Omar Kulbrandstad
     
Dirk McDermott
       
Kevin Neveu
  $ 31,866 (2)
Ørjan Svanevik
     
 
  (1)  Mr. Matthews received an annual retainer of $45,000, board fees of $51,250 and meeting fees of $10,500 for in-person attendance at board and compensation committee meetings.
 
  (2)  Mr. Neveu received $20,000 in board fees, meeting fees of $11,866 for in-person and telephone attendance at board and compensation committee meetings.
 
In 2009, directors who were affiliated with any of our preferred stockholders did not receive any compensation. All directors were entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors or committees of the board of directors.
 
Effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors has adopted a compensation policy that will be applicable to all of our non-employee directors. This compensation policy provides that each such non-employee director will receive the following compensation for board and committee services:
 
  •  an annual retainer paid in cash in an amount equal to $9,000 per quarter;
 
  •  an annual equity award of restricted stock in an amount equal to $50,000 or, at the option of the Company, an equivalent payment in cash;
 
  •  $1,500 for each board meeting attended in person if traveling from the United States and $4,500 for each board meeting attended in person if traveling from outside the United States; and
 
  •  $1,000 for each committee meeting attended in person.
 
In addition, this compensation policy provides that the chairman of our audit committee will receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000; the chairman of the compensation committee will receive an additional annual retainer of $7,500; the chairman of the corporate governance and nominating committee will receive an additional annual retainer of $5,000; and the non-executive chairman of the board of directors will receive an additional annual retainer of $50,000.


90


Table of Contents

 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
Overview
 
The compensation committee of our board of directors has overall responsibility for the compensation program for our executive officers. Members of the compensation committee are appointed by the board. Currently, the compensation committee consists of three members of the board, none of whom are executive officers of our Company.
 
Our executive compensation program is designed to encourage our executives to focus on building stockholder value, maximizing rational growth and bottom line results.
 
Our objective is to provide a competitive total compensation package to attract and retain key personnel and drive effective results. To achieve this objective, the compensation committee has implemented and maintains compensation plans that tie a substantial portion of the executives’ overall compensation to key strategic financial and operational goals such as our annual Management EBITDA (a non-GAAP measure defined below), revenue and balance sheet management. Our executive compensation program provides for the following elements:
 
  •  base salaries, which are designed to allow us to attract and retain qualified candidates in a highly competitive market;
 
  •  variable compensation, which provides additional cash compensation and is designed to support our pay-for-performance philosophy;
 
  •  equity compensation, principally in the form of options, which are granted to incentivize executive behavior that results in increased stockholder value; and
 
  •  a benefits package that is available to all of our employees.
 
A detailed description of these components is provided below.
 
Elements of Our Executive Compensation Program
 
Base Salary.   We utilize base salary as the primary means of providing compensation for performing the essential elements of an executive’s job. We attempt to set our base salaries at levels that allow us to attract and retain executives in competitive markets.
 
Variable Pay.   Our variable pay compensation, in the form of an annual cash bonus, is intended to incentivize our executives to meet our corporate objectives and compensate them for achieving these objectives. In addition, our variable pay compensation is intended to reward and incentivize our executives for exceeding their objectives. These objectives may be both financial and non-financial and may be based on company, divisional or individual performance. These objectives are segregated so that executives may receive a bonus for those objectives met and not for those they fail to meet; however, no bonus will be paid if we do not achieve at least 80% of our annual Management EBITDA (as defined below) target. For financial objectives, the compensation committee typically sets a target level where 100% of the bonus amount can be earned, a threshold level where a smaller bonus amount can be earned and a maximum level where a substantially larger bonus can be earned for exceeding the target. Once the bonus is determined, our chief executive officer, other than for himself, has discretion to increase or decrease the bonus by up to 25% based upon the achievement by the executive of personal objectives and our chief executive officer’s judgment of the executive’s relative contribution to results, subject to board approval. For our chief executive officer’s bonus opportunity, the board has discretion to increase or decrease the bonus by any amount.
 
Equity-Based Compensation.   Our equity-based compensation is intended to enhance our ability to retain talent over the long-term, to reward longer-term efforts that enhance future value, and to provide executives with a form of reward that aligns their interests with those of our stockholders. Executives whose skills and results we deem to be critical to our long-term


91


Table of Contents

success are eligible to receive higher levels of equity-based compensation. Executives typically receive an equity award in the form of an option that vests over a period of time upon commencement of their employment. Thereafter, they may receive additional awards from time to time as the compensation committee determines consistent with the objectives described above.
 
Benefits.   Our benefits, such as our basic health benefits, 401(k) plan, and life insurance, are intended to provide a stable array of support to executives and their families throughout various stages of their careers, and these core benefits are provided to all executives regardless of their individual performance levels. The 401(k) plan allows participants to defer up to 100% of their annual compensation, subject to the cap set by the Internal Revenue Code. The executives’ elective deferrals are immediately vested and nonforfeitable upon contribution to the 401(k) plan.
 
Taxes.   Our compensation committee does not have any particular policies concerning the payment of tax obligations on behalf of our employees. We are required by law to withhold a portion of every compensation payment we make to our employees. In the case of non-cash compensation, that means that either we withhold a portion of the non-cash compensation payment and pay cash to the appropriate tax authorities or that the employees make a direct cash payment to us in lieu of our withholding a portion of the non-cash compensation. All payments to or on behalf of our employees, including tax payments, are considered compensation and are evaluated by our compensation committee as part of our overall compensation packages. In the future, our compensation committee will consider all possible forms of compensation, including payment of tax obligations on behalf of our employees, in determining how best to compensate our employees to achieve the overall objectives of our compensation program.
 
Determining the Amount of Each Element of Compensation
 
Overview.   The amount of each element of our compensation program is determined by our compensation committee on an annual basis taking into consideration the results of our operations, long and short-term goals, individual goals, the competitive market for our executives, the experience of our compensation committee members with similar companies and general economic factors.
 
In 2009, our compensation committee concurred with management’s recommendation that in the then-current economic environment all salaries within our Company should remain frozen at 2008 levels with no merit-based increases. Our compensation committee did however consider increases for management members who were promoted or assumed greater responsibilities than they had in 2008.
 
Our chief executive officer provides input to the compensation committee on the performance and compensation levels of our executives, other than himself, as well as information regarding promotions and assumption of additional duties, but he does not have a vote on the compensation committee. Other than for himself, he recommends the base salaries for his direct reports, subject to compensation committee and board approval. Once the level of compensation is set for the year, the compensation committee may revisit its decisions and approvals if there are material developments during the year, such as promotions, that may warrant a change in compensation. After the year is over, the compensation committee reviews the performance of the executive officers and key employees to determine the achievement of variable pay targets and to assess the overall functioning of our compensation plans against our goals.
 
Base Salary.   Our compensation committee reviews our executives’ base salaries on an annual basis taking into consideration the factors described above as well as changes in position or responsibilities. In the event of material changes in position, responsibilities or


92


Table of Contents

other factors, the compensation committee may consider modifying an executive’s base pay during the course of the year.
 
In 2009, due to the harsh economic conditions, we did not provide increases in base salaries to any of our employees, including our named executive officers, unless they received a promotion or assumed additional duties. Mr. Eliassen received an increase as a result of adding the operations of the Middle East to his duties effective May 2009. Mr. Maytorena received an increase as a result of his promotion and assuming increased operational responsibilities in October 2009. We summarize the changes in base salary of our named executive officers for 2009 in the table below:
 
                                 
    2008
  2009
  Dollar
  Percentage
Name
 
Base Salary
 
Base Salary
 
Increase
 
Increase
 
Mark Slaughter
  $ 262,784     $ 262,784     $       %
Martin Jimmerson
    218,784       218,784              
William Sutton
    172,784       172,784              
Lars Eliassen
    157,203       170,000       12,797       8.1  
Hector Maytorena
    137,784       150,000       12,216       8.9  
 
Variable Pay.   Our compensation committee establishes an executive bonus plan on an annual basis and distributions are typically made during the first calendar quarter of the next calendar year, once the compensation committee has determined if the goals have been achieved. However, the compensation committee has the authority to modify our bonus structure throughout the year if they consider it appropriate. Examples of circumstances in which our compensation committee might consider revising a bonus plan include mergers, acquisitions, divestitures, board-approved budget revisions and other material changes in our Company. In addition, our board has discretion to increase or decrease by 25% any formula bonus to reflect an individual’s perceived contribution to our Company’s results. In addition, with respect to our chief executive officer, our board has complete discretion to increase or decrease the formula bonus.
 
Our executive bonus plan for 2009 provided a potential bonus for each executive based on the achievement of region-wide or company-wide financial targets. For all executives, the potential award is based on the following performance metrics:
 
  •  Management EBITDA (a non-GAAP measure), which the plan defines as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. The plan also allows for financial targets to be adjusted based on budgeted exchange rates, post acquisition re-organization costs and any other centrally agreed upon exceptional items. Typically, exceptional items would include impairment of goodwill, gain on sale of assets, other (income) expense, changes in the fair value of derivatives, stock-based compensation expense and initial public offering costs;
 
  •  Revenue, which we define as gross revenue less credits and uncollectible billings as reported in accordance with GAAP; and
 
  •  DSO, which we define as the average of each end-of-quarter accounts receivable balance less reserve for doubtful accounts divided by four, then divided by quarterly revenue multiplied by 365 days.
 
For Messrs. Slaughter, Jimmerson, Sutton and Maytorena in 2009, we utilized these performance metrics on a consolidated company-wide basis. For Mr. Eliassen (and for Mr. Maytorena beginning in 2010), with respect to the Management EBITDA and revenue metrics, the performance metrics are weighted with 30% based on consolidated company-wide performance and 70% based on the performance for the region each manages. However, in every case, the weighting is 65% Management EBITDA, 20% Revenue and 15% DSO.
 
For 2009, our company-wide consolidated financial targets for bonus purposes were $101.2 million Revenue, $34.3 million Management EBITDA, and 65 DSO. For Mr. Eliassen’s


93


Table of Contents

operational area, our financial targets were $27.4 million Revenue and $12.4 million Management EBITDA. These amounts were set as goals for bonus compensation purposes only and did not necessarily reflect actual expected results.
 
Since our financial targets are stretch targets, our compensation committee believes in paying smaller bonuses if we reach at least 80% of our target and larger bonuses if we exceed the target level. For 2009, we used the following multiplier table for our Management EBITDA performance metric to determine each executive’s bonus formula if we achieved between 80% and 140% of the Management EBITDA target:
 
         
Percentage of
  Target
Plan/Budget
 
Multiplier
 
140%
    2.000  
120
    1.500  
110
    1.250  
105
    1.125  
100
    1.000  
95
    .875  
90
    .750  
80
    .500  
Less than 80
    0  
 
For 2009, we used the following multiplier table for our Revenue and DSO metrics to determine the executive’s bonus multiplier if we achieved between 80% and 140% of the Revenue or DSO target:
 
         
Percentage of
  Target
Plan/Budget
 
Multiplier
 
140%
    1.40  
120
    1.20  
110
    1.10  
100
    1.00  
90
    .90  
80
    .80  
Less than 80
    0  
 
For each of the two tables above, if the percentage of plan or budget was between two levels, the results were interpolated on a straight-line basis between the two levels.
 
In 2009, the aggregate multiplier was then multiplied by a percentage of the executive’s base salary which represented the executive’s bonus opportunity based on achieving all three financial targets. The table below shows each named executive officer’s bonus opportunity in 2009 if we achieved our target levels:
 
                         
    2009
  Potential
   
    Base
  100%
  Potential 100%
Name
  Salary   Bonus (%)   Bonus ($)
 
Mark Slaughter
  $ 262,784       50 %   $ 131,392  
Martin Jimmerson
    218,784       35       76,574  
William Sutton
    172,784       25       43,196  
Lars Eliassen
    170,000       25       42,500  
Hector Maytorena
    150,000       25       37,500  


94


Table of Contents

In 2009, the achievement of our financial targets was as follows:
 
                                 
    Plan
  Actual
       
    (In
  (In
       
    Millions
  Millions
       
    Except
  Except
  Percentage
  Resulting
Financial Target
 
DSO)
 
DSO)
 
of Plan
 
Multiplier
 
Consolidated Revenue
    101.2       82.1       81 %     0.81  
Consolidated Management EBITDA
    34.3       28.7       84       0.60  
Consolidated DSO
    65       65       100       1.00  
Mr. Eliassen’s Revenue
    27.4       27.0       99       0.99  
Mr. Eliassen’s Management EBITDA
    12.4       14.3       116       1.40  
 
Messrs. Slaughter’s, Jimmerson’s, Sutton’s and Maytorena’s 2009 bonus formula was their respective 100% bonus potential (as shown in the table above) multiplied by the sum of (i) 65% of the Consolidated Management EBITDA multiplier; (ii) 20% of the Consolidated Revenue Multiplier; and (iii) 15% of the Consolidated DSO Multiplier.
 
Mr. Eliassen’s 2009 formula bonus was his 100% bonus potential (as shown in the table above) multiplied by 30% of the sum of (65% of the Consolidated Management EBITDA multiplier plus 20% of the Consolidated Revenue Multiplier) plus 70% of the sum of (65% of his Management EBITDA multiplier plus 20% of his Revenue Multiplier) plus 15% of the Consolidated DSO Multiplier.
 
The resulting bonuses were then adjusted on a discretionary basis to reflect each individual’s perceived overall performance during the year, resulting in a 10% increase in the bonus for Messrs. Slaughter, Jimmerson and Sutton, a 5% increase in Mr. Eliassen’s bonus and a 5% decrease in Mr. Maytorena’s bonus.
 
As a result, the bonuses we paid to our named executive officers for 2009 were as follows:
 
                 
    Potential
  Actual
    100%
  Bonus
Name
 
Bonus
 
Paid
 
Mark Slaughter
  $ 131,392       101,172  
Martin Jimmerson
    76,574       58,962  
William Sutton
    43,196       33,261  
Lars Eliassen
    42,500       48,195  
Hector Maytorena
    37,500       24,938  
 
Allocation of Equity Compensation Awards
 
In 2009, we granted the following options to our named executive officers:
 
         
    Number of Shares
Name
 
Underlying Options
 
Mark Slaughter
    140,000  
Martin Jimmerson
    90,000  
William Sutton
    25,000  
Lars Eliassen
    25,000  
Hector Maytorena
    25,000  
 
Our compensation committee granted the additional options to Mr. Slaughter and Mr. Jimmerson in August 2009 to bring their ownership in our Company back in line with the percentage interests they held when they were hired. Their interests had been diluted by equity issuances made since their hiring. The additional grants to Messrs. Sutton, Eliassen and Maytorena were made on January 1, 2009 as part of our normal annual review of equity grants to increase their interest in the long-term success of our Company. None of these rewards were based on any paid compensation studies.


95


Table of Contents

Options granted to our executives and other employees typically vest over a period of four years, with 25% of the shares vesting on each of the first, second, third and fourth year anniversary of the grant date. Our compensation committee does not apply a rigid formula in allocating options to executives as a group or to any particular executive. Instead, our compensation committee exercises its judgment and discretion and considers, among other things, the role and responsibility of the executive, competitive factors, the amount of stock-based equity compensation already held by the executive, the non-equity compensation received by the executive and the total number of options to be granted to all participants during the year. Our compensation committee typically makes annual grants of equity awards to our employees in connection with its annual review of our employees’ compensation and then throughout the year our compensation committee evaluates grants for new hires, promotions or other changes that may warrant additional grants.
 
Timing of Equity Awards
 
Our compensation committee generally grants options to executives and current employees once per year on the date of the regularly scheduled compensation committee meeting. However, we have historically also made additional grants in connection with major events such as third party financings. With respect to newly hired employees, our practice is typically to make grants at the first meeting of the compensation committee following the employee’s hire date. We do not have any program, plan or practice to time option grants in coordination with the release of material non-public information. As a privately held company, our compensation committee has historically determined the exercise price of options based on valuations determined by the board of directors, but will switch to the trading price of our common stock on the date of grant upon completion of this offering.
 
Executive Equity Ownership
 
We encourage our executives to hold a significant equity interest in our Company. However, we do not have specific share retention and ownership guidelines for our executives. We have a policy that, once we become a publicly traded company following this offering, we will not permit our executives to sell our stock short, will prohibit our executives from holding our stock in a margin account, and will discourage the purchase and sale of exchange-traded options on our stock by our executives.
 
Type of Equity Awards
 
Historically, we have only issued stock options, or in limited circumstances, warrants, as equity awards. However, our 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan permits us to issue stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance stock.
 
Severance and Change in Control Arrangements
 
See “—Employment Arrangements with Named Executive Officers” and “—Payments Upon Termination or Upon Change in Control” below for a description of the severance and change in control arrangements we have with our named executive officer. The compensation committee believed that these arrangements were necessary to attract and retain our named executive officers. The terms of the arrangements with Messrs. Slaughter and Jimmerson were determined in negotiation with the applicable named executive officer and were not based on any set formula. The severance arrangements with Messrs. Sutton, Eliassen and Maytorena were structured to provide an incentive to these named executive officers to remain with our Company and to get them to execute non-compete agreements.
 
Effect of Accounting and Tax Treatment on Compensation Decisions
 
In the review and establishment of our compensation programs, we consider the anticipated accounting and tax implications to us and our executives. In this regard, following the


96


Table of Contents

completion of this offering, we may begin utilizing restricted stock and restricted stock units as additional forms of equity compensation incentives in response to changes in the accounting treatment of equity awards under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Stock Compensation, or FASB ASC Topic 718. While we consider the applicable accounting and tax treatment of alternative forms of equity compensation, these factors alone are not dispositive, and we also consider the cash and non-cash impact of the programs and whether a program is consistent with our overall compensation philosophy and objectives.
 
After we become a public company, Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and related guidance from the Internal Revenue Service will generally impose a limit on the amount of compensation that we may deduct in any one year with respect to our chief executive officer and each of our next three most highly compensated executive officers, unless specific and detailed criteria are satisfied. Performance-based compensation, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, is fully deductible if the plan under which the compensation is paid is approved by stockholders and meets other requirements. In addition, certain compensation paid under our plans that existed before we became a public company are not subject to the limitations imposed by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. We believe that certain grants of equity awards under our option plans that existed before we became a public company will not be subject to the limitations imposed by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, thereby permitting us to receive a federal income tax deduction in connection with such awards. In general, we have determined that we will not seek to limit executive compensation so that it is deductible under Section 162(m). However, from time to time, we monitor whether it might be in our interests to structure our compensation programs to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m). We seek to maintain flexibility in compensating our executives in a manner designed to promote our corporate goals and therefore our compensation committee has not adopted a policy requiring all compensation to be deductible. Our compensation committee will continue to assess the impact of Section 162(m) on our compensation practices and determine what further action, if any, is appropriate.
 
Role of Executives in Executive Compensation Decisions
 
Our compensation committee generally seeks input from our chief executive officer, Mark Slaughter, when discussing the performance of and compensation levels for executives other than himself. The compensation committee also works with Mr. Slaughter and with our chief financial officer and the head of our human resources department in evaluating the financial, accounting, tax and retention implications of our various compensation programs. Neither Mr. Slaughter nor any of our other executives participates in deliberations relating to his or her own compensation.


97


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and each of our other three most highly compensated executive officers during 2009. We refer to these executive officers as our named executive officers.
 
                                                         
                    Non-Equity
       
                    Incentive Plan
       
                Option
  Compensation
  All Other
   
Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary   Bonus   Awards (1)   (2)   Compensation   Total
 
Mark Slaughter
    2009     $ 262,784           $ 161,000     $ 101,172           $ 524,956  
President and Chief Executive Officer
                                                       
Martin Jimmerson
    2009       218,784             103,500       58,962             381,246  
Chief Financial Officer
                                                       
William Sutton
    2009       172,784             12,000       33,261             218,045  
Vice President & General Counsel
                                                       
Lars Eliassen
    2009       165,734             12,000       48,195       406,448 (3)     632,377  
Vice President, & General Manager, Europe Middle East Africa
                                                       
Hector Maytorena
    2009       140,838             12,000       24,938             177,776  
Vice President & General Manager, Americas
                                                       
 
(1) Amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in Note 12—“Stock-Based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
 
(2) Represents incentive plan cash bonuses paid to our named executive officers during the first quarter of 2010 based on the achievement of performance metrics during 2009. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Determining the Amount of Each Element of Compensation—Variable Pay” for additional information relating to our 2009 bonuses.
 
(3) Mr. Eliassen received tax equalization of $232,727, $107,245 of cost of living allowance and $66,476 of other assignment allowances, which were paid in Norwegian Kroner but converted to United States Dollars using the average rate of exchange from Onanda.com for 2009.


98


Table of Contents

 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2009
 
The following table sets forth each grant of plan-based awards to our named executive officers during 2009:
 
                                                         
                            All
             
                            Other
             
                            Option
             
                            Awards:
             
          Estimated Future Payouts
    Number of
    Exercise
       
          Under Non-Equity Incentive
    Securities
    Price of
    Grant Date
 
          Plan Awards     Underlying
    Option
    Fair Value of
 
    Grant
    80%
    100%
    140%
    Options
    Awards
    Option
 
Name
  Date     Threshold     Target     Maximum (1)     (#)     ($/SH) (2)     Awards ($) (3)  
 
Mark Slaughter
    8/19/2009                         140,000     $ 1.33     $ 161,000  
          $ 79,492     $ 131,392     $ 235,192                    
Martin Jimmerson
    8/19/2009                         90,000       1.33       103,500  
            46,327       76,574       137,067                    
William Sutton
    1/1/2009                         25,000       1.33       12,000  
            26,134       43,196       77,321—                    
Lars Eliassen
    1/1/2009                         25,000       1.33       12,000  
            25,713       42,500       76,075                    
Hector Maytorena
    1/1/2009                         25,000       1.33       12,000  
            22,688       37,500       67,125                    
 
(1) The tables in our executive bonus plan for 2009 provided for incentive bonuses up to 140% of plan/budget. However, payouts could have exceeded the maximum set forth in this column if our 2009 metrics exceeded 140% of plan/budget. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Determining the Amount of Each Element of Compensation—Variable Pay” for more information regarding our executive bonus plan for 2009.
 
(2) For a discussion of our methodology for determining the fair value of our common stock, see the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies” section of this prospectus.
 
(3) Valuation of these options is based on the aggregate dollar amount of stock-based compensation recognized for financial statement reporting purposes computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 over the term of these options, excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. The assumptions used by us with respect to the valuation of stock and option awards are set forth in Note 12—“Stock-Based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.


99


Table of Contents

 
Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year-End
 
The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2009:
 
                                 
    Number of Securities Underlying
          Option
 
    Unexercised Options     Option
    Expiration
 
Name
  Exerciseable (1)     Unexerciseable (1)     Exercise Price    
Date
 
 
Mark Slaughter
    386,250       386,250 (2)   $ 1.75       1/1/2017  
      12,500       37,500 (3)     2.41       1/1/2018  
      0       140,000 (4)     1.33       8/19/2019  
Marty Jimmerson
    220,750       220,750 (5)     1.75       1/1/2017  
      12,500       37,500 (6)     2.41       1/1/2018  
      0       90,000 (7)     1.33       8/19/2019  
William Sutton
    12,500       37,500 (8)     2.41       1/1/2018  
      0       25,000 (9)     1.33       1/1/2019  
Lars Eliassen
    40,000       0 (10)     0.60       11/1/2014  
      50,000       0 (11)     1.00       3/1/2016  
      12,500       12,500 (12)     2.08       5/1/2017  
      6,250       18,750 (13)     2.41       1/1/2018  
      0       25,000 (14)     1.33       1/1/2019  
Hector Maytorena
    12,500       12,500 (15)     2.75       11/5/2017  
      6,250       18,750 (16)     2.41       1/1/2018  
      0       25,000 (17)     1.33       1/1/2019  
 
(1) The options reflected in the table above, except the option granted to Mr. Eliassen on March 1, 2006, vest as to one-fourth of the total number of shares on the first, second, third and fourth year anniversary of the date of award specified in the award agreement.
 
(2) The date of award was January 1, 2007.
 
(3) The date of award was January 1, 2008.
 
(4) The date of award was August 19, 2009.
 
(5) The date of award was January 1, 2007.
 
(6) The date of award was January 1, 2008.
 
(7) The date of award was August 19, 2009.
 
(8) The date of award was January 1, 2008.
 
(9) The date of award was January 1, 2009.
 
(10) The date of award was October 1, 2004.
 
(11) The date of award was March 1, 2006.
 
(12) The date of award was May 1, 2007.
 
(13) The date of award was January 1, 2008.
 
(14) The date of award was January 1, 2009.
 
(15) The date of award was November 5, 2007.
 
(16) The date of award was January 1, 2008.
 
(17) The date of award was January 1, 2009.
 
Option Exercises in 2009
 
None of our named executive officers exercised any options in 2009.


100


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits
 
None of our named executive officers participates in or has account balances in qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans sponsored by us.
 
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
 
None of our named executive officers participates in or has account balances in non-qualified defined contribution plans or other deferred compensation plans maintained by us.
 
Employment Arrangements with Named Executive Officers
 
We are party to an employment agreement with our chief executive officer, Mark Slaughter, dated effective August 15, 2007. Through a subsequent amendment, we agreed to employ Mr. Slaughter as our Chief Executive Officer and President through November 15, 2011, but will automatically extend the term of his employment for successive one year periods unless either we or Mr. Slaughter give notice of non-renewal at least 90 days before the end of any term.
 
Mr. Slaughter’s initial annual base salary was set at $225,000, subject to increase from time to time. Mr. Slaughter is entitled to an annual target bonus of at least 50% of his annual base salary subject to the terms of our annual bonus plan and payable within four months following the end of the fiscal year to which the bonus relates. In 2010, Mr. Slaughter’s target bonus opportunity was increased to 75% of his base salary.
 
If we terminate Mr. Slaughter’s employment without “cause” or Mr. Slaughter terminates his employment with us for “good reason”, he is entitled to (i) a lump sum cash severance in an amount equal to the sum of his then annual base salary and target bonus for the bonus period in which the termination occurs; (ii) COBRA premiums for up to 18 months or a cash payment in the amount of such premiums plus a tax gross up on any tax he would pay on such amounts under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, or an insured product that does not subject Mr. Slaughter to the Section 409A tax; (iii) all earned but unpaid base salary, accrued but unused vacation and unreimbursed business expenses; and (iv) outplacement services of up to $20,000,
 
For this purpose, “cause” is defined as any of the following: (i) Mr. Slaughter’s conviction of a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or (ii) if three-fourths of our entire Board approves Mr. Slaughter’s termination based upon either of (a) Mr. Slaughter’s intentional or continued failure to perform his duties other than by reason of an illness or a disability, (b) Mr. Slaughter’s intentional engagement in conduct that is materially injurious to us monetarily or otherwise, or (c) Mr. Slaughter’s gross negligence in the performance of his duties.
 
For this purpose, “good reason” is defined as any of the following: (i) an adverse change in Mr. Slaughter’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities, including job title, (ii) an adverse change in Mr. Slaughter’s base salary or the taking of any action by us that would diminish, other than in a de minimis amount, the aggregate incentive compensation awards or opportunities of Mr. Slaughter or the level of Mr. Slaughter’s participation relative to other participants, (iii) the relocation of our principal executive offices more than 25 miles from where such offices are located on the effective date of the agreement or Mr. Slaughter being based at any office other than our principal executive offices, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of Mr. Slaughter’s duties and reasonably consistent with Mr. Slaughter’s travel prior to the effective date of the agreement, or (iv) a breach of the employment agreement by us, which remains uncured for 10 days following Mr. Slaughter’s written notice to us of such breach.
 
If any payment to Mr. Slaughter, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, we must pay Mr. Slaughter a gross-up payment in an amount such that after the payment by Mr. Slaughter of all taxes he retains an amount of the gross-up payment equal to the initial excise tax.


101


Table of Contents

Likewise, if any payment to Mr. Slaughter, whether under the employment agreement or otherwise, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, we must pay Mr. Slaughter a gross-up payment in an amount such that after the payment by Mr. Slaughter of all taxes he retains an amount of the gross-up payment equal to the initial 409A tax.
 
If Mr. Slaughter’s employment with us is terminated for any reason other than “cause”, any unvested options granted to Mr. Slaughter prior to his termination will become fully vested and exercisable, except any equity awards, including options, issued to Mr. Slaughter by us under a long-term incentive plan after our stock is listed on a public stock exchange or securities market, which awards will vest and continue in accordance with the terms of any such plan. All vested options will be exercisable for the remainder of the original option terms, subject to the same exception noted in the prior sentence.
 
If Mr. Slaughter’s employment with us is terminated for any reason (i) while he owns shares of our stock purchased by him within his first 90 days of employment with us and (ii) our stock is not listed on any public stock exchange or securities market on such termination date, then for 90 days following his termination, Mr. Slaughter will have a right to sell such shares to us for an immediate lump sum cash payment determined by multiplying the number of such shares by the fair market value per share (such right, the “Put Option”).
 
Upon a “change of control” as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, all equity awards granted to Mr. Slaughter shall vest and continue to be exercisable pursuant to their respective terms. Mr. Slaughter may also require us to repurchase our warrants that he owns for their net fair market value.
 
If we terminate Mr. Slaughter’s employment without “cause” or if he terminates his employment for other than “good reason”, he is subject to restrictive covenants of non-competition and non-solicitation for a period of 12 months from his termination date.
 
We also agreed to a similar agreement with Mr. Jimmerson on the same date. In that agreement, we agree to employ Mr. Jimmerson as our Chief Financial Officer. That agreement has all of the same terms as Mr. Slaughter’s agreement, including subsequent amendments as to term, except Mr. Jimmerson’s initial annual base salary was set at $180,000, subject to increase from time to time, and his annual target bonus potential was 35% of his base salary. In 2010, Mr. Jimmerson’s annual target bonus opportunity was increased to 50% of his base salary.
 
We also agreed to a similar agreement with Mr. Sutton on May 18, 2010. In that agreement, we agree to employ Mr. Sutton as our Vice President, Secretary & General Counsel. That agreement has all of the same terms as Mr. Slaughter’s agreement, including a subsequent amendment as to term, except Mr. Sutton’s initial annual base salary was set at $172,784, his annual target bonus potential was 30% of his base salary, his agreement does not contain a Put Option and he is not entitled to a gross-up for excise taxes imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code as discussed above.
 
We also agreed to a similar agreement with Mr. Maytorena on May 18, 2010. In that agreement, we agree to employee Mr. Maytorena as our Vice President & General Manager, Americas. That agreement has all of the same terms as Mr. Slaughter’s agreement, including a subsequent amendment as to term, except Mr. Maytorena’s initial annual base salary was set at $150,000 his annual target bonus potential was 30% of his base salary, his agreement does not contain a Put Option and he is not entitled to a gross-up for excise taxes imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code as discussed above.
 
Our subsidiary, RigNet AS, is a party to an employment agreement with Lars Eliassen effective as of June 1, 2010. Our subsidiary agreed to employ Mr. Eliassen as Vice President & General Manager, Europe Middle East Africa. Through a subsequent amendment, we agreed to


102


Table of Contents

employ Mr. Eliassen through November 15, 2011, but will automatically extend the term of his employment for successive one year periods unless either we or Mr. Eliassen give notice of non-renewal at least 90 days before the end of any term. Our subsidiary agreed to pay Mr. Eliassen a monthly base salary of $16,667 plus net adjustments of $3,333 per month. Our subsidiary also agreed to provide Mr. Eliassen with housing, a tax equalization benefit equal to the taxes he would have paid in the United States, closing costs on United States home sale, standard house appliances, repatriation back to the United States if his employment is involuntarily terminated, use of a company car, two trips back to the United States each year, and tax allowance for taxes incurred on these benefits. Mr. Eliassen agreed not to compete with our subsidiary in any geographical area in which our subsidiary does or plans to provide services on the date of termination for a period of 12 months after the date of termination. Mr. Eliassen also will not hire or induce any employees of our subsidiary to cease their employment with our subsidiary during the same 12 month period. The payments due to Mr. Eliassen upon termination of his employment with us under various conditions and the treatment of the shares of stock that he owns in us (including any options for such shares that he may hold) are the same as those stated above in the discussion of Mr. Slaughter’s agreement, except that the lump sum cash severance amount may vary, as it will be negotiated in good faith at the time of termination, and Mr. Eliassen’s agreement does not contain a Put Option.
 
Payments Upon Termination or Upon Change in Control
 
The following table sets forth information concerning the payments that would be received by each of our named executive officers upon a termination of their employment without cause or upon a change of control. The table assumes the termination occurred on December 31, 2009 and uses the fair value of $2.12 for each share of our common stock as of that date, but has been updated to reflect first quarter 2010 salary increases and option awards. The table only shows additional amounts that the named executive officers would be entitled to receive upon termination, and does not show other items of compensation that may be earned and payable at such time such as earned but unpaid base salary or bonuses.
 
                 
        Accelerated Vesting
        of Options Upon
    Severance Payment
  Termination Without
    Upon Termination
  Cause, for Good
    Without Cause or
  Reason or Upon a
Name
 
for Good Reason
 
Change of Control
 
Mark Slaughter
  $ 584,818 (1 )   $ 182,056 (2)
Martin Jimmerson
    443,818 (1 )     111,939 (2)
William Sutton
    312,868 (1 )     14,813 (2)
Lars Eliassen
    — (3 )     41,563 (2)
Hector Maytorena
    266,125 (1 )     14,813 (2)
 
(1) Includes one year base salary, one year bonus opportunity, 18 month’s COBRA premiums and $20,000 in outplacement services.
 
(2) Outstanding options as of December 31, 2009 are set forth above under “—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year-End” and first quarter 2010 option awards are set forth below under “—Option Awards in 2010”.
 
(3) In accordance with Norwegian law, Mr. Eliassen’s employment agreement provides that the cash severance amount payable to Mr. Eliassen will be negotiated in good faith at the time of severance.


103


Table of Contents

 
Compensation Increases in 2010
 
Effective January 1, 2010, the named executive officers base salaries were increased according to the table below.
 
                                 
    2009
  2010
  Dollar
  Percentage
Name
 
Base Salary
 
Base Salary
 
Increase
 
Increase
 
Mark Slaughter
  $ 262,784     $ 281,400     $ 18,616       7.1 %
Martin Jimmerson
    218,784       234,300       15,516       7.1  
William Sutton
    172,784       210,000       37,216       21.5  
Lars Eliassen
    170,000       200,000       30,000       17.6  
Hector Maytorena
    150,000       175,000       25,000       16.7  
 
The adjustments for executive management were due to individual merit and market adjustment pools rather than the use of third party compensation studies. We purchased a third party compensation report to gain input on average market increases in the various geographies in which our employees work. Management then recommended to the compensation committee and board of directors both the merit increase and market adjustment pools, expressed as percentages of aggregate base pay of all employees, which pools were then allocated to individual employees based on performance, future potential and retention factors. For 2010, the compensation committee and board of directors awarded an aggregate pool of 5% in eligible compensation, broken down into 3.1% for merit increases, 0.9% for market adjustments, and 1% for special retention compensation in a year of expected economic recovery. Individual employee increases may be higher or lower than the average, provided that the pool is not exceeded for increases across all eligible employees.
 
In setting pay for individual employees, we considered performance, career potential, need for retention, tenure and skills for the position and overall responsibilities. The aggregate compensation increases were within the 5% overall pool limit, as overages had to be further approved by the board. The board set the pay increase for our chief executive officer. The chief executive officer recommended the pay increases for his direct reports, subject to compensation committee and board approval. All remaining employees had their pay recommended by management, subject to chief executive officer approval and compensation committee concurrence.
 
For Messrs. Jimmerson, Sutton, Eliassen and Maytorena, we took into account the above described evaluation factors to set each of their base salary increases, which were then reviewed and approved by the compensation committee. Mr. Slaughter’s base salary increase was determined by the board of directors based on the same factors and drawing from the same overall funding pools. After consultation with the compensation committee, the chief executive officer recommended Mr. Jimmerson’s base salary be increased by the same percentage as his own, which has been typical of their treatment at our Company. For Mr. Sutton, the chief executive officer recommended an increase in base salary in order to bring Mr. Sutton’s base salary up to a level he believed was commensurate with the number three position in our Company and recognizing his performance and importance to our Company. For Mr. Eliassen, the chief executive officer recommended an increase to bring his base salary to a level commensurate with the responsibilities of running one of the largest geographic regions in our Company and further recognizing his length of service to the Company and in the position he currently holds. For Mr. Maytorena, the chief executive officer recommended an increase to bring his base salary to a level commensurate with the responsibility of running one of the largest geographic regions for our Company, while recognizing that he has recently assumed this new role.
 
When we become a public company, we intend to move to a market-based pay philosophy across base pay, annual bonuses and long-term equity awards.


104


Table of Contents

Option Awards in 2010
 
On January 1, 2010, we granted our named executive officers the options listed in the table below. The number of options granted to Messrs. Sutton, Eliassen and Maytorena was determined based on the quantity of options granted in 2009 to our executive officers with comparable titles and levels of responsibility. The number of options granted to Messrs. Jimmerson and Slaughter was determined in relation to awards made to the other executive officers to reflect Messrs. Jimmerson’s and Slaughter’s additional responsibilities for our Company.
 
                                 
    Number of Securities Underlying
      Option
    Unexercised Options   Option
  Expiration
Name
  Exerciseable (1)   Unexerciseable (1)  
Exercise Price
 
Date
 
Mark Slaughter
    0       60,000     $ 2.12       1/1/2020  
Marty Jimmerson
    0       50,000       2.12       1/1/2020  
William Sutton
    0       25,000       2.12       1/1/2020  
Lars Eliassen
    0       25,000       2.12       1/1/2020  
Hector Maytorena
    0       25,000       2.12       1/1/2020  
 
(1) The options reflected in the table above vest as to one-fourth of the total number of shares of common stock on January 1, 2011, January 1, 2012, January 1, 2013 and January 1, 2014.
 
IPO Success Bonus
 
Our compensation committee has approved $400,000 in bonuses to be paid to some of our key employees most involved in our initial public offering process, including Messrs. Slaughter, Jimmerson and Sutton, upon completion of this offering. The allocation of the bonuses among those individuals will be determined by the compensation committee on a purely discretionary basis based upon the compensation committee’s perception of each key employee’s perceived relative contributions to the success of the offering.
 
Employee Benefit Plans
 
2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan
 
Our board of directors has adopted, subject to the approval of such adoption by our stockholders, the RigNet, Inc. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or our 2010 Plan, effective May 26, 2010. Our 2010 Plan provides for the grant of options to purchase our common stock, both incentive options that are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, nonqualified options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance stock, performance units, other stock-based awards and certain cash awards.
 
We have reserved for issuance under our 2010 Plan 3,000,000 shares of our common stock.
 
Our employees are eligible to receive awards under our 2010 Plan. In addition, (1) the non-employee directors of our Company, (2) the consultants, agents, representatives, advisors and independent contractors who render services to our Company and its affiliates that are not in connection with the offer and sale of our Company’s securities in a capital raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for our Company’s securities, and (3) other persons designated by our board of directors, will be eligible to receive awards settled in shares of our common stock, other than incentive stock options, under our 2010 Plan.
 
Our board of directors will administer our 2010 Plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors and our compensation committee will administer our 2010 Plan with respect to awards to employees and other non- employee service providers other than non-


105


Table of Contents

employee directors. In administering awards under our 2010 Plan our board of directors or the compensation committee, as applicable (the “committee”), has the power to determine the terms of the awards granted under our 2010 Plan, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each award and the exercisability of the awards. The committee also has full power to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which awards will be made and to make all other determinations and take all other actions advisable for the administration of the plan.
 
Under our 2010 Plan, the committee may grant:
 
  •  options to acquire our common stock. The exercise price of options granted under our 2010 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and the term of an option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to an incentive option granted to any employee who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date;
 
  •  stock appreciation rights, or SARs, which allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. The amount payable under the stock appreciation right may be paid in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, as determined by the committee;
 
  •  restricted stock, which are awards of our shares of common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the committee; and
 
  •  restricted stock units, which are awards that are based on the value of our common stock and may be paid in cash or in shares of our common stock.
 
Under our 2010 Plan, the committee may also grant performance stock and performance unit awards. Performance stock and performance units are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the committee are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. It is intended that our 2010 Plan will conform with the standards of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to individuals who are classified as “covered employees” under Section 162(m). The committee will establish organizational or individual performance goals which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and the value of performance stock and performance units to be paid out to participants. Payment under performance unit awards may be made in cash or in shares of our common stock with equivalent value, or some combination of the two, as determined by the committee.
 
The amount of, the vesting and the transferability restrictions applicable to any performance stock or performance unit award will be based upon the attainment of such performance goals as the committee may determine. A performance goal will be based on one or more of the following business criteria: earnings per share, earnings per share growth, total stockholder return, economic value added, cash return on capitalization, increased revenue, revenue ratios, per employee or per customer, net income, stock price, market share, return on equity, return on assets, return on capital, return on capital compared to cost of capital, return on capital employed, return on invested capital, stockholder value, net cash flow, operating income, earnings before interest and taxes, cash flow, cash flow from operations, cost reductions, cost ratios, per employee or per customer, proceeds from dispositions, project completion time and budget goals, net cash flow before financing activities, customer growth and total market value.
 
Awards may be granted under our 2010 Plan in substitution for stock options and other awards held by employees of other corporations who are about to become employees of our


106


Table of Contents

Company or any of our subsidiaries. The terms and conditions of the substitute awards granted may vary from the terms and conditions set forth in our 2010 Plan to the extent our board of directors may deem appropriate.
 
The existence of outstanding awards will not affect in any way the right or power of our Company to make any adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in our Company’s capital structure or its business. If our Company shall effect a capital readjustment or any increase or reduction of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding, without receiving compensation therefor in money, services or property, then the number and per share price of our common stock subject to outstanding awards under our 2010 Plan shall be appropriately adjusted.
 
If we are not the surviving entity in any merger, consolidation or other reorganization; if we sell, lease or exchange or agree to sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of our assets; if we are to be dissolved; or if we are a party to any other corporate transaction, then the committee may:
 
  •  accelerate the time at which some or all of the awards then outstanding may be exercised, after which all such awards that remain unexercised shall terminate;
 
  •  require the mandatory surrender to our Company of some or all of the then outstanding awards as of a date in which event the committee will then cancel such award and our Company will pay to each such holder an amount of cash per share equal to the excess, if any, of the per share price offered to stockholders of our Company in connection with such transaction over the exercise price under such award for such shares;
 
  •  have some or all outstanding awards assumed or have a new award of a similar nature substituted for some or all of the then outstanding awards;
 
  •  provide that the number of our shares of common stock covered by an award will be adjusted so that such award when exercised will then cover the number and class or series of our common stock or other securities or property to which the holder of such award would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the agreement or plan relating to such transaction if the holder of such award had been the holder of record of the number of shares of our common stock then covered by such award; or
 
  •  make such adjustments to awards then outstanding as the committee deems appropriate to reflect such transaction.
 
After a merger or consolidation involving our Company each holder of a restricted stock award granted under our 2010 Plan shall be entitled to have his or her restricted stock appropriately adjusted based on the manner in which the shares of our common stock were adjusted under the terms of the agreement of merger or consolidation.
 
Awards under our 2010 Plan shall be designed, granted and administered in such a manner that they are either exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
Our board of directors may alter, amend, or terminate our 2010 Plan and the committee may alter, amend, or terminate any award agreement in whole or in part; however, no termination, amendment, or modification shall adversely affect in any material way any award previously granted, without the written consent of the holder.
 
No awards may be granted under our 2010 Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the effective date, unless our 2010 Plan is subsequently amended, with the approval of stockholders, to extend the termination date.


107


Table of Contents

2001 Performance Stock Option Plan
 
The board of directors of RigNet Inc. adopted, and the stockholders of RigNet Inc. approved, the RigNet Inc. 2001 Performance Stock Option Plan, or the 2001 Plan, effective October 15, 2001. As a result of our merger with RigNet Inc., we adopted and assumed sponsorship of the 2001 Plan. In February 2010, the 2001 Plan was amended by our board of directors to provide that no awards may be granted under the 2001 Plan and that no person will be eligible to receive an award under the plan on or after February 17, 2010.
 
The 2001 Plan allows for the grant of options to purchase our common stock, both incentive options that are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, and nonqualified options. Awards under the 2001 Plan may be granted to our employees, non-employee directors and consultants who are believed by our board of directors to be in a position to make a substantial contribution to our success. Our board of directors administers the 2001 Plan and makes all awards under the 2001 Plan.
 
We will not issue any new awards under the 2001 Plan on or after February 17, 2010. The terms of the 2001 Plan, and the applicable award agreements, will continue to govern any outstanding awards issued under the 2001 Plan.
 
We reserved for issuance under the 2001 Plan 581,570 shares of our common stock. As of June 30, 2010, options to purchase a total of 217,500 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding under the 2001 Plan, and a total of 220,729 shares of our common stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted under the 2001 Plan that had not been repurchased by us.
 
Our board of directors has the authority to determine the terms and conditions of the awards granted under the 2001 Plan.
 
The 2001 Plan provides that in the event substantially all of our assets are acquired or 50 percent or more of our outstanding shares are acquired our board of directors has the discretion to cancel an option granted under the 2001 Plan as of the effective date of the transaction in return for payment to the option holder of an amount equal to a reasonable estimate equal to the difference between the amount payable to a holder of a share of our common stock as a result of the transaction and the exercise price to acquire one share under the option. In addition, the 2001 Plan provides that all options outstanding under the 2001 Plan shall terminate if we are dissolved or liquidated or are not the surviving entity in a merger or consolidation, unless the surviving corporation in a merger or consolidation transaction issues a substitute option that substantially preserves the option holder’s rights and benefits with respect to the option issued under the 2001 Plan.
 
The 2001 Plan allows our board of directors to require that a grantee of an option agree to, and to become bound by, the terms of the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated June 20, 2005, among us and our stockholders (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”), in order to receive an option under the plan.
 
The price at which shares of our common stock may be purchased under an option shall be determined by our board of directors, but such price may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date the option is granted.
 
Options granted under the 2001 Plan vest and become exercisable either (a) over a four-year term, with 25 percent of the options vesting on each of the first four anniversary dates of the grant or (b) over a three-year term, with 25 percent of the options vesting 30 days after the grant date and 25 percent vesting on each of the first three anniversary dates of the grant.
 
A nonqualified option issued under the 2001 Plan generally expires a reasonable period of time after the date of grant as set forth by our board of directors in the option award


108


Table of Contents

agreement, unless terminated earlier. An incentive option issued under the 2001 Plan generally expires on the tenth anniversary of the date the option is granted, unless terminated earlier.
 
Upon termination, the 2001 Plan provides generally that a grantee who is a former employee or director shall have the right to exercise the vested portion of any option held at termination for at least 3 months following termination of his or her service for any reason and that the grantee (or his or her authorized successor) shall have the right to exercise the vested option for at least 12 months if the grantee’s service terminates due to death or a qualifying disability unless the general term of the option ends before such 3 month or 12 month period, in which case the vested option may be exercised only before the end of such general term. Awards to individuals who are not employees or directors shall terminate after termination of such grantee’s service to us and our affiliates at the time provided by our Board in the applicable award agreement.
 
A grantee shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to our common stock covered by an option until the date a stock certificate for such common stock is issued by us.
 
2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the RigNet, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or our 2006 Plan, effective January 1, 2006. In February 2010, our 2006 Plan was amended by our board of directors, and the amendment was approved by our stockholders. Our 2006 Plan allows for the grant of options to purchase our common stock, both incentive options that are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and nonqualified options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, performance stock awards and performance unit awards. Awards under our 2006 Plan may be granted to our employees, non-employee directors and consultants who have or will render services to or on behalf of us and our affiliates. Our compensation committee administers our 2006 Plan and makes all awards under the plan, which awards are then confirmed by our board of directors.
 
We will not issue any new awards under our 2006 Plan after the completion of this offering. The terms of our 2006 Plan, and the applicable award agreements, will continue to govern any outstanding awards issued under the plan. No awards have been issued under our 2006 Plan other than options to purchase our common stock. We do not intend to issue any new awards under our 2006 Plan in 2010 prior to the completion of this offering other than additional options to purchase our common stock.
 
We have reserved for issuance under our 2006 Plan 5,000,000 shares of our common stock. As of June 30, 2010, options to purchase a total of 3,243,250 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding under our 2006 Plan, and a total of 177,500 shares of our common stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted under our 2006 Plan that had not been repurchased by us.
 
Our board of directors has the authority to determine the terms and conditions of the awards granted under our 2006 Plan.
 
Our 2006 Plan provides that in the event substantially all of our assets are acquired or a controlling amount of our outstanding shares are acquired each award granted under our 2006 Plan will expire as of the effective time of such acquisition transaction unless the surviving or purchasing entity agrees to assume such awards.
 
Our 2006 Plan requires a grantee of an option granted under our 2006 Plan to agree to, and become bound by, the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement in order to exercise an option granted under the plan. That agreement restricts the transfer of and grants us the right to repurchase shares of our stock acquired under an option granted under the plan.


109


Table of Contents

The price at which shares of our common stock may be purchased under an option shall be determined by our board of directors, but such price may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date the option is granted.
 
Options granted under the 2006 Plan vest and become exercisable as determined by our board of directors and provided in the applicable award agreement. An option issued under our 2006 Plan generally expires on the tenth anniversary of the date the option is granted, unless terminated earlier.
 
After termination of a grantee’s service to us and our affiliates, he or she may exercise the vested portion of his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement. Our 2006 Plan provides generally that the grantee shall have the right to exercise the vested portion of any option held at termination within 3 months following termination of his or her service for any reason and that the grantee (or his or her authorized successor) shall have the right to exercise the option for at least one year if the grantee’s service terminates due to death or a qualifying disability unless the general term of the option ends before such 3 month or one year period, in which case the option may be exercised only before the end of such general term.
 
A grantee shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to our common stock covered by an option until the date a stock certificate for such common stock is issued by us.
 
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters
 
Our post-offering certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
 
  •  any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  •  any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
 
  •  any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
Our post-offering certificate of incorporation and post-offering bylaws provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our post-offering bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.


110


Table of Contents

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our post-offering certificate of incorporation and our post-offering bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.


111


Table of Contents

 
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Since January 1, 2007, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the captions “Management” and “Executive Compensation” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and the transactions described below.
 
Board of Directors
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, the holders of our preferred stock have contractual rights to appoint four members of our board of directors as described under “Management—Composition of the Board of Directors”. This right terminates upon completion of this offering. Some of these appointees will remain on our board following this offering as described above under the caption “Management”, but we are under no contractual obligation to retain them.
 
Registration Rights
 
All holders of our preferred stock, including Cubera, funds managed by Altira and funds affiliated with Sanders Morris, have registration rights with respect to the shares that they hold beginning 180 days after completion of this offering or such earlier date as is agreed by Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights”.
 
Conversion of Preferred Stock
 
Effective upon the completion of this offering, all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock of all classes and accrued and unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock will convert into           shares of our common stock, assuming an offering completion date of          , 2010, plus an additional           shares of our common stock for each day after such date for the accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock. There will be no shares of preferred stock of any class outstanding upon completion of this offering.
 
Major Event Preference
 
Effective upon the completion of this offering, we expect to issue          shares of our common stock, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range included on the cover page of this prospectus, to pay our preferred stockholders the major event preference. Our existing certificate of incorporation requires that in the event of an initial public offering, such as the completion of this offering, we must convert one share of preferred stock for one share of common stock inclusive of accumulated but unpaid dividends and we must pay
 
  •  to the holders of our series C preferred stock, a number of shares of our common stock equal to that number of shares of our common stock which would be purchasable in the initial public offering for a payment in cash of an amount equal to the amount per share of our series C preferred stock that they paid for such shares, or $1.20 per share, plus an amount equal to accumulated but unpaid dividends;
 
  •  to the holders of our series B preferred stock, a number of shares of our common stock equal to that number of shares of our common stock which would be purchasable in the initial public offering for a payment in cash of an amount equal to the amount per share


112


Table of Contents

  of our series B preferred stock that they paid for such shares, or $1.20 per share, plus an amount equal to accumulated but unpaid dividends; and
 
  •  to the holders of our series A preferred stock, a number of shares of our common stock equal to that number of shares of our common stock which would be purchasable in the initial public offering for a payment in cash of an amount equal to the amount per share that they paid per share of our series A preferred stock ($1.00) multiplied by 1.5, or $1.50 per share, plus an amount equal to any declared and accumulated but unpaid dividends.
 
Stock and Stock Options Granted to and Employment Arrangements with Directors and Executive Officers
 
For more information regarding the grant of stock and stock options to directors and executive officers and employment arrangements with our executive officers, please see “Management—Director Compensation for the Year Ended December 31, 2009” and “Executive Compensation”.
 
Indemnification Agreements
 
We have entered and expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and officers. Each of our executive officers also has indemnification provisions in his employment agreement. These agreements require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification arrangements with our future directors and executive officers.
 
Arrangement with NuPhysicia
 
In May 2010, we entered into an exclusive arrangement with NuPhysicia to provide a direct line of access to physician care for offshore employees at remote offshore sites, or telemedicine, through medical-quality videoconferencing for real-time, face-to-face patient-to-physician consultations and diagnoses as well as connectivity to electronic medical record technology using highly secure standard or wireless computer networks. Sanders Morris, a holder of more than 5% of our common stock, owns 67% of the outstanding equity interests in NuPhysicia and employees of Sanders Morris serve on the board of NuPhysicia.
 
Stockholder Notes
 
In December 2008, we issued Series A Stockholder Notes for cash of $6.0 million. We also refinanced previously issued stockholder notes, along with accrued and imputed interest of $2.5 million, into the Series B Stockholder Notes totaling $8.3 million. Series A and B Stockholder Notes were non-interest bearing and payable on August 31, 2009. The Series A and B Stockholder Notes were subordinate to bank debt but with an equal priority above preferred stock and common stock. In May 2009, we repaid both the Series A and Series B Stockholder Notes in full. Holders of the Series A and B Stockholder Notes included Messrs. Slaughter and Jimmerson and funds and persons associated with Altira, Sanders Morris and Cubera.
 
In conjunction with such debt financing, we issued 1.5 million warrants to purchase common stock at a price of $0.01 per share to the Series A noteholders and 1.4 million warrants to purchase common stock at a price of $0.01 per share to the Series B noteholders.


113


Table of Contents

Precision Drilling Corporation
 
One of our directors, Kevin Neveu, is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Precision Drilling Corporation. We received an aggregate of approximately $0.1 million in 2009 and approximately $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from Precision Drilling Corporation for services performed by us in the ordinary course of business.
 
Procedures for Related Party Transactions
 
Under our code of business conduct and ethics, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, our employees, officers and directors are discouraged from entering into any transaction that may cause a conflict of interest for us. In addition, they must report any potential conflict of interest, including related party transactions, to their managers or our general counsel who then reviews and summarizes the proposed transaction for our audit committee. Pursuant to its charter, our audit committee must then approve any related-party transactions, including those transactions involving our directors. In approving or rejecting such proposed transactions, the audit committee considers the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including the material terms of the transactions, risks, benefits, costs, availability of other comparable services or products and, if applicable, the impact on a director’s independence. Our audit committee will approve only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion. A copy of our code of business conduct and ethics and audit committee charter may be found at our corporate website www.rignet.com upon the completion of this offering.


114


Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2010 by:
 
  •  each person who beneficially owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;
 
  •  each of our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table;
 
  •  each of our stockholders selling shares in this offering;
 
  •  each of our directors; and
 
  •  all directors and executive officers as a group.
 
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the shares. Common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
 
Percentage of shares outstanding is based on           shares of our common stock, which comprises and assumes the following:
 
  •  21,274,515 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2010;
 
  •  the conversion, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of the offering; of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock into an aggregate of 15,663,258 shares of our common stock, plus approximately 2,500 additional shares of our common stock for each day after June 30, 2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock;
 
  •  the issuance of           shares of our common stock, plus an additional           shares of our common stock for each day after          , 2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range included on the cover page of this prospectus, to pay our preferred stockholders the major event preference, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of the offering;
 
  •  the exercise of all of our outstanding cashless warrants for an aggregate of 3,030,526 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering;
 
  •  the exercise of all of our outstanding warrants with an exercise price of $0.01 per share for an aggregate of 3,617,302 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering;
 
  •  the exercise of all of our outstanding warrants with an exercise price of $1.75 per share for an aggregate of 46,264 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering;
 
  •  the exercise of all of our outstanding anti-dilution warrants with an exercise price of $0.01 per share for an aggregate of 174,266 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering; and
 
  •  the -to-one reverse split of our common stock on          , 2010.
 
Unless otherwise indicated to our knowledge, all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares of common stock, except to the


115


Table of Contents

extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is c/o RigNet, Inc., 1880 S. Dairy Ashford, Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77077.
 
                                                                 
    Number of Shares Beneficially Owned   Percentage of Shares Outstanding
                After Offering
  After Offering
      After Offering
  After Offering
            Shares
  Assuming No
  Assuming Full
      Assuming No
  Assuming Full
            Being
  Exercise of
  Exercise of
      Exercise of
  Exercise of
        Shares
  Offered
  Over-
  Over-
      Over-
  Over-
    Before
  Being
  in Over-
  Allotment
  Allotment
  Before
  Allotment
  Allotment
Name of Beneficial Owner
 
Offering
 
Offered
 
Allotment
 
Option
 
Option
 
Offering
 
Option
 
Option
 
5% Stockholders
                                                               
Energy Growth AS
            (1)                                           %                
Altira Group LLC
            (2)                                                            
Sanders Morris Harris Group, Inc
               (3)                                                            
Named Executive Officers:
                                                               
Mark Slaughter
    751,524 (4)                                           %                
Martin Jimmerson
    460,391 (5)                                                            
William Sutton
    31,250 (6)                                     *                  
Lars Eliassen
    152,500 (7)                                     *                  
Hector Maytorena
    31,250 (8)                                     *                  
Non-Employee Directors:
                                                               
Thomas M. Matthews
                                                           
Charles L. Davis
            (9)                                           %                
Omar Kulbrandstad
    1,148,333                                                              
Kevin Neveu
    48,000 (10)                                     *                  
Dirk McDermott
            (11)                                                            
Ørjan Svanevik
                                                           
All of our directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)
               (12)                                           %                
 
 * Represents less than one percent.
 
(1) Energy Growth AS owns the shares. It is owned 100% by Energy Growth Holding AS, which is owned 100% by CSV III AS, which is owned 60% by the limited partnership Cubera Secondary KS. The General Partner is the limited partnership Cubera Secondary (GP) KS which owns 10% of Cubera Secondary KS. Cubera Secondary (GP) AS owns 10% of Cubera Secondary (GP) KS and is the ultimate General Partner. Jørgen Kjærnes is the Chairman of the Board and Managing Director of Cubera Secondary (GP) AS. All such entities and Mr. Kjærnes disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interests in such shares.
 
(2) Altira Group LLC is the Managing Member of Altira Technology Fund III LLC, or Fund III. Additionally, Altira Group LLC is the Managing Member, and sole member, of Altira Management IV LLC, which is the General Partner of Altira Technology Fund IV L.P., or Fund IV. Altira Group LLC and Altira Management IV LLC are collectively referred to as the GP. Fund III and Fund IV, which own the referenced shares, are collectively referred to as the Funds. Dirk McDermott and Carol McDermott are the members of Altira Group LLC, or the Managers. The GP and the Managers may vote or sell securities owned by the Funds. The GP and each of the Managers disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares owned by the funds except to the extent of their pecuniary interests.
 
(3) Sanders Morris Harris Group, Inc. owns 100% of Sanders Morris Harris Inc., which owns        of the referenced shares. The Board of Directors of Sanders Morris Harris Group, Inc. are George L. Ball, Richard E. Bean, Charles W. Duncan, III, Fredric M. Edelman, Scott B. McClelland, Ben T. Morris, Albert W. Niemi, Jr., Don A. Sanders, and W. Blair Waltrip. SOF Management, LLC, or SOF, is the General Partner of Sanders Opportunity Fund, L.P. which owns        of the referenced shares, and Sanders Opportunity Fund (Institutional), L.P., which owns        of the referenced shares. Don A. Sanders is the chief investment officer of SOF and may vote or sell securities owned by the funds. Sanders Morris Harris Inc. is the sole member of SOF. SMH PEG II Management I, LLC is the General Partner of SMH Private Equity Group I, LP, which owns        of the referenced shares. Charles L. Davis IV, Bruce R. McMaken and Ben T. Morris are the managers of the General Partner. The General Partner and the Managers may vote or sell securities owned by SMH Private Equity Group I. Sanders Morris Harris Inc. owns a 62.5% member interest in the General Partner. SMH PEG II Management II, LLC is the General Partner of SMH Private Equity Group II, LP, which owns        of the referenced shares. Charles L. Davis IV, Bruce R. McMaken and Ben T. Morris are the managers of the General Partner. The General


116


Table of Contents

Partner and the Managers may vote or sell securities owned by SMH Private Equity Group I. Sanders Morris Harris Inc. owns a 51.36% member interest in the General Partner. Don A. Sanders owns        of the referenced shares and his wife Kathy Sanders owns        of the referenced shares. All such entities and individuals disclaim beneficial ownership of the referenced shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interests.
 
(4) Includes 639,375 shares of common stock subject to options and warrants which are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010. Also includes 20,000 shares of common stock, 28,448 warrants exercisable immediately at $0.01 to purchase common stock and an estimated 62,701 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise related to cashless warrants held by Mr. Slaughter. Also includes 500 shares of common stock owned by Kristen Slaughter, who is Mr. Slaughter’s daughter, and 500 shares of common stock owned by Leslie Slaughter, who is Mr. Slaughter’s daughter. Mr. Slaughter disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by Kristen Slaughter and Leslie Slaughter.
 
(5) Includes 378,625 shares of common stock subject to options and warrants which are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010. Also includes 21,000 shares of common stock, 18,966 warrants exercisable immediately at $0.01 to purchase common stock and an estimated 41,800 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise related to cashless warrants held by Mr. Jimmerson.
 
(6) Includes 31,250 shares of common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010.
 
(7) Includes 127,500 shares of common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010.
 
(8) Includes 31,250 shares of common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010.
 
(9) Consists of an aggregate of      shares held by Sanders Morris Harris, Inc. as reflected in footnote 3 above and 32,000 shares owned by Mr. Davis directly. Mr. Davis is a manager of two of the private equity funds referenced in footnote 3. Mr. Davis disclaims beneficial interest of those shares other than the 32,000 shares he holds directly.
 
(10) Includes 48,000 shares of common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010.
 
(11) Consists of      shares held by Altira Group LLC as reflected in footnote 2 above. Mr. McDermott is a manager of the general partner of the funds referenced in footnote 2. Mr. McDermott disclaims beneficial interest of those shares.
 
(12) Includes the shares reflected in footnotes (4) through (11).


117


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
General
 
The following is a summary of our capital stock and provisions of our post-offering certificate of incorporation and post-offering bylaws. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our post-offering certificate of incorporation and post-offering bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 190,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. As of June 30, 2010, we had outstanding 21,274,515 shares of common stock. Following the closing of this offering, our outstanding common stock will include           shares of common stock, assuming an offering completion date of          , 2010, plus an additional           shares of our common stock for each day after such date for the accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock, that will be outstanding as of the completion of this offering as a result of the conversion of each of our outstanding shares of preferred stock of all series and accrued and unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock. Following the closing of this offering, our outstanding common stock will also include           shares of our common stock, assuming an offering completion date of          , 2010, plus an additional           shares of our common stock for each day after such date for the accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock, and based on the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range included on the cover page of this prospectus, to pay our preferred stockholders the major event preference, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of the offering. As of June 30, 2010, we had 39 common stockholders of record.
 
Common Stock
 
Dividend Rights
 
Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine from time to time.
 
Voting Rights
 
Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our post-offering certificate of incorporation. This means that the holders of a majority of the shares voted can elect all of the directors then standing for election.
 
No Preemptive, Conversion, Redemption or Sinking Fund Rights
 
Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption or any sinking fund provisions.
 
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions
 
Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share in all assets remaining after payment of all liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding preferred stock. Each outstanding share of common stock is, and all shares of common stock to be issued in this offering when they are paid for will be, fully paid and nonassessable.


118


Table of Contents

 
Preferred Stock
 
Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations imposed by Delaware law, to issue up to a total of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, without stockholder approval. Our board is authorized to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series of preferred stock, and to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series of preferred stock and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series of preferred stock then outstanding, without any further vote or action by the stockholders.
 
Registration Rights
 
According to the terms of our Registration Rights Agreement, all holders of our preferred stock, including Cubera, funds managed by Altira and Sanders Morris are entitled to demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights. The stockholders who are a party to the Registration Rights Agreement will hold shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering and the conversion of all existing series of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock that are subject to the registration rights under that Registration Rights Agreement.
 
Demand Registration Rights
 
At any time following 180 days after the date of this prospectus or such shorter period as may be agreed by our lead underwriter, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of common stock underlying each of the series A preferred stock, series B preferred stock and series C preferred stock obtained as a result of the conversion of the shares of preferred stock in this offering have the right, under our Registration Rights Agreement, to require that we register all or a portion, but not less than $1,000,000 worth of registrable securities as defined in our Registration Rights Agreement, of the aggregate number of registrable securities they hold. We are not required to effect more than two registrations requested by these stockholders on Form S-1, more than one demand registration in any twelve-month period, any demand registration during any period in which we are in the process of negotiating or preparing, and ending on a date 90 days following the effective date of, a registration statement pertaining to an underwritten public offering of securities for our own account, or during any period in which we are in possession of material information concerning our Company or our business and affairs, the public disclosure of which would have a material adverse effect on our Company, which information shall be disclosed to all of the holders requesting registration. The other stockholders who are a party to the Registration Rights Agreement may also include their shares in such registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares to be included in a registration statement filed in response to the exercise of these demand registration rights. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters’ discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with these demand registration rights.
 
Piggyback Registration Rights
 
If we register any securities for public sale, our stockholders with piggyback registration rights under our Registration Rights Agreement have the right to include their shares in the registration, subject to specified exceptions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters’ discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with these piggyback registration rights.


119


Table of Contents

Form S-3 Registration Rights
 
The holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of common stock underlying each of the series A preferred stock, series B preferred stock and series C preferred stock obtained as a result of the conversion of the shares of preferred stock in this offering have the right, under our Registration Rights Agreement, to require that we register all or a portion of their shares of common stock on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on that form and the expected proceeds of such offering are at least $1,500,000. The other stockholders who are a party to the Registration Rights Agreement may also include their shares in any such registration. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters’ discounts and commissions, for all registrations on Form S-3.
 
Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware General Corporation Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
 
The provisions of Delaware General Corporation Law and our post-offering certificate of incorporation and post-offering bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of our Company in a coercive manner as described below. These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage and prevent coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our Company to first negotiate with our board of directors. They are also intended to provide our management with the flexibility to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability if our board of directors determines that a takeover is not in our best interests or the best interests of our stockholders. These provisions, however, could have the effect of discouraging attempts to acquire us, which could deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our Company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
 
Delaware Law
 
We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, those provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
 
  •  the transaction is approved by the board before the date the interested stockholder attained that status;
 
  •  upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or
 
  •  the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of voting stock that are not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:
 
  •  any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;


120


Table of Contents

 
  •  subject to specific exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
 
  •  the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.
 
In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any of these entities or persons. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.
 
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
 
Following the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide for:
 
  •  Election and Removal of Directors.   Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of the board of directors. Our directors are elected by plurality vote. Vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board and our directors may be removed by our stockholders only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of our directors;
 
  •  Special Stockholder Meetings.   Under our bylaws, only a majority of the entire number of our directors may call special meetings of stockholders;
 
  •  Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.   Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors;
 
  •  Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent.   Our certificate of incorporation eliminates the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting;
 
  •  No Cumulative Voting.   Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative voting allows a minority stockholder to vote a portion or all of its shares for one or more candidates for seats on the board of directors. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder will not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors based on the number of shares of our common stock the stockholder holds as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of director’s decision regarding a takeover; and
 
  •  Undesignated Preferred Stock.   The authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of our Company.
 
The provisions described above are intended to promote continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board, and to discourage some types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. We expect these provisions would reduce our vulnerability to unsolicited acquisition


121


Table of Contents

attempts as well as discourage some tactics that may be used in proxy fights. Such provisions, however, could discourage others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, may also inhibit increases in the market price of our common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions could also operate to prevent changes in our management.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is          .
 
Listing
 
We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on NASDAQ under the trading symbol “RNET”.


122


Table of Contents

 
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
 
The following discussion summarizes the material United States federal income and estate tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock by certain non-U.S. holders (as defined below). This discussion only applies to non-U.S. holders who purchase and hold our common stock as a capital asset for United States federal income tax purposes (generally property held for investment). This discussion does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of its particular circumstances.
 
For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” means a person (other than a partnership) that is not for United States federal income tax purposes any of the following:
 
  •  an individual citizen or resident of the United States (including certain former citizens and former long-term residents);
 
  •  a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
 
  •  an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust if it is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or it has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.
 
This discussion is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. These authorities may change, perhaps retroactively, which could result in United States federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal income and estate taxes and does not describe any foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this discussion does not describe the United States federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to a non-U.S. holder who is subject to special treatment under United States federal income tax laws (including a United States expatriate, a “controlled foreign corporation”, a “passive foreign investment company”, a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid United States federal income tax, a pass-through entity or an investor in a pass-through entity, or a tax-exempt organization or an insurance company). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the tax considerations that we describe in this discussion.
 
If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the United States federal income tax treatment of a partner of that partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.
 
THIS DISCUSSION IS PROVIDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE LEGAL ADVICE TO ANY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER OF OUR COMMON STOCK. ADDITIONALLY, THIS DISCUSSION CANNOT BE USED BY ANY HOLDER FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING TAX PENALTIES THAT MAY BE IMPOSED ON SUCH HOLDER. IF YOU ARE CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK, YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF


123


Table of Contents

YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AND ANY CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF APPLICABLE STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAXING JURISDICTIONS. YOU SHOULD ALSO CONSULT WITH YOUR TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING ANY POSSIBLE ENACTMENT OF LEGISLATION THAT WOULD AFFECT YOUR INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK IN YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.
 
Distributions on Common Stock
 
In general, if distributions are made to non-U.S. holders with respect to our common stock, such distributions will be treated as dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under the Code and will be subject to withholding as discussed below. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be applied to reduce the non-U.S. holder’s basis in the common stock and, to the extent such portion exceeds the non-U.S. holder’s basis, the excess will be treated as gain from the disposition of the common stock, the tax treatment of which is discussed below under “Disposition of Common Stock”.
 
Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock will generally be subject to United States withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. But dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, where a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
 
A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required to (a) complete Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable Treasury regulations.
 
A non-U.S. holder of our common stock is eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.
 
Disposition of Common Stock
 
Any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the disposition of our common stock will generally not be subject to United States federal income or withholding tax unless:
 
  •  the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States);
 
  •  the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or
 
  •  we are or have been a United States real property holding corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, as such term is defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and in the case that our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market


124


Table of Contents

  within the meaning of section 897(c)(3) of the Code, you owned directly or pursuant to attribution rules at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition more than 5% of our common stock.
 
A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates, and if it is a corporation, in addition it may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by United States source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder described in the third bullet point above will be subject to United States federal income tax under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates with respect to the gain recognized.
 
United States Federal Estate Tax
 
Common stock held by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for United States federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death and common stock held by entities the property of which is potentially includible in such individual’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes will be included in such individual’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
 
A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such non-U.S. holder unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such non-U.S. holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
 
Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.
 
Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
 
Recently Enacted Legislation and Other Reporting Requirements
 
Subject to certain exceptions, legislation recently enacted generally imposes a withholding tax of 30 percent on dividends paid on our common stock, and the gross proceeds from the disposition of our common stock paid, to a foreign financial institution after December 31, 2012 (regardless of whether the foreign financial institution holds such common stock for its


125


Table of Contents

own account or for the account of another U.S. or non-U.S. holder), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the United States government to comply with certain obligations with respect to each account it maintains including the obligations to collect and provide to the United States tax authorities information regarding United States account holders of such institution (which would include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with United States owners).
 
Subject to certain exceptions, the legislation also generally imposes a withholding tax of 30 percent on dividends paid on our common stock, and the gross proceeds from the disposition of our common stock paid, to a non-financial foreign entity after December 31, 2012, unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification that it does not have any substantial United States owners or provides information to the withholding agent identifying the substantial United States owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder of our common stock might be eligible for refunds or credits of such withholding taxes. Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this proposed legislation on their investment in our common stock.


126


Table of Contents

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after the restrictions lapse, or the possibility of such sales, could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding           shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock of all classes and accrued and unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock and the payment to our preferred stockholders of the major event preference. Such number of shares was calculated assuming that there are no exercises of outstanding options after June 30, 2010 and assuming an offering completion date of          , 2010, with such number of shares increasing by an additional           shares of our common stock for each day after such date for the accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock. Of these shares, all of the           shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the exemption under Rule 144 of the Securities Act described below.
 
After this offering, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option,           shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will be restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which exemptions are summarized below.           of these restricted securities are subject to the lock-up agreements described below until 180 to 214 days after the date of this prospectus.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
In connection with this offering, officers, directors, employees and stockholders, who together hold an aggregate of more than     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and in specific circumstances, up to an additional 34 days, without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. For additional information, see “Underwriting”.
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.


127


Table of Contents

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:
 
  •  the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and
 
  •  the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.
 
Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •  1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately           shares immediately after the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.
 
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
 
Rule 701
 
Any employee, officer or director of our Company, or consultant to our Company who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares.
 
Share Plans
 
We plan on filing a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under our 2006 Plan and 2010 Plan and shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2010 Plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. However, no resale of these registered shares shall occur until after the 180-day lock-up period.
 
Registration Rights
 
At any time after 180 days following this offering or such shorter period as may be agreed by our lead underwriter, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of common stock underlying each of our series A preferred stock, series B preferred stock and series C preferred stock obtained as a result of the conversion of the shares of preferred stock in this offering may demand that we register their shares under the Securities Act or, if we file another registration statement under the Securities Act other than a Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our stock plans or on a Form S-4 covering securities issuable in exchange for the common stock sold pursuant to this offering, may elect to include their shares in such registration. If these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. For additional information, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights”.


128


Table of Contents

We have agreed not to file any registration statements during the 180-day period after the date of this prospectus with respect to the registration of any common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable into common stock, other than one or more registration statements on Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our stock plans, without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.


129


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
The Company, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc. are acting as the representatives of the underwriters.
 
         
Underwriters
 
Number of Shares
 
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 
       
Jefferies & Company, Inc. 
       
Simmons & Company International
       
Total
       
 
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.
 
If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional           shares from the Company. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
 
The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the Company and the selling stockholders. With respect to the shares sold by the Company, such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase           additional shares.
 
                 
Paid by the Company
 
No Exercise
 
Full Exercise
 
Per Share
  $                $             
Total
  $       $  
 
                 
Paid by the Selling Stockholders
       
 
Per Share
  $                              
Total
  $          
 
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.
 
The Company and its officers, directors, and holders of approximately     % of the Company’s common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.
 
The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration


130


Table of Contents

of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.
 
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the Company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the Company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the Company, an assessment of the Company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
 
The Company intends to make an application to quote the common stock on the NASDAQ under the symbol “RNET”.
 
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the Company in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
 
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
 
Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Company’s shares, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
 
European Economic Area
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area, or the EEA, which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each a Relevant Member State, each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date,


131


Table of Contents

it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
 
(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
 
(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
 
(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; and
 
(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
 
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons


132


Table of Contents

outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
 
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
 
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
 
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
 
The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.
 
The Company and the selling stockholders estimate that their share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $     .
 
The Company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933. The three selling stockholders holding the largest amount of common stock, Cubera, Altira, and Sanders Morris, have also agreed that, in the event that the Company’s indemnity is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless any underwriter, each of them will severally, and not jointly, indemnify the underwriters to the extent of such unavailability or insufficiency up to the lesser of (i) that selling stockholder’s pro rata share of the Company’s equity and (ii) that selling stockholder’s respective net proceeds from this offering.
 
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their


133


Table of Contents

respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the Company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
 
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the Company. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.


134


Table of Contents

 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., Houston, Texas, will pass upon the validity of the issuance of the common stock offered by this prospectus. Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, New York, New York is representing the underwriters in this offering.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements of RigNet, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, included in this Prospectus, which is part of this registration statement, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement or the exhibits. Statements made in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are only summaries. With respect to each contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved.
 
We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As a result of the offering of the shares of our common stock, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information in the files at the public reference room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.
 
You can request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of its public reference room. Our filings, including the registration statement, will also be available to you on the web site maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov .
 
We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent auditors, and to make available to our stockholders quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each year containing unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.


135


 

 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
   
Page
 
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
       
       
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  
       
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
       
       
    F-39  
    F-40  
    F-41  
    F-42  
    F-43  
  EX-3.1
  EX-3.2
  EX-3.3
  EX-4.2
  EX-10.1
  EX-10.3
  EX-10.6
  EX-10.7
  EX-10.8
  EX-10.9
  EX-10.10
  EX-10.11
  EX-10.12
  EX-10.13
  EX-10.14
  EX-10.15
  EX-21.1
  EX-23.1
  EX-99.1
  EX-99.2
  EX-99.3
  EX-99.4


F-1


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of RigNet, Inc.
Houston, Texas
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of RigNet, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss), cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of RigNet, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/   DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
Houston, Texas
June 22, 2010


F-2


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
 
ASSETS
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 11,379     $ 15,376  
Restricted cash
    2,500       775  
Accounts receivable, net
    12,729       16,446  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    4,358       3,796  
                 
Total current assets
    30,966       36,393  
Property and equipment, net
    27,011       26,849  
Restricted cash
    7,500        
Goodwill
    13,887       16,265  
Intangibles
    8,372       9,716  
Deferred tax and other assets
    1,074       294  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 88,810     $ 89,517  
                 
                 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 3,755     $ 2,826  
Accrued expenses
    5,926       4,187  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    8,664       5,753  
Stockholder notes payable
          11,074  
Income taxes payable
    6,027       2,917  
Deferred revenue
    1,306       647  
                 
Total current liabilities
    25,678       27,404  
Long-term debt
    21,022       18,322  
Deferred revenue
    348       1,516  
Deferred tax liability
    445       552  
Other liability
    5,201       3,808  
Preferred stock derivatives
    30,446       8,413  
                 
Total liabilities
    83,140       60,015  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
               
Preferred stock
    17,333       16,257  
Redeemable, non-controlling interest
    4,576       9,344  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
RigNet, Inc. stockholders’ equity
               
Common stock—$0.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 21,273,265 and 21,212,015 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively
    21       21  
Additional paid-in capital
    9,505       11,287  
Accumulated deficit
    (26,847 )     (6,925 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    941       (555 )
                 
Total RigNet, Inc. stockholders’ equity
    (16,380 )     3,828  
Non-redeemable, non-controlling interest
    141       73  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    (16,239 )     3,901  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
  $ 88,810     $ 89,517  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME (LOSS)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Revenue
  $ 80,936     $ 89,909     $ 67,164  
                         
Expenses:
                       
Cost of revenue
    35,165       39,294       29,747  
Depreciation and amortization
    12,554       10,519       9,451  
Impairment of goodwill
    2,898              
Selling and marketing
    2,187       2,605       2,405  
General and administrative
    16,444       21,277       20,338  
                         
Total expenses
    69,248       73,695       61,941  
                         
Operating income
    11,688       16,214       5,223  
                         
Other income (expense):
                       
Interest expense
    (5,146 )     (2,464 )     (5,497 )
Other income (expense), net
    304       27       (63 )
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
    (21,009 )     2,461       (1,156 )
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (14,163 )     16,238       (1,493 )
Income tax expense
    (5,457 )     (5,882 )     (628 )
                         
Net income (loss)
    (19,620 )     10,356       (2,121 )
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to:
                       
Non-redeemable, non-controlling interest
    292       235       167  
Redeemable, non-controlling interest
    10       1,715       971  
                         
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. stockholders
  $ (19,922 )   $ 8,406     $ (3,259 )
                         
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (19,620 )   $ 10,356     $ (2,121 )
Foreign currency translation
    1,496       (848 )     282  
                         
Total comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (18,124 )   $ 9,508     $ (1,839 )
                         
INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE—BASIC AND DILUTED
                       
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. stockholders
  $ (19,922 )   $ 8,406     $ (3,259 )
Less: Preferred stock dividends
    2,100       3,227       1,051  
Less: Adjustment to redeemable, non-controlling interest redemption value
    96       9,369       (379 )
                         
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders
  $ (22,118 )   $ (4,190 )   $ (3,931 )
                         
Net income (loss) per share attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders, basic
  $ (1.04 )   $ (0.20 )   $ (0.19 )
                         
Net income (loss) per share attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders, diluted
  $ (1.04 )   $ (0.20 )   $ (0.19 )
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic
    21,248       21,206       21,116  
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted
    21,248       21,206       21,116  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (19,620 )   $ 10,356     $ (2,121 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operations:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    12,554       10,519       9,451  
Impairment of goodwill
    2,898              
Stock-based compensation
    277       231       169  
Write-off of deferred financing costs
    352              
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
    21,009       (2,461 )     1,156  
Deferred taxes
    (818 )     (204 )     (503 )
(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment
    111       (92 )     (27 )
Accrued and imputed interest on stockholder notes
          309       2,185  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable
    3,717       (2,566 )     (5,013 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (633 )     231       (91 )
Accounts payable
    609       (510 )     (2,406 )
Accrued expenses
    4,849       1,684       700  
Deferred revenue
    (509 )     71       131  
Other liability
    1,393       2,087       1,721  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    26,189       19,655       5,352  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Capital expenditures
    (10,173 )     (8,680 )     (7,231 )
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
    93       92       27  
Increase in restricted cash
    (9,225 )     (775 )      
                         
Net cash used by investing activities
    (19,305 )     (9,363 )     (7,204 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    137       16       147  
Subsidiary distributions to non-controlling interest
    (335 )     (496 )     (120 )
Redemption of redeemable, non-controlling interest
    (4,763 )     (6,745 )      
Proceeds from borrowings
    35,000       9,868       21,849  
Repayments of long-term debt
    (40,440 )     (3,864 )     (16,005 )
Payment of financing fees
    (373 )     (448 )      
                         
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    (10,774 )     (1,669 )     5,871  
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (3,890 )     8,623       4,019  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents:
                       
Balance, January 1,
    15,376       6,864       3,096  
Changes in foreign currency translation
    (107 )     (111 )     (251 )
                         
Balance, December 31,
  $ 11,379     $ 15,376     $ 6,864  
                         
Supplemental disclosures:
                       
Income taxes paid
  $ 2,243     $ 1,124     $ 172  
Interest paid—other
  $ 1,240     $ 1,790     $ 1,885  
Interest paid—stockholders
  $ 5,708     $     $  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
                                                                 
                            Accumulated
    Total
    Non-
       
                Additional
          Other
    RigNet, Inc.
    Redeemable,
    Total
 
    Common Stock     Paid-In
    Accumulated
    Comprehensive
    Stockholders’
    Non-Controlling
    Stockholders’
 
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Capital
   
Deficit
   
Income (Loss)
   
Equity
   
Interest
   
Equity
 
                            (in thousands)                    
 
Balance, January 1, 2007
    20,908     $ 21     $ 20,087     $ (18,745 )   $ 11     $ 1,374     $ 27     $ 1,401  
Issuance of common stock
    293             147                   147             147  
Preferred stock dividends
                (1,051 )                 (1,051 )           (1,051 )
Stock-based compensation
                169                   169             169  
Uncertain tax position adoption
                      (362 )           (362 )           (362 )
Foreign currency translation
                            282       282             282  
Non-controlling owner distributions
                                        (120 )     (120 )
Adjustment to redemption value of non-controlling interest
                      379             379             379  
Warrants issued
                1,070                   1,070             1,070  
Net income (loss)
                      (3,259 )           (3,259 )     167       (3,092 )
                                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2007
    21,201       21       20,422       (21,987 )     293       (1,251 )     74       (1,177 )
Issuance of common stock
    11             16                   16             16  
Preferred stock dividends
                (3,227 )                 (3,227 )           (3,227 )
Stock-based compensation
                231                   231             231  
Foreign currency translation
                            (848 )     (848 )           (848 )
Adjustment to redemption value of non-controlling interest
                (9,369 )                 (9,369 )           (9,369 )
Redemption of non-controlling interest
                      6,656             6,656             6,656  
Non-controlling owner distributions
                                        (236 )     (236 )
Warrants issued
                3,214                   3,214             3,214  
Net income
                      8,406             8,406       235       8,641  
                                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2008
    21,212       21       11,287       (6,925 )     (555 )     3,828       73       3,901  
Issuance of common stock
    61             137                   137             137  
Preferred stock dividends
                (2,100 )                 (2,100 )           (2,100 )
Stock-based compensation
                277                   277             277  
Foreign currency translation
                            1,496       1,496             1,496  
Adjustment to redemption value of non-controlling interest
                (96 )                 (96 )           (96 )
Non-controlling owner distributions
                                        (224 )     (224 )
Net income (loss)
                      (19,922 )           (19,922 )     292       (19,630 )
                                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2009
    21,273     $ 21     $ 9,505     $ (26,847 )   $ 941     $ (16,380 )   $ 141     $ (16,239 )
                                                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007
 
Note 1—Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Nature of Business
 
RigNet, Inc. (the Company or RigNet) provides remote communications services for the oil and gas industry through a controlled and managed Internet Protocol/Multiprotocol Label Switching (IP/MPLS) global network, enabling drilling contractors, oil companies and oilfield service companies to communicate more effectively. The Company provides its customers with broadband voice, fax, video and data services in real-time between remote sites and home offices throughout the world, while the Company manages and operates the infrastructure from its land-based Network Operations Center.
 
RigNet is primarily owned by three private-equity backed investor groups. The Company’s corporate offices are located in Houston, Texas. The Company serves the owners and operators of offshore drilling rigs and production facilities, land rigs, remote offices and supply bases in approximately 30 countries including the United States, Mexico, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Singapore and Australia.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The Company presents its financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP).
 
Principles of Consolidation and Reporting
 
The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the accounts of RigNet, LandTel Communications LLC (LandTel), OilCamp AS (OilCamp), RigNet Qatar, WLL (Qatar) and all subsidiaries thereof. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. RigNet acquired its controlling ownership in LandTel in 2006 and subsequently acquired non-controlling interests (see Note 3—Acquisitions).
 
Non-controlling interest of subsidiaries represents the outside economic ownership interest of Qatar of less than 3.0% and outside ownership of LandTel of 7.0%, 14.3% and 25.0% as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company’s consolidated financial statements retrospectively present non-controlling interest as a result of adoption of new accounting guidance effective January 1, 2009 (see Note 3—Acquisitions).
 
Use of Estimates in Preparation of Financial Statements
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods, as well as certain financial statement disclosures. The estimates that are particularly significant to the financial statements include the Company’s valuation of goodwill, intangibles, preferred stock derivatives, stock-based compensation, tax valuation allowance and uncertain tax positions. While management believes that the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the financial statements are appropriate, actual results could differ from these estimates. Further, volatile equity and energy markets combine to increase uncertainty in such estimates and assumptions. As such, estimates and assumptions are adjusted when facts and circumstances dictate and any changes will be reflected in the financial statements in future periods.


F-7


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on-hand and highly-liquid investments purchased with maturities of three months or less.
 
Restricted Cash
 
At December 31, 2009, the Company had $10.0 million in restricted cash to satisfy credit facility requirements, of which $7.5 million was non-current. At December 31, 2008, the Company had $0.8 million in restricted cash.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
Trade accounts receivable are recognized as customers are billed in accordance with customer contracts. The Company reports an allowance for doubtful accounts for probable credit losses existing in accounts receivable. Management determines the allowance based on a review of currently outstanding receivables and the Company’s historical write-off experience. Significant individual receivables and balances which have been outstanding greater than 90 days are reviewed individually. Account balances, when determined to be uncollectible, are charged against the allowance.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment, which consists of rig-based telecommunication equipment (including antennas), computer equipment and furniture and other, is stated at acquisition cost net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the expected useful lives of the respective assets, which range from two to seven years. The Company assesses property and equipment for impairment when events indicate the carrying value exceeds fair value. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense when incurred.
 
Preferred Stock Derivatives
 
All contracts are evaluated for embedded derivatives which are bifurcated when (a) the economic characteristics and risks of such instruments are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the preferred stock agreement, (b) the contract is not already reported at fair value and (c) such instruments meet the definition of a derivative instrument and are not scope exceptions under the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (FASB) guidance on Derivatives and Hedging . As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company has identified embedded features within its preferred stock agreements which qualify as derivatives and are reported separately from preferred stock (see Note 13—Stockholders’ Equity, Warrants and Preferred Stock).
 
Fair values of these derivatives are determined using a combination of the expected present value of future cash flows and a market approach. The present value of future cash flows is estimated using the Company’s most recent forecast and its weighted average cost of capital. The market approach uses a market multiple on the related cash generated from operations. Significant estimates for determining fair value include cash flow forecasts, estimate of the Company’s weighted average cost of capital, projected income tax rates and market multiples.


F-8


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
Intangibles
 
Intangibles consist of brand names and customer relationships acquired as part of the LandTel and OilCamp acquisitions, as well as internal-use software. Intangibles are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives, which range from four to nine years, using the straight-line method. The Company assesses intangibles for impairment when events indicate the carrying value exceeds fair value.
 
Goodwill
 
Goodwill relates to the acquisitions of LandTel and OilCamp as the consideration paid exceeded the fair value of acquired identifiable net tangible assets and intangibles. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually, on July 31st, with additional evaluations being performed when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. During 2009, the Company identified a triggering event associated with the significant decline in land-based drilling activity for which an impairment test was performed as of June 30, 2009. Subsequently, the Company performed its annual impairment test on July 31, 2009. No additional impairment indicators were identified as of December 31, 2009.
 
Goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process. The first step of the impairment test is used to identify potential impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to the book value of the reporting unit, including goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a combination of the reporting unit’s expected present value of future cash flows and a market approach. The present value of future cash flows is estimated using the Company’s most recent forecast and the weighted average cost of capital. The market approach uses a market multiple on the reporting unit’s cash generated from operations. Significant estimates for each reporting unit included in the Company’s impairment analysis are cash flow forecasts, the Company’s weighted average cost of capital, projected income tax rates and market multiples. Changes in these estimates could affect the estimated fair value of the reporting units and result in an impairment of goodwill in a future period.
 
If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its book value, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered to be impaired and the second step of the impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step of the impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the book value of that goodwill. If the book value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities other than goodwill in the same manner as a purchase price allocation.
 
Any impairment in the value of goodwill is charged to earnings in the period such impairment is determined. In 2009, the Company recognized $2.9 million in impairment of goodwill related to its U.S. land reporting unit (see Note 4—Goodwill and Intangibles). There were no impairments of goodwill in 2008 or 2007.
 
Long-Term Debt
 
Long-term debt is recognized in the consolidated balance sheets net of costs incurred in connection with obtaining debt financing. Debt financing costs are deferred and reported as a reduction to the principal amount of the debt. Such costs are amortized over the life of the


F-9


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
debt using the effective interest rate method and included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss).
 
Revenue Recognition
 
All revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is complete, the amount is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Network service fee revenue is based on fixed-price, day-rate contracts and recognized monthly as the service is provided. Generally, customer contracts also provide for installation and maintenance services. Installation services are paid upon initiation of the contract and recognized over the life of the respective contract. Maintenance charges are recognized as specific services are performed. Deferred revenue consists of deferred installation billings, customer deposits and other prepayments for which services have not yet been rendered.
 
Revenue is reported net of any tax assessed and collected on behalf of a governmental authority. Such tax is then remitted directly to the appropriate jurisdictional entity.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
The Company recognizes expense for stock-based compensation based on the calculated fair value of options on the grant date of the awards. Fair value of options on the grant date is determined using the Black-Scholes model, which requires judgment in estimating the expected term of the option, risk-free interest rate, expected volatility of the Company’s stock and dividend yield of the option. The Company currently does not have any awards accounted for as a liability.
 
The Company’s policy is to recognize compensation expense for service-based awards on straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the entire award. Stock-based compensation expense is based on awards ultimately expected to vest.
 
Taxes
 
Income taxes are provided using the asset and liability method. Under this method, income taxes (i.e. deferred tax assets, deferred tax liabilities, taxes currently payable, refunds receivable and tax expense) are recorded based on amounts refundable or payable in the current year and include the results of any difference between book and tax reporting. Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effect of net operating losses, foreign tax credits and the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes, as determined under enacted tax laws and rates. Valuation allowances are established when management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized. The financial effect of changes in tax laws or rates is accounted for in the period of enactment.
 
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted new accounting provisions requiring the evaluation of its tax positions and recognizing only tax benefits that, more likely than not, will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on technical merits of the position. Tax positions are measured at the largest amount of benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. The cumulative effect of applying these provisions resulted in a $0.4 million adjustment to beginning accumulated deficit.


F-10


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
From time to time, the Company engages in transactions in which the tax consequences may be subject to uncertainty. Examples of such transactions include business acquisitions, certain financing transactions, international investments, stock-based compensation and foreign tax credits. Significant judgment is required in assessing and estimating the tax consequences of these transactions. In the normal course of business, the Company prepares and files tax returns based on interpretation of tax laws and regulations, which are subject to examination by various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future tax and interest assessments by these taxing authorities. In determining the Company’s tax provision for financial reporting purposes, the Company establishes a reserve for uncertain income tax positions unless such positions are determined to be more likely than not sustained upon examination, based on their technical merits. There is considerable judgment involved in determining whether positions taken on the tax return will, more likely than not, be sustained.
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
The U.S. dollar serves as the currency of measurement and reporting for the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Functional currencies of the Company’s subsidiaries of LandTel, OilCamp and Qatar are U.S. dollars, Norwegian kroner, and U.S. dollars, respectively. Transactions occurring in currencies other than the functional currency of a subsidiary have been converted to the functional currency of that subsidiary at the exchange rate in effect at the transaction date with resulting gains and losses included in current earnings. Carrying values of monetary assets and liabilities in functional currencies other than U.S. dollars have been translated to U.S. dollars based on the U.S. exchange rate at the balance sheet date and the resulting foreign currency translation gain or loss is included in comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying financial statements.
 
Note 2—Business and Credit Concentrations
 
The Company is exposed to various business and credit risks including interest rate, foreign currency, credit and liquidity risks.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
The Company has significant interest-bearing liabilities at variable interest rates. The Company’s variable borrowing rates are tied to LIBOR and prime resulting in interest rate risk (see Note 6—Long-Term Debt and Stockholder Notes Payable). The Company does not currently use financial instruments to hedge these interest risk exposures, but evaluates this on a continual basis and may put financial instruments in place in the future if deemed necessary.
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
The Company has limited exposure to foreign currency risk as most of the Company’s activities are conducted in U.S. dollars, which is the functional currency of the parent company and most of its subsidiaries.
 
Credit Risk
 
Credit risk, with respect to accounts receivable, is due to the limited number of customers concentrated in the oil and gas industry. The Company mitigates the risk of financial loss from defaults through defined collection terms in each contract or service agreements and periodic evaluations of the collectability of accounts receivable. The evaluations include a review of


F-11


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
customer credit reports and past transaction history with the customer. The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts which is adjusted when the Company becomes aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations or as a result of changes in the overall aging of accounts receivable.
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Accounts receivable
  $ 15,349     $ 19,181     $ 17,167  
                         
Allowance for doubtful accounts, January 1,
    (2,735 )     (3,287 )     (2,269 )
Current year provision for doubtful accounts
    (296 )     491       (1,798 )
Write-offs
    411       61       780  
                         
Allowance for doubtful accounts, December 31,
    (2,620 )     (2,735 )     (3,287 )
                         
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 12,729     $ 16,446     $ 13,880  
                         
 
During 2009, the Company had one significant customer comprising 10.9% of its revenue. The Company had no significant customers in 2008 or 2007.
 
Liquidity Risk
 
The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances with major financial institutions which, at times, exceed federally insured limits. The Company monitors the financial condition of the financial institutions and has not experienced losses associated with these accounts during 2009, 2008 or 2007.
 
Liquidity is monitored on a continual basis by management. Liquidity risk is managed by continuously monitoring forecasted and actual cash flows and by matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities (see Note 6—Long-Term Debt and Stockholder Notes Payable).
 
Note 3—Acquisitions
 
During 2006, the Company acquired a 75.0% controlling interest in LandTel in order to expand its onshore operations, resulting in a 25.0% redeemable, non-controlling interest in LandTel. In connection with this acquisition, the Company entered into an agreement which provided the non-controlling interest owners a right to sell their interest in LandTel to the Company, with a purchase price determinable based on an agreed-upon formula.
 
In December 2008, the Company acquired 10.7% of the redeemable, non-controlling interest for $7.0 million, of which $6.7 million was paid in December 2008 and $0.3 million was paid in May 2009. In February 2009, the Company acquired an additional 7.3% of the redeemable, non-controlling interest for $4.8 million.


F-12


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
The following table presents the total purchase price for the acquisitions:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
 
Cash
  $ 4,763     $ 6,745  
Note
          260  
                 
Total purchase price
  $ 4,763     $ 7,005  
                 
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance on Business Combinations and Non-Controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements , which became effective for the Company as of January 1, 2009, and must be applied prospectively, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements which must be applied retrospectively for all periods presented in the consolidated financial statements. This guidance provides for the use of the acquisition method of accounting for acquisitions of non-controlling interest, rather than the purchase method of accounting. Under the acquisition method, purchases or sales of non-controlling equity interests that do not result in a change in control will be accounted for as equity transactions. As such, asset and liability balances do not change for acquisitions of non-controlling interest as long as control is maintained (see Note 17—Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements).
 
The following table presents the purchase price allocations for the redeemable, non-controlling interest acquired and reflects the acquisition method of accounting for the 2009 acquisition, occurring after the January 1, 2009 effective date of the aforementioned guidance, and the purchase method of accounting for the 2008 acquisition:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
 
Intangibles
  $     $ 2,069  
Goodwill
          4,587  
Non-controlling interest
    4,763       349  
                 
Net assets acquired
  $ 4,763     $ 7,005  
                 
 
As of December 31, 2009, the non-controlling interest owner maintains the right to sell the remaining 7.0% non-controlling interest in LandTel to the Company (see Note 10—Redeemable, Non-Controlling Interest).
 
Note 4—Goodwill and Intangibles
 
Goodwill
 
Goodwill consists of amounts recognized from the acquisitions of LandTel (75.0% in 2006 and 10.7% in 2008), included in the U.S. land reporting unit, and OilCamp (100.0% in 2006), included in the eastern hemisphere reporting unit. The goodwill primarily relates to the growth prospects foreseen for the companies acquired, synergies between existing business and the acquirees and the assembled workforce of the acquired companies.


F-13


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
Goodwill balances and changes therein, by reporting unit, as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Eastern
             
    Hemisphere     U.S. Land     Total  
 
Balance, January 1, 2008
  $ 3,210     $ 9,204     $ 12,414  
Acquisition of non-controlling interest
          4,587       4,587  
Foreign currency translation
    (736 )           (736 )
                         
Balance, December 31, 2008
    2,474       13,791       16,265  
Impairment of goodwill
          (2,898 )     (2,898 )
Foreign currency translation
    520             520  
                         
Balance, December 31, 2009
  $ 2,994     $ 10,893     $ 13,887  
                         
 
The impairment loss of $2.9 million reported in 2009 equals the excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over its implied fair value as calculated in Step 2 of the interim impairment test conducted as of June 30, 2009. No other impairment of goodwill has ever been reported by the company.
 
Intangibles
 
Intangibles consist of brand names and customer relationships acquired as part of the LandTel and OilCamp acquisitions, as well as internal-use software. The following table reflects intangibles activities for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):
 
                                 
          Customer
             
    Brand
    Relation-
             
    Name     ships     Software     Total  
 
Initial value of intangibles
  $ 3,987     $ 7,770     $ 503       12,260  
Accumulated amortization, January 1, 2008
    (1,299 )     (1,273 )     (99 )     (2,671 )
                                 
Balance, January 1, 2008
    2,688       6,497       404       9,589  
Acquisition of non-controlling interest
    61       2,008             2,069  
Additions
                301       301  
Amortization expense
    (901 )     (810 )     (298 )     (2,009 )
Foreign currency translation
    (96 )     (138 )           (234 )
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2008
    1,752       7,557       407       9,716  
Additions
                192       192  
Amortization expense
    (1,043 )     (859 )     (118 )     (2,020 )
Foreign currency translation
    160       324             484  
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2009
  $ 869     $ 7,022     $ 481     $ 8,372  
                                 


F-14


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
The Company estimates the lives of the brand name, customer relationships and software at four years, eight to nine years and five years, respectively. The following table sets forth amortization expense for intangibles over the next five years (in thousands):
 
         
2010
  $ 1,919  
2011
    1,068  
2012
    1,068  
2013
    1,068  
2014
    1,068  
         
    $ 6,191  
         
 
Note 5—Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
                     
    Estimated
  December 31,  
    Lives   2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
 
Rig-based telecommunication equipment
  5   $ 46,298     $ 35,403  
Computer equipment
  2 - 3     13,532       14,203  
Furniture and other
  7     2,221       1,943  
                     
          62,051       51,549  
Less: Accumulated depreciation
        (35,040 )     (24,700 )
                     
        $ 27,011     $ 26,849  
                     
 
Depreciation expense associated with property and equipment was $10.3 million, $8.5 million and $7.7 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company’s additions to property and equipment included non-cash transactions of $0.3 million, $0.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively.
 
Note 6—Long-Term Debt and Stockholder Notes Payable
 
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the following credit facilities and long-term debt arrangements with financial institutions were in place:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
 
Term loan
  $ 29,681     $  
Parent term loan and credit facility
          14,590  
Subsidiary term loan and credit facility
          9,452  
Equipment notes
    5       33  
                 
      29,686       24,075  
Less: Current maturities of long-term debt
    (8,664 )     (5,753 )
                 
    $ 21,022     $ 18,322  
                 


F-15


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
In addition, at December 31, 2008, the Company had short-term stockholder notes payable, including accrued and imputed interest, totaling $11.1 million, which were repaid during 2009 with proceeds from the above credit facilities (see Stockholder Notes below).
 
Term Loan
 
In May 2009, the Company entered into a $35.0 million term loan (the Term Loan) with two participating financial institutions, the proceeds of which were used to repay the existing parent and subsidiary term loans and credit facilities and stockholder notes payable. The facility is secured by substantially all the assets of the Company and bears interest at a rate ranging from 4.3% to 5.3%, based on a funded debt to adjusted earnings ratio, as defined in the agreement. Interest is payable monthly along with quarterly principal installments of approximately $2.2 million, with the balance due May 31, 2012. At December 31, 2009, $29.9 million was outstanding, with an interest rate of 5.0%. The weighted average interest rate for the year ended December 31, 2009 was 5.2%.
 
Parent Term Loan and Credit Facility
 
The facility with a financial institution included an $11.5 million senior term loan and $5.0 million equipment revolver line of credit. This revolver was used to fund 80.0% of equipment and software purchases and was fully drawn at December 31, 2008. Interest on the facility was paid monthly at LIBOR plus 2.25%. The weighted average interest rates for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were 6.3% and 7.2%, respectively. The parent term loan and revolver were repaid in May 2009 with proceeds from the Term Loan.
 
Subsidiary Term Loan and Credit Facility
 
The facility with a financial institution included a $12.0 million term loan and $5.0 million equipment revolver line of credit, of which no amount was outstanding under the revolver at December 31, 2008. The term loan was secured by the assets of the subsidiary and the individual ownership interests in LandTel. Interest on the facility varied based on stated covenants and was paid monthly. The weighted average interest rates for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were 8.8% and 7.8%, respectively. The subsidiary term loan and revolver were repaid in May 2009 with proceeds from the Term Loan.
 
Stockholder Notes
 
In December 2008, the Company issued Series A Stockholder Notes for cash of $6.0 million. The Company also refinanced previously issued stockholder notes, along with accrued and imputed interest of $2.5 million, into the Series B Stockholder Notes totaling $8.3 million. Series A and B Stockholder Notes were non-interest bearing and payable on August 31, 2009. The Series A and B Stockholder Notes were subordinate to bank debt but with an equal priority above preferred stock and common stock.
 
In conjunction with this financing, the Company issued 1.5 million warrants to purchase common stock at a price of $0.01 per share to the Series A noteholders and 1.4 million warrants to purchase common stock at a price of $0.01 per share to the Series B noteholders (see Note 13 - Stockholders’ Equity, Warrants and Preferred Stock).
 
In May 2009, the Company repaid both the Series A and Series B Stockholder Notes in full (see Note 8—Related Party Transactions).


F-16


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
Equipment Notes
 
The Company had various equipment notes payable outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008 totaling approximately $5,000 and $33,000, respectively. The notes are payable monthly, including interest at rates ranging from 4.0% to 10.9%.
 
Covenants and Restrictions
 
The Company’s term loans and credit facilities each contain certain covenants and restrictions, including restricting the payment of cash dividends and maintaining certain financial covenants such as funded debt to adjusted earnings ratio, as defined in the agreement and a fixed charge coverage ratio. These loans also require maintenance of restricted cash balances. If any default occurs related to these covenants, the unpaid principal and any accrued interest shall be declared immediately due and payable. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.
 
Deferred Financing Costs
 
During 2009, the Company incurred legal and bank fees associated with the Term Loan which were capitalized and reported as a reduction to long-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt. Deferred financing costs are expensed using the effective interest method over the life of the agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2009, deferred financing cost amortization of $0.1 million is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss).
 
During 2009, the Company wrote-off $0.4 million of remaining deferred financing costs related to the subsidiary term loan and credit facility upon repayment in May 2009.
 
Debt Maturities
 
The following table sets forth the aggregate principal maturities of long-term debt (in thousands):
 
         
2010
  $ 8,664  
2011
    8,652  
2012
    12,370  
         
Total debt, including current maturities
  $ 29,686  
         
 
Note 7—Leases
 
The Company leases office space under lease agreements expiring on various dates through 2012. The Company recognized expense under operating leases of $0.9 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.


F-17


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
As of December 31, 2009, future minimum lease obligations were as follows (in thousands):
 
         
2010
  $ 751  
2011
    422  
2012
    353  
2013
    322  
2014
    303  
Thereafter
    144  
         
    $ 2,295  
         
 
Note 8—Related Party Transactions
 
During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company had the following related party transactions with stockholders:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2009   2008   2007
    (in thousands)
 
Stockholder notes (See Note 6—Long-Term Debt and Stockholder Notes Payable):
                       
Issuance of notes to officers
  $     $     $ 200  
Issuance of notes to other stockholders
          2,786       4,080  
Repayment of notes to officers
    200              
Repayment of notes to other stockholders
    8,379              
Issuance of warrants (See Note 13—Stockholders’ Equity, Warrants and Preferred Stock):
                       
Exercise price of $0.01, expiring December 31, 2015
                       
Officer warrants of 47,414
  $     $ 53     $  
Other stockholder warrants of 2,827, 586
          3,161        
Exercise price of $1.75, expiring December 31, 2015
                       
Officer warrants of 142,856
                50  
Other stockholder warrants of 2,914,795
                1,020  
Interest expense related to stockholder notes:
                       
Accrued and imputed interest expense
  $ 3,214     $ 309     $ 2,185  
Payment of interest
    5,708              
 
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had warrants outstanding to stockholders totaling 7.0 million shares, with exercise prices ranging from $0.01 to $1.75, or a weighted average exercise price of $1.04 (see Note 13—Stockholders’ Equity, Warrants and Preferred Stock).
 
Note 9—Fair Value Measurements
 
The Company uses the following methods and assumptions to estimate the fair value of financial instruments:
 
  •  Cash and Cash Equivalents  —Reported amounts approximate fair value.


F-18


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
 
  •  Restricted Cash —Reported amounts approximate fair value.
 
  •  Accounts Receivable —Reported amounts, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, approximate fair value.
 
  •  Accounts Payable, Including Income Taxes Payable and Accrued Expenses —Reported amounts approximate fair value.
 
  •  Long-Term Debt —The carrying amount of the Company’s floating-rate debt approximates fair value since the interest rates paid are based on short-term maturities and recent quoted rates from financial institutions.
 
  •  Preferred Stock Derivatives —Such represent conversion and redemption rights associated with preferred stock, which are bifurcated based on an analysis of the features in relation to the preferred stock agreements (Series A, B, and C Preferred Stock) and are classified as non-current as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. For the purposes of measuring fair value, these bifurcated derivatives were bundled together for each class of preferred stock and are reported at the aggregate fair value (see Note 13—Stockholders’ Equity, Warrants and Preferred Stock).
 
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. For items that are not actively traded, fair value reflects the price in a transaction with a market participant, including an adjustment for risk, not just the mark-to-market value.
 
The fair value measurement standard establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. As presented in the table below, the hierarchy consists of three broad levels:
 
Level 1—Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities and have the highest priority.
 
Level 2—Inputs are observable inputs other than quoted prices considered Level 1. Level 2 inputs are market-based and are directly or indirectly observable, including quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; or valuation techniques whose inputs are observable. Where observable inputs are available, directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability, the instrument is categorized in Level 2.
 
Level 3—Inputs are unobservable (meaning they reflect the Company’s assumptions regarding how market participants would price the asset or liability based on the best available information) and therefore have the lowest priority.
 
A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. RigNet believes it uses appropriate valuation techniques, such as market-based valuation, based on the available inputs to measure the fair values of its assets and liabilities. The Company’s valuation technique maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs.


F-19


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments (the preferred stock derivatives), all of which are reported in the consolidated balance sheets as preferred stock derivatives, in non-current liabilities:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
               
Preferred stock conversion rights
  $ 30,446     $ 8,413  
                 
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s fair value hierarchy for these derivative liabilities accounted for at fair value:
 
                                 
    Preferred Stock Conversion and Redemption Rights  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
          (in thousands)        
 
Non-current derivative liability:
                               
December 31, 2009
  $     $     $ 30,446     $ 30,446  
                                 
December 31, 2008
  $     $     $ 8,413     $ 8,413  
                                 
 
The fair value of preferred stock derivative liabilities classified as Level 3 changed as follows during 2009, 2008 and 2007:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Balance, January 1,
  $ 8,413     $ 9,808     $ 8,241  
Unrealized (gains) losses included in earnings
    21,009       (2,461 )     1,156  
Derivative related to preferred stock dividends
    1,024       1,066       411  
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
                 
                         
Balance, December 31,
  $ 30,446     $ 8,413     $ 9,808  
                         
 
Dividends are paid on Series B and C Preferred stock in the form of additional shares, each with conversion rights, which are bifurcated and reported at fair value (see Note 13—Stockholders’ Equity, Warrants and Preferred Stock).
 
The Level 3 amounts representing the change in fair value of derivatives included in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, were $(21.0) million, $2.5 million and $(1.2) million, respectively.
 
The Company’s non-financial assets, such as goodwill, intangibles and property and equipment, are measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at fair value only when an impairment charge is recognized. Such impairment charges incorporate fair value measurements based on level 3 inputs. See Note 4—Goodwill and Intangibles for discussion of an impairment of goodwill reported in 2009.


F-20


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
Note 10—Redeemable, Non-Controlling Interest
 
In connection with the 2006 acquisition of LandTel, the Company entered into an agreement which provided for additional interests to be acquired based on an agreed-upon formula. As described in Note 3—Acquisitions, during 2008 and 2009 the Company acquired additional non-controlling interests. The defined redemption amount is variable, based on a fixed trailing adjusted earnings formula with no mandatory or stated redemption date. The reported agreement is adjusted each reporting period to the computed redeemable value with the corresponding adjustment recorded to retained deficit, when the adjustment is a gain, or additional paid in-capital, when the adjustment is a loss.
 
As of December 31, 2009, the non-controlling interest owner maintains the right to sell the remaining 7.0% non-controlling interest in LandTel to the Company, upon formal notice which may be given from February 2010 through January 2012. The purchase price will be determined based on the agreed-upon formula discussed above, which yields approximately $4.6 million as of December 31, 2009.
 
The following table reconciles redeemable, non-controlling interest for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Balance, January 1,
  $ 9,344     $ 5,525     $ 4,933  
Adjustment to redemption value
    96       9,369       (379 )
Acquisition of non-controlling interest
    (4,763 )     (7,005 )      
Non-controlling owner distributions
    (111 )     (260 )      
Net income
    10       1,715       971  
                         
Balance, December 31,
  $ 4,576     $ 9,344     $ 5,525  
                         
 
On May 7, 2010, the non-controlling interest owner notified the Company that it was exercising its right to sell its remaining interest in LandTel in accordance with the agreement. Should the Company not complete the transaction within 75 days of the notice date, the Company will be obligated to issue 1.0 million warrants at an exercise price of $0.01 to extend the due date of the purchase price indefinitely. The Company expects to close the purchase before July 20, 2010.
 
Note 11—Commitments and Contingencies
 
Leases
 
See Note 7—Leases, for operating lease commitments.


F-21


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
Commercial Commitments
 
The Company enters into contracts for satellite bandwidth and other networks services with certain providers. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had the following commercial commitments related to satellite and network services (in thousands):
 
         
2010
  $ 10,300  
2011
    4,349  
2012
    2,126  
2013
    702  
2014
    112  
Thereafter
     
         
    $ 17,589  
         
 
Redeemable, Non-Controlling Interest
 
See Note 10—Redeemable, Non-Controlling Interest, regarding the Company’s agreement to purchase the remaining 7.0% non-controlling interest of LandTel.
 
Litigation
 
The Company, in the ordinary course of business, is a claimant or a defendant in various legal proceedings, including proceedings as to which the Company has insurance coverage and those that may involve the filing of liens against the Company or its assets. The Company does not consider its exposure in these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, to be material.
 
Note 12—Stock-Based Compensation
 
The Company has two stock-based compensation plans as described below.
 
Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
In March 2006, the Board of Directors adopted the RigNet 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the 2006 Plan). Under the 2006 Plan, the Board of Directors is authorized to issue options to purchase RigNet common stock to certain officers and employees of the Company. In general, all options granted under the 2006 Plan have a contractual term of ten years and a four-year vesting period, with 25.0% of the options vesting on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date. The 2006 Plan authorized the issuance of 3.0 million options, which was increased to 5.0 million in January, 2010, net of any options returned or forfeited. As of December 31, 2009, the Company has issued 3.4 million options under the 2006 Plan, of which 0.1 million options have been exercised, 0.5 million options have been returned or forfeited and 2.8 million options are outstanding.
 
Stock Option Plan
 
The 2001 Performance Stock Option Plan (the 2001 Plan) was authorized to issue options to purchase RigNet common stock to certain officers and employees of the Company. Options granted under the 2001 Plan vest either (a) over a four-year term, with 25.0% of the options vesting on each of the first four anniversary dates of the grant or (b) over a three-year term,


F-22


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
with 25.0% of the options vesting 30 days after the grant date and 25.0% vesting on each of the first three anniversary dates of the grant. Vested options, which have not been forfeited, are exercisable in whole or in part during the option term, which does not exceed ten years. The 2001 Plan authorized the issuance of 0.6 million options. As of December 31, 2009, the Company has issued 523,867 options under the 2001 Plan, of which 220,729 options have been exercised, 85,638 options have been returned and 217,500 options are outstanding. The Company plans to issue no additional options under the 2001 Plan.
 
There are no dividends related to stock options or common stock.
 
Expense related to the Company’s two stock-based compensation plans, which has been charged against income, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Stock-based compensation recognized
  $ 277     $ 231     $ 169  
Less: Related recognized tax benefit
    97       81       59  
                         
Stock-based compensation, net
  $ 180     $ 150     $ 110  
                         
 
There were no significant modifications to the two stock-based compensation plans during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, there were $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested options granted and expected to vest, under the two plans. This cost is expected to be recognized on a remaining weighted-average period of three years.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2009   2008   2007
    (in thousands)
 
Cash received from exercise of stock options
  $ 137     $ 16     $ 62  
Tax benefit realized from exercised stock options
  $ 48     $ 6     $ 22  
 
All equity instruments granted under the two stock-based compensation plans are settled in stock. The Company did not issue fractional shares nor pay cash in lieu of fractional shares.
 
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using a Black-Scholes option valuation model, which uses certain assumptions as of the date of grant:
 
  •  Expected Volatility —based on peer group price volatility for periods equivalent to the expected term of the options
 
  •  Expected Term —expected life adjusted based on management’s best estimate for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restriction and behavioral considerations
 
  •  Risk-Free Interest Rate —risk-free rate, for periods within the contractual terms of the options, is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant
 
  •  Dividend Yield —expected dividends based on the Company’s historical dividend rate at the date of grant


F-23


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
 
The assumptions used for grants made in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
 
             
    Year Ended December 31,
    2009   2008   2007
 
Expected volatility
  42% - 60%   35% - 42%   35% - 43%
Expected term (in years)
  4   4   4
Risk-free interest rate
  2.2% - 3.1%   2.6% - 3.3%   3.5% - 4.7%
Dividend yield
     
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity under both the 2001 Plan and the 2006 Plan as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
    Number of
    Average
    Number of
    Average
    Number of
    Average
 
    Underlying
    Exercise
    Underlying
    Exercise
    Underlying
    Exercise
 
    Shares     Price     Shares     Price     Shares     Price  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Balance, January 1,
    2,410     $ 1.86       2,130     $ 1.74       694     $ 0.67  
Granted
    778       1.33       530       2.44       1,802       1.92  
Exercised
    (61 )     2.25       (11 )     1.42       (246 )     0.25  
Forfeited
    (154 )     2.14       (239 )     2.14       (120 )     1.24  
Expired
                                   
                                                 
Balance, December 31,
    2,973     $ 1.70       2,410     $ 1.86       2,130     $ 1.74  
                                                 
Exercisable, December 31,
    1,149     $ 1.63       710     $ 1.48       214     $ 0.66  
                                                 
Weighted-average fair value of options granted
          $ 0.73             $ 0.31             $ 0.41  
                                                 
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2009   2008   2007
    (in thousands)
 
Intrinsic value of options exercised
  $ 32     $ 1     $ 311  
Fair value of options vested
  $ 234     $ 212     $ 57  
 
The weighted average remaining contractual term in years as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was 7.6, 8.1, and 8.9 years, respectively. The total fair value of all options that vested during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was approximately $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively. At December 31, 2009 options vested and expected to vest totaled 2.7 million, with options available for grant of approximately 0.3 million.


F-24


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
The following is a summary of changes in unvested options as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
                 
          Weighted
 
          Average
 
    Number of
    Grant Date
 
   
Options
   
Fair Value
 
 
Unvested options, January 1, 2007
    327     $ 0.59  
Granted
    1,802       0.41  
Vested
    (102 )     0.56  
Forfeited
    (110 )     0.63  
                 
Unvested options, December 31, 2007
    1,917       0.42  
Granted
    530       0.31  
Vested
    (515 )     0.41  
Forfeited
    (231 )     0.37  
                 
Unvested options, December 31, 2008
    1,701       0.39  
Granted
    778       0.73  
Vested
    (588 )     0.40  
Forfeited
    (68 )     0.37  
                 
Unvested options, December 31, 2009
    1,823       0.53  
                 
 
Note 13—Stockholders’ Equity, Warrants and Preferred Stock
 
Common Stock
 
The Company authorized 50.0 million shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company has common stock issued and outstanding of 21,273,265 and 21,212,015, respectively.
 
Warrants
 
The Company issued warrants in conjunction with certain financing arrangements. Detachable warrants are accounted for separately from the debt security as additional paid-in capital. The allocation is based on the relative fair value of the warrant compared to the total fair value of the two securities at the time of issuance. Fair values of instruments were determined using a combination of the expected present value of future cash flows and a market approach. The present value of future cash flows is estimated using the Company’s most recent forecast and the weighted average cost of capital. The market approach uses a market multiple on the related cash generated from operations. Significant estimates for determining fair value included cash flow forecasts, the Company’s weighted average cost of capital, projected income tax rates and market multiples.


F-25


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
Fair value calculations also consider the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the grant date, exercise price of the warrants, expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. The assumptions used for warrants issued in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
 
Expected volatility
    60.0 %     42.0 %     43.0 %
Expected term (in years)
    1.5       3.0       3.0  
Risk-free interest rate
    0.9 %     1.0 %     4.7 %
Dividend yield
                 
 
RigNet has warrants outstanding with exercise prices ranging from $0.01 to $1.75 per share, which include certain warrants issued to a third party with an annual anti-dilutive adjustment. The following table summarizes the Company’s warrant activity for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
 
                         
                Weighted
 
    Number of
    Weighted
    Average
 
    Underlying
    Average
    Remaining Life
 
   
Shares
   
Exercise Price
   
(Years)
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2007
    1,882       1.06       7.90  
Issued
    3,087       1.73       8.85  
Exercised
                 
                         
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    4,969       1.48       7.57  
Issued
    2,904       0.01       6.89  
Exercised
                 
                         
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
    7,873       0.94       6.72  
Issued
    29       0.01       3.72  
Exercised
                 
                         
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
    7,902       0.93       5.71  
                         


F-26


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
Preferred Stock
 
The Company authorized the issuance of up to 13.9 million preferred shares with a par value of $0.001. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had the following series of preferred stock issued and outstanding (in thousands, except share amounts):
 
                                                                 
    Series A     Series B     Series C     Total  
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
 
 
Balance, January 1, 2007
    2,750     $ 2,750       3,128     $ 3,750       5,919     $ 6,956       11,797     $ 13,456  
Issued shares in lieu of dividends
                            600       640       600       640  
                                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2007
    2,750       2,750       3,128       3,750       6,519       7,596       12,397       14,096  
Issued shares in lieu of dividends
                            600       678       600       678  
Accrued dividends
                      1,483                         1,483  
                                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2008
    2,750       2,750       3,128       5,233       7,119       8,274       12,997       16,257  
Issued shares in lieu of dividends
                            600       710       600       710  
Accrued dividends
                      366                         366  
                                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2009
    2,750     $ 2,750       3,128     $ 5,599       7,719     $ 8,984       13,597     $ 17,333  
                                                                 
 
The Series A, B and C Preferred stock have the following rights and privileges:
 
Voting Rights —All preferred shares are entitled to vote on an as-if-converted basis on all voting matters.
 
Dividend Rights —From the date of issuance, each Series has unique dividend features:
 
Series A—Shares earn dividends only as approved by the Board of Directors dependent on availability of funds.
 
Series B—Shares accumulate dividends from the date of issuance, whether or not declared by the Board of Directors, in the annual amount of $0.1199 per share, until July 2014. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, cumulative dividends totaled $1.8 million and $1.5 million or $0.59 and $0.47 per share, respectively.
 
Series C—Shares accumulate dividends, whether or not declared by the Board of Directors, at the rate of 12.0% annum evidenced in the form of Series C Preferred PIK shares, which have all the same features as other Series C Preferred shares, except that dividends do not accumulate. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, accrued dividends, not yet settled with Series C Preferred PIK shares, totaled $0.4 million and $0.4 million, or $0.05 and $0.06 per share, respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company has issued Series C Preferred PIK shares in lieu of dividends totaling 2.4 million and 1.8 million, respectively.
 
Dividends are payable only upon unanimous approval by the Board of Directors with all Series C cumulative dividends being fully satisfied prior to payment of any other dividends. No interest is payable on accrued dividends. Dividends payable on the Series C and B Preferred stock for any period less than a full calendar year are computed on a pro-rata basis for the actual number of days elapsed.


F-27


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
Liquidation Preference —If liquidation occurs, preferred stock will be ranked behind all borrowings but before common stock, in the following order: Series C, Series B and Series A.
 
Conversion Rights Upon IPO —In the event of an Initial Public Offering (IPO), holders of preferred stock would receive, in addition to the one-for-one conversion of preferred stock for common stock inclusive of accumulated but unpaid dividends, a major event preference in the form of common stock equal to the number of common shares that would be purchasable in an IPO for a cash payment of:
 
  •  Series A —the amount originally paid for Series A of $1.00 per share times 150%
 
  •  Series B —the amount originally paid of $1.20 per share, plus accumulated dividend
 
  •  Series C —the amount originally paid of $1.20, plus the accumulated 12% stated return (Series C Preferred PIK dividend shares)
 
The conversion rights upon IPO were deemed to be derivatives and have been bifurcated from the preferred stock agreements.
 
Conversion Rights other than upon IPO —Each preferred share is convertible into one common share, at the option of the preferred stockholder. The conversion rights, other than upon IPO, were deemed to be derivatives and have been bifurcated from the preferred stock agreements.
 
Conversion Right Related to Series B Dividends —When declared, the accumulated Series B dividend may be paid in cash or in shares, as elected by each holder of the Series B stock. The conversion right related to Series B dividends was deemed to be a derivative and has been bifurcated from the preferred stock agreements.
 
Redemption Rights upon Major Event —Upon a merger, acquisition, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other major event excluding an IPO (Major Event), Series C and B stock will be redeemed for cash at per share amounts equal to the original investment plus unpaid dividends and Series A will be redeemed for cash at 150% of the amount per share originally invested. Through December 31, 2009, no major event has occurred or is probable of occurring and as such, the preferred stock is not mandatorily redeemable. The redemption right for Series A stock was determined to be a derivative and has been bifurcated from the preferred stock agreements.
 
Redemption Rights other than upon Major Event or IPO —All preferred shares carry cash redemption rights, subject to the majority consent of all preferred stockholders. Each share became redeemable in June 2008 at the maximum redemption value which is defined as the higher of the original investment plus accumulated dividends, totaling approximately $17.3 million at December 31, 2009, or the then-determined fair market value. The order of redemption specifies that Series C stock takes priority over Series B and Series B stock takes priority over Series A stock. In the event that any holder were to exercise its redemption right, the Company would be required to obtain consent from its lending financial institution before any payment could be made. If the Company is unable to pay within 90 days the Company will be obligated to use cash as it comes available to satisfy the redemption.
 
For each series of preferred stock, bifurcated conversion rights upon IPO, conversion rights other than upon IPO and redemption rights upon Major Event for Series A have been bundled together and recorded at fair value (see Note 9 -Fair Value Measurements).


F-28


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
Note 14—Income (Loss) per Share
 
Basic earnings per share (EPS) is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to RigNet common stockholders by the number of basic shares outstanding. Basic shares equals the total of the common shares outstanding, weighted for the average days outstanding for the period. Basic shares exclude the dilutive effect of common shares that could potentially be issued due to the conversion of preferred stock, exercise of stock options, exercise of warrants or satisfaction of necessary conditions for contingently issuable shares. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to RigNet common stockholders by the number of diluted shares outstanding. Diluted shares equals the total of the basic shares outstanding and all potentially issuable shares, weighted for the average days outstanding for the period. The Company uses the treasury stock method to determine the dilutive effect.
 
The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted per share computations for net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. stockholders
  $ (19,922 )   $ 8,406     $ (3,259 )
Less: Dividends on preferred stock (Note 13)
    1,076       2,161       640  
Less: Derivative related to preferred stock dividends (Note 9)
    1,024       1,066       411  
Less: Adjustment to redeemable, non-controlling
                       
interest redemption value (Note 10)
    96       9,369       (379 )
                         
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc.
                       
common stockholders
  $ (22,118 )   $ (4,190 )   $ (3,931 )
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic
    21,248       21,206       21,116  
Effect of dilutive securities
                 
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted
    21,248       21,206       21,116  
                         
 
All equivalent units were anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Anti-dilutive share equivalents excluded from the earnings per share computations totaled 17.5 million, 17.1 million and 14.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and related to outstanding preferred shares, options and warrants.
 
Note 15—Segment Information
 
Segment information has been prepared consistent with the components of the enterprise for which separate financial information is available and regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision-maker for the purpose of allocating resources and assessing performance. The Company’s reportable segments are business units which operate in different regions and are each managed separately.
 
Accordingly, the Company has three reportable segments:
 
  •  Eastern Hemisphere.   Our eastern hemisphere segment provides remote communications services for offshore drilling rigs, production facilities, energy support vessels and


F-29


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
  other remote sites. Our eastern hemisphere segment services are performed out of our Norway, Qatar, United Kingdom and Singapore based offices for customers and rig sites located on the eastern side of the Atlantic Ocean primarily off the coasts of the U.K., Norway and West Africa, around the Indian Ocean in Qatar, Saudi Arabia and India, around the Pacific Ocean near Australia, and within the South China Sea.
 
  •  Western Hemisphere.   Our western hemisphere segment provides remote communications services for offshore drilling rigs, production facilities, energy support vessels and other remote sites. Our western hemisphere segment services are performed out of our United States and Brazil based offices for customers and rig sites located on the western side of the Atlantic Ocean primarily off the coasts of the United States, Mexico and Brazil, and within the Gulf of Mexico, but excluding land rigs and other land-based sites in North America.
 
  •  U.S. Land.   Our U.S. land segment provides remote communications services for drilling rigs and production facilities located onshore in North America. Our U.S. land segment services are performed out of our Louisiana based office for customers and rig sites located in the continental United States.
 
Corporate and eliminations primarily represents unallocated corporate office activities, derivative valuation adjustments, interest expenses, income taxes and eliminations.
 
The Company’s business segment information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:
 
                                         
    Eastern
  Western
      Corporate and
  Consolidated
   
Hemisphere
 
Hemisphere
 
U.S. Land
 
Eliminations
 
Total
    (in thousands)
 
2009
                                       
Total revenue
  $ 60,917     $ 11,222     $ 9,850     $ (1,053 )   $ 80,936  
Total expenses
    35,959       9,103       14,045       10,141       69,248  
Interest expense
    345             455       4,346       5,146  
Other income (expense)
    342       (84 )     43       3       304  
Income tax expense
                      5,457       5,457  
Net income (loss)
    24,711       2,205       (4,532 )     (42,004 )     (19,620 )
Total assets
    42,934       21,859       25,661       (1,644 )     88,810  
Capital expenditures
    1,168       9,160       29       135       10,492  
2008
                                       
Total revenue
  $ 54,586     $ 12,225     $ 23,047     $ 51     $ 89,909  
Total expenses
    35,881       9,609       16,502       11,703       73,695  
Interest expense
    309             1,356       799       2,464  
Other income (expense)
    (1,984 )     47       31       1,933       27  
Income tax expense
                      5,882       5,882  
Net income (loss)
    16,506       2,569       5,220       (13,939 )     10,356  
Total assets
    32,992       22,208       36,823       (2,506 )     89,517  
Capital expenditures
    5,749       2,390       1,308       2       9,449  
2007
                                       
Total revenue
  $ 38,229     $ 12,228     $ 17,480     $ (773 )   $ 67,164  
Total expenses
    27,547       10,451       14,093       9,850       61,941  
Interest expense
    (1 )     1       1,471       4,026       5,497  
Other income (expense)
    7,753       (4,642 )           (3,174 )     (63 )
Income tax expense
                      628       628  
Net income (loss)
    9,063       6,507       1,916       (19,607 )     (2,121 )
Capital expenditures
    5,243       1,084       946       63       7,336  
 
The Company provides customers with two primary product lines; onshore communications and offshore communications. Onshore communication products are represented by the U.S. land segment. The majority of the eastern hemisphere segment and western hemisphere segment operations relates to offshore communication products primarily provided to jackup, semi-submersible and drillship rigs.


F-30


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company earned revenue from both our domestic and international operations as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
Domestic
  $ 18,045     $ 33,953     $ 27,863  
International
    62,891       55,956       39,301  
                         
Total
  $ 80,936     $ 89,909     $ 67,164  
                         
 
Note 16—Income Taxes
 
Income Tax Expense
 
The components of the income tax expense are:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ 42     $ 93     $  
State
    72       508       85  
Foreign
    4,791       3,186       501  
                         
Total current
    4,905       3,787       586  
                         
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    (841 )     1,731       (943 )
State
    (123 )     (53 )     74  
Foreign
    1,516       417       911  
                         
Total deferred
    552       2,095       42  
                         
Income tax expense
  $ 5,457     $ 5,882     $ 628  
                         
 
The following table sets forth the components of income (loss) before income taxes:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Income (loss) before income taxes:
                       
United States
  $ (34,050 )   $ 3,355     $ (3,104 )
Foreign
    19,887       12,883       1,611  
                         
    $ (14,163 )   $ 16,238     $ (1,493 )
                         


F-31


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
Income tax expense differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35.0% to income (loss) before taxes as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
United States statutory federal income tax rate
  $ (4,957 )   $ 5,683     $ (522 )
Non-deductible expenses
    3,021       1,617       672  
Non-deductible financial expenses
    7,197       (862 )     405  
U.S. tax on foreign earnings, net of tax credits
    1,756              
Changes in valuation allowances
    705       624       (300 )
Tax credits
    (2,048 )     (2,442 )     (364 )
State taxes
    (129 )     450       73  
Effect of operating in foreign jurisdictions
    (714 )     1,072       (264 )
Non-controlling interest in U.S. subsidiary
    (4 )     (555 )     (340 )
Changes in prior year estimates
    (969 )     (1,811 )      
Changes in uncertain tax benefits
    1,393       2,087       1,268  
Other
    206       19        
                         
Income tax expense
  $ 5,457     $ 5,882     $ 628  
                         
 
Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
 
The Company’s deferred tax position reflects the net tax effects of the temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax reporting. Significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 110     $ 498  
Federal and foreign tax credits
    4,874       2,826  
Depreciation and amortization
    1,180       707  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    503       825  
Accruals not currently deductible
    1,253       640  
Stock-based compensation
    35       76  
Other
    506       134  
Valuation allowance
    (3,419 )     (3,031 )
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    5,042       2,675  
                 


F-32


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (in thousands)  
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    (2,341 )     (2,627 )
Tax on foreign earnings
    (1,756 )      
Other
    (386 )     (306 )
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (4,483 )     (2,933 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
  $ 559     $ (258 )
                 
 
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had state net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $1.8 million and $0.6 million respectively, which will expire in varying amounts beginning in 2024, and foreign net operating losses of $30 thousand and $2.2 million respectively, which do not expire.
 
In assessing deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether a valuation allowance should be recorded for some or all of the deferred tax assets which may not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible. Among other items, the Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and available tax planning strategies. As of December 31, 2009, a valuation allowance of $3.4 million had been recorded for deferred tax assets that were not more likely than not to be realized. While the Company expects to realize the net deferred tax assets, changes in future taxable income or in tax laws may alter this expectation and result in future increases to the valuation allowance.
 
Prior to 2009, U.S. deferred income taxes and related foreign dividend withholding taxes were not provided on the undistributed taxable earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries since the Company considered such earnings to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. In order to service the Company’s debt obligations, deferred income taxes, net of foreign tax credits of $1.8 million, have been provided on those subsidiaries for which the undistributed earnings are no longer considered permanently reinvested as of December 31, 2009. Other subsidiaries continue to have undistributed earnings which are considered permanently reinvested for which $3.5 million in deferred taxes, net of foreign tax credits, have not been recognized as of December 31, 2009.
 
Uncertain Tax Benefits
 
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted new accounting provisions requiring the evaluation of its tax positions and recognizing only tax benefits that, more likely than not, will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on technical merits of the position. The tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that has a greater than 50.0% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. The cumulative effect of applying these provisions resulted in a $0.4 million adjustment to beginning accumulated deficit. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s uncertain tax benefits totaling $5.2 million and $3.8 million, respectively, are reported as other liability in the consolidated balance sheets.

F-33


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
Changes in the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits are as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Balance, January 1,
  $ 4,040     $ 2,263     $  
Unrecognized tax benefits, adoption
                537  
Additions for the current year tax
    3,070       2,350       1,726  
Reductions related to prior years
          (573 )      
                         
Balance, December 31,
  $ 7,110     $ 4,040     $ 2,263  
                         
 
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $7.1 million, of which $5.2 million would impact on the annual effective tax rate upon recognition. Of the remaining balance, the Company recorded related assets, net of a valuation allowance. The related asset might not be recognized in the same period as the contingent tax liability and, other than interest and penalties, such timing differences would not affect the annual effective tax rate but would accelerate cash payments to the taxing authority.
 
The Company recognized interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 the Company accrued approximately $1.9 million, $1.2 million and $0.7 million, respectively. To the extent interest and penalties are not assessed with respect to uncertain tax positions, accruals will be reduced and reflected as a reduction to income tax expense. We do not anticipate significant changes in the unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.
 
Note 17—Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued guidance and expanded disclosures regarding Fair Value Measurements . The guidance does not require any new fair value measurements but rather it eliminates inconsistencies in the guidance found in various prior accounting pronouncements. The guidance is effective for financial assets and liabilities for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company adopted the guidance for financial assets and liabilities as of January 1, 2008, which resulted in no material effect on the Company’s financial position, cash flows, or results of operations. In February 2008, the FASB issued guidance delaying the effective date of this guidance for nonfinancial assets and liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). The guidance is effective for nonfinancial assets and liabilities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company adopted the guidance for nonfinancial assets and liabilities as of January 1, 2009, which resulted in no material effect on the Company’s financial position, cash flows, or results of operations (see Note 9—Fair Value Measurements).
 
In January 2007, the Company adopted the guidance regarding How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (Gross versus Net Presentation) . The guidance is effective fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2006. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, cash flows, or results of operations.


F-34


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
In January 2007, the Company adopted the guidance on Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes and the related guidance, Definition of Settlement in FASB Interpretation No. 48; Effective Date of FASB Interpretation No. 48 for Certain Nonpublic Enterprises ; and Effective Date of FASB Interpretation No. 48 for Certain Nonpublic Enterprises . This guidance clarified the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements by prescribing a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The actual outcome of these future tax consequences could differ significantly from these estimates, which could impact the Company’s financial position, cash flows and results of operations. The adoption resulted in the Company recognizing liabilities for uncertain tax positions of $0.4 million as of January 1, 2007.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance on Business Combinations, which amends previous guidance issued by the FASB. This guidance requires an acquiring entity to recognize all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date fair value with limited exceptions. This guidance changed the accounting treatment for certain specific items, including acquisition costs, which will be expensed as incurred, and acquired contingent liabilities, which will be recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. This guidance includes new disclosure requirements and applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period on or after December 15, 2008, with earlier adoption prohibited. The adoption of this guidance as of January 1, 2009 affected the acquisition accounting of the 7.3% non-controlling interest in LandTel (see Note 3—Acquisitions).
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance on Non-Controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements . This guidance establishes new accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. In January 2009, the FASB ratified additional guidance Selected Statement 160 Implementation Questions . Both statements are effective as of January 1, 2009, and must be applied prospectively, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements which must be applied retrospectively for all periods presented in the consolidated financial statements. The adoption of these statements as of January 1, 2009 did not have a material effect on disclosures related to the acquisition of the 7.3% non-controlling interest in LandTel (see Note 3—Acquisitions).
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued the guidance on Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, which amends previous guidance issued by the FASB. This guidance improves transparency about the location and amounts of derivative instruments in an entity’s financial statements by requiring disclosure of the fair values of derivative instruments and the related gains and losses in a tabular format. It also provides more information about an entity’s liquidity by requiring disclosure of derivative features that are credit-risk related. Finally, it requires cross-referencing within footnotes to enable financial statement users to locate important information about derivative instruments. The guidance is effective fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after November 15, 2008. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, cash flows, or results of operations.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued guidance on Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets . This guidance amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangibles under the


F-35


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
FASB’s guidance on Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2008. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, cash flows, or results of operations.
 
In October 2008, the FASB issued guidance on Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active . This guidance applies to financial assets within the scope of accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements and clarifies the application of fair value measurements and disclosures in a market that is not active. This pronouncement was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued. Revisions resulting from a change in the valuation technique or its application are accounted for as a change in accounting estimate according to guidance on Accounting Changes and Error Corrections . The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, cash flows, or results of operations.
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued the guidance regarding Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly which provides guidelines for making fair value measurements more consistent with the principles presented in fair value measurements and disclosures. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, cash flows, or results of operations.
 
In May 2009, the FASB issued guidance on Subsequent Events regarding the general standards of accounting for, and disclosure of, events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued or available to be issued. This guidance introduces new terminology, defines a date through which management must evaluate subsequent events, and lists the circumstances under which an entity must recognize and disclose events or transactions occurring after the balance-sheet date. In February 2010, the FASB issued Subsequent Events, Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements, which addresses amendments to the guidance on Subsequent Events . This amended guidance is effective immediately for all financial statements that have not yet been issued or have not yet become available to be issued. The Company adopted the accounting pronouncement as of December 31, 2009, which resulted in no material effect on the Company’s financial position, cash flows, or results of operations.
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued the guidance on the FASB Accounting Standards Codification . This guidance replaces previous accounting literature and establishes only two levels of GAAP standards, authoritative and non-authoritative. The FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”) became the source of authoritative, nongovernmental GAAP, except for rules and interpretive releases of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), which are sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. All other non-grandfathered, non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification became non-authoritative. This guidance is effective for financial statements for interim or annual reporting periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Company began using the new guidelines and numbering system prescribed by the Codification when referring to GAAP as of September 30, 2009. As the Codification was not intended to change or alter existing GAAP, it did not have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, cash flows, or results of operations.


F-36


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued amended guidance regarding Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities . This guidance amends certain guidance in previous accounting literature regarding the consolidation of variable interest entities to eliminate the exemption for special purpose entities, require a new qualitative approach for determining who should consolidate a variable interest entity and changes the requirement for when to reassess who should consolidate a variable interest entity. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after November 15, 2009. The Company adopted the guidance effective January 1, 2010, which resulted in no material effect on the Company’s financial position, cash flow, or results of operations.
 
In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance regarding amendments to guidance on Accounting for Distributions to Shareholders with Components of Stock and Cash . The guidance amends certain guidance in previous accounting literature regarding entities that declare dividends to shareholders that may be paid in cash or shares at the election of the shareholders with a potential limitation on the total amount of cash that all shareholders can elect to receive in aggregate. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, ending on or after December 15, 2009, and should be applied on a retrospective basis. The Company adopted the accounting pronouncement as of December 31, 2009, which resulted in no material effect on the Company’s financial position, cash flows, or results of operations.
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued the additional guidance Accounting for Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business Combination That Arise from Contingencies . This additional accounting guidance replaces the previous accounting guidance on Business Combinations . This guidance establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, the goodwill acquired, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. This guidance also establishes disclosure requirements which will enable users to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. The provisions of this guidance are to be applied prospectively to business combinations completed on or after the adoption date and is effective for assets or liabilities arising from contingencies in business combinations completed on or after the adoption date. The Company will adopt this guidance for all acquisitions occurring after January 1, 2010. The adoption will impact the Company’s accounting for business combinations which occur after January 1, 2010 and the effect will be dependent upon the terms of the acquisition.
 
In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance regarding Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements, which amends ASC topic 820-10, Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures—Overall . This guidance requires new disclosures regarding transfers in and out of assets and liabilities measured at fair value classified within the valuation hierarchy as either Level 1 or Level 2 and information about sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis for assets and liabilities classified as Level 3. This guidance also requires a higher level of disaggregation for the different types of financial instruments. For the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements, information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements should be presented separately. This guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009 for most of the new disclosures and for periods beginning after December 15, 2010 for the new Level 3 disclosures. Comparative disclosures are not required in the first year the disclosures are required. The Company plans to adopt the guidance effective January 1, 2010, except for disclosure of information about sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis for assets and liabilities classified as Level 3, which will be


F-37


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007—(CONTINUED)
 
adopted January 1, 2011. The Company’s adoption of this new guidance is not expected it to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, cash flow, or results of operations.
 
Note 18—Subsequent Events
 
Effective as of May 8, 2010, the LandTel non-controlling interest owner formally exercised its right to sell its remaining interest to the Company for $4.6 million, based on a previously agreed-upon formula (see Note 3—Acquisitions).
 
On June 10, 2010, the Company obtained an amendment to its term loan agreement to reduce total restricted cash on July 3, 2010 to $5.25 million, from $10.0 million, to fund the transaction. On October 31, 2010, the Company will be required to increase its total restricted cash to $7.5 million.


F-38


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(UNAUDITED)
 
                 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
ASSETS
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 7,468     $ 11,379  
Restricted cash
    2,500       2,500  
Accounts receivable, net
    16,692       12,729  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    3,922       4,358  
                 
Total current assets
    30,582       30,966  
Property and equipment, net
    26,231       27,011  
Restricted cash
    7,500       7,500  
Goodwill
    13,574       13,887  
Intangibles
    7,455       8,372  
Deferred tax and other assets
    1,000       1,074  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 86,342     $ 88,810  
                 
                 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 4,782     $ 3,755  
Accrued expenses
    6,309       5,926  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    8,637       8,664  
Redeemable, non-controlling interest
    4,576        
Income taxes payable
    6,639       6,027  
Deferred revenue
    1,259       1,306  
                 
Total current liabilities
    32,202       25,678  
Long-term debt
    16,701       21,022  
Deferred revenue
    356       348  
Deferred tax liability
    445       445  
Other liability
    5,504       5,201  
Preferred stock derivatives
    43,872       30,446  
                 
Total liabilities
    99,080       83,140  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6) 
               
Preferred stock
    17,873       17,333  
Redeemable, non-controlling interest
          4,576  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
RigNet, Inc. stockholders’ equity
               
Common stock—$0.001 par value; 52,000,000 shares authorized; 21,274,515 and 21,273,265 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively
    21       21  
Additional paid-in capital
    8,233       9,505  
Accumulated deficit
    (38,093 )     (26,847 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (934 )     941  
                 
Total RigNet, Inc. stockholders’ equity
    (30,773 )     (16,380 )
Non-redeemable, non-controlling interest
    162       141  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    (30,611 )     (16,239 )
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
  $ 86,342     $ 88,810  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-39


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF LOSS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(UNAUDITED)
 
                 
    Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Revenue
  $ 44,370     $ 40,880  
Expenses:
               
Cost of revenue
    20,726       17,767  
Depreciation and amortization
    7,788       6,360  
Impairment of goodwill
          2,898  
Selling and marketing
    894       1,027  
General and administrative
    10,271       7,061  
                 
Total expenses
    39,679       35,113  
                 
Operating income
    4,691       5,767  
                 
Other income (expense):
               
Interest expense
    (762 )     (4,061 )
Other income (expense), net
    (250 )     127  
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
    (12,446 )     (6,721 )
                 
Loss before income taxes
    (8,767 )     (4,888 )
Income tax expense
    (2,292 )     (2,314 )
                 
Net loss
    (11,059 )     (7,202 )
Less: Net loss attributable to:
               
Non-redeemable, non-controlling interest
    162       146  
Redeemable, non-controlling interest
    25       54  
                 
Net loss attributable to RigNet, Inc. stockholders
  $ (11,246 )   $ (7,402 )
                 
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
               
Net loss
  $ (11,059 )   $ (7,202 )
Foreign currency translation
    (1,875 )     (124 )
                 
Total comprehensive loss
  $ (12,934 )   $ (7,326 )
                 
LOSS PER SHARE—BASIC AND DILUTED
               
Net loss attributable to RigNet, Inc. stockholders
  $ (11,246 )   $ (7,402 )
Less: Preferred stock dividends
    1,520       873  
Less: Adjustment to redeemable, non-controlling interest redemption value
    (25 )     95  
                 
Net loss attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders
  $ (12,741 )   $ (8,370 )
                 
Net loss per share attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders, basic
  $ (0.60 )   $ (0.39 )
                 
Net loss per share attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders, diluted
  $ (0.60 )   $ (0.39 )
                 
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic
    21,274       21,231  
                 
Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted
    21,274       21,231  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-40


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
 
                 
    Six Months Ended
 
    June 30,  
    2010     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net loss
  $ (11,059 )   $ (7,202 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operations:
               
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
    12,446       6,721  
Depreciation and amortization
    7,788       6,360  
Impairment of goodwill
          2,898  
Stock-based compensation
    218       140  
Write-off/amortization of deferred financing costs
    27       352  
Deferred taxes
    10       41  
(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment
    320       (23 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
    (3,962 )     3,184  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    501       675  
Accounts payable
    1,024       209  
Accrued expenses
    996       4,577  
Deferred revenue
    (39 )     (220 )
Other liability
    304       (2,964 )
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    8,574       14,748  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Capital expenditures
    (6,563 )     (4,317 )
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
          23  
Increase in restricted cash
          (9,225 )
                 
Net cash used by investing activities
    (6,563 )     (13,519 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    4       121  
Subsidiary distributions to non-controlling interest
    (141 )     (335 )
Redemption of redeemable, non-controlling interest
          (4,763 )
Proceeds from borrowings
          35,000  
Repayments of long-term debt
    (4,375 )     (35,791 )
Payment of financing fees
          (373 )
                 
Net cash used by financing activities
    (4,512 )     (6,141 )
                 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (2,501 )     (4,912 )
                 
Cash and cash equivalents:
               
Balance, January 1,
    11,379       15,376  
Changes in foreign currency translation
    (1,410 )     679  
                 
Balance, June 30,
  $ 7,468     $ 11,143  
                 
Supplemental disclosures:
               
Income taxes paid
  $ 1,468     $ 636  
Interest paid—other
  $ 726     $ 232  
Interest paid—stockholders
  $     $ 5,708  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-41


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(UNAUDITED)
 
                                                                 
                            Accumulated
    Total
             
                Additional
          Other
    RigNet, Inc.
    Non-Redeemable,
       
    Common Stock     Paid-In
    Accumulated
    Comprehensive
    Stockholders’
    Non-Controlling
    Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Income (Loss)     Equity     Interest     Equity  
    (in thousands)  
 
Balance, December 31, 2008
    21,212     $ 21     $ 11,287     $ (6,925 )   $ (555 )   $ 3,828     $ 73     $ 3,901  
Issuance of common stock
    50             123                   123             123  
Preferred stock dividends
                (874 )                 (874 )           (874 )
Stock-based compensation
                140                   140             140  
Foreign currency translation
                            361       361             361  
Adjustment to redemption value of non-controlling interest
                (95 )                 (95 )           (95 )
Non-controlling owner distributions
                                        (68 )     (68 )
Net income (loss)
                      (7,402 )           (7,402 )     146       (7,256 )
                                                                 
Balance, June 30, 2009
    21,262     $ 21     $ 10,581     $ (14,327 )   $ (194 )   $ (3,919 )   $ 151     $ (3,768 )
                                                                 
                                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2009
    21,273     $ 21     $ 9,505     $ (26,847 )   $ 941     $ (16,380 )   $ 141     $ (16,239 )
Issuance of common stock
    2             5                   5             5  
Preferred stock dividends
                (1,520 )                 (1,520 )           (1,520 )
Stock-based compensation
                218                   218             218  
Foreign currency translation
                            (1,875 )     (1,875 )           (1,875 )
Adjustment to redemption value of non-controlling interest
                25                   25             25  
Non-controlling owner distributions
                                        (141 )     (141 )
Net income (loss)
                      (11,246 )           (11,246 )     162       (11,084 )
                                                                 
Balance, June 30, 2010
    21,275     $ 21     $ 8,233     $ (38,093 )   $ (934 )   $ (30,773 )   $ 162     $ (30,611 )
                                                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-42


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND 2009
 
Note 1—Business and Basis of Presentation
 
RigNet, Inc. (the Company or RigNet) provides remote communications services for the oil and gas industry through a controlled and managed Internet Protocol/Multiprotocol Label Switching (IP/MPLS) global network, enabling drilling contractors, oil companies and oilfield service companies to communicate more effectively. The Company provides its customers with broadband voice, fax, video and data services in real-time between remote sites and home offices throughout the world, while the Company manages and operates the infrastructure from its land-based Network Operations Center.
 
RigNet is primarily owned by three private-equity backed investor groups. The Company’s corporate offices are located in Houston, Texas. The Company serves the owners and operators of offshore drilling rigs and production facilities, land rigs, remote offices and supply bases in approximately 30 countries, including the United States, Mexico, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Singapore and Australia.
 
The interim unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company include all adjustments which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position and results of operations. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for interim financial information and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying footnotes. Estimates and assumptions about future events and their effects cannot be perceived with certainty. Estimates may change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information becomes available and as the Company’s operating environment changes. Actual results could differ from estimates. These statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Note 2—Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued the additional guidance Accounting for Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business Combination That Arise from Contingencies , which replaces previous accounting guidance on Business Combinations . The guidance establishes principles and requirements for an acquirer’s recognition and measurement of identifiable assets, liabilities assumed, goodwill, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. The guidance also establishes disclosure requirements to assist users in evaluating the nature and financial effects of the business combination. This guidance is to be applied prospectively to business combinations completed on or after the adoption date and is effective for assets or liabilities arising from contingencies in business combinations completed on or after the adoption date. The Company engaged in no business combinations during the six months ended June 30, 2010.
 
In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance regarding Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements, which amends ASC topic 820-10, Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures—Overall . This guidance requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements. This guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009. The Company adopted the guidance effective January 1, 2010, which did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, cash flow, or results of operations.


F-43


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND 2009—(CONTINUED)
 
Note 3—Goodwill and Intangibles
 
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually with additional evaluations being performed when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. The Company performs its annual impairment test on July 31st with the most recent test being performed as of July 31, 2009. No additional impairment indicators have been identified as of June 30, 2010. As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 goodwill was $13.6 million and $13.9 million, respectively. Goodwill decreased in value during the six months ended June 30, 2010 by $0.3 million due to the effect of foreign currency translation.
 
The Company’s intangible assets all have useful lives ranging from four to nine years and are being amortized on a straight-line basis. Impairment testing is performed when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. No impairment indicators have been identified as of June 30, 2010. During the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized amortization expense of $1.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively.
 
Note 4—Long-Term Debt
 
As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the following credit facilities and long-term debt arrangements with financial institutions were in place.
 
                 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Term loan
  $ 25,329     $ 29,681  
Equipment notes
    9       5  
                 
      25,338       29,686  
Less: Current maturities of long-term debt
    (8,637 )     (8,664 )
                 
    $ 16,701     $ 21,022  
                 
 
Term Loan
 
The Company has a $35.0 million term loan with two participating financial institutions. The facility is secured by substantially all the assets of the Company and bears interest at a rate ranging from 4.3% to 5.3%, based on a funded debt to adjusted earnings ratio, as defined in the agreement. Interest is payable monthly along with quarterly principal installments of approximately $2.2 million with the balance due May 31, 2012. At June 30, 2010, $25.5 million was outstanding with an interest rate of 5.3%. At December 31, 2009, $29.9 million was outstanding with an interest rate of 5.0%. The weighted average interest rate for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 was 5.3% and 5.2%, respectively.
 
In August, 2010, the Company amended its Term Loan to increase the principal balance by $10 million. All other terms including quarterly principal payments and maturity date remain unchanged; therefore the maturity date payment, due May 31, 2012, will be increased by $10 million.
 
Covenants and Restrictions
 
The Company’s term loan contains certain covenants and restrictions, including restricting the payment of cash dividends and maintaining certain financial covenants including a funded


F-44


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND 2009—(CONTINUED)
 
debt to adjusted earnings ratio, as defined in the agreement, and a fixed charge coverage ratio. These loans also require maintenance of restricted cash balances. If any default occurs related to these covenants, the unpaid principal and any accrued interest shall be declared immediately due and payable. As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.
 
On June 10, 2010, the Company obtained an amendment to its term loan agreement to reduce total restricted cash on July 3, 2010 to $5.25 million, from $10.0 million. On October 31, 2010, the Company will be required to increase its total restricted cash to $7.5 million.
 
Debt Maturities
 
The following table sets forth the aggregate principal maturities of long-term debt after June 30, 2010 (in thousands):
 
         
Year
     
 
2010
  $ 4,316  
2011
    8,652  
2012
    12,370  
         
Total debt, including current maturities
  $ 25,338  
         
 
Note 5—Fair Value Measurements
 
The Company uses the following methods and assumptions to estimate the fair value of financial instruments:
 
  •  Cash and Cash Equivalents —Reported amounts approximate fair value.
 
  •  Restricted Cash —Reported amounts approximate fair value.
 
  •  Accounts Receivable —Reported amounts, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, approximate fair value.
 
  •  Accounts Payable, Including Income Taxes Payable and Accrued Expenses —Reported amounts approximate fair value.
 
  •  Long-Term Debt —The carrying amount of the Company’s floating-rate debt approximates fair value since the interest rate paid is based on short-term maturities and rates quoted from financial institutions, which can only fluctuate between 4.3% and 5.3%.
 
  •  Preferred Stock Derivatives —Such represent conversion and redemption rights associated with preferred stock, which are bifurcated based on an analysis of the features of the Series A, B, and C Preferred Stock and are classified as non-current as of June 30, 2010. For the purposes of measuring fair value, these bifurcated derivatives were bundled together for each class of preferred stock and are reported at the aggregate fair value.


F-45


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND 2009—(CONTINUED)
 
 
The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments, all of which are reported as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and were valued using Level 3 inputs:
 
                 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
               
Preferred stock conversion and redemption rights
  $ 43,872     $ 30,446  
                 
 
The changes in fair value of preferred stock derivatives were included in other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of loss and comprehensive loss.
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s fair value hierarchy for these derivatives liabilities accounted for a fair value:
 
                                 
    Preferred Stock Conversion and Redemption Rights  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
    (in thousands)  
 
Non-current derivative liability:
                               
June 30, 2010
  $     $     $ 43,872     $ 43,872  
                                 
December 31, 2009
  $     $     $ 30,446     $ 30,446  
                                 
 
The fair value of preferred stock derivative liabilities classified as Level 3 changed as follows during the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009:
 
                 
    Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Balance, January 1,
  $ 30,446     $ 8,413  
Unrealized (gains) losses included in earnings
    12,446       6,721  
Derivative related to preferred stock dividends
    980       344  
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
           
                 
Balance, June 30,
  $ 43,872     $ 15,478  
                 
 
Note 6—Commitments and Contingencies
 
The Company, in the ordinary course of business, is a claimant and/or a defendant in various legal proceedings, including proceedings as to which the Company has insurance coverage and those that may involve the filing of liens against the Company or its assets. The Company does not consider its exposure in these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, to be material.
 
Note 7—Stock-Based Compensation
 
The Company has two stock-based compensation plans as described below.


F-46


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND 2009—(CONTINUED)
 
Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
In March 2006, the Board of Directors adopted the RigNet 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (2006 Plan). Under the 2006 Plan, the Board of Directors is authorized to issue options to purchase common stock to certain officers and employees of the Company. In general, all options granted under the 2006 Plan have a contractual term of ten years and a four-year vesting period, with 25.0% of the options vesting on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date. The 2006 Plan authorized the issuance of 5.0 million options, net of any options returned or forfeited. As of June 30, 2010, the Company has issued 3.9 million options under the 2006 Plan, of which 0.1 million options have been exercised, 0.6 million options have been returned or forfeited, and 3.2 million options are outstanding.
 
Stock Option Plan
 
The 2001 Performance Stock Option Plan (2001 Plan) was authorized to issue options to purchase RigNet common stock to certain officers and employees of the Company. Options granted under the 2001 Plan vest either (a) over a four-year term, with 25.0% of the options vesting on each of the first four anniversary dates of the grant or (b) over a three-year term, with 25.0% of the options vesting 30 days after the grant date and 25.0% vesting on each of the first three anniversary dates of the grant. Vested options, which have not been forfeited, are exercisable in whole or in part during the option term, which does not exceed ten years. The 2001 Plan authorized issuance of 0.6 million options. As of June 30, 2010, the Company issued 0.5 million options under the 2001 plan, of which 0.2 million options have been exercised, 0.1 million options have been returned and grants of 0.2 million are outstanding. The Company plans to issue no additional options under the 2001 Plan.
 
There are no dividends related to stock options.
 
Stock-based compensation expense for the Company’s two plans for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 was $0.2 million and $0.1 million.
 
There were no significant modifications to the plans, as described above, in the six months ended June 30, 2010. As of June 30, 2010, there was $1.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested options granted under the two plans. This cost is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of three years.
 
All equity instruments granted under stock-based compensation agreement are settled in stock. The Company did not issue fractional shares nor pay cash in lieu of fractional shares.
 
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using a Black-Scholes option valuation model, which uses certain assumptions as of the date of grant:
 
  •  Expected Volatility —based on peer group price volatility for periods equivalent to the expected term of the options
 
  •  Expected Term —expected life adjusted based on management’s best estimate for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restriction and behavioral considerations
 
  •  Risk-Free Interest Rate —risk-free rate, for periods within the contractual terms of the options, is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant
 
  •  Dividend Yield —expected dividends based on the Company’s historical dividend rate at the date of grant


F-47


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND 2009—(CONTINUED)
 
 
The assumptions used for grants made during the six months ended June 30, 2010 are as follows:
 
         
    Six Months
 
    Ended
 
    June 30, 2010  
 
Expected volatility
    57.5 %
Expected term (years)
    4  
Risk-free interest rate
    2.7 %
Dividend yield
     
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity under both the 2001 Plan and the 2006 Plan as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
                 
    Six Months Ended
 
    June 30, 2010  
    Number of
    Weighted
 
    Underlying
    Average
 
    Shares     Exercise Price  
 
Balance, January 1,
    2,973     $ 1.70  
Granted
    545       2.12  
Exercised
    (1 )     2.41  
Forfeited
    (96 )     1.96  
Expired
           
                 
Balance, June 30,
    3,421     $ 1.76  
                 
Weighted-average fair value of options granted
          $ 0.98  
                 
 
The weighted average remaining contractual term in years as of June 30, 2010 was 7.5 years. At June 30, 2010, vested options and options expected to vest totaled 3.1 million, with options available for grant of approximately 1.6 million.
 
Note 8—Loss per Share
 
Basic earnings per share (EPS) is computed by dividing net loss attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders by the number of basic shares outstanding. Basic shares equal the total of the common shares outstanding, weighted for the average days outstanding for the period. Basic shares exclude the dilutive effect of common stock that could potentially be issued due to the conversion of preferred stock, exercise of stock options, exercise of warrants or satisfaction of necessary conditions for contingently issuable shares. Diluted EPS was computed by dividing net loss attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders by the number of diluted shares outstanding. Diluted shares equal the total of the basic shares outstanding and all potentially issuable shares, weighted for the average days outstanding for the period. The Company used the treasury stock method to determine the dilutive effect.


F-48


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND 2009—(CONTINUED)
 
The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted per share computations for net loss attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders:
 
                 
    Six Months Ended
 
    June 30,  
    2010     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Net loss attributable to RigNet, Inc. stockholders
  $ (11,246 )   $ (7,402 )
Less: Dividends accrued on preferred stock
    540       529  
Less: Derivatives related to preferred stock dividends
    980       344  
Less: Adjustment to redeemable, non-controlling interest redemption value
    (25 )     95  
                 
    $ (12,741 )   $ (8,370 )
                 
 
All equivalent units were anti-dilutive for the six months ended June 30, 2010.
 
Note 9—Segment Information
 
Segment information has been prepared consistent with the components of the enterprise for which separate financial information is available and regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision-maker for the purpose of allocating resources and assessing performance. The Company’s reportable segments are business units which operate in different regions and are each managed separately.
 
Accordingly, the Company has three reportable segments:
 
  •  Eastern Hemisphere.   Our eastern hemisphere segment provides remote communications services for offshore drilling rigs, production facilities, energy support vessels and other remote sites. Our eastern hemisphere segment services are performed out of our Norway, Qatar, United Kingdom and Singapore based offices for customers and rig sites located on the eastern side of the Atlantic Ocean primarily off the coasts of the U.K., Norway and West Africa, around the Indian Ocean in Qatar, Saudi Arabia and India, around the Pacific Ocean near Australia, and within the South China Sea.
 
  •  Western Hemisphere.   Our western hemisphere segment provides remote communications services for offshore drilling rigs, production facilities, energy support vessels and other remote sites. Our western hemisphere segment services are performed out of our United States and Brazil based offices for customers and rig sites located on the western side of the Atlantic Ocean primarily off the coasts of the United States, Mexico and Brazil, and within the Gulf of Mexico, but excluding land rigs and other land-based sites in North America.
 
  •  U.S. Land .  Our U.S. land segment provides remote communications services for drilling rigs and production facilities located onshore in North America. Our U.S. land segment services are performed out of our Louisiana based office for customers and rig sites located in the continental United States.
 
Corporate and eliminations primarily represents unallocated corporate office activities, derivative valuation adjustments, interest expenses, income taxes and eliminations.


F-49


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND 2009—(CONTINUED)
 
The Company’s business segment information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:
 
                                         
    Six Months Ended June 30, 2010
    Eastern
  Western
      Corporate and
  Consolidated
    Hemisphere   Hemisphere   U.S. Land   Eliminations   Total
    (in thousands)
 
Total revenue
  $ 30,407     $ 8,648     $ 5,595     $ (280 )   $ 44,370  
Total expenses
    19,846       7,349       5,931       6,553       39,679  
Interest expense
                51       711       762  
Other income (expense)
    174       (402 )     18       (40 )     (250 )
Income tax expense
                      2,292       2,292  
Net income (loss)
    10,427       819       (369 )     (21,936 )     (11,059 )
Total assets
    44,781       44,671       20,648       (23,758 )     86,342  
Capital expenditures
    2,952       3,433       116       62       6,563  
 
                                         
    Six Months Ended June 30, 2009
    Eastern
  Western
      Corporate and
  Consolidated
    Hemisphere   Hemisphere   U.S. Land   Eliminations   Total
    (in thousands)
 
Total revenue
  $ 30,421     $ 5,580     $ 5,600     $ (721 )   $ 40,880  
Total expenses
    18,242       4,277       8,866       3,728       35,113  
Interest expense
    173             346       3,542       4,061  
Other income (expense)
    60       8       23       36       127  
Income tax expense
                      2,314       2,314  
Net income (loss)
    12,029       1,310       (3,551 )     (16,990 )     (7,202 )
Capital expenditures
    1,905       3,259       15       67       5,246  
 
The Company provides customers with two primary product lines; onshore communications and offshore communications. Onshore communication products are represented by the U.S. land segment. The majority of the eastern hemisphere segment and western hemisphere segment operations relates to offshore communication products primarily provided to jackup, semi-submersible and drillship rigs.
 
For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company earned revenue from both our domestic and international operations as follows:
 
                 
    Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009  
    (in thousands)  
Domestic
  $ 11,014     $ 9,873  
International
    33,356       31,007  
                 
Total
  $ 44,370     $ 40,880  
                 
 
Note 10— Related Party Transactions
 
One of our directors is the president and chief executive officer of a drilling corporation. Revenue recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was $0.2 million for services


F-50


Table of Contents

RIGNET, INC.
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND 2009—(CONTINUED)
 
performed by us in the ordinary course of business. Revenue from this corporation was not material for the six months ended June 30, 2009.
 
Note 11—Subsequent Events
 
Effective as of May 8, 2010, the LandTel non-controlling interest owner formally exercised its right to sell its remaining interest to the Company for $4.6 million, based on a previously agreed-upon formula. The exercise of its right caused the redeemable, non-controlling interest to be mandatorily redeemable; therefore, the amount of $4.6 million was reclassified from mezzanine equity to current liabilities as of June 30, 2010. On July 21, 2010, the Company made a cash payment of $4.6 million to satisfy its obligation for the remaining redeemable, non-controlling interest consistent with a previously agreed upon formula. Subsequently, the LandTel non-controlling interest owner assigned the remaining ownership interests to the Company and exercised a right to a recalculation of the $4.6 million purchase price by a third party arbiter.
 
In July, 2010, the Company received notice from the Internal Revenue Service that it would be performing an audit of the Company’s 2008 income tax return.
 
In August, 2010, the Company amended its Term Loan to increase the principal balance by $10 million (see Note 4—Long-Term Debt).


F-51


Table of Contents

 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
   
Page
 
    1  
    13  
    34  
    34  
    35  
    36  
    36  
    37  
    40  
    42  
    45  
    62  
    85  
    91  
    112  
    115  
    118  
    123  
    127  
    130  
    135  
    135  
    135  
    F-1  
 
Until          , 2010, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
 
(RIGNET LOGO)
RigNet, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           Shares
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deutsche Bank Securities
 
Jefferies & Company
 
Simm ons & Company
International
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prospectus
 
          , 2010
 
 
 
 
 
 



Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
The following table sets forth the expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which are payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the common stock being registered hereby, including the shares being offered for sale by the selling stockholders. All amounts shown are estimates, except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, FINRA filing fee and the initial NASDAQ listing fee.
 
         
    Amount
 
    to be Paid  
 
SEC registration fee
  $ 6,150  
FINRA filing fee
  $ 9,125  
Initial NASDAQ listing fee
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Accounting fees and expenses
    *  
Printing expenses
    *  
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
    *  
Miscellaneous expenses
    *  
         
Total
  $ *  
         
 
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under some circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.
 
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our post-offering certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:
 
  •  for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders;
 
  •  for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regarding unlawful dividends, stock purchases and redemptions; or
 
  •  for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our post-offering bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that:
 
  •  we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions where indemnification is not permitted by applicable law;


II-1


Table of Contents

 
  •  we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; and
 
  •  the rights conferred in the our post-offering bylaws are not exclusive.
 
In addition, we have entered and expect to enter into indemnity agreements with each of our current directors and officers. Each of our executive officers also has indemnification provisions in his employment agreement. These agreements provide for the indemnification of our executive officers and directors for all expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were our agents. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving one of our directors, executive officers or employees regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.
 
We maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance to cover our directors and executive officers for specific liabilities, including coverage for public securities matters.
 
The indemnification provisions in our post-offering certificate of incorporation and post-offering bylaws and the indemnity agreements entered into between us and each of our directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
 
Reference is also made to section 9 of the underwriting agreement in Exhibit 1.1 hereto, which provides for the indemnification by the underwriters of us and our executive officers, directors and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, in connection with matters specifically provided for in writing by the underwriters for inclusion in this Registration Statement.
 
See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 of this Registration Statement.
 
Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:
 
         
Exhibit Document
  Number
 
Form of Underwriting Agreement
    1.1  
Form of Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon the closing of the offering
    3.2  
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon the closing of the offering
    3.4  
Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into among us and our directors and executive officers
    10.6  
 
Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
In the three years preceding the filing of this Registration Statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:
 
In December 2008, we issued Series A Shareholder Notes for cash of $6.0 million. We also restructured previous shareholder notes, along with accrued and imputed interest of $2.5 million, into the Series B Shareholder Notes totaling $8.3 million. In May 2009, we repaid both the Series A and Series B Shareholder Notes. In conjunction with this financing, on December 31, 2008, we issued 1,500,000 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock at a price of $0.01 per share to the Series A holders and 1,375,000 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock at a price of $0.01 per share to the Series B holders.


II-2


Table of Contents

The sales and issuances of securities above were determined to be exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The purchasers in such transactions were all accredited investors and represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for resale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and other instruments issued in such transactions. The sales of these securities were made without general solicitation or advertising, and there were no underwriters used in connection with the sale of these securities. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.
 
From time to time we have granted common stock, restricted common stock, options and common stock upon the exercise of options to employees, directors and consultants in compliance with Rule 701. These grants are as follows:
 
  •  On January 1, 2007, we issued options to purchase 1,214,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise price of $1.75 per share;
 
  •  On May 1, 2007, we issued options to purchase 302,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise price of $2.08 per share;
 
  •  On August 5, 2007, we issued options to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise price of $2.08 per share;
 
  •  On September 25, 2007, we issued options to purchase 16,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise price of $2.08 per share;
 
  •  On November 8, 2007, we issued options to purchase 145000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise price of $2.75 per share;
 
  •  On December 19, 2007, we issued options to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise price of $2.75 per share;
 
  •  On January 1, 2008, we issued options to purchase 465,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise price of $2.41 per share;
 
  •  On March 26, 2008, we issued options to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise price of $2.41 per share;
 
  •  On July 1, 2008, we issued options to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise price of $3.00 per share;
 
  •  On July 27, 2008, we issued options to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise price of $3.00 per share;
 
  •  On January 1, 2009, we issued options to purchase 488,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise price of $1.33 per share;


II-3


Table of Contents

 
  •  On May 21, 2009, we issued options to purchase 17,500 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise price of $1.33 per share;
 
  •  On June 23, 2009, we issued options to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise price of $1.33 per share;
 
  •  On August 19, 2009, we issued options to purchase 230,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise price of $1.33 per share;
 
  •  On November 4, 2009, we issued options to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise price of $1.33 per share; and
 
  •  On January 1, 2010, we issued options to purchase 545,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise price of $2.12 per share.
 
Since January 1, 2007 through June 30, 2010, options have been exercised to acquire 319,479 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.69 per share.
 
The sales and issuances of securities listed above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensation benefits plans and contracts relating to compensation. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.
 
Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(A)   Exhibits
 
         
   
Index to Exhibits
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated as of July 11, 2007, as amended and currently in effect
  3 .2   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon the closing of the offering
  3 .3   Bylaws dated as of July 6, 2004, as currently in effect
  3 .4*   Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the closing of the offering
  4 .1*   Specimen certificate evidencing common stock
  4 .2   Registration Rights Agreement dated effective as of June 20, 2005 among the Registrant and the holders of our preferred stock party thereto
  5 .1*   Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
  10 .1+   2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan
  10 .2+*   2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan
  10 .3+   Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan
  10 .4+*   Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2010 Plan
  10 .5+*   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2010 Plan
  10 .6   Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with each director and executive officer
  10 .7+   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mark Slaughter dated August 15, 2007, as amended


II-4


Table of Contents

         
   
Index to Exhibits
 
  10 .8+   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Martin Jimmerson dated August 15, 2007, as amended
  10 .9+   Employment Agreement between the RigNet AS and Lars Eliassen dated June 1, 2010, as amended
  10 .10   Lease Agreement between RigNet Inc., a Texas corporation, and KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P. dated as of June 17, 2003, as amended
  10 .11   Credit Agreement dated as of May 29, 2009 among RigNet, Inc., Bank of America Bank N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto
  10 .12   First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 10, 2010 among RigNet, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto
  10 .13   Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of August 19, 2010 among RigNet, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto
  10 .14   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and William Sutton dated May 18, 2010, as amended
  10 .15   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Hector Maytorena dated May 18, 2010, as amended
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23 .1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
  23 .2*   Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Registration Statement)
  99 .1   Consent of ODS Petrodata, Inc. dated September 28, 2010
  99 .2   Consent of Spears & Associates, Inc. dated June 25, 2010
  99 .3   Consent of International Energy Agency dated June 29, 2010
  99 .4   Consent of Mark B. Slaughter as a nominee for directorship
 
 
* To be filed by Amendment.
 
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
 
(B)   Financial Statement Schedule
 
All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or related notes.
 
Item 17.    Undertakings
 
The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws, the underwriting agreement or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by one of our directors, officers, or controlling persons in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by us is against

II-5


Table of Contents

public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
We hereby undertake that:
 
  •  For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
 
  •  For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Houston, Texas, on October 1, 2010.
 
RigNet, Inc.
 
  By: 
/s/   MARK B. SLAUGHTER
Mark B. Slaughter
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
We, the undersigned officers and directors of RigNet, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Mark Slaughter, Martin Jimmerson and William Sutton, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and any other registration statement for the same offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  MARK B. SLAUGHTER

Mark B. Slaughter
  Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
and Director Nominee
  October 1, 2010
         
/s/  MARTIN L. JIMMERSON, JR.

Martin L. Jimmerson, Jr.
  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  October 1, 2010
         
/s/  THOMAS M. MATTHEWS

Thomas M. Matthews
  Chairman of the Board   October 1, 2010
         
/s/  CHARLES L. DAVIS IV

Charles L. Davis IV
  Director   October 1, 2010
         
/s/  OMAR KULBRANDSTAD

Omar Kulbrandstad
  Director   October 1, 2010


II-7


Table of Contents

             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  KEVIN A. NEVEU

Kevin A. Neveu
  Director   October 1, 2010
         
    

Dirk W. McDermott
  Director   October 1, 2010
         
/s/  ØRJAN SVANEVIK

Ørjan Svanevik
  Director   October 1, 2010


II-8


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
         
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated as of July 11, 2007, as amended and currently in effect
  3 .2   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon the closing of the offering
  3 .3   Bylaws dated as of July 6, 2004, as currently in effect
  3 .4*   Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the closing of the offering
  4 .1*   Specimen certificate evidencing common stock
  4 .2   Registration Rights Agreement dated effective as of June 20, 2005 among the Registrant and the holders of our preferred stock party thereto
  5 .1*   Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
  10 .1+   2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan
  10 .2+*   2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan
  10 .3+   Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan
  10 .4+*   Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2010 Plan
  10 .5+*   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2010 Plan
  10 .6   Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with each director and executive officer
  10 .7+   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mark Slaughter dated August 15, 2007, as amended
  10 .8+   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Martin Jimmerson dated August 15, 2007, as amended
  10 .9+   Employment Agreement between the RigNet AS and Lars Eliassen dated June 1, 2010, as amended
  10 .10   Lease Agreement between RigNet Inc., a Texas corporation, and KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P. dated as of June 17, 2003, as amended
  10 .11   Credit Agreement dated as of May 29, 2009 among RigNet, Inc., Bank of America Bank N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto
  10 .12   First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 10, 2010 among RigNet, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto
  10 .13   Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of August 19, 2010 among RigNet, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto
  10 .14   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and William Sutton dated May 18, 2010, as amended
  10 .15   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Hector Maytorena dated May 18, 2010, as amended
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23 .1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
  23 .2*   Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Registration Statement)
  99 .1   Consent of ODS Petrodata, Inc. dated September 28, 2010
  99 .2   Consent of Spears & Associates, Inc. dated June 25, 2010
  99 .3   Consent of International Energy Agency dated June 29, 2010
  99 .4   Consent of Mark B. Slaughter as a nominee for directorship
 
 
* To be filed by Amendment.
 
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

Exhibit 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
RIGNET, INC.
     RigNet, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:
     1. The name of the corporation is RigNet, Inc. (the “Corporation”). The Corporation was originally incorporated in the State of Delaware on July 6, 2004 pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on that date.
     2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been adopted by the Corporation and its stockholders pursuant to Section 242 and Section 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
     3. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been signed this 11th day of July, 2007.
     
 
  RIGNET, INC.
 
   
 
  /s/ Marty Jimmerson
 
   
 
  By: Marty Jimmerson
 
  Name: Chief Financial Officer

 


 

EXHIBIT A
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
RIGNET, INC.
(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)
ARTICLE I
NAME
     The name of the Corporation is RIGNET, INC.
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT
     The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
     (a) The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
     (b) In furtherance of the foregoing purposes, the Corporation shall have and may exercise all of the rights, powers, and privileges granted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. In addition, it may do everything necessary, suitable, and proper for the accomplishment of any of its corporate purposes.
     (c) The Corporation shall at all times maintain the following separateness criteria (“Separateness Criteria”):
i. establish and maintain an office through which its business will be conducted separate and apart from those of any other person or entity, including any affiliate, and will allocate fairly and reasonably any overhead for shared office space;

 


 

ii. maintain books and records and bank accounts separate from those of any other person or entity, including any affiliate, and will prepare and maintain its financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
iii. hold and maintain appropriate entity level meetings and conduct business and to authorize all appropriate entity level actions, and in authorizing such actions, observe all entity level formalities;
iv. not commingle its assets with those of any other person or entity, including any affiliate;
v. exercise reasonable efforts to collect any known misunderstanding actually known to it regarding its separate identity and conduct its own business in its own name and, to this end, have sufficient officers and personnel to run its business and operations and make decisions with respect to its business and operations independently of any other person or entity, including any affiliate;
vi. prepare and maintain financial statements and tax returns separate from any other entity, including any affiliate (except that an entity of which the Corporatism is a direct or indirect subsidiary may prepare and file consolidated tax returns in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, provided that any such consolidated tax returns shall contain a note indicating that the Corporation and its affiliates are separate legal entities and maintain records, books of account separate and apart from such parent entity, and provided further that the Corporation shall not be liable for any taxes of any parson or entity other than those directly attributable to the Corporation);
vii. pay any liabilities out of its own funds, including salaries of any employees, and further directly manage its own liabilities, including its own payroll and operating expenses;
viii. maintain its assets in such a manner that is not costly or difficult to segregate, identify or ascertain such assets from those of any other person or entity;
ix. transact all business with affiliates on an arms-length basis pursuant to enforceable agreements;
x. not guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other person or entity, including any affiliate, or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of others; provided that the Corporation may guarantee or become obligated for the debts, or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of, any of its present or future subsidiaries, so long as such present or future subsidiary (i) is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by RigNet, Inc. or any subsidiary of RigNet, Inc. (other than as a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation) and (ii) complies with the Separateness Criteria act forth in this Article III);

2


 

xi. use stationery, invoices and checks separate from any other person or entity, including any affiliate;
xii. not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other person or entity, including any affiliate; provided that the Corporation may pledge its assets for the benefit of any of its present or future subsidiaries, so long as such present or future subsidiary (i) is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by RigNet, Inc. or any subsidiary of RigNet, Inc. (other than as a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation) and (ii) complies with the Separateness Criteria set forth in this Article III);
xiii. hold itself out to creditors and the public as an entity separate and distinct from any other entity, including any affiliate; and
xiv. not acquire obligations or securities of its shareholders, partners, members or affiliates; provided that the Corporation may acquire obligations or securities of any of its present or future subsidiaries, so long as such present or future subsidiary (i) is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by RigNet, Inc. or any subsidiary of RigNet, Inc. (other than as a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation) and (ii) complies with the Separateness Criteria set forth in this Article III).
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STRUCTURE
     The following is a description of each class of stock of the Corporation, with the designations, preferences, limitations, and relative rights, including voting rights, of each enumerated class:
     A.  General . The aggregate number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation has authority to issue is SIXTY THREE MILLION NINE HUNDRED SEVENTEEN THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED EIGHT (63,917,608) (the “Capital Stock”), divided into two classes, namely FIFTY MILLION (50,000,000) shares of common stock, having a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and Thirteen Million Nine Hundred Seventeen Thousand Six Hundred Eight (13,917,608) shares of preferred stock, having a par value of $0.001 per share, designated as the “Preferred Stock” (the “Preferred Stock”). Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights.
     B.  Common Stock . Each share of Common Stock shall be identical in all respects and for all purposes and entitled to (i) one (1) vote in all proceedings in which action may or is required to be taken by stockholders of the Corporation, (ii) participate equally in all dividends payable with respect to the Common Stock, as, if, and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, subject to any dividend preference in favor of the Preferred Stock, and (iii) share ratably in all distributions of assets of the Corporation in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, subject to any liquidation rights and preferences in favor of the Preferred Stock.

3


 

     C.  Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock shall initially have three series, namely Two Million Seven Hundred Ninety Thousand (2,790,000) shares of preferred stock, having a par value of $0.001 per share, designated as the “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), Three Million One Hundred Twenty Seven Thousand Six Hundred Eight (3,127,608) shares of preferred stock, having a par value of $0.001 per share, designated as the “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) and Eight Million (8,000,000) shares of preferred stock, having a par value of $0.001 per share, designated as the “Series C Preferred Stock” (the “Series C Preferred Stock”). The remaining shares of Preferred Stock of the Company shall have the preferences, limitations, and relative rights as shall be established by the Board of Directors of the Company in compliance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and may be issued in one or more additional series.
     The terms, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations, and restrictions of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, and the Series C Preferred Stock shall be as follows:
     1.  Dividends .
          a. Series C Preferred Stock . The record holder of each share of Series C Original Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive on each Series C PIK Dividend Payment Date (as defined below) per share dividends in additional fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series C Preferred Stock legally available for such purpose (the “Series C PIK Dividends”). Series C PIK Dividends shall be paid by delivering to the record holders of Series C Original Preferred Stock a number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock equal to the number of shares of Series C Original Preferred Stock held by such holder on the applicable Series C PIK Record Date (as defined below) multiplied by twelve percent (12%). The Corporation shall not issue fractional shares of Series C Preferred Stock to which holders may become entitled pursuant to this subparagraph, but in lieu thereof, the Corporation shall at the option of the holder either (i) deliver its check in an amount equal to the applicable fraction of one (1) share of Series C Preferred Stock multiplied by $1.20 (adjusted for stock splits, subdivisions, combinations or other similar transactions) (the “Series C PIK Cash Dividend Payment”) or (ii) defer delivery of the Series C PIK Cash Dividend Payment to the holder and apply such amount to Series C PIK Dividends issued to such holder on the subsequent Series C PIK Dividend Payment Date. Series C Dividend Preferred Stock shall have in all respects the same terms (including the same rights and benefits) as the shares of Series C Original Preferred Stock except that Series C Dividend Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive Series C PIK Dividends. No dividends shall be paid on any other series or class of Capital Stock unless the cumulative Series C PIK Dividends have been paid in full. Any Series C PIK Dividends to be paid on the Series C Original Preferred Stock shall be determined pro rata except with respect to cash payable in lieu of Series C PIK Dividends otherwise payable in fractional shares as described above.
     Dividends shall accumulate on each share of Series C Original Preferred Stock (whether or not declared by the Board of Directors) during each Series C PIK Payment Period (as defined below) and be fully cumulative from the first day of each Series C PIK Payment Period to the last day of such Series C PIK Payment Period. Series C PIK Dividends shall be paid to the holders of record of Series C Original Preferred Stock at the close of business on the date

4


 

specified by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or a duly authorized committee thereof at the time such dividend is declared in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law (each of such dates being a “Series C PIK Record Date”). A Series C PIK Record Date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to the applicable Series C Dividend Payment Date. Series C PIK Dividends payable for any period less than a full year shall be computed on the basis of a 365 or 366 day year, as the case may be, and paid on a pro rata basis for the actual number of days elapsed.
     If, on any Series C PIK Dividend Payment Date, dividends as set forth in this Section 1(a) shall not have been paid on all outstanding shares of Series C Original Preferred Stock for all preceding Series C PIK Payment Periods from and after the first day from which dividends are cumulative, then, until the aggregate deficiency shall be fully paid, the Corporation shall not (i) declare or pay or set apart for payment any dividends except for dividends on the Series C Original Preferred Stock or make any other distribution on the Common Stock or any other Capital Stock or securities having an equity interest in the Corporation with respect to the payment of dividends or distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, or (ii) make any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, other retirement or acquisition of any Common Stock or any other Capital Stock or securities having an equity interest in the Corporation with respect to the payment of dividends or distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation.
     No dividends shall be paid on any Common Stock of the Corporation unless the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock participate pari passu , and all cumulative dividends on Series C Original Preferred Stock (regardless of whether such dividends have been declared by the Board of Directors) have been paid in full.
     The term “Series C PIK Dividend Payment Date” shall mean June 20 of each year (except that if such date is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the Series C PIK Dividend Payment Date shall be the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday).
     The term “Series C Dividend Preferred Stock” shall mean all Series C Preferred Stock issued in accordance with and pursuant to this section as a Series C PIK Dividend.
     The term “Series C Original Preferred Stock” shall mean all Series C Preferred Stock other than Series C Dividend Preferred Stock.
     The term “Series C PIK Payment Period” shall mean the twelve-month period commencing on June 20, 2005 and each twelve-month period thereafter during which any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding.
          b. Series B Preferred Stock . Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall accumulate dividends, whether or not declared by the Board of Directors, in the annual amount of $.1199, until the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the date of the original issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock (a “Series B Dividend”). Series B Dividends shall not be paid unless such payment is unanimously approved by the Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided herein. Upon the declaration of any Series B Dividend, any holder of any shares of Series B

5


 

Preferred Stock may elect to receive in lieu of any Series B Dividends otherwise payable in cash to such holder the number of shares Common Stock determined by dividing the amount of the Series B Dividend payable to such holder by $1.20. Any such election, in order to be effective, must be made in writing on or before the date of the payment of the Series B Dividend. No dividends shall be paid on any other series or class of Capital Stock other than the cumulative dividends to be paid on the Series C Original Preferred Stock unless the cumulative dividends on Series B Preferred Stock have been paid in full. Any such dividends to be paid on the Series B Preferred Stock shall be determined pro rata. Dividends shall be paid in immediately available funds.
     Dividends shall be cumulative. Dividends shall accumulate on each share of Series B Preferred Stock from the date of issue thereof. No interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any dividend payment or payments which may be in arrears. Dividends payable on the Series B Preferred Stock for any period less than a full calendar year shall be computed on the basis of a 365 or 366 day year, as the case may be, and paid on a pro rata basis for the actual number of days elapsed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no share of Series B Preferred Stock shall pay dividends which shall, in the aggregate, exceed the aggregate original cost (initial issue price) of such share of Series B Preferred Stock.
     If, in any annual dividend period, dividends in the annual amount of $.1199 per share shall not have been paid on all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock for such annual dividend period and all preceding annual dividend periods from and after the first day from which dividends are cumulative, then, until the aggregate deficiency shall be fully paid, the Corporation shall not (i) declare or pay or set apart for payment any dividends except for cumulative dividends to be paid on the Series C Original Preferred Stock or make any other distribution on the Common Stock or any other Capital Stock or securities having an equity interest in the Corporation with respect to the payment of dividends or distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, or (ii) make any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, other retirement or acquisition of any Common Stock or any other Capital Stock or securities having an equity interest in the Corporation with respect to the payment of dividends or distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation.
     No dividends shall be paid on any Common Stock of the Corporation unless the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock participate pari passu , and all cumulative dividends on Series B Preferred Stock (regardless of whether such dividends have been declared by the Board of Directors) have been paid in full.
          c. Series A Preferred Stock . When and as declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and to the extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Corporation shall pay dividends on shares of Series A Preferred Stock. No dividends shall be paid on any shares of Common Stock of the Corporation unless the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock participate pari passu .
     2.  Voting Rights . Except as otherwise required by law and with respect to the exercise of any rights appurtenant respectively to the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B

6


 

Preferred Stock or the Series C Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis (including an assumption of the conversion of any accumulated but unpaid dividends on such shares of Preferred Stock) to vote on all matters submitted to the stockholders for a vote, voting together as a single class with the holders of shares of Common Stock.
     3.  Major Event Preference.
          a. Series C Major Event Preference . Upon the effective date of the first occurrence of (i) any voluntary or involuntary merger or consolidation to which the Corporation is a party (other than a transaction in which the Corporation is the surviving entity or solely to effect a reincorporation of the Corporation in another jurisdiction and in which the equity ownership of the surviving entity is substantially identical to that of the Corporation immediately prior thereto), (ii) the sale, exchange, lease, license, or disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets or then outstanding Capital Stock, (iii) a management buyout or other transaction (or series of related transactions) the result of which is to change control of the Corporation [with the term “control” for purposes of this subparagraph a being defined as the right, power or ability, of any person or group of persons having reasonably identical financial or pecuniary interests with respect to the Company (“Affiliated Group”) to elect a majority of the directors of the Company, and a “change in control” shall be presumed to have occurred if and when any transaction or series of related transactions has the result or effect, whether intended or unintended, of vesting control in a person or Affiliated Group that did not possess such control prior to such transaction or series of related transactions. For purposes of the foregoing definitions, the mere removal of one or more members from an Affiliated Group shall not constitute a change of control if the remaining members of such Affiliated Group continue to possess control, and the mere addition of one or more members to an Affiliated Group shall not constitute a change of control unless the member or members so added acquire control by virtue of the transaction or series of transactions in question], (iv) the liquidation, reorganization, or dissolution of the Corporation or the cessation of substantially all of the Corporation’s business activities, (v) an initial public offering of any securities of the Corporation, or (vi) any other event or transaction having substantially the same effect as any of the foregoing (each, a “Major Event”), the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall immediately be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders a preference payment (the “Series C Major Event Preference”) as follows and in the following order of priority:
               (1) First, to the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock an amount equal to any accumulated but unpaid dividends on such shares of Series C Preferred Stock, without interest; and
               (2) Second, to the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, pro rata in proportion to the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by each such holder, an amount per share equal to the amount per share originally paid to the Corporation in exchange for that share of Series C Preferred Stock or, in the case of shares of Series C Dividend Preferred Stock, an amount equal to One Dollar and Twenty Cents ($1.20) (as adjusted for stock splits, subdivisions, combinations or other similar transactions).

7


 

     The Series C Major Event Preference shall be paid only once. If, upon the occurrence of a Major Event, the assets of the Corporation shall be insufficient to make payment in full of the Series C Major Event Preference to all holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, then such assets shall be distributed ratably among the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise have been respectively entitled.
          b. Series B Major Event Preference . Immediately after the payment in full of the Series C Major Event Preference, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall immediately be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders a preference payment (the “Series B Major Event Preference”) as follows and in the following order of priority:
               (1) First, to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock an amount equal to any accumulated but unpaid dividends on such shares of Series B Preferred Stock (regardless of whether such dividends have been declared by the Board of Directors), without interest; and
               (2) Second, to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, pro rata in proportion to the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by each such holder, an amount per share equal to the amount per share originally paid to the Corporation in exchange for that share of Series B Preferred Stock.
     The Series B Major Event Preference shall be paid only once. If, upon the occurrence of a Major Event, the assets of the Corporation shall be insufficient to make payment in full of the Series B Major Event Preference to all holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, then such assets shall be distributed ratably among the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise have been respectively entitled.
          c. Series A Major Event Preference . Immediately after the payment in full of the Series B Major Event Preference, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, pro rata in proportion to the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each such holder, shall be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, a preference payment (the “Series A Major Event Preference”) as follows and in the following order of priority:
               (1) First, to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock an amount equal to any declared and accumulated but unpaid dividends on such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, without interest; and
               (2) Second, to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, pro rata in proportion to the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each such holder, an amount equal to the amount per share originally paid to the Corporation in exchange for that share of Series A Preferred Stock multiplied by one hundred fifty percent (150%).
     The Series A Major Event Preference shall be paid only once. If, upon the occurrence of a Major Event, the assets of the Corporation shall be insufficient to make payment in full of the

8


 

Series A Major Event Preference to all holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, then such assets shall be distributed ratably among the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise have been respectively entitled.
          d. Liquidation . In the event of an actual dissolution, liquidation, or winding-up of the Corporation, after the full payment of the Series C Major Event Preference, the Series B Major Event Preference and the Series A Major Event Preference, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be shared ratably among the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock (including, without limitation, any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock provided that the Series C Major Event Preference has not theretofore been paid on such shares of Series C Preferred Stock) pari passu , treating outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis (including an assumption of the conversion of any accumulated but unpaid dividends on such shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock).
          e. Initial Public Offering . In the event of an initial public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation, the Series C Major Event Preference, the Series B Major Event Preference and Series A Major Event Preference shall be paid to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock (unless such shares are converted to Common Stock prior to such initial public offering in accordance with Section 5), as the case may be, in that number of shares of Common Stock which would be purchasable in the initial public offering for a payment in cash of an amount equal to the Series C Major Event Preference, the Series B Major Event Preference or Series A Major Event Preference, as the case may be. In addition, in the event that the initial public offering permits the sale of all or part of the existing Common Stock by the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock and holders of shares of Common Stock, such right to sell shall be allocated ratably among the holders of such shares of Preferred Stock and holders of shares of Common Stock pari passu , treating outstanding such shares of Preferred Stock on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis (including an assumption of the conversion of accumulated but unpaid dividends on such shares of Preferred Stock, and including the number of shares of Common Stock issued to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series C Major Event Preference, the Series B Major Event Preference and the Series A Major Event Preference).
     4.  Mandatory Redemption .
          a. Redemption Rights .
               (1) At any time, and from time to time, more than three (3) years after the original issuance of the Series C Preferred Stock by the Corporation, the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock may require by a written notice delivered to the Corporation that the Corporation redeem the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock,

9


 

Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock in whole or in part. If any redemption of the then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock is made in part, then such redemption shall be made pro rata among all of the holders of such shares of Preferred Stock in accordance with the number of shares held by each holder of shares of Preferred Stock on an as-if converted basis (including an assumption of the conversion of any accumulated but unpaid dividends on such shares of Preferred Stock). The redemption price per share shall be the higher of: (i) the amount per share originally paid to the Corporation in exchange for that share of Preferred Stock being redeemed (as adjusted for stock splits, subdivisions, combinations or other similar transactions) or, in the case of shares of Series C Dividend Preferred Stock, One Dollar and Twenty Cents ($1.20) (as adjusted for stock splits, subdivisions, combinations or other similar transactions), plus any dividends to which the holder thereof may be entitled, or (ii) the Fair Market Value (as defined below) per share of the Preferred Stock being redeemed. The redemption price shall be due and paid ninety (90) days after the date upon which the redemption right is exercised by delivery of such redemption notice to the Corporation. Holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall receive payment of the redemption price prior to any payment of any redemption price paid to any holder of Series A Preferred Stock and any holder of Series B Preferred Stock. Holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall receive payment of the redemption price prior to any holder of Series A Preferred Stock.
               (2) If, at any time on and after a date which is three (3) years following the original issuance of the Series C Preferred Stock by the Corporation, the holders of a majority of all the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of all the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock or the holders of a majority of all the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock (“Proposing Stockholder”) shall propose in writing to the Company that the Company sell, exchange, lease, license, or dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or then outstanding Capital Stock to an unaffiliated third person (“Proposed Sale”), then the Proposing Stockholder shall retain a reputable investment banking firm of recognized standing on behalf of and at the cost of the Company on commercially reasonable terms to solicit offers for the Proposed Sale. The Proposing Stockholder shall provide notice of the Proposed Sale to all other Stockholders. In the event that a commercially reasonable offer is submitted by such investment banking firm, then no Stockholder will unreasonably withhold approval of the Proposed Sale. In the event that the holders of a majority of all the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of all the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock or the holders of a majority of all the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock desire to consummate the Proposed Sale and any of the other series of Preferred Stock elects not to consummate the Proposed Sale, then the Proposed Sale shall not be consummated; and the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the series of Preferred Stock originally electing to consummate the Proposed Sale and the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of any other series of Preferred Stock electing to consummate the Proposed Sale shall have the unilateral right to cause the Company to redeem all, but not less than all, the shares of Preferred Stock of such series pursuant to the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation.
          b. Fair Market Value . The “Fair Market Value” of a share of Preferred Stock shall be the amount that would be received by the holder of such share pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation if the Corporation were liquidated and dissolved and its sole assets at

10


 

the time of such liquidation and dissolution consisted of cash in an amount equal to the “Corporation’s Fair Market Value,” and the aggregate amount of the Corporation’s liabilities at the time of such liquidation and dissolution was zero. The “Corporation’s Fair Market Value” means the amount which a hypothetical willing buyer(s) would pay a hypothetical willing seller(s) in cash for one hundred percent (100%) of the Corporation’s then outstanding Capital Stock, all in-the-money options and warrants for Capital Stock having been exercised in accordance with their respective terms, in an arm’s length transaction, with neither the buyer(s) nor the seller(s) being under any undue pressure to complete the transaction, and with both the buyer(s) and the seller(s) having equal access to, and accurate knowledge of, all material facts. Disputes as to Fair Market Value shall be submitted to binding arbitration in Houston, Texas, in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (expedited procedures) then in effect. There shall be three (3) arbitrators, all of whom shall be neutral, and at least one (1) of whom shall be an attorney licensed to practice law in the State of Texas for at least ten (10) years. The arbitrators shall have the authority to exclude evidence found to be irrelevant, redundant, or prejudicial beyond its probative value and are instructed to exercise that authority consistently with reasonably expediting the proceeding. The arbitrators may order specific performance, preliminary and final injunctive relief, and other equitable relief. The arbitrators in their discretion may award attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses of litigation, or a portion thereof, to the substantially prevailing party. The award of the arbitrators may be entered and enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. Arbitration shall be conducted as a “baseball style” arbitration where each party or side will submit one and only one proposed Fair Market Value to the arbitrators and the arbitrators shall then be instructed and shall determine that the Fair Market Value is exactly equal to one of the proposed valuations.
          c. Redemption Payment . If the funds of the Corporation legally available for payment of the redemption amounts on any payment date are insufficient to make the total payments required to be made, then those funds which are legally available shall be used to make the maximum possible payment ratably among the holders of shares of Preferred Stock being redeemed. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the payment of redemption amounts, such funds shall immediately be used to make payment of the balance of the amounts which the Corporation has become obligated to pay but which it has not yet paid.
          d. Partial Redemption . If fewer than the total number of shares of Preferred Stock represented by any certificate are redeemed, then a new certificate representing the number of unredeemed shares of Preferred Stock shall be issued to the holder of such shares of Preferred Stock without cost to such holder within three (3) business days after surrender of the certificate representing the redeemed shares of Preferred Stock.
          e. Dividends After Redemption Due Date . No share of Preferred Stock is entitled to any dividends accruing after the due date of its redemption. On such date, all rights of the holder of such share shall cease, and such share shall not be outstanding.
          f. Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares . Any shares of Preferred Stock which are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation shall be canceled and shall not be reissued, sold, or transferred.

11


 

          g. No Dividends or Repurchase . Until the redemption price is paid in full to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the Corporation shall not repurchase or redeem, or make any distribution or pay any dividend on, any other security of the Corporation.
5. Conversion Rights .
          a. Conversion Procedure .
               (i) At any time and from time to time (including, without limitation, prior to a Major Event) any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock may, at his, her, or its option, convert all or any portion of the Preferred Stock held by such holder into a number of shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock (“Conversion Stock”); provided , however , that if a change occurs such that the securities issuable upon conversion of shares of the Preferred Stock are issued by an entity other than the Corporation or if a change occurs in the class of securities so issuable, then the term “Conversion Stock” shall mean the security issuable upon conversion of shares of the Preferred Stock if such security is issuable in shares or shall mean the unit in which such security is issuable if such security is not issuable in shares. The Conversion Stock shall be computed by multiplying the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be converted by the amount per share originally paid to the Corporation in exchange for those shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, or, in the case of shares of Series C Dividend Preferred Stock, One Dollar and Twenty Cents ($1.20) (as adjusted for stock splits, subdivisions, combinations or other similar transactions) and dividing the result by the Conversion Price (as defined below) then in effect.
               (ii) Each conversion of shares of Preferred Stock shall be effective as of the close of business on the date on which the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted have been surrendered at the principal office of the Corporation. At such time as such conversion has been effected, the rights of the holder of such shares of Preferred Stock as such a holder shall cease and the person or persons in whose name or names any certificate or certificates for shares of Conversion Stock are to be issued upon such conversion shall become the holder or holders of record of the shares of Conversion Stock represented by such certificates.
               (iii) As soon as possible after a conversion has been effected, the Corporation shall deliver to the converting holder:
                    (a) a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Conversion Stock issued by reason of such conversion in such name or names and such denomination or denominations as the converting holder has specified, and
                    (b) a certificate representing any shares of Preferred Stock which were represented by the certificate or certificates delivered to the Corporation in connection with such conversion but which were not converted.

12


 

               (iv) The issuance of certificates for shares of Conversion Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock shall be made without charge to the holders of such shares of Preferred Stock for any issuance tax with respect to any such shares or other costs incurred by the Corporation in connection with such conversion and the related issuance of shares of Conversion Stock. Upon conversion of each share of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take all such actions as are necessary in order to insure that the Conversion Stock issuable with respect to such conversion shall be validly authorized, issued, outstanding, and nonassessable.
          b. Conversion Price .
               (i) The initial “Conversion Price” shall be the amount per share originally paid to the Corporation in exchange for that share of Preferred Stock or, in the case of shares of Series C Dividend Preferred Stock, One Dollar and Twenty Cents ($1.20). In order to prevent dilution of the conversion rights granted under this Paragraph 5, the Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to this Paragraph 5.
               (ii) If and whenever on or after the original date of issuance of the Preferred Stock the Corporation issues or sells, or in accordance with Subparagraph c below, is presumed to have issued or sold, any shares of its Capital Stock for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale (the “Additional Shares of Common Stock”), then ipso facto upon such issue or sale a new Conversion Price shall exist which shall be determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale by a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock on a fully diluted basis outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock on a fully diluted basis which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for such Additional Shares of Common Stock would purchase at the Conversion Price in effect prior to such sale or issue, and the denominator of which is the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock on a fully diluted basis outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued; provided , however , that no adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be made as a result of:
                    (a) any issuance or sale (or presumed issuance or sale in accordance with Subparagraph c below) of up to an aggregate of Three Million Five Hundred Sixty Four Thousand Nine Hundred Three (3,564,903) shares of Common Stock to employees, directors, officers, or consultants of the Corporation pursuant to any plan approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors or options outstanding as of the date of original issuance of the Series C Preferred Stock (as such number of shares is proportionately adjusted for subsequent stock splits, combinations, and dividends affecting the Common Stock);
                    (b) any issuance of sale (or presumed issuance or sale in accordance with Subparagraph c below) of up to an aggregate of Forty Thousand (40,000) shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to any warrants outstanding as of the date of original issuance of the Series C Preferred Stock (as such number of shares is proportionately adjusted for subsequent stock splits, combinations, and dividends affecting the Common Stock);

13


 

                    (c) any issuance of sale (or presumed issuance or sale in accordance with Subparagraph c below) of up to an aggregate of One Hundred Thirty Seven Thousand Five Hundred (137,500) shares of Common Stock pursuant to any warrants outstanding as of the date of original issuance of the Series C Preferred Stock (as such number of shares is proportionately adjusted for subsequent stock splits, combinations, and dividends affecting the Common Stock);
                    (d) shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock issued upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock;
                    (e) except as provided in Subparagraph c below, shares of the Common Stock issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend, or recapitalization by the Corporation; or
                    (f) shares of the Corporation’s Series C Preferred Stock issued as Series C PIK Dividends pursuant to and in accordance with Section 1(a) hereof.
          c. Effect on Conversion Price of Certain Events . For purposes of determining the adjusted Conversion Price under Subparagraph b above, the following shall be applicable:
               (i)  Exercise of Rights or Options . The Corporation may grant rights or options (“Options”) to subscribe for or to purchase shares of Common Stock, any other stock, or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock (“Convertible Securities”). Upon the exercise of any Options or conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, the following provisions shall apply:
                    (a) If the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of any Options or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities is less than the Conversion Price effective immediately before the Options are granted, then
                    (b) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable is presumed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Corporation at the time the Options were granted for such price per share.
     For purposes of this Subparagraph (i), the “price per share for which Common Stock is issuable” shall be determined by dividing (A) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the granting of such Options, plus, the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the Corporation upon exercise of all such Options, plus, in the case of such Options which relate to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by (B) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options. No further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made when

14


 

Convertible Securities are actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or when Common Stock is actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.
               (ii)  Issuance of Convertible Securities . If the Corporation in any manner issues or sells any Convertible Securities and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon such conversion or exchange is less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities shall be presumed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Corporation at the time of the issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities for such price per share. For the purposes of this Subparagraph (ii), the “price per share for which Common Stock is issuable” shall be determined by dividing (A) the total amount received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for issue or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by (B) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities. No further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made when Common Stock is actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and, if any such issue or sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Options for which adjustments of the Conversion Price had been or are to be made pursuant to other provisions of this Paragraph 5, no further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.
               (iii)  Change in Option Price or Conversion Price . If the purchase price provided for in any Options, the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities, or the rate at which any Convertible Securities are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock change at any time, then the Conversion Price in effect at the time of such change shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible Securities still outstanding provided for such changed purchase price, additional consideration or changed conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued, or sold. Upon expiration of any such Options or rights or the termination of any rights to convert or exchange any Convertible Securities, the Conversion Price shall be automatically readjusted to the Conversion Price that would have been obtained had such Options, rights, or Convertible Securities not been issued.
          d. Subdivision or Combination of Common Stock . If the Corporation at any time subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, or otherwise) its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, then the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and if the Corporation at any time combines (by reverse stock split or otherwise) its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.
          e. Reorganization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 3, prior to the consummation of any Major Event, the Corporation

15


 

shall make appropriate provisions (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock) to provide that each of the holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock shall, after such Major Event, have the right to acquire and receive, in lieu of or in addition to (as the case may be) the shares of Conversion Stock otherwise acquirable and receivable upon the conversion of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock, such shares of stock, securities, or assets as such holder would have received in connection with such Major Event if such holder had converted its shares of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such Major Event. In each such case, the Corporation shall also make appropriate provisions (in form and substance satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock) to insure that the provisions of this Paragraph 5 shall thereafter be applicable to the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock (including, in the case of any such consolidation, merger, or sale in which the successor entity or purchasing entity is other than the Corporation, an immediate adjustment of the Conversion Price to the value for the Common Stock reflected by the terms of such consolidation, merger, or sale, and a corresponding immediate adjustment in the number of shares of Conversion Stock acquirable and receivable upon conversion of Preferred Stock, if the value so reflected is less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, or sale). Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 3, the Corporation shall not effect any such consolidation, merger, or sale unless, prior to the consummation of such transaction, the successor corporation (if other than the Corporation) resulting from consolidation or merger or the corporation purchasing such assets assumes by written instrument (in form reasonably satisfactory to the holders of a majority of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding) the obligation to deliver to each such holder such shares of stock, securities, or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such holder may be entitled to acquire.
          f. Certain Events . If any event occurs of the type contemplated by the provisions of this Paragraph 5 but not expressly provided for by such provisions (including, without limitation, the granting of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock rights, or other rights with equity features), then the Corporation’s Board of Directors shall make an appropriate adjustment in the Conversion Price so as to protect the rights of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that no such adjustment shall increase the Conversion Price as otherwise determined pursuant to this Paragraph 5 or decrease the number of shares of Conversion Stock issuable upon conversion of each share of Preferred Stock.
          g. Fractional Shares; Dividends; Partial Conversion . No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock. At the time of each conversion, the Corporation shall pay in immediately available funds an amount equal to all dividends accrued and unpaid on the shares of Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion to the date upon which such conversion is presumed to take place; provided , however , at the option of the holder, in lieu of a payment in immediately available funds, the aggregate amount of dividends due to such holder may be divided by the Conversion Price and the resulting amount may then be converted into that number of shares of Common Stock in

16


 

accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 5. In case the number of shares of Preferred Stock represented by the certificate or certificates surrendered exceeds the number of shares converted, the Corporation shall, upon such conversion, execute and deliver to the holder, at the expense of the Corporation, a new certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Preferred Stock represented by the certificate or certificates surrendered which are not to be converted. If any fractional share of Common Stock would, except for the provisions of the first sentence of this Subparagraph g, be delivered upon such conversion, then the Corporation, in lieu of delivering such fractional share, shall pay to the holder surrendering the Preferred Stock for conversion in an amount of immediately available funds equal to the current fair market value of such fractional share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
          h. Notice of Adjustment . Immediately upon any adjustment of the Conversion Price, the Corporation shall give written notice of such adjustment to all holders of shares of Preferred Stock setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of such adjustment.
          i. Mandatory Conversion at Public Offering . The Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted to Common Stock upon the closing of a “Qualified Public Offering.” A “Qualified Public Offering” is a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or other similar foreign law covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public yielding gross proceeds (before underwriting discounts and commissions) to the Corporation of not less than Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) and resulting in an aggregate market capitalization for the Corporation (including privately-held as well as publicly-held shares) of at least Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000).
          j. Stock to Be Reserved . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock as herein provided, no less than that number of shares of Common Stock as shall be issuable upon the conversion of all issued and issuable shares of Preferred Stock. The Corporation covenants that all shares of Common Stock which shall be issued upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable and free from all taxes, liens, and charges with respect to the issue thereof. The Corporation shall take all such action as may be necessary to assure that all such shares of Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation or of any requirement of any national securities exchange upon which the Common Stock may be listed.
          k. Issue Tax . The issuance of certificates for shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock shall be made without charge to the holders thereof for any issuance tax in respect thereof; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the holder of shares of Preferred Stock which is being converted.

17


 

          l. Closing of Books . The Corporation will at no time close its transfer books against the transfer of any shares of Preferred Stock or of any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock in any manner which interferes with the timely conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock, except as may otherwise be required hereunder to comply with applicable securities laws.
          m. Status of Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted, the shares so converted shall be canceled and not issuable by the Corporation, and then the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation shall be, and shall be presumed to be, amended appropriately to effect the corresponding reduction in the authorized stock of the Corporation.
     6.  Preemptive Rights . In the event of any offering of securities by the Corporation, each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock shall have the right to purchase a percentage of the securities offered equal to the percentage of Common Stock of the Corporation owned by such holder on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis (including an assumption of the conversion of any accumulated but unpaid dividends on such shares of Preferred Stock immediately prior to the proposed issuance of such offered securities (with a right of oversubscription) and assuming that prior to the proposed issuance all in-the-money options and warrants for Capital Stock were exercised in accordance with their terms and that all shares of Preferred Stock were converted to Common Stock; provided , however , that this right shall not apply to (i) equity compensation grants to employees, consultants, or directors pursuant to plans or other arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, (ii) the conversion or exercise of any convertible or exercisable securities outstanding immediately after the original issuance of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, (iii) the issuance of securities in connection with any Major Event, (iv) the issuance of shares of Common Stock in connection with lease lines, bank financing, or other similar transactions that are of a non-equity financing nature undertaken after receiving all necessary approvals, (v) the issuance of five million (5,000,000) shares of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2005, by and among the Corporation and the Investors named therein, (vi) the issuance of Series C Preferred Stock as Series C PIK Dividends pursuant to and in accordance with Section 1(a) hereof, (vii) the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 1(b) hereof. Any offered securities not subscribed for by a holder of shares of Preferred Stock exercising rights pursuant to this Paragraph 6 may then be purchased by the other holders of shares of Preferred Stock on a pro rata basis based on the proportion which the number of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock held by each such holder of shares of Preferred Stock bears to the total number of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (excluding the shares held by holders of shares of Preferred Stock not exercising rights pursuant to this Paragraph 6). The holders of shares of Common Stock have no such preemptive rights.

18


 

     7.  Registration of Transfer . The Corporation shall keep at its principal office a register for the registration of the shares of Preferred Stock. Upon the surrender at the Corporation’s principal office of any certificate representing shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall, at the request of the record holder of such certificate, execute and deliver (at the Corporation’s expense) a new certificate or certificates in exchange for such surrendered certificate representing in the aggregate the number of shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate. Each such new certificate shall be registered in such name and shall represent such number of shares of Preferred Stock as is requested by the holder of the surrendered certificate and shall be substantially identical in form to the surrendered certificate.
     8.  Replacement . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of any certificate evidencing shares of Preferred Stock and, in the case of any such loss, theft, or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender of such certificate, the Corporation shall (at its expense) execute and deliver in lieu of such certificate a new certificate of like kind representing the number of shares of Preferred Stock represented by the lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated certificate and dated the issuance date of such lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated certificate.
     9.  Amendment and Waiver . No amendment, modification, or waiver to this Certificate of Incorporation shall be binding or effective without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock.
ARTICLE V
DURATION
     The Corporation should have perpetual existence.
ARTICLE VI
LIMITATION ON DIRECTORS’ LIABILITY
     No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation

19


 

existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION
     The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time, indemnify each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to become, a director of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding and any appeal therefrom.
     Indemnification may include payment by the Corporation of expenses in defending an action or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by the person indemnified to repay such payment if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification either under this Article or under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which undertaking may be accepted without reference to the financial ability of such person to make such repayment.
     The Corporation shall not indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless the initiation thereof was approved or ratified by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
     The indemnification rights provided in this Article (i) shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those persons entitled to indemnification hereunder may be entitled under the law, agreement, or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, and (ii) shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such persons.
     The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director of the Corporation against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VII.
     The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by its Board of Directors, grant indemnification rights, including advances of expenses, to present or former officers, employees or agents of the Corporation or other persons serving the Corporation and such rights may be equivalent to, or greater or less than, those set forth in this Article VII.

20


 

ARTICLE VIII
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS WITH INTERESTED STOCKHOLDERS
     The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE IX
INCORPORATOR
     The name and address of the Incorporator is:
Casey W. Doherty
1717 St. James Place
Suite 520
Houston, Texas 77056
ARTICLE X
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
          The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be not less than one (1) nor more than seven (7), the exact number to be fixed from time to time by the bylaws of the Corporation, or if the Bylaws fail to fix such a number, then by resolution adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     Election of directors at an annual or special meeting need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide. In connection with the election of directors, the stockholders shall not be entitled to cumulate votes as provided in Section 214 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

21


 

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
RIGNET, INC.
     RigNet, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),
      DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
           1. That the name of this corporation is RigNet, Inc., and that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was originally filed on July 6, 2004 and was amended and restated by an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed on July 13, 2007.
           2. That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the approval of the stockholders thereof, which resolutions set forth the proposed amendment as follows:
     Section A of Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is deleted and is replaced in its entirety as follows:
     A. General . The aggregate number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation has authority to issue is Sixty Seven Million Nine Hundred Seventeen Thousand Six Hundred Eight (67,917,608) (the “Capital Stock”), divided into two classes, namely Fifty Two Million (52,000,000) shares of common stock, having a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and Fifteen Million Nine Hundred Seventeen Thousand Six Hundred Eight (15,917,608) shares of preferred stock, having a par value of $0.001 per share, designated as the “Preferred Stock” (the “Preferred Stock”). Holders of common Stock have no preemptive rights.
The first paragraph of Section C of Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is deleted and is replaced in its entirety as follows:
     C. Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock shall initially have three series, namely Two Million Seven Hundred Ninety Thousand (2,790,000) shares of preferred stock, having a par value of $0.001 per share, designated as the “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), Three Million One Hundred Twenty Seven Thousand Six Hundred Eight (3,127,608) shares of preferred stock, having a par value of $0.001 per share, designated as the “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) and Ten Million (10,000,000) shares of preferred stock, having a par value of $0.001 per share, designated as the “Series C Preferred Stock” (the “Series C Preferred Stock”). The remaining shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall have the preferences, limitations, and relative rights as shall be established by the Board of Directors of

- 1 -


 

the Corporation in compliance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and may be issued in one or more additional series.
* * *
           3. That the foregoing amendment was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.
           4. That this Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which amends the provisions of this corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 30th day of June 2010.
         
     
  /s/ Marty Jimmerson    
  Name:   Marty Jimmerson   
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 

- 2 -

Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
RIGNET, INC.
a Delaware corporation
     RIGNET, INC. (the “ Corporation” ), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify that:
     A. The name of the Corporation is RigNet, Inc. The date of the filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was July 6, 2004 (the “ Original Certificate ”).
     B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate ”) amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 11, 2007 (the “ Amended and Restated Certificate ”), and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL and by the written consent of its stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.
     C. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as herein set forth in full.
ARTICLE I
NAME
     The name of this corporation is RigNet, Inc.
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT
     The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
     The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

 


 

ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK
     1. This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 200,000,000 consisting of 190,000,000 shares of Common Stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote at any meeting of stockholders.
     2. The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to the limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation, authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.
     3. The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of which is fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in this Certificate or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.
ARTICLE V
DURATION
     The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.
ARTICLE VI
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
     1. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Certificate or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.
     2. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of this Certificate or any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such class or series of stock adopted by the Board of Directors,

2


 

shall be elected by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon in the manner and at the times provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
     3. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.
     4. No stockholder shall be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.
     5. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors that constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed, and may be increased or decreased from time to time, exclusively by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
     6. Any director may be removed from the Board of Directors by the stockholders of the Corporation only for cause, and in such case only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total voting power of all classes of the then outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Voting Stock ”).
     7. Except as otherwise provided by any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of a class or series of Preferred Stock adopted by the Board of Directors, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by the sole remaining director. Any director so chosen shall hold office until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified.
ARTICLE VII
BYLAWS
     In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Board of Directors then in office shall be required in order for the Board of Directors to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation’s Bylaws. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock required by law, by this Certificate or by any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such class or series of stock adopted by the Board of Directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws, or to adopt any new Bylaw; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66⅔% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any Bylaw inconsistent with, the following provisions of the Bylaws: ARTICLE I; Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.4 and 2.12 of ARTICLE II;

3


 

ARTICLE V; and ARTICLE IX, or in each case, any successor provision (including, without limitation, any such article or section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other Bylaw). No Bylaw hereafter legally altered, amended or repealed shall invalidate any prior act of the directors or officers of the Corporation that would have been valid if such Bylaw had not been altered, amended or repealed.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
     The Corporation reserves the right at any time from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate, and any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law. All rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons or entities whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this ARTICLE VIII. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock required by law, by this Certificate or by any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such class or series of stock adopted by the Board of Directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66⅔% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with ARTICLE VI, ARTICLE VII, ARTICLE IX, ARTICLE X, and this ARTICLE VIII of this Certificate, or in each case, any successor provision (including, without limitation, any such article or section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other provision of this Certificate). Any repeal or modification of ARTICLE IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any person existing thereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE IX
LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
     1. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
     2. The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans,

4


 

against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.
     3. The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.
     4. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.
     5. Neither any amendment or repeal of any Section of this ARTICLE IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate inconsistent with this ARTICLE IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE IX, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this ARTICLE IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.
ARTICLE X
STOCKHOLDER ACTION
     1. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any action by written consent by such stockholders.
     2. Except as otherwise required by law or provided by any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of a class or series of Preferred Stock adopted by the Board of Directors, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors and any other power of stockholders to call a special meeting is specifically denied. No business other than that stated in the notice of a special meeting of stockholders shall be transacted at such special meeting.
     3. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

5


 

ARTICLE XI
PERMITTED ACTIVITIES AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES
     The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Permitted Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Permitted Person expressly and solely in such Permitted Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.
*****

6


 

     THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION is executed as of this            day of      , 2010.
         
  RIGNET, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Marty Jimmerson   
    Chief Financial Officer    
 

7

Exhibit 3.3
BYLAWS
OF
RIGNET, INC.
(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)
July 6, 2004

 


 

BYLAWS
OF
RIGNET, INC.
(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)
ARTICLE I
Offices
      Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.
      Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain a principal office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
Corporate Seal
      Section 3. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
ARTICLE III
Stockholders’ Meetings
      Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, or, if not so designated, then at the principal office of the corporation required to be maintained pursuant to Section 2 hereof.
      Section 5. Annual Meeting .
           (a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.
           (b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be brought before an annual meeting, business must be: (A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (B) otherwise properly brought

1.


 

before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the sixtieth (60th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year’s proxy statement, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60th) day prior to such annual meeting or, in the event public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is first made by the corporation fewer than seventy (70) days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the corporation. A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, and (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business. Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (b). The chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (b), and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
      Section 6. Special Meetings .
           (a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) President, or (iv) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption), and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix.
           (b) If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall

2.


 

cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. If the notice is not given within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request, the person or persons properly requesting the meeting may set the time and place of the meeting and give the notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.
      Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, written notice of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, date and hour and purpose or purposes of the meeting. Notice of the time, place and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his, her, or its attendance thereat in person or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.
      Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation, by these Bylaws or by a written agreement executed by each of the stockholders, the presence, in person or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter and, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall be the act of such class or classes or series.
      Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares casting votes. When a meeting

3.


 

is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
      Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.
      Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his or her act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the Delaware General Corporation Law, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.
      Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
      Section 13. Action Without Meeting .
           (a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum

4.


 

number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
           (b) Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.
           (c) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the Delaware General Corporation Law if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
      Section 14. Organization .
           (a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.
           (b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

5.


 

ARTICLE IV
Directors
      Section 15. Number and Term of Office . The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time. directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.
      Section 16. Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.
      Section 17. Term of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term of one year. Each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
      Section 18. Vacancies.
           (a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.
           (b) If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to the creation of such vacancy or newly created directorship), the Delaware Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in offices as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
      Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her written resignation to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time or upon receipt by the Secretary. If no such specification is made, it shall be

6.


 

deemed effective upon receipt. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
      Section 20. Removal. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law, the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors.
      Section 21. Meetings .
           (a) Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately before or after the annual meeting of stockholders and at the place where such meeting is held. No notice of an annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be necessary and such meeting shall be held for the purpose of electing officers and transacting such other business as may lawfully come before it.
           (b) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and published among all directors. No formal notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board of Directors.
           (c) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, or any one of the directors.
           (d) Telephone Meetings. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
           (e) Notice of Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting, or sent in writing to each director by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

7.


 

           (f) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present shall sign a written waiver of notice. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.
      Section 22. Quorum and Voting .
           (a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number and except with respect to indemnification questions arising under Section 43 hereof, for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.
           (b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, contract, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.
      Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.
      Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.
      Section 25. Committees .
           (a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the Delaware General Corporation Law

8.


 

to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.
           (b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law, including, but not limited to, a warrant call committee. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.
           (c) Term. Each member of a committee of the Board of Directors shall serve a term on the committee no longer than such member’s term on the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his or her death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.
           (d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon written notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of written notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. A majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.
      Section 26. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the

9.


 

President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director) or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his or her absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.
ARTICLE V
Officers
      Section 27. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer and the Controller, all of whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.
      Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers .
           (a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.
           (b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to his or her office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28.
           (c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to his or her office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.
           (d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of

10.


 

President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.
           (e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties given him or her or her in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to his or her office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to his or her office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.
           (f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his or her office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to his or her office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.
           (g) Duties of Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of all monies and securities of the corporation and shall keep regular books of account. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation in payment of the just demands against the corporation or as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors from time to time as may be required of him or her or her, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. He shall perform all duties incident to his or her office or that are properly required of him or her or her by the Board of Directors.
           (h) Duties of Controller. The Controller shall keep full and accurate accounting records for the corporation, and shall render to the Board of Directors from time to time, as may be required of him or her or her, reports of operations and financial condition of the corporation. He shall perform all duties incident to his or her office or that are required of him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors.

11.


 

      Section 29. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.
      Section 30. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation delivered to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.
      Section 31. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE VI
Execution Of Corporate Instruments And Voting
Of Securities Owned By The Corporation
      Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.
     All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.
     Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.
      Section 33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

12.


 

ARTICLE VII
Shares Of Stock
      Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates. Certificates for the shares of stock of the corporation shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue. Each certificate shall state upon the face or back thereof, in full or in summary, all of the powers, designations, preferences, and rights, and the limitations or restrictions of the shares authorized to be issued or shall, except as otherwise required by law, set forth on the face or back a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section or otherwise required by law or with respect to this section a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.
      Section 35. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.
      Section 36. Transfers .
           (a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.
           (b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict

13.


 

the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
      Section 37. Fixing Record Dates .
           (a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
           (b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
           (c) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such

14.


 

purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
      Section 38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
ARTICLE VIII
Other Securities Of The Corporation
      Section 39. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.
ARTICLE IX
Dividends
      Section 40. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.
      Section 41. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board

15.


 

of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
ARTICLE X
Fiscal Year
      Section 42. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE XI
Indemnification
      Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Other Agents .
           (a) Directors. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the corporation shall indemnify its directors to the fullest extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law.
           (b) Expenses. The corporation may advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director in connection with such proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay said amounts if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Bylaw or otherwise.
           (c) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors under the Certificate of Incorporation or this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by the Certificate of Incorporation or this Bylaw to a director shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting his or her claim. The failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law shall not be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In

16.


 

any suit brought by a director to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article XI or otherwise shall be on the corporation.
           (d) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law.
           (e) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
           (f) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the corporation or any other applicable law, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.
           (g) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.
           (h) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director to the full extent under applicable law.
           (i) Officers, Employees and Other Agents . The corporation may indemnify and make advances for expenses to officers, employees and other agents on terms and provisions similar to those contained in this Article XI.
           (j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:
                (1)  The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.
                (2)  The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or

17.


 

judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.
                (3)  The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
                (4)  References to a “director,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.
                (5)  References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Bylaw.
ARTICLE XII
Notices
      Section 44. Notices .
           (a) Notice to Stockholders. Whenever, under any provisions of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any stockholder, it shall be given in writing, timely and duly deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to his or her last known post office address as shown by the stock record of the corporation or its transfer agent.
           (b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or by overnight delivery service, facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.
           (c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with

18.


 

respect to the class of stock affected, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.
           (d) Time Notices Deemed Given. All notices given by mail or by overnight delivery service, as above provided, shall be deemed to have been given as at the time of mailing, and all notices given by facsimile, telex or telegram shall be deemed to have been given as of the sending time recorded at time of transmission.
           (e) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all directors, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.
           (f) Failure to Receive Notice. The period or limitation of time within which any stockholder may exercise any option or right, or enjoy any privilege or benefit, or be required to act, or within which any director may exercise any power or right, or enjoy any privilege, pursuant to any notice sent him or her in the manner above provided, shall not be affected or extended in any manner by the failure of such stockholder or such director to receive such notice.
           (g) Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.
           (h) Notice to Person with Undeliverable Address. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any stockholder to whom (i) notice of two consecutive annual meetings, and all notices of meetings or of the taking of action by written consent without a meeting to such person during the period between such two consecutive annual meetings, or (ii) all, and at least two, payments (if sent by first class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a twelve-month period, have been mailed addressed to such person at his or her address as shown on the records of the corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to such person shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such person shall deliver to the corporation a written notice setting forth his or her then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such person shall be reinstated. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under

19.


 

any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to this paragraph.
ARTICLE XIII
Amendments
      Section 45. Amendments. These Bylaws may be amended or repealed and new Bylaws adopted by those stockholders entitled to vote thereon. The Board of Directors shall also have the power, if such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, to adopt, amend, or repeal Bylaws (including, without limitation, the amendment of any Bylaw setting forth the number of directors who shall constitute the whole Board of Directors).
ARTICLE XIV
Loans To Officers
      Section 46. Loans to Officers. The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

20.


 

         
ARTICLE I OFFICES
    1  
 
       
Section 1. Registered Office
    1  
Section 2. Other Offices
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II CORPORATE SEAL
    1  
 
       
Section 3. Corporate Seal
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE III STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
    1  
 
       
Section 4. Place of Meetings
    1  
Section 5. Annual Meeting
    1  
Section 6. Special Meetings
    2  
Section 7. Notice of Meetings
    3  
Section 8. Quorum
    3  
Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings
    3  
Section 10. Voting Rights
    4  
Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock
    4  
Section 12. List of Stockholders
    4  
Section 13. Action Without Meeting
    4  
Section 14. Organization
    5  
 
       
ARTICLE IV DIRECTORS
    6  
 
       
Section 15. Number and Term of Office
    6  
Section 16. Powers
    6  
Section 17. Term of Directors
    6  
Section 18. Vacancies
    6  
Section 19. Resignation
    6  
Section 20. Removal
    7  
Section 21. Meetings
    7  
(a) Annual Meetings
    7  
(b) Regular Meetings
    7  
(c) Special Meetings
    7  
(d) Telephone Meetings
    7  
(e) Notice of Meetings
    7  
(f) Waiver of Notice
    8  
Section 22. Quorum and Voting
    8  
Section 23. Action Without Meeting
    8  

 


 

         
Section 24. Fees and Compensation
    8  
Section 25. Committees
    8  
(a) Executive Committee
    8  
(b) Other Committees
    9  
(c) Term
    9  
(d) Meetings
    9  
Section 26. Organization
    9  
 
       
ARTICLE V OFFICERS
    10  
 
       
Section 27. Officers Designated
    10  
Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers
    10  
(a) General
    10  
(b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors
    10  
(c) Duties of President
    10  
(d) Duties of Vice Presidents
    10  
(e) Duties of Secretary
    11  
(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer
    11  
Section 29. Delegation of Authority
    12  
Section 30. Resignations
    12  
Section 31. Removal
    12  
 
       
ARTICLE VI EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION
    12  
 
       
Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments
    12  
Section 33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation
    12  
 
       
ARTICLE VII SHARES OF STOCK
    13  
 
       
Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates
    13  
Section 35. Lost Certificates
    13  
Section 36. Transfers
    13  
Section 37. Fixing Record Dates
    14  
Section 38. Registered Stockholders
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION
    15  
 
       
Section 39. Execution of Other Securities
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE IX DIVIDENDS
    15  
 
       
Section 40. Declaration of Dividends
    15  

 


 

         
Section 41. Dividend Reserve
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE X FISCAL YEAR
    16  
 
       
Section 42. Fiscal Year
    16  
 
       
ARTICLE XI INDEMNIFICATION
    16  
 
       
Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents
    16  
(a) Directors and Officers
    16  
(b) Expenses
    16  
(c) Enforcement
    16  
(d) Non-Exclusivity of Rights
    17  
(e) Survival of Rights
    17  
(f) Insurance
    17  
(g) Amendments
    17  
(h) Saving Clause
    17  
(i) Officers, Employees and Other Agents
    17  
(j) Certain Definitions
    17  
 
       
ARTICLE XII NOTICES
    18  
 
       
Section 44. Notices
    18  
(a) Notice to Stockholders
    18  
(b) Notice to Directors
    18  
(c) Affidavit of Mailing
    18  
(d) Time Notices Deemed Given
    19  
(e) Methods of Notice
    19  
(f) Failure to Receive Notice
    19  
(g) Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful
    19  
(h) Notice to Person with Undeliverable Address
    19  
 
       
ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENTS
    20  
 
       
Section 45. Amendments
    20  
 
       
ARTICLE XIV LOANS TO OFFICERS
    20  
 
       
Section 46. Loans to Officers
    20  

 

EXHIBIT 4.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
     This Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of June 20, 2005, by and among RigNet, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Sanders Morris Harris Private Equity Group I, LP (“SMH PEG”), Energivekst AS (“Energivekst”), Altira Technology Fund III LLC (“Altira”), Sanders Opportunity Fund (Institutional), LP (“Sanders (Institutional)”), Sanders Opportunity Fund, LP (“Sanders Opportunity”), Don A. Sanders (“Don Sanders”), Kathy Sanders (“Kathy Sanders”) and DE-PMI Partners, L.P. (“DE-PMI”)(each, a “Holder,” and collectively, the “Holders”) in each of their capacities, as applicable, as holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock (as defined below), as holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock (as defined below) and as holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock (as defined below).
     The Company and the Holders are parties to certain agreements dated as of the date of this Agreement pursuant to which the Holders are acquiring shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, having a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Series C Preferred Stock”). Shares of the Series C Preferred Stock are convertible under certain circumstances into shares of the Company’s common stock, having a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”).
     Altira, Sanders (Institutional), Sanders Opportunity, Don Sanders, Kathy Sanders and DE-PMI (collectively, the “Series A Stockholders”) hold shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, having a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”). Shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are convertible under certain circumstances into shares of the Common Stock. The Series A Stockholders and Energivekst (collectively, the “Series B Stockholders”) hold shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, having a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”). Shares of the Series B Preferred Stock are convertible under certain circumstances into shares of Common Stock. The Company and the Series A Stockholders are parties to that certain Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 20, 2004 and the Company, the Series A Stockholders and the Series B Stockholders are parties to that certain Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 9, 2004 (collectively, the “Prior Agreements”). The Company, the Series A Stockholders and the Series B Stockholders agree that the Prior Agreements shall be amended and restated in their entirety by the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
     Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in paragraph 10 of this Agreement.
     The parties hereto agree that the Prior Agreements shall be amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:
     1.  Demand Registrations .
a.
  Requests for Registration . Subject to the limitations contained in this Agreement, at any time after the “Closing”, as defined in that certain Securities Purchase Agreement

 


 

by and among the Company Altira, Sanders (Institutional), Sanders Opportunity, Don Sanders, Kathy Sanders, DE-PMI, SMH PEG and Energivekst, and from time to time thereafter until the termination of this Agreement, the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock may collectively request, and the Company shall effect, a registration under the Securities Act of all or part of its Registrable Securities. All registrations requested pursuant to this paragraph 1(a) are referred to in this Agreement as “Demand Registrations”. Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered. Within ten (10) business days after receipt of any such request, the Company will give written notice of such requested registration to all other Holders of Registrable Securities and, except as provided in paragraph 1(c) below, will include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within fifteen (15) business days after the receipt of the Company’s notice.
          b.  Number and Size of Requests . The Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are collectively entitled to request an aggregate of two (2) Demand Registrations on Form S-l or any similar long form registration statement and unlimited Demand Registrations on Form S-3 or any similar short form registration statement; provided , however , no demand shall be made for a Demand Registration on Form S-l if the Company is eligible to use Form S-3 or any similar short form registration statement for such Demand Registration. No Demand Registration on Form S-1 shall be requested for less than One Million Dollars ( $1,000,000) worth of Registrable Securities. No Demand Registration on Form S-3 shall be requested for less than One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) worth of Registrable Securities.
          c.  Priority on Demand Registrations . If a Demand Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities participating in such registration that, in such underwriter’s opinion, the aggregate number of securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock requesting registration, the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock requesting registration and the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock requesting registration, then the Company will include in such registration, prior to the inclusion of any other securities, the maximum number of Registrable Securities requested to be included by the Holders requesting such Demand Registration, which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold in an orderly manner within such price range, pro rata among the respective Holders thereof on the basis of the number of shares of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder on a fully diluted basis outstanding immediately prior to such registration (including for purposes of determination an assumption of the conversion of any accumulated but unpaid dividends on shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock held by such Holder pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation).

2


 

          d.  Restrictions on Demand Registrations . The Company will not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration (i) within six (6) months after the effective date of the Initial Public Offering of the Company (or any shorter period collectively requested by the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and agreed to by the lead underwriter), (ii) within twelve (12) months after the effective date of any Demand Registration, (iii) during any period in which the Company is in the process of negotiating or preparing, and ending on a date ninety (90) days following the effective date of, a registration statement pertaining to an underwritten public offering of securities for the account of the Company or (iv) during any period in which the Company is in possession of material information concerning the Company or its business and affairs, the public disclosure of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company, which information shall be disclosed to all of the Holders requesting registration. In any given twelve (12) month period, the Company may effect one (1) postponement for up to one hundred eighty (180) days of the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration if, in the opinion of the Company’s Board of Directors, such Demand Registration or offering of securities would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to engage in any material acquisition of assets outside the ordinary course of business, any material merger, consolidation, or tender offer, or any other transaction; provided , however , that in an such event, the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock requesting such Demand Registration, the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock requesting such Demand Registration and the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock requesting such Demand Registration collectively will be entitled to withdraw such request and, if such request is withdrawn, such Demand Registration will not count as one of the permitted Demand Registrations, and the Company will pay all registration expenses in connection with such registration.
          e.  Effective Registration Statement . A Demand Registration shall not be presumed to have been requested if a registration statement with respect thereto shall not have become effective (unless such Demand Registration has not become effective due solely to the refusal of the Holders requesting registration to proceed, provided such refusal is not due to the advice of their counsel that the registration statement, or the prospectus contained therein, or other documents incorporated by reference therein, contain or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits a statement of material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing), regardless of whether any Registrable Securities are sold pursuant to such registration.

3


 

     2.  Piggyback Registrations.
          a.  Right to Piggyback . Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act (whether such registration is a primary registration on behalf of the Company or a secondary registration on behalf of any other person holding any of the Company’s securities) other than a Demand Registration and the registration form to be used is anything other than Forms S-4 or S-8 or any successor forms (a “Piggyback Registration”), or in connection with mergers, acquisitions or exchange offers, the Company will give prompt written notice to all Holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such a registration and the estimated price range of such offering and, except as provided in paragraph 2(b) below, will include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within fifteen (15) business days after each Holder’s receipt of the Company’s notice.
          b.  Priority on Piggyback Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten registration and the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their opinion the number of securities requested by Holders of Registrable Securities to be included in any Piggyback Registration exceeds the aggregate number which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Company, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold in an orderly manner within such price range, (ii) second, the Registrable Securities and any other securities requested to be included in such registration which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner within such price range, pro rata among the Holders of such securities on the basis of the number of shares owned by each such Holder on a fully diluted basis outstanding immediately prior to such registration (including for purposes of determination an assumption of the conversion of any accumulated but unpaid dividends on shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock held by the Holder pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation) and (iii) third, any other securities requested to be included in such registration, which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold in an orderly manner within such price range, pro rata among the Holders of such securities on the basis of the number of shares owned by each such Holder on a fully diluted basis outstanding immediately prior to such registration (including for purposes of determination an assumption of the conversion of any accumulated but unpaid dividends on shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock held by such Holder pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation).
     3.  Registration Procedures . Whenever a Holder of Registrable Securities has requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will use reasonable efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof. Pursuant to such registration, the Company will:
     a. As soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days of a request for registration of Registrable Securities, prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective (provided that, before filing a registration

4


 

statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, if requested, the Company will furnish, to the counsel collectively selected by the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock covered by such registration statement, the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock covered by such registration statement and the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock covered by such registration statement, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such counsel);
     b. As soon as practicable, prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period of either (i) one hundred twenty (120) days (subject to extension pursuant to the last paragraph of this paragraph 3) or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten offering, such period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer, or (ii) such shorter period as will terminate when all of the securities covered by such registration statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement (but in any event not before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act), and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;
     c. furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;
     d. if required, use its reasonable efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller or underwriter reasonably requests and to do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller ( provided , however , that the Company will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);
     e. furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities a signed counterpart, addressed to such seller (and the underwriters, if any), of:

5


 

     (i) an opinion of counsel for the Company, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to such seller, and
     (ii) a “cold comfort” letter, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements included in such registration statement,
covering substantially the same matters with respect to such registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) and, in the case of the “cold comfort” letter, with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer’s counsel and in “cold comfort” letters delivered to the underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities and, in the case of the “cold comfort” letter, such other financial matters, and, in the case of the legal opinion, such other legal matters, as such seller (or the underwriters, if any) may reasonably request;
     f. notify each seller of such Registrable Securities at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, is the subject of any stop order, or is otherwise not in compliance with the Securities Act or other applicable laws and, at the request of any underwriter or any such seller, prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;
     g. cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if not so listed, to use reasonable efforts to be quoted on the NASDAQ national market automated quotation system;
     h. enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock holding Registrable Securities being sold, the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock holding Registrable Securities being sold and the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock holding Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, collectively reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

6


 

     i. make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all relevant financial and other records, corporate documents and properties of the Company, and use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement; and
     j. otherwise use its reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission.
          Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in subparagraph (f) above, such Holder will forthwith discontinue such Holder’s distribution of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement relating to such Registrable Securities until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by subparagraph (f) above. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the applicable time period mentioned in subparagraph (b) above during which a Registration Statement is to remain effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to subparagraph (f) above, to and including the date when each seller of a Registrable Security covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by subparagraph (f) above.
     4.  Registration and Qualification under Other Securities Laws . Notwithstanding any other rights granted to the Holders hereunder, in the event that the Company becomes subject to the laws of any foreign jurisdiction with respect to the qualification or registration of any of the Company’s securities, then with respect to such foreign jurisdiction the Holders shall be entitled to exercise rights similar to the rights granted to the Holders hereunder and this Agreement shall be amended ipso facto to the fullest extent necessary to grant such rights and benefits to the Holders.
     5.  Rights Granted to Third Persons . Notwithstanding any other rights granted to the Holders hereunder, in the event that the Company shall grant rights and benefits to register any of its securities to any other person which are similar to, greater than, or more favorable to the interests of others when compared to those rights granted to the Holders hereunder, the Holders shall be entitled to exercise rights similar to those granted to such persons and this Agreement shall be amended ipso facto to the fullest extent necessary to grant such similar, greater or more favorable rights and benefits to the Holders.
     6.  Registration Expenses .
          a. Expenses Paid by the Company . All expenses incident to any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration effected pursuant to this Agreement and the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company, including,

7


 

without limitation, all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, duplicating and printing expenses, road show expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent public accountants, underwriters (excluding discounts and commissions with respect to Registrable Securities) and other persons retained by the Company. In addition, in connection with any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration, the Company will bear the Company’s internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or quoted on the NASDAQ national market automated quotation system. In connection with each Demand Registration, the Company will reimburse a Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel collectively chosen by the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock holding Registrable Securities included in such registration, the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock holding Registrable Securities included in such registration and the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock Holder holding Registrable Securities included in such registration.
          b. Expenses Paid by the Holder of Registrable Securities . Each Holder of securities included in any registration pursuant to this Agreement will pay any underwriters’ discount or commission and registration fees applicable to such Holder’s securities, and any other expenses incurred by such Holder which are not borne by the Company as provided above.
     7.  Indemnification .
          a. Indemnification by the Company . In connection with the sale or transfer of any Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each such selling or transferring Holder along with such person’s officers, managers, partners, owners and directors, each other person who participates as an underwriter in the offering for sale of such Registrable Securities and each person who controls such person or underwriter (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses caused by any failure of compliance with the Securities Act or other applicable laws, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the Company will reimburse such Holder, and each such officer, director, manager, partner, owner, underwriter and controlling person for reasonable legal or any other expenses incurred by them in connection with defending any such loss, claim, liability, action or proceeding, except insofar as the same arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, or omission or alleged omission, made in such registration statement, any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information prepared and furnished to the Company by such Holder specifically for use in the preparation thereof which

8


 

information contained any untrue statement of any material fact or omitted to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and provided that the Company shall not be liable to any person who is authorized to distribute the final prospectus in any such registration or any other person who controls such person within the meaning of the Securities Act, in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of such person’s failure to send or give a copy of the final prospectus, as the same may be then supplemented or amended, to the person asserting an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the securities to such person if such statement or omission was corrected in such final prospectus.
          b. Indemnification by the Holder of Registrable Securities . In connection with any registration statement in which the Holder is participating, the Holder will furnish to the Company in writing such information regarding such Holder and, if such registration is not an underwritten registration, such information regarding the distribution of such securities, as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus. If such registration statement or prospectus or any preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto contains any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by the Holder, or if such information or affidavit omits or allegedly omits a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, the Holder, to the extent permitted by law, will indemnify the Company, its directors and officers and each person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and all other Holders of Registrable Securities against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from such untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact or omission; provided , however , that the obligation to indemnify will be individual to the Holder and not joint or joint and several with any other seller or prospective seller of securities and will be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by the Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.
          c. Defense of Claims . Any person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification and, (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided , however , that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding provisions of this paragraph 7, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without the indemnifying party’s consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld).
          d. Survival; Contribution . The indemnification provided for under this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director, manager, partner, owner or controlling person of

9


 

such indemnified party and will survive the transfer of securities and the termination of this Agreement. The Company also agrees to make such provisions, as are reasonably requested by any indemnified party, for contribution to such party in the event the Company’s indemnification is unavailable or limited for any reason.
          e. Registration and Qualification under Other Securities Laws . Indemnification similar to that specified above in this paragraph 7 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each seller of Registrable Securities with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any Federal or state law or regulation of any governmental authority, other than the Securities Act.
          f. Advancement of Expenses . Upon the prior express approval of the indemnifying party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, the indemnification required by this paragraph 7 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the defense, as and when bills are received or expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred, subject to refund if it is determined the party incurring such expenses is not entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement.
     8.  Underwritten Registrations .
          a. Demand Underwritten Registrations . If requested by the underwriters for any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration, the Company will enter into an underwriting agreement with such underwriters for such offering. Such agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock holding Registrable Securities being registered, the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock holding Registrable Securities being registered, the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock holding Registrable Securities being registered and the underwriters and shall contain such representations and warranties by the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of this type, including, without limitation, indemnities substantially as provided in paragraph 7.
          b. Demand or Piggyback Underwritten Registrations . The Holder of Registrable Securities to be distributed by underwriters of any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to paragraphs 1 or 2 shall be parties to the Company’s underwriting agreement. No underwriting agreement (or other agreement in connection with such offering) shall require any Holder of Registrable Securities to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder, such Holder’s Registrable Securities, such Holder’s intended method of distribution and any other representation required by law.
          c. Participation in Underwritten Registrations . No person may participate in any registration hereunder which is underwritten unless such person agrees to sell such person’s

10


 

securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the person or persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements at the price approved by such person or persons.
     9.  Preparation; Reasonable Investigation . In connection with the preparation and filing of each registration statement under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will give each Holder of Registrable Securities registered under such registration statement, their underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel the reasonable opportunity to participate in the preparation of such registration statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission, and each amendment thereof or supplement thereto, and will give each of them such access to its books and records and such opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its officers and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements as shall be necessary, in the opinion of such Holder’s and such underwriters’ respective counsel, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of the Securities Act.
     10.  Definitions .
          a. “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Securities Exchange Commission Rule 405, promulgated under the Securities Act.
          b. “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.
          c. “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          d. “Initial Public Offering” shall mean the Company’s first Public Offering.
          e. “Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock.
          e. “Public Offering” shall mean a firmly-committed underwritten sale of shares of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, in which the aggregate price paid by the public for the shares of Common Stock exceeds One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).
          f. “Registrable Securities” means the shares of Common Stock received or receivable by the Holder in connection with conversion of shares of Preferred Stock and any other securities received on account of the shares of Preferred Stock in any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar event; provided , however , that such securities will cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when they have been distributed to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or pursuant to a transaction exempt from registration under Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in force) or (ii) five (5) years after the initial public offering under the Securities Act if such offering resulted in conversion of all shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, as the case may be, to Common Stock. For purposes of this Agreement, a person will be presumed to be a Holder of Registrable Securities

11


 

whenever such person has the right to acquire directly or indirectly such Registrable Securities from the Company (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected.
          g. “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     11.  Termination . This Agreement, other than the provisions of paragraph 7, insofar as such provisions relate to completed offerings, and paragraph 13 shall terminate, except with respect to a registration previously requested or in process, at the earlier of (a) five (5) years after the Initial Public Offering, (b) ten (10) years after the date of this Agreement or (c) such other date as is mutually agreed upon by the Company, the Holders of seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Holders of seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Holders of seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock.
     12.  Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date hereof, the Company will not, without the prior written collective consent of the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, enter into any agreement with any Holder or prospective Holder of any securities of the Company which allow such Holder or prospective Holder of any securities of the Company to include such securities in any registration filed under paragraph 1 hereof or which grants the Holder any registration rights superior to that of a Holder of the Registrable Securities, unless, under the terms of such agreement, such Holder or prospective Holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not diminish the amount of Registrable Securities which are included.
     13.  Assignment . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Registration Rights of the Holder granted by this Agreement are transferable to any recipient of a Registrable Security that acquires the same in a lawful manner and is (i) a partner or retired partner of any Holder which is a partnership, (ii) a member or former member of any Holder which is a limited liability company, (iii) a family member or trust for the benefit of any individual Holder or family member of a Holder, (iv) an officer or director or any former officer or director of any Holder which is a corporation, (v) an Affiliate of any Holder or (vi) any other Holder; provided , however , that no party may be assigned any of the foregoing rights unless the Company is given written notice by the assigning party at the time of such assignment stating the name and address of the assignee and identifying the securities of the Company as to which the rights in question are being assigned; provided , further , that any such assignee shall receive such assigned rights subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
     14.  Miscellaneous.
          a. Current Public Information . The Company shall file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations adopted by

12


 

the Commission thereunder and shall take such further action as any Holder of “Restricted Securities” (as that term is defined by Rule 144 adopted by the Commission under the Securities Act) may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such Holder to sell Restricted Securities pursuant to (i) Rule 144 adopted by the Commission under the Securities Act (as such rule may be amended from time to time) or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission or (ii) short-form registrations. Upon request, the Company shall deliver to any Holder of securities of the Company a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.
          b. Selection of Underwriters . The Company will select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer any offering effected pursuant to a Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration, provided , however , that in the case of a Demand Registration such selection shall be subject to the collective approval of the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock holding Registrable Securities being registered, the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock holding Registrable Securities being registered and the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock holding Registrable Securities being registered, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
          c. Remedies . Any person having rights under any provision of this Agreement will be entitled to enforce such rights specifically to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) for specific performance and for other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.
          d. Amendments and Waivers . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only upon the prior written collective consent of the Company and the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
          e. Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided, all covenants and agreements in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto will bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not. Except as otherwise provided herein or in any express assignment of this Agreement by any Holder, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of the Holder are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent Holder of the Registrable Securities, which subsequent Holder shall be presumed to be a “Holder” upon any transfer made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
          f. Additional Holder . The parties agree that any person acquiring shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or shares of Series A Preferred Stock or any combination thereof may become a party to this Agreement, and, upon acquisition of shares of Series

13


 

C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or shares of Series A Preferred Stock or any combination thereof and execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement, such person shall be presumed to be a Holder for all purposes under this Agreement. Should there be more than one Holder, determinations and elections to be made by the Holder shall be made in accordance with the written collective consent of the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
          g. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.
          h. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.
          i. Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.
          j. Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto will be governed by the internal law, and not the conflict of laws provisions, of the State of Texas.
          k. Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be presumed to have been given when delivered personally to the recipient, sent to the recipient by facsimile or by reputable express courier service (charges prepaid) or mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to each party to this Agreement at the address indicated on the signature pages hereto, or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.
          l. Inconsistent Agreements . The Company will not enter into agreements which legally conflict with this Agreement.
          m. Legend . The certificates representing the Registrable Securities will contain a legend referring to this Agreement.
          n. Registration Not Required . The Company will not be obligated to include any shares of Registrable Securities in a Demand Registration or a Piggyback Registration if the Company delivers to the requesting Holder the opinion of the Company’s counsel in a form reasonably acceptable to the Holder of such shares to the effect that the requested registration is not

14


 

at that time required to permit the proposed disposition or any resale of such Registrable Securities without restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act, which opinion may be furnished to and relied upon by any broker through which the Holder intend to sell the Registrable Securities.

15


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective as of the date first written above.
         
“COMPANY”    
 
       
RIGNET, INC.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Omar Kulbrandstad
 
Omar Kulbrandstad, CEO
   
 
       
“HOLDERS”    
 
       
SANDERS MORRIS HARRIS PRIVATE EQUITY GROUP I, LP    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Charles L. Davis
 
Charles L. Davis, Manager
   
 
       
ENERGIVEKST AS
   
 
       
By:
  /s/ Gunnar Halvorsen
 
   
Name: Gunnar Halvorsen    
Title: Partner    
 
       
ALTIRA TECHNOLOGY FUND III LLC    
 
       
By: Altira Group LLC, Managing Member    
 
       
By:
  /s/ James R. Newell
 
James R. Newell, Partner
   
     
Address:
  1625 Broadway, Suite 2450
 
  Denver, CO 80202
SANDERS OPPORTUNITY FUND (INSTITUTIONAL), LP
[AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE]

 


 

SANDERS OPPORTUNITY FUND (INSTITUTIONAL), LP
         
By:

Name:
Title:
  /s/ Don A. Sanders
 
Don A. Sanders
Chief Investment Officer
     
 
       
SANDERS OPPORTUNITY FUND, LP    
 
       
By:

Name:
Title:
  /s/ Don A. Sanders
 
Don A. Sanders
Chief Investment Officer
     
 
       
/s/ Don A. Sanders    
     
Don A. Sanders    
 
       
/s/ Kathy Sanders    
     
Kathy Sanders    
 
       
DE-PMI PARTNERS, L.P.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Michael J. Hay    
Name:
 
 
Michael J. Hay
   
Title:
  General Partner    
 
 
 
   
[AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE]

 

Exhibit 10.1
RIGNET, INC. 2006
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
1. PURPOSE.
     This Plan is intended to provide employees, directors, consultants and other individuals (individually, a “Participant” and, collectively, the “Participants”) rendering services to or on behalf Rignet, Inc. (the “Corporation”) and/or one or more of its subsidiaries (individually, a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) an opportunity to acquire an equity interest in the Corporation. The Corporation intends to use the Plan to link the long-term interests of stockholders of the Corporation and Plan Participants, attract and retain Participants’ services, motivate Participants to increase the Corporation’s value, and create flexibility in compensating Participants.
     The Plan allows the Corporation to reward Participants with (i) incentive stock options and/or non-qualified stock options to purchase shares of common stock of the Corporation, (ii) stock appreciation rights with respect to shares of common stock of the Corporation, (iii) restricted shares of common stock of the Corporation, (iv) performance share awards which are designated as a specified number of shares of common stock of the Corporation and earned based solely on performance, and (v) performance unit awards which are designated as having a certain value per unit and earned based solely on performance (individually an “Award” and collectively the “Awards”).
     The Corporation has reserved the number of shares of common stock of the Corporation specified in Section 6(a) for purposes of the Plan.
2. DEFINITIONS.
     (a) “Acquisition” shall mean any transaction in which substantially all of the Corporation’s assets are acquired or in which a controlling amount of the Corporation’s outstanding shares are acquired, in each case by a single person or entity or an affiliated group of persons and/or entities not otherwise affiliated or associated with the management or shareholders of the Corporation as of the date of grant of any given Award. As used in this Plan, Acquisition includes reorganizations and other tax free transactions in which a controlling amount of the Corporation’s outstanding shares are exchanged or extinguished.
     (b) “Award” shall mean any award granted under the Plan.
     (c) “Award Agreement” shall mean, with respect to each Award, the signed written agreement between the Corporation and the Participant receiving the Award setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award. The general terms and conditions described in this Plan with respect to such type of Award shall be incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement and shall apply to such Award, except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in the Award

 


 

Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Plan and an Award Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall govern.
     (d) “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
     (e) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     (f) “Committee” shall mean any special committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 to administer the Plan, including the Compensation Committee, if applicable.
     (g) “Common Stock” shall mean the voting common stock of the Corporation, as constituted on the Effective Date of the Plan, or any shares or securities into which the Common Stock may be changed, reclassified, subdivided, consolidated or converted thereafter.
     (h) “Compensation Committee” shall mean the compensation committee of the Board.
     (i) “Consultant” shall mean any individual who is not an Employee or Director and who has or will render services to or on behalf of the Corporation or a Subsidiary.
     (j) “Corporation” or “Company” shall mean Rignet, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, and any successor or continuing corporation resulting from the amalgamation of the Corporation and any other corporation or resulting from any other form of corporate reorganization of the Corporation.
     (k) “Director” shall mean a member of the Board.
     (1) “Effective Date” shall mean January 1, 2006.
     (m) “Employee” shall mean any individual, including an officer, who is a common law employee of the Corporation or a Subsidiary.
     (n) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     (o) “Exercise Price” shall mean:
     (i) With respect to an Option, the price per Share at which the Option may be exercised, as determined by the Committee and as specified in the Participant’s Award Agreement; or
     (ii) With respect to a Stock Appreciation Right, the price per Share which is the base price for determining the future value of the Stock Appreciation Right, as determined by the Committee and as specified in the Participant’s Award Agreement.

2


 

     (p) “Fair Market Value” shall mean as of a particular date, means (a) if the shares of Common Stock are then listed or admitted for trading on a national securities exchange or quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, the last reported sales price of the Common Stock on such date, or (b) if the shares of Common Stock are not then listed or admitted for trading on a national securities exchange or quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, such value as the Board, in its absolute discretion, may determine in good faith.
     (q) “Incentive Stock Option” shall mean an Option of the type which is described in Section 422(b) of the Code.
     (r) “Non-Employee Director” shall mean a member of the Board who is not an Employee.
     (s) “Non-qualified Stock Option” shall mean an Option which is not of the type described in Section 422(b) of the Code.
     (t) “Option” shall mean any Option which is granted pursuant to the Plan to purchase one or more Shares of Common Stock, whether granted as an Incentive Stock Option or as a Non-qualified Stock Option.
     (u) “Participant” shall mean any individual to whom an Award has been granted under the Plan, and such term shall include, where appropriate, the duly appointed conservator or other legal representative of a mentally incompetent Participant and the allowable transferee of a deceased Participant, as provided in the Plan.
     (v) “Performance Share” shall mean an Award made pursuant to Section 11 payable by the issuance of a specified number of Shares which shall be earned by and paid to a Participant at the end of a performance period based on performance during that period in achieving the performance objectives specified in the Participant’s Award Agreement. A Performance Share may be settled in cash or Shares, as provided in the Participant’s Award Agreement.
     (w) “Performance Unit” shall mean an Award made pursuant to Section 11 payable in cash which shall be earned by and paid to the Participant at the end of a performance period based solely on performance during that period in achieving the performance objectives specified in the Participant’s Award Agreement. A Performance Unit may be settled in cash or Shares, as provided in the Participant’s Award Agreement.
     (x) “Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d).
     (y) “Plan” shall mean this Rignet, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended.

3


 

     (z) “Pyramiding” shall mean a Participant’s payment, in whole or in part, of the Exercise Price of an Option made by exchanging a Share(s) that the Participant had acquired pursuant to the exercise of another option during the preceding six (6) months (under this Plan or any other plan or program of the Corporation or a Subsidiary) or had otherwise acquired from the Corporation or a Subsidiary during the preceding six (6) months without paying full consideration for such Share(s).
     (aa) “Reload” shall mean the grant of new Options to a Participant who pays all or a portion of the Exercise Price of an Option with previously acquired Shares, with the number of new Options being equal to the number of Shares submitted by the Participant.
     (bb) “Restricted Stock” shall mean a Share(s) of Common Stock issued to a Participant which will Vest in accordance with the conditions, if any, specified in the Participant’s Award Agreement.
     (cc) “Share” shall mean one authorized share of Common Stock.
     (dd) “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” shall mean a right issued to a Participant to receive all or any portion of the future appreciation in the Fair Market Value of one Share over the Exercise Price of such Right. A Stock Appreciation Right may be settled in cash or Shares, as provided in the Participant’s Award Agreement.
     (ee) “Stockholders’ Agreement” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated June 20, 2005 among the Corporation and its stockholders, as amended.
     (ff) “Subsidiary” shall mean:
     (i) For purposes of granting Incentive Stock Options, any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation if, at the time of granting an Award, each of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns stock possessing 50% or more of the voting power in one of the other corporations in such chain; and
     (ii) For all other purposes of the Plan, any business entity (other than the Corporation) in which the Corporation has an equity interest.
     (gg) “Tandem Option/Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean an Option to purchase a specified number of Share(s) and a Stock Appreciation Right granted with respect to a specified number of Share(s) which are granted together and designated as a “Tandem Option/SAR” in the Participant’s Award Agreement, whereby the exercise of either the Option or the SAR cancels the other granted in tandem with it.
     (hh) “Ten Percent Stockholder” shall, for purposes of granting Incentive Stock Options, have the meaning ascribed to such term in Code Section 422(b)(6) or in any successor provision of the Code.

4


 

     (ii) “Total and Permanent Disability” shall mean with respect to a Participant:
     (i) The mental or physical disability, either occupational or non-occupational in cause, which satisfies the definition of “total disability” in the principal long-term disability policy or plan provided by the Corporation or a Subsidiary covering the Participant; or
     (ii) If no such policy is then covering the Participant, a physical or mental infirmity which, as determined by the Committee, upon receipt of and in reliance on sufficient competent medical advice from one or more individuals, selected by the Committee, who are qualified to give professional medical advice, impairs the Participant’s ability to substantially perform the Participant’s duties for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days.
     (jj) “Vest” or “Vesting” shall mean the date on which an Award becomes exercisable, payable and/or nonforfeitable, as applicable.
     (kk) “Voting Power” shall mean the total combined rights to cast votes at an election for members of the Board.
3. EFFECTIVE DATE.
     The Plan was adopted by the Board to be effective on the Effective Date, subject to the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders in accordance with Section 18.
4. ADMINISTRATION.
     (a) Administration by the Board or the Committee.
     (i) The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee with respect to all Participants who are subject to Section 162(m) of the Code. The Board itself may administer the Plan with respect to all other Participants or may delegate all or part of that duty to the Committee.
     (ii) The Committee shall consist of not less than two members, each of whom shall be a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(iii) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, and an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C)(i) of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder.
     (b) Actions of the Committee.
     (i) The Committee shall hold meetings at such times and places as it may determine. For a Committee meeting, if the Committee has two members, both members must be present to constitute a quorum, and if the Committee has three or more members,

5


 

a majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. Acts by a majority of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present and acts approved in writing by all the members of the Committee shall constitute valid acts of the Committee.
     (ii) Members of the Committee may vote on any matters affecting the administration of the Plan or the grant of any Award pursuant to the Plan, provided that no member shall act upon the granting of an Award to himself or herself.
     (c) Powers of the Committee.
     On behalf of the Corporation and subject to the provisions of the Plan, Rule 16b-3 and the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall have the authority and complete discretion to:
     (i) Prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and, if desired, delegate authority to take actions under the Plan to the President or other appropriate officer(s) of the Corporation within the limits determined by the Committee;
     (ii) Select Participants to receive Awards;
     (iii) Determine the form and terms of Awards;
     (iv) Determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Awards;
     (v) Determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination or in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Awards under the Plan or any other incentive or compensation plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary;
     (vi) Construe and interpret the Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to the Plan;
     (vii) Correct any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement;
     (viii) Establish Vesting schedules and determine whether an Award has been earned and/or Vested;
     (ix) Determine whether a Participant has incurred a Total and Permanent Disability;
     (x) Accelerate or, with the consent of the Participant, defer the Vesting of any Award and/or the exercise date of any Award;
     (xi) Authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Corporation or any Subsidiary any instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Award;

6


 

     (xii) With the consent of the Participant, reprice, cancel and reissue, or otherwise adjust the terms of an Award previously issued to the Participant;
     (xiii) Determine when an Employee’s period of employment is deemed to be continued during an approved leave of absence;
     (xiv) Determine when a Consultant’s period of rendering service is deemed to be continuous notwithstanding a period of interrupted service and when a Consultant’s period of rendering services has ended;
     (xv) Determine, upon review of relevant information, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock; and
     (xvi) Make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
     (d) Committee’s Interpretation of the Plan.
     Subject to Rule 16b-3 and the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee’s interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan, of any Award granted under the Plan, or of any Award Agreement shall be final and binding on all persons claiming an interest in an Award granted or issued under the Plan. Neither the Committee, a member of the Committee nor any Director shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan. The Corporation, in accordance with its bylaws, shall indemnify and defend such parties to the fullest extent provided by law and such bylaws.
5. PARTICIPATION.
     (a) Eligibility for Participation.
Subject to the conditions of Section 5(b), all Employees, Directors and Consultants rendering services to the Corporation and/or any Subsidiary are eligible to be selected as Participants by the Committee. The Committee’s determination of an individual’s eligibility for participation shall be final.
     (b) Eligibility for Awards.
     The Committee has the authority to grant Award(s) to Participants. A Participant may be granted more than one Award under the Plan.
6. SHARES OF STOCK OF THE CORPORATION.
     (a) Shares Subject to the Plan.

7


 

     Awards granted under the Plan shall be with respect to 3,000,000 authorized but unissued or reacquired Shares of Common Stock.
     (b) Allocation of Shares Which May be Granted as Restricted Stock.
     Of the Shares authorized under Section 6(a), only 500,000 Shares may be issued as Restricted Stock.
     (c) Adjustment of Shares.
     In the event of an adjustment described in Section 13, then (i) the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the Exercise Price of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options, (iii) the Exercise Price of and number of Shares with respect to which there are outstanding Stock Appreciation Rights, and (iv) any other factor pertaining to outstanding Awards shall be duly and proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Corporation and compliance with applicable securities laws; provided, however, that fractions of a Share shall not be issued but shall either be paid in cash at Fair Market Value or shall be rounded up to the nearest Share, as determined by the Committee.
     (d) Awards Not to Exceed Shares Available.
     The number of Shares subject to Awards which have been granted under the Plan at any time during the Plan’s term shall not, in the aggregate at any time, exceed the number of Shares authorized for issuance under the Plan. The number of Shares subject to an Award which expires, is canceled, is forfeited or is terminated for any reason other than, and to the extent, being settled in Shares shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.
7. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS.
     (a) Award Agreements.
     Each Award shall be evidenced by a written Award Agreement which shall set forth the terms and conditions pertaining to such Award. Each Award Agreement shall specify the manner and procedure for exercising an Award, if relevant for the Award, and specify the effective date of such exercise.
     (b) Number of Shares Covered by an Award.
     Each Award Agreement shall state the number of Shares subject to the Award, subject to adjustment of such Shares pursuant to Section 13.
     (c) Other Provisions.
     An Award Agreement may contain such other provisions as the Committee in its discretion deems advisable, including but not limited to:

8


 

     (i) Restrictions on the exercise of the Award;
     (ii) Submission by the Participant of such forms and documents as the Committee may require; and/or
     (iii) Procedures to facilitate the payment of the Exercise Price of an Option under any method allowable under Section 16.
     (d) Vesting of Awards.
     Each Award Agreement shall include a Vesting schedule describing the date, event or act upon which an Award shall Vest, in whole or in part, with respect to all or a specified portion of such Award. The condition shall not impose upon the Corporation or any Subsidiary any obligation to retain the Participant in its employ for any period as an Employee, Director and/or Consultant.
     (e) Effect of Termination of Employment, Directorship or Consultancy on Nonvested and Vested Awards.
     (i) For purposes of the Plan, a Participant’s status as an Employee, a Director or a Consultant shall be determined by the Committee and will be treated as continuing intact while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence, as determined by the Committee.
     (ii) If a Participant ceases to be an Employee, a Director and/or a Consultant for any reason (A) the Participant’s Award(s) which are not Vested at the time that the Participant ceases to be an Employee, a Director or a Consultant (as applicable) shall be forfeited, and (B) the Participant’s Award(s) which are Vested at the time the Participant ceases to be an Employee, a Director or a Consultant (as applicable) shall be forfeited and/or expire on the terms specified in Sections 8 through 11, as applicable.
     (f) Nontransferability of Awards.
     An Award granted to a Participant shall, during the lifetime of the Participant, be exercisable only by the Participant and shall not, except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in the Participant’s Award Agreement, be assignable or transferable. In the event of the Participant’s death, an Award is transferable by the Participant only by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any attempted assignment, transfer or attachment by any creditor in violation of this Section 7(f) shall be null and void.
     (g) Modification, Extension or Renewal of Awards.
     Subject to the terms and conditions of and within the limitations of the Plan, Rule 16b-3 and the performance-based compensation exception of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may, in its discretion, modify, extend or renew any outstanding Award or accept the

9


 

cancellation of outstanding Award(s) for the granting of a new Award(s) in substitution therefor. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no modification of an Award shall:
     (i) Without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Award previously granted;
     (ii) Without the consent of the Participant, cause an Incentive Stock Option previously granted to fail to satisfy all the conditions required to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option; or
     (iii) Exceed or otherwise violate any limitation set forth in the Plan.
     (h) Rights as a Stockholder.
     A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Corporation with respect to any Shares subject to Award until the date a stock certificate for such Shares is issued to the Participant. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary or whether in currency, securities or other property), distributions, or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.
8. SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.
     (a) Eligibility for Incentive Stock Options.
     Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to a Participant who is an Employee. Any Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who is also a Ten Percent Stockholder shall be subject to the following additional limitations: (i) the Exercise Price of each Share subject to such Incentive Stock Option, when granted, shall be equal to or exceeds 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share, and (ii) the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall not exceed five (5) years.
     (b) Exercise Price.
     Each Award Agreement shall state the Exercise Price for the Shares to which the Option pertains, provided that the Exercise Price of an Option (whether granted as an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option) shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares determined as of the date the Option is granted (substituting “110%” for “100%” for any Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder).
     (c) Exercise of Options, Payment of Exercise Price, and Stock Settlement of Options.
     (i) A Participant may exercise an Option only on or after the date on which the Option Vests and only on or before the date on which the term of the Option expires. In order to exercise an Option, a Participant shall be required to execute and deliver the Stockholders’ Agreement and such other documents as the Corporation shall require.

10


 

     (ii) Subject to Section 8(c)(iii) below, a Participant exercising an Option shall pay the Exercise Price for the Shares to which such exercise pertains in full in cash (in U.S. dollars) as a condition of such exercise, unless the Committee, in its discretion, allows the Participant to pay the Exercise Price in a manner allowed under Section 16, so long as the sum of cash so paid and such other consideration equals the Exercise Price. The Committee may, in its discretion, permit the sequential exercise of an Option through Pyramiding and/or permit the grant of Reload Options.
     (iii) The Committee may, in its discretion, permit a Participant to exercise an Option without paying the Exercise Price for the Shares to which such exercise pertains, in which event the Option so exercised shall be settled in a specific number of whole Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to (A) the excess of the Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, of one Share over the Exercise Price of such Option, multiplied by (B) the number of Shares to which such exercise pertains.
     (d) Term and Expiration of Options.
     Subject to Section 8(h), except as otherwise specifically provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, the term of an Option shall expire on the first to occur of the following events:
     (i) The tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Option was granted (for an Incentive Stock Option granted to any Participant who is a Ten Percent Stockholder, “fifth anniversary” shall be substituted for “tenth anniversary”);
     (ii) The date determined under Section 8(e) for a Participant who ceases to be an Employee, Director or Consultant by reason of the Participant’s death;
     (iii) The date determined under Section 8(f) for a Participant who ceases to be an Employee, Director, or Consultant by reason of the Participant’s Total and Permanent Disability;
     (iv) The date determined under Section 8(g) for a Participant who ceases to be an Employee, Director or Consultant for any reason other than death or Total and Permanent Disability;
     (v) On the effective date of a transaction described in Section 13(b); or
     (vi) The expiration date specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to the Option.
     (e) Death of Participant.
     If a Participant dies while an Employee, Director or Consultant, any Option granted to the Participant may be exercised, to the extent it was Vested on the date of the Participant’s death or became Vested as a result of the Participant’s death, at any time within one (1) year after the

11


 

Participant’s death (but not beyond the date that the term of the Option would earlier have expired pursuant to Section 8(d) had the Participant’s death not occurred).
     (f) Total and Permanent Disability of Participant.
     If a Participant ceases to be an Employee, Director or Consultant as a consequence of Total and Permanent Disability, any Option granted to the Participant may be exercised, to the extent it was Vested on the date that the Participant ceased to be an Employee, Director or Consultant or became Vested as a result of Participant’s Total and Permanent Disability, at any time within one (1) year after such date (but not beyond the date that the term of the Option would earlier have expired pursuant to 8(d) had the Participant’s Total and Permanent Disability not occurred).
     (g) Termination for other Reason.
     If a Participant ceases to be an Employee, Director or Consultant for any reason other than his death or Total and Permanent Disability, the Participant’s Options which are Vested at the time the Participant ceases to be an Employee, Director or Consultant may be exercised at any time within three (3) months after such date (but not beyond the date that the term of the Option would earlier have expired pursuant to 8(d)).
     (h) No Disqualification of Incentive Stock Options.
     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan shall not be interpreted, amended or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify the Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of the Participant affected, disqualify any Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code (except as provided in Section 8(i)).
     (i) Limitation on Incentive Stock Options.
     The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined with respect to each Incentive Stock Option as of the date of grant of such Incentive Stock Option) of all Shares with respect to which a Participant’s Incentive Stock Options first become Vested during any calendar year (under the Plan and under other incentive stock option plans, if any, of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries) shall not exceed US $100,000. Any purported Incentive Stock Options in excess of such limitation shall be recharacterized as Non-qualified Stock Options.
9. SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.
     (a) Exercise Price.
     (i) Each Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement shall state the number of Shares to which it pertains and the Exercise Price which is the basis for determining future appreciation, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 13, provided that the Exercise Price of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100% of the Fair

12


 

Market Value of a Share determined as of the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted.
     (ii) A Stock Appreciation Right shall be issued to and exercised by a Participant without payment by the Participant of any consideration.
     (b) Exercise and Settlement of Stock Appreciation Rights.
     (i) A Participant may exercise a Stock Appreciation Right only on or after the date on which the Stock Appreciation Right Vests and only on or before the date on which the Stock Appreciation Right expires.
     (ii) A Participant’s properly exercised Stock Appreciation Right may be settled in the form of cash (either in a lump sum payment or in installments), whole Shares or a combination thereof, as the Award Agreement prescribes.
     (c) Term and Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights.
     Except as otherwise specifically provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, the term of a Stock Appreciation Right shall expire on the first to occur of the following events:
     (i) The tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Stock Appreciation Right was granted;
     (ii) The date determined under Section 9(d) for a Participant who ceases to be an Employee, Director or Consultant by reason of the Participant’s death;
     (iii) the date determined under Section 9(e) for a Participant who ceases to be an Employee, Director or Consultant by reason of the Participant’s Total and Permanent Disability;
     (iv) The date determined under Section 9(f) for a Participant who ceases to be an Employee, Director or Consultant for a reason other then his death or Total and Permanent Disability;
     (v) On the effective date of an Acquisition as provided in Section 13(b); or
     (vi) The expiration date specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to the Stock Appreciation Right.
     (d) Death of Participant.
     If a Participant dies while an Employee, Director or Consultant, any Stock Appreciation Right granted to the Participant may be exercised, to the extent it was Vested on the date of the Participant’s death or became Vested as a consequence of the Participant’s death, at any time within one (1) year after the Participant’s death (but not beyond the date that the term of the

13


 

Stock Appreciation Right would earlier have expired pursuant to Section 9(c) had the Participant’s death not occurred).
     (e) Total and Permanent Disability of Participant.
     If a Participant ceases to be an Employee, Director or Consultant as a consequence of Total and Permanent Disability, any Stock Appreciation Right granted to the Participant may be exercised, to the extent it was Vested on the date that the Participant ceased to be an Employee or became Vested as a consequence of the Participant’s Total and Permanent Disability, at any time within one (1) year after such date (but not beyond the date that the term of the Stock Appreciation Right would earlier have expired pursuant to Section 9(c) had the Participant’s Total and Permanent Disability not occurred).
     (f) Other Terminations.
     If a Participant ceases to be an Employee, Director or Consultant for any reason other than his death or Total and Permanent Disability, the Participant’s Stock Appreciation Rights which are Vested at the time the Participant ceases to be an Employee, Director or Consultant may be exercised at any time within three (3) months after such date (but not beyond the date that the term of the Stock Appreciation Rights would earlier have expired pursuant to 9(c)).
10. SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK.
     (a) Purchase Price.
     (i) Each Award Agreement relating to the issuance of Restricted Stock shall state the number of Shares to which it pertains and the purchase price per Share, if any, that the Participant paid for such Shares, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 13. Upon the grant of an Award of Restricted Stock the Participant shall be required to execute and deliver the Stockholders’ Agreement and such other documents as the Corporation shall require.
     (ii) A Share of Restricted Stock may be issued to a Participant with or without payment by the Participant of any consideration (other than services), unless the Participant is required to pay a minimum purchase price, such as par value, for such Shares.
     (b) Forfeiture of Restricted Stock.
     If a Participant’s status as an Employee, Director or Consultant terminates for any reason, any Share of Restricted Stock which was not Vested or did not become Vested as the result of the Participant’s termination shall be forfeited immediately.
     (c) Certificates Representing Non-Vested Shares of Restricted Stock.

14


 

     As a condition to receiving an Award of Shares of Restricted Stock which are not Vested, the Participant shall duly execute a “power of attorney” or a form of “stock power” provided by the Corporation with respect to such Shares authorizing the re-transfer, without any further action by the Participant, to the Corporation of any Shares which may be forfeited by the Participant. The Corporation shall retain the stock certificate evidencing such Shares until the Shares are Vested. If, in the opinion of the Corporation and its counsel, the retention of the stock certificate representing such Restricted Shares is no longer required, the Corporation shall deliver to the Participant a stock certificate representing such Shares, bearing such restrictive legends as are required or may be deemed advisable under the Plan or the provisions of any applicable law.
     (d) Legends.
     Stock certificates evidencing Restricted Shares shall bear a restrictive legend noting the forfeiture provisions attached to such Shares and such other restrictive legends as are required or may be deemed advisable under the Plan or the provisions of any applicable law.
     (e) Exchange of Certificates.
     If, in the opinion of the Corporation and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Restricted Shares issued pursuant to the Plan is no longer required, the Participant or the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but lacking such legend.
11. PERFORMANCE SHARES AND PERFORMANCE UNITS.
     (a) Performance Objectives.
     i) No later than ninety (90) days after the beginning of each Plan Year, the Committee may select performance measures and shall establish, in writing, the performance objectives that may be earned by a Participant (either in the aggregate, by Employee class, or among individual Participants) for the Plan Year in order to receive Performance Shares or Performance Units. These performance objectives may be based on any combination of corporate and/or individual goals. Such performance objectives may include, but are not limited to, stock price, market share, sales, earnings per share, return on equity, costs, maintaining the status quo or limiting economic losses.
     ii) In establishing performance objectives, the Committee shall state the method of determining the Award in an objective formula or standard.
     iii) Prior to payment of the Award, the material terms of the performance objectives shall be disclosed to and subsequently approved by shareholders in accordance with Section 18, which approval shall be required every five (5) years.

15


 

     iv) Prior to the payment or issuance of Cash or Shares upon the completion of a Performance period specified for an Award, the Committee shall certify that the participant attained the performance objectives.
     (b) Number of Shares Covered by a Performance Share Award.
     Each Performance Share Award Agreement shall state the number of Shares to which it pertains, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 13.
     (c) Value of a Performance Unit Award.
     Each Performance Unit Award Agreement shall state the value of such Award.
     (d) Purchase Price.
     A Performance Share and a Performance Unit shall be issued to a Participant without payment by the Participant of any consideration (other than services).
     (e) Settlement of a Performance Share and a Performance Unit.
     Following the end of the performance period applicable to a Performance Share or a Performance Unit and the Committee’s determination of the extent to which the Award Vests, the Award shall be settled in the form of cash (either in a lump sum payment or in installments), whole Shares or a combination thereof, as the Award Agreement prescribes. In order to receive Shares, the Participant shall be required to execute the Stockholders’ Agreement and such other documents as the Corporation shall require.
     (f) Term and Expiration of Performance Shares and Performance Units.
     Except as otherwise specifically provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, the term of a Performance Share and Performance Unit shall expire on the first to occur of the following events:
     (i) The date determined under Section 11(g) for a Participant who ceases to be an Employee, Director or Consultant for any reason;
     (ii) On the effective date of an Acquisition as provided in Section 13(b); or
     (iii) The expiration date specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to the Performance Share or the Performance Unit.
     (g) Forfeiture of Performance Shares and Performance Units.
     If a Participant’s status as an Employee, Director or Consultant terminates for any reason, any Performance Share and Performance Unit which was not Vested or did not become Vested as the result of the Participant’s termination shall be forfeited immediately.

16


 

12. TERM OF PLAN.
     Awards may be granted pursuant to the Plan through the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2015. All Awards which are outstanding on such date shall remain in effect until they are exercised or expire by their terms. The Plan shall expire for all purposes on December 31, 2025. The Board is authorized to extend the Plan for an additional term at any time; however, no Incentive Stock Options may be granted under the Plan on or after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date of the Plan unless an extension is approved by the stockholders of the Corporation within one (1) year of such extension.
13. ACQUISITIONS.
     (a) Recapitalization.
     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, but subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Corporation and compliance with any applicable securities laws, the Committee shall make any adjustments to the class and/or number of Shares covered by the Plan, the number of Shares for which each outstanding Award pertains, the Exercise Price of an Option, the Exercise Price of a Stock Appreciation Right, and/or any other aspect of this Plan to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants under this Plan in connection with any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from the payment of a Common Stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, or reclassification or any other event which results in an increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares without receipt of adequate consideration by the Corporation (as determined by the Committee).
     (b) Acquisition.
     Each Award shall expire as of the effective time of an Acquisition, provided that the Committee shall, to the extent possible considering the timing of the transaction, give at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such event to any Participant who shall then have the right to exercise his or her Vested Awards (as an Award Agreement may provide) prior to or as of the effective time of such transaction, subject to earlier expiration pursuant to Sections 8 through 11, as applicable. The preceding sentence shall not apply if pursuant to the Acquisition the surviving or purchasing entity agrees to assume outstanding Awards.
     (c) Determination by the Committee.
     All adjustments described in this Section 13 shall be made by the Committee and shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.
     (d) Limitation on Rights of Participants.
     Except as expressly provided in this Section 13, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any reorganization, dissolution, Acquisition, merger or acquisition. Any issuance by

17


 

the Corporation or any Subsidiary of Awards shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, any Awards previously issued under the Plan.
     (e) No Limitation on Rights of Corporation.
     The grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
14. SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS.
     (a) Legality of Issuance.
     No Share shall be issued upon the exercise of any Award unless and until the Committee has determined that:
     (i) The Corporation, its Subsidiaries and the Participant have taken all actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or to perfect an exemption from registration requirements of the Act, or to determine that the registration requirements of the Act do not apply to such exercise;
     (ii) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange on which the Share is listed has been satisfied; and
     (iii) Any other applicable provision of state, federal or foreign law has been satisfied.
     (b) Restrictions on Transfer; Representations of Participant; Legends.
     Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Corporation may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates) if, in the judgment of the Corporation and its counsel, such restrictions are necessary or desirable to achieve compliance with the provisions of the Act, the securities laws of any state, or any other law. If the offering and/or sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Act and the Corporation determines that the registration requirements of the Act apply but an exemption is available which requires an investment representation or other representation, the Participant shall be required, as a condition to acquiring such Shares, to represent that such Shares are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, except in compliance with the Act, and to make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Corporation and its counsel. Stock certificates evidencing Shares acquired pursuant to an unregistered transaction to which the Act applies shall bear a restrictive legend substantially in the following form and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the Plan or the provisions of any applicable law:

18


 

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (“ACT”). THEY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE UNLESS A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT IS IN EFFECT AS TO SUCH TRANSFER OR IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE ISSUER EITHER SUCH REGISTRATION IS UNNECESSARY IN ORDER FOR SUCH TRANSFER TO COMPLY WITH THE ACT OR THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF THE ACT DO NOT APPLY TO SUCH PROPOSED TRANSFER.
     Any determination by the Corporation, its Subsidiaries and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 14 shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.
     (c) Registration or Qualification of Securities.
     The Corporation and/or its Subsidiaries may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the offering or sale of Shares under the Act or any other applicable law.
     (d) Exchange of Certificates.
     If, in the opinion of the Corporation, its Subsidiaries and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares issued pursuant to the Plan is no longer required, the Participant or the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but lacking such legend.
15. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN.
     The Committee may, from time to time, terminate, suspend or discontinue the Plan, in whole or in part, or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever including, but not limited to, the adoption of any amendment deemed necessary or advisable to qualify the Awards under the performance-based compensation exception of Section 162(m) of the Code or rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to Participants who are subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award granted under the Plan, with or without approval of the stockholders of the Corporation, but if any such action is taken without the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders, no such revision or amendment shall:
     i. Increase the number of Shares subject to the Plan, other than any increase pursuant to Section 13;
     ii. Change the designation of the class of persons eligible to receive Awards; or
     iii. Amend this Section 15 to defeat its purpose.

19


 

     No amendment, termination or modification of the Plan shall, without the consent of a Participant, adversely affect the Participant with respect to any Award previously granted to the Participant.
16. PAYMENT FOR SHARE PURCHASES.
     Payment of the Exercise Price for any Shares purchased pursuant to the Plan may be made in cash (in U.S. dollars) or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee, in its discretion, and where permitted by law:
     (a) By check;
     (b) By cancellation of indebtedness of the Corporation or a Subsidiary to the Participant;
     (c) By surrender of Shares provided that if the Corporation is then subject to the Exchange Act, such Shares must either have been: (A) owned by Participant for more than six months (unless the Committee permits a Participant to exercise an Option by Pyramiding, in which event the six months holding period shall not apply) and have been “paid for” within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Corporation or a Subsidiary by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such Shares); or (B) obtained by Participant in the public market;
     (d) By waiver of compensation due or accrued to Participant for services rendered;
     (e) With respect only to purchases upon exercise of an Option, and provided that a public market for the Corporation’s stock exists:
     (i) Through a “same day sale” commitment from the Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “NASD Dealer”) whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased to pay for the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the Exercise Price and any applicable withholding taxes directly to the Corporation; or
     (ii) Through a “margin” commitment from the Participant and an NASD Dealer whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the Exercise Price and any applicable withholding taxes directly to the Corporation; or
     (iii) By any combination of the foregoing and/or by any other method approved by the Committee.

20


 

17. APPLICATION OF FUNDS.
     The proceeds received by the Corporation and its Subsidiaries from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of an Option or in any other manner with respect to any Award shall be used for general corporate purposes.
18. APPROVAL OF STOCKHOLDERS.
     The Plan shall be subject to approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares present and entitled to vote at the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the adoption of the Plan by the Board, and in no event later than December 31, 2006. Prior to such approval, Awards may be granted but may not be exercised or settled. Pursuant to Section 15, certain amendments shall also be subject to approval by the Corporation’s stockholders.
19. WITHHOLDING OF TAXES.
     (a) General.
     Whenever Shares are to be issued under the Plan, the Corporation or a Subsidiary may require, as a condition to such issuance of Shares, the Participant to remit to the Corporation or such Subsidiary, from any source, an amount sufficient to satisfy foreign, federal, state and local withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares. Whenever, under the Plan, payments in satisfaction of Awards are to be made in cash, such payment shall be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy foreign, federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements.
     (b) Stock Withholding.
     When, under applicable tax laws, a Participant incurs a tax liability in connection with the issuance of Shares under the Plan the Participant shall be obligated to pay the Corporation or such Subsidiary the amount required to be withheld, provided that the Participant may, if subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, elect to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation by electing to have the Corporation or such Subsidiary withhold from the Shares to be issued the specific number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by a Participant to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in writing in a form acceptable to the Committee.
20. RIGHTS AS AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT.
     The Plan shall not be construed to give any individual the right to remain in the employ of the Corporation (or a Subsidiary) or to affect the right of the Corporation (or such Subsidiary) to terminate such individual’s status as an Employee, Director or Consultant at any time, with or without cause. The grant of an Award shall not entitle the Participant to, or disqualify the

21


 

Participant from, participation in the grant of any other Award under the Plan or participation in any other plan maintained by the Corporation or any Subsidiary.
21. NOTICES.
     Any notice to be provided by one party to the other party under this Plan shall be deemed to have been duly delivered to the other party (i) on the date such notice is delivered at the address provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement or at such other address as the party may notify the other party in writing at any time, or (ii) on the date such notice is deposited in the United States mail as first class mail, postage prepaid if addressed to the party at the address provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement or at such other address as the party may notify the other party in writing at any time. For the purposes of clause (i), the term “delivered” shall include hand delivery, delivery by facsimile, and delivery by electronic mail.
22. MISCELLANEOUS.
     (a) Unfunded Plan.
     The Plan shall be unfunded and the Corporation and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to establish any special account or fund or to otherwise segregate or encumber assets to ensure payment of any Award.
     (b) No Restrictions on Other Programs.
     Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Corporation or any Subsidiary from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements or plans, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required, and such arrangements or plan may be either generally applicable or applicable only to specific classes.
     (c) Governing Laws.
     The Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Plan or Award Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, recipients of an Award are deemed to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal or state courts of Delaware, in the County of the principal offices of the Corporation, to resolve any and all issues that may arise out of or relate to the Plan and any related Award Agreement.
     (d) Attorney Fees.
     In the event that a Participant or the Corporation or any Subsidiary brings an action to enforce the terms of the Plan or any Award Agreement and the Corporation or such Subsidiary prevails, the Participant shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by the Corporation and such Subsidiary in connection with that action, including reasonable attorney’s fees, and all further

22


 

costs and fees, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by the Corporation and such Subsidiary in connection with collection.
     (e) Invalidity or Unenforceability of Any Provision.
     If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provisions shall be construed or deemed amended or limited in scope to conform to applicable laws or, in the discretion of the Committee, it shall be stricken and the remainder of the Plan shall remain in effect.

23

Exhibit 10.3
RIGNET, INC.
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Incentive Stock Option)
     THIS OPTION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into on Month Day, 2006 , by and between RigNet, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and                      (the “Optionee”) (together, the “Parties”).
WITNESSETH THAT:
     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Company have adopted the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan of the Company (the “Plan”);
     WHEREAS, the Plan provides for the issuance of incentive stock options (“ISOs”) and nonqualified stock options (“NSOs”), and the Optionee has been selected to receive an ISO pursuant to the Plan;
     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company and/or it Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) authorized the issuance of ISOs to Optionee pursuant to the Plan; and
     WHEREAS, the Optionee desires to obtain the Option described hereafter on the terms and conditions herein contained.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the Parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  The Plan. This Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan. All capitalized terms set forth herein which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings indicated in the Plan. In the event of a conflict between the terms hereof and the terms which are permissible pursuant to the Plan, the terms hereof shall be deemed to be modified as necessary to comply with the Plan.
     2.  Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to the Optionee, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the right and option (the “Option”) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of written quantity 0 00,000)  shares of the Company’s authorized Common Stock (the “Option Shares”), at a purchase price of $0.00 per share (the “Exercise Price”), which price is deemed to be not less than the fair market value of an Option Share as of the date hereof.
     3.  Exercise of Option. Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Optionee may exercise the Option to purchase some or all of the Option Shares as follows:

 


 

     (a) The Optionee may exercise the Option to purchase some or all of the Option Shares at any time after the date hereof based on the vested percentages set forth below:
         
Month Day, 2006
    #  
Month Day, 2007
    #  
Month Day, 2008
    #  
Month Day, 2009
    #  
     (b) The unexercised portion of the Option, if any, will automatically and without notice terminate and become null and void at 5:00 p.m. Houston, Texas time on March 1, 2016.
     (c) Options shall be exercised by delivery to the Corporate Secretary of the Company, at the Company’s principal place of business, a written and signed notification specifying the number of Option Shares which the Optionee then desires to purchase, together with payment for such shares. Payment may be made in the form of (i) cash, certified check or other immediately available funds for the aggregate exercise price for such shares of Common Stock, (ii) the exchange of a number of shares of Common Stock previously, or which might otherwise be simultaneously, acquired by the Optionee, free and clear of all liens or encumbrances, the Fair Market Value of which at the time of exercise is equal to the aggregate exercise price of such shares, and accompanied by executed stock powers and any other documents of transfer requested by the Committee, or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii). At the discretion of the Company, the Optionee will be required at the time of the exercise of the Option to execute and agree to be bound by the terms of any Stockholders Agreement then applicable to the holders of the Common Stock of the Company.
     (d) No fractional shares may be issued or accepted by the Company with respect to the exercise of an Option. No shares shall be issued until full payment therefore has been made.
     (e) Upon notification of the amount due (if any), the Optionee shall pay to the Company amounts necessary to satisfy applicable federal, state and local withholding tax requirements. If additional withholding becomes required beyond any amount deposited before delivery of the certificates, the Optionee shall pay such amount to the Company on demand. If the Optionee fails to pay the amount demanded, the Company shall have the right to withhold that amount from other amounts payable by the Company to the Optionee, including salary, subject to applicable law.
4. Termination of Employment.
     (a) If the Optionee dies while an Employee, any Option granted to the Optionee may be exercised, to the extent it was Vested on the date of the Optionee’s

2


 

death or became Vested as a result of the Optionee’s death, at any time within one (1) year beginning on the date of Optionee’s death (but not beyond the date that the term of the Option would earlier have expired pursuant to Section 3(b) had the Optionee’s death not occurred). Options shall be exercisable only by the Optionee’s legal guardian or personal representative or heirs (but only to the extent that the Option would then be exercisable by the Optionee under this Agreement).
     (b) If the Optionee ceases to be an Employee as a consequence of Total and Permanent Disability, any Option granted to the Optionee may be exercised, to the extent it was Vested on the date that the Optionee ceased to be an Employee or became Vested as a result of the Optionee’s Total and Permanent Disability, at any time within one (1) year after such date (but not beyond the date that the term of the Option would earlier have expired pursuant to 3(b) had the Optionee’s Total and Permanent Disability not occurred).
     (c) If the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of a termination other than a termination described in Section 4(a) or 4(b), the Optionee’s Options which are Vested at the time the Optionee ceases to be an Employee may be exercised at any time within three (3) months after such date (but not beyond the date that the term of the Option would earlier have expired pursuant to 3(b).
     5.  Restrictions.
     (a) No Common Stock or other form of payment shall be issued with respect to this Option unless the Company shall be satisfied based on the advice of its counsel that such issuance will be in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws. It is intended that this grant of the Option, to the extent made to a person subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, meet all of the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or any successor rule thereunder unless otherwise provided in this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement would disqualify this Agreement under, or would otherwise not comply with, Rule 16b-3, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to Rule 16b-3.
     (b) Certificates evidencing Common Stock delivered under the Option (to the extent that such shares are so evidenced) may be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Board of Directors may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any securities exchange or transaction reporting system upon which the Common Stock is then listed or to which it is admitted for quotation, and any applicable federal or state securities law. The Board of Directors may cause a legend or legends to be placed upon such certificates (if any) to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.
     6.  Registration. In the event that there is no effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect to the issuance of the Option Shares (and, if required, no prospectus available meeting the requirements of Section

3


 

(10)(a)(3) of the Securities Act) the Optionee will, upon the exercise of the Option (i) represent and warrant in writing to the Corporate Secretary of the Company that the Option Shares then being purchased pursuant to the Option are being acquired for the Optionee’s own account, for investment only and not with a view to the resale or distribution thereof, (ii) acknowledge and confirm that the Option Shares purchased may not be sold unless registered for sale under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, and (iii) execute and deliver to the Corporate Secretary an executed Subscription Agreement, in a form to be provided by the Company.
     7.  Adjustments.
     (a) The existence of outstanding Options shall not affect in any manner the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the capital stock of the Company or its business or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issue of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stock (whether or not such issue is prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Common Stock) or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding of any kind, whether or not of a character similar to that of the acts or proceedings enumerated above.
     (b) In the event of any subdivision or consolidation of outstanding shares of Common Stock, declaration of a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or other stock split, then (i) the number of shares of Common Stock covered by this Option and (ii) the Exercise Price or other price in respect of this Option shall each be proportionately adjusted by the Board of Directors and/or Compensation Committee as appropriate to reflect such transaction.
     (c) In the event of any other recapitalization or capital reorganization of the Company, any consolidation or merger of the Company with another corporation or entity, the adoption by the Company of any plan of exchange affecting the Common Stock or any distribution to holders of Common Stock of securities or property (other than normal cash dividends), the Board of Directors and/or Compensation Committee shall make appropriate adjustments to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock covered by this Option and (ii) the Exercise Price or other price in respect of this Option to reflect such transaction; provided that such adjustments shall only be such as are necessary to maintain the proportionate interest of the holders of this Option and preserve, without increasing, the value of this Option. In the event of a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation, reorganization or liquidation, the Board of Directors and/or Compensation Committee shall be authorized (x) to issue or assume this Option by means of substitution of new Options, as appropriate, for previously issued Options or to assume previously issued Options as part of such adjustment or (y) to cancel Options and give the holders of this Option notice and opportunity to exercise for 30 days prior to such cancellation.

4


 

     8.  No Rights as Shareholder. The Optionee shall not have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any of the Option Shares until the date of issuance by the Company to the Optionee of a stock certificate representing such Option Shares. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Optionee shall not be entitled to any dividends, cash or otherwise, or any adjustment of the Option Shares for such dividends, if the record date therefor is prior to the date of issuance of such stock certificate. Upon valid exercise of the Option by the Optionee, the Company agrees to cause a valid stock certificate for the number of Option Shares then purchased to be issued and delivered to the Optionee within seven (7) business days thereafter.
     9.  Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the Option Shares which are first exercisable pursuant to Options during any calendar year, plus the Fair Market Value of any shares subject to any other ISOs of the Optionee which are first exercisable during that calendar year, exceed $100,000, the Options granted pursuant to this Agreement and such other ISOs that exceed such limit shall instead be exercisable on the first day of the following calendar year (according to the order in which they were granted), unless the Optionee elects in writing for such Options to not be ISOs.
     10.  Notices. All notices, demands, requests and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be delivered when actually received through U.S. Express Mail or any private express service (as evidenced by a written receipt), or, if earlier, and regardless of whether actually received (except where receipt is specified in this Agreement), four (4) days following deposit in a regularly maintained receptacle for the United States mail, registered or certified, return receipt requested, postage fully prepaid, addressed to the addressee at its address set forth below or at such other address as such party may have specified theretofore by notice delivered in accordance with this Section:
     
If to the Company:
  RigNet, Inc.
 
  1880 South Dairy Ashford, Suite 300
 
  Houston, Texas 77077
 
   
If to Optionee:
  Name
 
  Mailing Address
 
  City State Zip
     11.  Transferability; Binding Effect. Optionee shall not have the right to sell, assign or otherwise transfer the Option. Subject to the foregoing, all covenants, terms, agreements and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Company and the Optionee and their respective successors and assigns.
     12.  Entire Agreement. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and the Optionee relating to the subject matter hereof.
     13.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas.

5


 

     14.  Captions. The section and paragraph headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
     15.  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple original counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
     
RIGNET, INC.
   
 
   
 
Mark Slaughter
   
Acting Chief Executive Officer
   
 
   
OPTIONEE:
   
 
   
 
Name
   
Mailing Address
   
City State Zip
   

6


 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SPOUSE TO
TERMS OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     I, NAME, am the spouse of NAME (“Optionee”), and I am fully aware of, understand, and fully consent and agree to the provisions of the Stock Option Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2006 (the “Agreement”) executed by Optionee and RIGNET, INC. (the “Company”). I understand the binding effect of this Agreement and its binding effect upon any interest, community or otherwise, I may now or hereafter own with respect to any option or stock of the Company which is the subject of the Agreement, and I agree that the termination for any reason of my marital relationship with Optionee shall not have the effect of removing any such option or stock of the Company from the coverage of the Agreement.
     Signed this                      day of                                           , 2006.
 

7

Exhibit 10.6
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of _________, 20__ between RigNet Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and _______________ (“ Indemnitee ”).
     WITNESSETH THAT:
     WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as officers, directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of such corporations;
     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Board believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, officers, directors, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. The Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”). The Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;
     WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;
     WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;
     WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
     WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

 


 

     WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and
     [WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [name of fund/sponsor] which Indemnitee and [name of fund/sponsor] intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board.]
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as an officer or director from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:
          1.  Indemnity of Indemnitee . The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:
               (a)  Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.
               (b)  Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.
               (c)  Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits

2


 

or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
          2.  Additional Indemnity . In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, he or she is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.
          3.  Contribution .
               (a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.
               (b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction or events from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than

3


 

Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the transaction or events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.
               (c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.
               (d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).
          4.  Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he or she shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.
          5.  Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.
          6.  Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall

4


 

apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:
               (a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.
               (b) Prior to any Change in Control, upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (1) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company. After a Change in Control, upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
               (c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c). The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.
          (i) Prior to any Change in Control, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board. Indemnitee may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after

5


 

submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof.
          (ii) After a Change in Control, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee. The Company may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Indemnitee a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company to the Indemnitee’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof.
               (d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including any failure by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
               (e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the

6


 

Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
          (f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(g) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.
          (g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
          (h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been

7


 

successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
               (i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
          7.  Remedies of Indemnitee .
               (a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b ) of this Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.
               (b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b).
               (c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
               (d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, seeks a judicial adjudication of his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his or her behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether

8


 

Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.
               (e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
               (f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.
          8.  Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation .
               (a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors of the Company, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
               (b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary

9


 

or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
               (c) [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [name of fund/sponsor] and certain of [its/their] affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors and each of them are express third person beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c).]
               (d) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee (other than against the Fund Indemnitors), who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
               (e) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
               (f) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.
          9.  Exception to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

10


 

               (a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above; or
               (b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“ Exchange Act ”), or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or
               (c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.
          10.  Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and for a period of three (3) years after the end thereof and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of his or her Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.
          11.  Security . To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.
          12.  Enforcement .
               (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.
               (b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

11


 

               (c) The Company shall not seek from a court, or agree to, a “bar order” which would have the effect of prohibiting or limiting the Indemnitee’s rights to receive advancement of expenses under this Agreement.
          13.  Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:
               (a) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.
               (b) “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:
          (i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;
          (ii) Change in Board . During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 13(b)(i), 13(b)(iii) or 13(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a least a majority of the members of the Board;
          (iii) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the Board or other governing body of such surviving entity;
          (iv) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and
          (v) Other Events . There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

12


 

               (c) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.
               (d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
               (e) “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.
               (f) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.
               (g) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
               (h) “ Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

13


 

               (i) “ Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, by reason of any action taken by him or her or of any inaction on his or her part while acting in his or her Corporate Status; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his or her rights under this Agreement.
          14.  Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.
          15.  Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
          16.  Notice By Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.
          17.  Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

14


 

               (a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.
With two copies to:
 
 
 
 
Attention:
 
 
 
(b) To the Company at:
RigNet, Inc.
1880 South Dairy Ashford, Ste 300
Houston, Texas 77077
Attention: General Counsel
or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
          18.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
          19.  Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
          20.  Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

15


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.
                 
    COMPANY    
 
               
 
               
 
  By:          
         
 
      Name:        
             
 
      Title:        
             
 
               
    INDEMNITEE    
 
               
 
               
     
 
      Name:        
               
 
      Address:        
 
               
             
 
               
             
 
               
             

16

Exhibit 10.7
Employment Agreement
     This Employment Agreement (“Agreement”), including the attached Exhibit A, which is made a part hereof for all purposes, between RigNet, Inc. (“Company”) and Mark B. Slaughter (“Executive”) is effective as of August 15, 2007 (“Effective Date”). The Company and Executive agree as follows:
     1.  TERM AND POSITION : The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by the Company, in the Positions and for the Term stated on Exhibit A. During the Term of this Agreement, Executive shall devote his full time and undivided attention during business hours to the business and affairs of the Company, except for vacations, illness or incapacity; however, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Executive from (i) engaging in charitable and community activities, and (ii) managing his personal investments, provided that such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. The Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”) shall give Executive written notice of any such activities that it reasonably believes materially interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder and provide Executive with a reasonable period of time to correct such interference.
     2.  COMPENSATION : While Executive serves in the Positions set forth on Exhibit A, Executive’s annual base salary, as set forth on Exhibit A, shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices for its executive officers. Executive’s compensation as an employee of the Company shall also include annual bonus opportunities and periodic long-term incentive awards, in cash and/or in Company stock, as determined appropriate from time to time by the Compensation Committee of the Board.
     3.  BENEFITS : Executive shall be allowed to participate in all compensation and benefit plans and receive all perquisites that the Company makes available to its other senior executives and also to participate in all employee benefit plans and programs that the Company makes available to the Company’s employees in general. Nothing in this Agreement is to be construed to obligate the Company to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing any benefit program or plan, so long as such actions are similarly applicable to the covered executives or employees, as applicable.
     4.  INDEMNIFICATION : In any situation where under applicable law the Company has the power to indemnify, advance expenses to and defend Executive in respect of any claims, judgments, fines, settlements, loss, cost or expense (including attorneys fees) of any nature related to or arising out of Executive’s activities as an agent, employee, officer or director of the Company or in any other capacity in which he is acting or serving on behalf of or at the request of the Company (a “Claim”), the Company shall fully indemnify Executive to the maximum extent permitted by law and promptly on written request from Executive advance expenses (including attorney’s fees) to Executive and defend Executive to the fullest extent permitted by law, unless Executive has been grossly negligent or willfully engaged in misconduct in the performance or nonperformance of his duties that is the basis for such Claim, which nonperformance shall include a failure of Executive to inform the Board of matters that could reasonably be expected, at such time, to be materially injurious financially to the Company. This contractual indemnification of Executive by the Company hereunder shall not be deemed or

 


 

construed as operating to impair any other obligation of the Company respecting Executive’s indemnification or defense otherwise arising out of this or any other agreement or promise or obligation of the Company under any statute, articles of incorporation, by-laws or otherwise.
     5.  D&O INSURANCE : The Company will obtain and maintain throughout the Term officer and director liability insurance covering Executive in an amount believed by the Board to be reasonable for the Company, given its size and activities, but in no event shall the coverage for Executive be less (in amount or scope) than the coverage provided for any other officer or director of the Company. Such insurance coverage shall continue as to Executive after he has ceased to be a director, officer or employee of the Company with respect to acts or omissions which occurred prior to such cessation. Insurance contemplated by this Section shall inure to the benefit of Executive, his heirs and the executors and administrators of his estate.
     6.  BUSINESS EXPENSES : The Company shall promptly pay all business related expenses reasonably incurred by Executive in the performance of his duties under this Agreement, including legal fees and expenses not in excess of $7,500 Executive may incur with respect to his obtaining independent legal advice as to his reporting and disclosure duties as an officer or director of the Company pursuant to applicable law and regulations.
     7.  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT : The Company and Executive agree that, during the Term, either party may, upon at least 30 days written notice to the other, terminate Executive’s employment; provided, however, that Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company for Cause only as provided below. The Term of the Agreement shall terminate upon the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason.
     8.  SEVERANCE PAY AND BENEFITS : If, during the Term, the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay Executive a Cash Severance Amount and provide Executive with certain other severance benefits (collectively, the “Severance Pay”) as described below. The Severance Pay shall be as follows:
  (i)   The Cash Severance Amount shall be the amount as provided in Exhibit A hereto. The Company shall pay the Cash Severance Amount to Executive in a lump sum by wire transfer on or as soon as reasonably practical after the termination date; provided, however, that if at such time Executive is a “specified employee,” as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”) and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder, the Company shall not make such payment until the earlier of (i) the first of the seventh month after Executive’s termination date or (ii) Executive’s death. In the event of any such delay in payment, such Cash Severance Amount shall bear interest at the LIBOR rate in effect on his termination date until paid.
 
  (ii)   Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under the Company’s group health plan pursuant to Section 4980B of the Code (“COBRA”), the Company shall pay on Executive’s behalf the full premium required for such continued coverage elected for his applicable

-2-


 

      COBRA period but not to exceed 18 months; provided, however, the Company shall take all actions necessary for Executive not to be taxable on either the continued coverage or any health benefits received under the health plan, which may include, if effective, paying Executive a monthly amount in cash, with a full tax gross-up, that enables Executive to pay the health premium required with after-tax dollars in order for such continued coverage or benefits not be taxable to him; provided, further however, if such reimbursement payments would be subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code, the Company shall provide Executive with either a full tax gross-up, paid when Executive remits such taxes, or an insured product that does not subject Executive to tax under Sections 105, 106 or 409A of the Code.
 
  (iii)   As soon as practical on or following his termination, the Company shall pay Executive (i) any earned but unpaid base salary, (ii) any accrued but unused vacation, and (iii) all reasonable and unreimbursed business expenses incurred by him prior to his termination.
 
  (iv)   The Company shall provide Executive with outplacement services of Executive’s choosing, not to exceed $20,000.
     Executive shall not be entitled to Severance Pay for a termination of employment that is due to his death or Disability, his voluntary termination without Good Reason, or his termination by the Company for Cause.
     The following are definitions of terms used in this and other sections of this Agreement.
  (a)   Cause. “Cause” means (i) Executive’s conviction of a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (ii) Executive’s intentional and continued failure to perform his duties (other than by reason of an illness or a disability); (iii) intentional engagement in conduct by Executive that is materially injurious to the Company (monetarily or otherwise); (iv) Executive’s gross negligence in the performance of Executive’s duties; provided, however, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause under clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) above unless the determination of whether Cause exists is made by a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the entire membership of the Board (excluding Executive, if a member) at a meeting of the Board that was called for the purpose of considering such termination (after 15 days’ notice to Executive and an opportunity for Executive, together with Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board and, if reasonably possible, to cure the breach that is the alleged basis for Cause) finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive was guilty of conduct constituting Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
 
  (b)   Good Reason. “Good Reason” means (i) an adverse change in Executive’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities, including job title, (ii) an adverse change in Executive’s base salary or the taking of any action by the Company that

-3-


 

      would diminish, other than in a de minimus amount, the aggregate incentive compensation awards or opportunities of Executive or the level of Executive’s participation relative to other participants, (iii) the relocation of the Company’s principal executive offices by more than 25 miles from where such offices are located on the Effective Date or Executive being based at any office other than the principal executive offices of the Company, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of Executive’s duties and reasonably consistent with Executive’s travel prior to the Effective Date, or (iv) a breach of this Agreement by the Company, which remains uncorrected for 10 days following Executive’s written notice to the Company of such breach.
 
  (c)   Disability. “Disability” means Executive (i) is unable to perform substantially Executive’s duties with the Company as a result of any physical or mental impairment that is reasonably expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as supported by a written opinion by a physician selected by Executive, and (ii) is receiving long-term disability benefits under the Company’s insured long-term disability plan.
     9.  COMPANY EQUITY AND JUNIOR NOTES : The provisions of this Section 9 are in addition to any rights of Executive under Section 8.
  (a)   In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason (whether by Executive or by the Company) while Executive owns shares of Company stock purchased by him within 90 days of his initial date of employment with the Company and the Company’s stock is not listed on any public stock exchange or securities market on such termination of employment date, then for 90 days following such termination Executive shall have a right to “put” such shares to the Company for an immediate lump sum cash payment equal to the product of the per share Fair Market Value of such stock at that time and the number of such shares of Company stock owned by Executive. Such “Fair Market Value” is defined as such value as is agreed to by the parties or, if no agreement is reached, as determined by an independent third party mutually selected by the parties. The cost of obtaining the Fair Market Value shall be borne by the Company.
 
  (b)   Upon Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason, death or Disability or upon Executive’s termination by the Company for any reason other than Cause, each Company stock option of Executive automatically shall vest and become exercisable in full. Further, in the event that Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason other than for Cause, all vested Company stock options of Executive, including those that become vested on his termination of employment as provided in this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect for the remainder of their original option terms. In addition, each Company restricted stock award and other Company-equity based award, and any other deferred compensation award granted to Executive, shall vest in full and be payable on the date the Cash Severance Amount is paid to Executive as provided above. However, expressly excluded from this section are any equity awards issued to Executive by the Company under a long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”)

-4-


 

      after the Company’s stock is listed on any public stock exchange or securities market. Such equity issued under the LTIP after a public listing shall vest and continue in full force and effect in accordance with the terms of the LTIP.
 
  (c)   In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause and the Company’s stock is not listed on any public stock exchange or securities market, then for 90 days following Executive’s termination the Company shall have a right to cancel all of Executive’s vested stock options by paying Executive a cash lump amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the shares of the Company stock covered by such options and the exercise prices of such options.
 
  (d)   Upon a “change of control event,” as defined in the Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code (“Change of Control”), all Company stock options and other Company equity-based awards of Executive automatically shall vest in full immediately prior to such Change of Control and be exercisable or payable pursuant to its terms, notwithstanding anything in any award agreement to the contrary.
 
  (e)   In the event that a majority of other shareholders sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares of Company stock or securities convertible into Company stock prior to an initial public offering of the Company stock, the other shareholders and the Company shall take, at their sole expense, all actions necessary or helpful, to enable Executive, at his election, to sell or similarly dispose of his shares of Company stock to such purchasers) at the same time and on the same terms. The percentage of his shares of Company stock that Executive may elect to sell or otherwise dispose of pursuant to this “tag along” right shall not exceed the percentage of the Company stock owned by the other selling shareholders (with all convertible securities being deemed fully converted) that it is selling or otherwise disposing in such transaction(s). Such “tag along” rights for Executive shall no longer exist once the Company’s stock is listed on any public stock exchange or securities market.
 
  (f)   Prior to the Effective Date Executive purchased $150,000 of Junior Notes of the Company. If any of such Junior Notes are held by Executive on his termination date, the Company shall purchase from Executive such outstanding Junior Notes on that date for an amount of cash equal to (i) the amount Executive paid for such notes, plus (ii) the amount of any unpaid interest accrued on such notes through the termination date. In addition, Executive may “put” to the Company, within 90 days of his termination of employment, the detachable warrants associated with the Junior Notes for a lump sum payment in cash equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the shares of the Company stock covered by such warrants and the exercise prices of the warrants.
     10.  NO OFFSET OR MITIGATION : Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit provided for under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this

-5-


 

Agreement be reduced as the result of his employment by another employer or his self-employment, except that any severance payments or benefits that Executive is entitled to receive pursuant to a Company severance welfare benefit plan for employees in general shall reduce the amount of payments and benefits otherwise payable or to be provided to Executive under this Agreement.
     11.  CONFIDENTIALITY : Executive will not use, divulge, or disclose, directly or indirectly, any trade secret, data, records, or other information concerning the technology, know- how, business, policies, finances, or operations of the Company or any of its affiliates, which Executive acquires knowledge of pursuant to his employment with the Company (the “Information”), including, but not limited to, information regarding its customers and projects. He will not, without the express consent of a member of the Board, remove from the offices of the Company any originals or copies of any of the Information, or any computer disks, computer hard drives, or computer tapes on which any of the Information is recorded.
     12.  INVENTIONS : Executive will promptly and fully disclose to the Company any inventions, designs, improvements or discoveries which Executive develops during his employment with the Company, whether conceived during regular working hours or otherwise. All such inventions, designs, improvements, and discoveries shall be the exclusive property of the Company. Executive will: (i) assist the Company in obtaining appropriate legal protection (including patent, trademark, and copyright protection) for the rights of the Company with respect to such inventions, designs, improvements, and discoveries, and (ii) execute all documents and do all things necessary to (a) obtain such legal protection, and (b) vest the Company with full and exclusive title thereof.
     13.  NON-COMPETITION OBLIGATIONS : Upon termination by the Company without Cause or termination by the Executive for other than a Good Reason, Executive agrees for the 12-month period following such termination not to, directly or indirectly, engage in any business competing with the businesses of the Company, whether directly or as an owner of more than 5% in, as a manager of, a participant in, a consultant to or a person who renders services on behalf of, a person who engages in such business, or otherwise, within (i) the states of Texas, Louisiana, Colorado or Wyoming or (ii) in any geographical area in which the Company actually engages in such businesses. The business of the Company is providing Internet protocol-based voice, data and video networks and software application management services for offshore drilling companies, oil companies and oil-field service companies.
     14.  NON-SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES : During the 12-month period following his termination date, Executive shall not directly, or indirectly through another entity, induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company to leave the employ of the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company and any employee thereof.
     15.  WARRANTY AND INDEMNIFICATION : Executive warrants that he is not a party to any other restrictive agreement limiting his activities in his employment by the Company. Executive further warrants that at the time of the signing of this Agreement, Executive knows of no written or oral contract or of any other impediment that would inhibit or prohibit continued employment with the Company. Executive shall hold the Company harmless

-6-


 

from any and all suits and claims arising out of any breach of such restrictive agreement or contracts.
     16.  NON-DISPARAGEMENT : The parties shall refrain, both during and after the Term, from publishing any oral or written statements about each other (including with respect to the Company, its affiliates, or any of their respective officers, employees, agents, or representatives) that are disparaging, slanderous, libelous, or defamatory.
     17.  NOTICES : Notices and all other communications shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail. Notices to the Company, shall be sent to 1880 South Dairy Ashford, Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77077 attention: Chief Financial Officer. Notices and communications to Executive shall be sent to the address Executive most recently provided to the Company.
     18.  NO WAIVER : No failure by either party at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement.
     19.  ARBITRATION : Any dispute about the validity, interpretation, effect or alleged violation of this Agreement (an “arbitrable dispute”) must be submitted to confidential arbitration in Houston, Texas. Arbitration shall take place before an experienced employment arbitrator licensed to practice law in such state and selected in accordance with the Model Employment Arbitration Procedures of the American Arbitration Association. Arbitration shall be the exclusive remedy of any arbitrable dispute. The Company shall bear all fees, costs and expenses of arbitration, including those of Executive unless the arbitrator finds that Executive has acted in bad faith and provides otherwise with respect to the fees, costs and expenses of Executive; provided, however, in no event shall Executive be chargeable with the fees, costs and expenses of the Company or the arbitrator. Should any party to this Agreement pursue any arbitrable dispute by any method other than arbitration, the other party shall be entitled to recover from the party initiating the use of such method all damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of the use of such method. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement shall purport to waive or in any way limit the right of any party to seek to enforce any judgment or decision on an arbitrable dispute in a court of competent jurisdiction. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in Houston, Texas, for the purposes of any proceeding arising out of this Agreement.
     20.  GOVERNING LAW : This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without regard to conflicts of law principles.
     21.  SUCCESSORS :
  (a)   This Agreement is personal to Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s legal representatives.

-7-


 

  (b)   This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
 
  (c)   The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as defined in this Agreement and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.
     22.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT : This instrument contains the entire agreement of Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and all promises, representations, understandings, arrangements, and prior and contemporaneous agreements (written or oral) between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, are terminated hereby.
     23.  SURVIVAL/SEVERABILITY/HEADINGS : It is the express intention and agreement of the parties that Sections 8 through 24 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Term. In addition, all obligations of the Company to make payments under this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. Article and section headings contained in this Agreement are provided for convenience and reference only, and do not define or affect the meaning, construction, or scope of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
     24.  TAX WITHHOLDING : The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any compensatory payments that it makes to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise all taxes required by applicable law to be withheld therefrom by the Company.
     25.  LEGAL FEES : The Company shall reimburse Executive for his legal fees incurred in advising him with respect to and in preparing and reviewing this Agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Executive have executed this Agreement in multiple originals to be effective for all purposes as of the Effective Date.
         
RigNet, Inc.   Mark B. Slaughter
 
       
By:
  /s/ Marty L. Jimmerson   /s/ Mark B. Slaughter
 
       
Title:
  CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER    
This November 9, 2007   This November 9, 2007

-8-


 

Exhibit A
to Employment Agreement
between RigNet, Inc.
and the Executive Named Below
     
Name:
  Mark B. Slaughter
 
   
Position:
  Chief Executive Officer and President
 
   
Reporting:
  Executive shall report solely to the Board of Directors of the Company. All other employees shall report to Executive, except the Chief Financial Officer shall, in addition to reporting to Executive, report to the Audit Committee of the Board.
 
   
Term:
  3 years; provided that beginning on the third anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter, the Term automatically will be extended for an additional one year, unless at least 90 days prior to any such anniversary either of the parties to this Agreement gives written notice to the other that the Term shall cease to be so extended. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change of Control, the Term shall not be less than two years from the date of such Change of Control. However, the Term shall automatically terminate as provided in Section 7.
 
   
Annual Base Salary:
  $225,000. Executive’s base salary may be increased from time to time, but as increased may not be thereafter decreased.
 
   
Annual Bonus
  Commencing on the first day of each fiscal year of the Company (each fiscal year being a “Bonus Period”), Executive shall participate in the Company’s annual bonus plan (Management Incentive Plan or “MIP”) subject to the MIP’s terms. Executive’s target bonus potential shall not be less than 50% of his annual base salary. The Company shall pay Executive his bonus amount, if any, for such Bonus Period within four months of the end of such Bonus Period, provided Executive is an employee of the Company on the payment date.
 
   
Cash Severance Amount:
  1.0 times the sum of (i) the amount of Executive’s target bonus for the Bonus Period in which his termination date

A-1


 

     
 
  occurs and (ii) Executive’s then annual base salary.
 
   
Parachute Tax Gross-Up:
  In the event it shall be determined that any payment to Executive, whether under this Agreement or otherwise, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such tax (such tax, together with any such interest and penalties, hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), the Company shall pay Executive a “Gross-Up Payment” in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, including, without limitation, any additional Excise Tax on the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the initial Excise Tax. Such Gross-Up Payment shall be paid no later than the time Executive is required to pay the Excise Tax.
 
   
409A Tax Gross-Up:
  In the event it shall be determined that any payment to Executive, whether under this Agreement or otherwise, is subject to the additional tax imposed by Section 409A of the Code, or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such additional tax (such tax, together with any such interest and penalties, hereinafter collectively referred to as the “409A Tax”), the Company shall pay Executive a “Gross-Up Payment” in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, including, without limitation, any additional 409A Tax on the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the initial 409A Tax. Such Gross-Up Payment shall be paid no later than the time Executive is required to pay the 409A Tax. Executive and the Company agree to use reasonable efforts to avoid having any payment or benefit provided to Executive being subject to the 409A Tax.

A-2


 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement
     This First Amendment to the Employment Agreement entered into this 14 th day of May, 2010 by and between RigNet, Inc. (“Company”) and Mark Slaughter (“Executive”) (“Amendment”), The Company and Executive agree as follows:
     Whereas, Company and Executive entered into that certain Employment Agreement dated August 15, 2007 (“Employment Agreement”);
     Whereas, Company and Executive desire to amend the Employment Agreement to the extent set forth in this Amendment;
     Now Therefore, in consideration of the promises and mutual consideration set forth, it is agreed by Company and Executive as follows:
     1. The Section of Exhibit A of the Employment Agreement related to ‘Term’ is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:
     
“Term:
  39 months; provided that beginning on the date which is ninety days following the third anniversary of the Effective Date and on the date which is ninety days following each anniversary thereafter, the Term automatically will be extended for an additional one year subject to the parties’ respective rights under Section 7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change of Control (as defined in Section 9(d)), the Term shall not be less than two years from the date of such Change of Control subject to the parties’ respective rights under Section 7.”
     2. Except as expressly set forth above, the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as written.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Executive have executed this Amendment in multiple originals to be effective for all purposes as of the Effective Date.
         
RIGNET, INC.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Marty L. Jimmerson    
Title:
 
 
CFO
   
 
       
EXECUTIVE    
 
       
/s/ Mark B. Slaughter    
     
Mark B. Slaughter    

 


 

Amendment to Employment Agreement
This Amendment to the Employment Agreement entered into this 15th day of August, 2010 by and between RigNet, Inc. (“Company”) and Mark B. Slaughter (“Executive”) (“Amendment”),
The Company and Executive agree as follows:
          Whereas, Company and Executive desire to amend that certain Employment Agreement dated August 15, 2007, and amended further on May 14, 2010 (“Employment Agreement”);
          Now Therefore, in consideration of the promises and mutual consideration set forth, it is agreed by Company and Executive as follows:
  1.   The Section of Exhibit A of the Employment Agreement related to ‘Term’ is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:
 
      “Term: the initial term shall extend through November 15, 2010; provided that on November 16, 2010 the Term will automatically renew for an additional one year period unless either: (a) the Company provides notice of non-renewal to the Executive on or before August 15, 2010; or (b) the Executive provides notice of non-renewal to the Company on or before August 27, 2010 . On each anniversary of November 15, 2010 thereafter, the Term will automatically renew for successive one year periods unless either party provides not less than 90 days notice to the other party, subject to the parties’ respective rights under Section 7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change of Control (as defined in Section 9(d)), the Term shall not be less than two years from the date of such Change of Control subject to the parties’ respective rights under Section 7.”
2. Except as expressly set forth above, the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as written.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive have executed this Amendment in multiple originals to be effective for all purposes as of the Effective Date.
     
RigNet, Inc.
   
 
   
/s/ Marty L. Jimmerson
   
 
Marty L. Jimmerson
   
Chief Financial Officer
   
 
   
Executive
   
 
   
/s/ Mark B. Slaughter
   
 
Mark B. Slaughter
   

 

Exhibit 10.8
Employment Agreement
     This Employment Agreement (“Agreement”), including the attached Exhibit A, which is made a part hereof for all purposes, between RigNet, Inc. (“Company”) and Marty Jimmerson (“Executive”) is effective as of August 15, 2007 (“Effective Date”). The Company and Executive agree as follows:
     1.  TERM AND POSITION : The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by the Company, in the Positions and for the Term stated on Exhibit A. During the Term of this Agreement, Executive shall devote his full time and undivided attention during business hours to the business and affairs of the Company, except for vacations, illness or incapacity; however, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Executive from (i) engaging in charitable and community activities, and (ii) managing his personal investments, provided that such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. The Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”) shall give Executive written notice of any such activities that it reasonably believes materially interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder and provide Executive with a reasonable period of time to correct such interference.
     2.  COMPENSATION : While Executive serves in the Positions set forth on Exhibit A, Executive’s annual base salary, as set forth on Exhibit A, shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices for its executive officers. Executive’s compensation as an employee of the Company shall also include annual bonus opportunities and periodic long-term incentive awards, in cash and/or in Company stock, as determined appropriate from time to time by the Compensation Committee of the Board.
     3.  BENEFITS : Executive shall be allowed to participate in all compensation and benefit plans and receive all perquisites that the Company makes available to its other senior executives and also to participate in all employee benefit plans and programs that the Company makes available to the Company’s employees in general. Nothing in this Agreement is to be construed to obligate the Company to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing any benefit program or plan, so long as such actions are similarly applicable to the covered executives or employees, as applicable.
     4.  INDEMNIFICATION : In any situation where under applicable law the Company has the power to indemnify, advance expenses to and defend Executive in respect of any claims, judgments, fines, settlements, loss, cost or expense (including attorneys fees) of any nature related to or arising out of Executive’s activities as an agent, employee, officer or director of the Company or in any other capacity in which he is acting or serving on behalf of or at the request of the Company (a “Claim”), the Company shall fully indemnify Executive to the maximum extent permitted by law and promptly on written request from Executive advance expenses (including attorney’s fees) to Executive and defend Executive to the fullest extent permitted by law, unless Executive has been grossly negligent or willfully engaged in misconduct in the performance or nonperformance of his duties that is the basis for such Claim, which nonperformance shall include a failure of Executive to inform the Board of matters that could reasonably be expected, at such time, to be materially injurious financially to the Company. This contractual indemnification of Executive by the Company hereunder shall not be deemed or

 


 

construed as operating to impair any other obligation of the Company respecting Executive’s indemnification or defense otherwise arising out of this or any other agreement or promise or obligation of the Company under any statute, articles of incorporation, by-laws or otherwise.
     5.  D&O INSURANCE : The Company will obtain and maintain throughout the Term officer and director liability insurance covering Executive in an amount believed by the Board to be reasonable for the Company, given its size and activities, but in no event shall the coverage for Executive be less (in amount or scope) than the coverage provided for any other officer or director of the Company. Such insurance coverage shall continue as to Executive after he has ceased to be a director, officer or employee of the Company with respect to acts or omissions which occurred prior to such cessation. Insurance contemplated by this Section shall inure to the benefit of Executive, his heirs and the executors and administrators of his estate.
     6.  BUSINESS EXPENSES : The Company shall promptly pay all business related expenses reasonably incurred by Executive in the performance of his duties under this Agreement, including legal fees and expenses not in excess of $7,500 Executive may incur with respect to his obtaining independent legal advice as to his reporting and disclosure duties as an officer or director of the Company pursuant to applicable law and regulations.
     7.  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT : The Company and Executive agree that, during the Term, either party may, upon at least 30 days written notice to the other, terminate Executive’s employment; provided, however, that Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company for Cause only as provided below. The Term of the Agreement shall terminate upon the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason.
     8.  SEVERANCE PAY AND BENEFITS : If, during the Term, the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay Executive a Cash Severance Amount and provide Executive with certain other severance benefits (collectively, the “Severance Pay”) as described below. The Severance Pay shall be as follows:
  (i)   The Cash Severance Amount shall be the amount as provided in Exhibit A hereto. The Company shall pay the Cash Severance Amount to Executive in a lump sum by wire transfer on or as soon as reasonably practical after the termination date; provided, however, that if at such time Executive is a “specified employee,” as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”) and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder, the Company shall not make such payment until the earlier of (i) the first of the seventh month after Executive’s termination date or (ii) Executive’s death. In the event of any such delay in payment, such Cash Severance Amount shall bear interest at the LIBOR rate in effect on his termination date until paid.
 
  (ii)   Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under the Company’s group health plan pursuant to Section 4980B of the Code (“COBRA”), the Company shall pay on Executive’s behalf the full premium required for such continued coverage elected for his applicable

-2-


 

      COBRA period but not to exceed 18 months; provided, however, the Company shall take all actions necessary for Executive not to be taxable on either the continued coverage or any health benefits received under the health plan, which may include, if effective, paying Executive a monthly amount in cash, with a full tax gross-up, that enables Executive to pay the health premium required with after-tax dollars in order for such continued coverage or benefits not be taxable to him; provided, further however, if such reimbursement payments would be subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code, the Company shall provide Executive with either a full tax gross-up, paid when Executive remits such taxes, or an insured product that does not subject Executive to tax under Sections 105, 106 or 409A of the Code.
 
  (iii)   As soon as practical on or following his termination, the Company shall pay Executive (i) any earned but unpaid base salary, (ii) any accrued but unused vacation, and (iii) all reasonable and unreimbursed business expenses incurred by him prior to his termination.
 
  (iv)   The Company shall provide Executive with outplacement services of Executive’s choosing, not to exceed $20,000.
     Executive shall not be entitled to Severance Pay for a termination of employment that is due to his death or Disability, his voluntary termination without Good Reason, or his termination by the Company for Cause.
     The following are definitions of terms used in this and other sections of this Agreement.
  (a)   Cause . “Cause” means (i) Executive’s conviction of a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (ii) Executive’s intentional and continued failure to perform his duties (other than by reason of an illness or a disability); (iii) intentional engagement in conduct by Executive that is materially injurious to the Company (monetarily or otherwise); (iv) Executive’s gross negligence in the performance of Executive’s duties; provided, however, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause under clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) above unless the determination of whether Cause exists is made by a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the entire membership of the Board (excluding Executive, if a member) at a meeting of the Board that was called for the purpose of considering such termination (after 15 days’ notice to Executive and an opportunity for Executive, together with Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board and, if reasonably possible, to cure the breach that is the alleged basis for Cause) finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive was guilty of conduct constituting Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
 
  (b)   Good Reason . “Good Reason” means (i) an adverse change in Executive’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities, including job title, (ii) an adverse change in Executive’s base salary or the taking of any action by the Company that

-3-


 

      would diminish, other than in a de minimus amount, the aggregate incentive compensation awards or opportunities of Executive or the level of Executive’s participation relative to other participants, (iii) the relocation of the Company’s principal executive offices by more than 25 miles from where such offices are located on the Effective Date or Executive being based at any office other than the principal executive offices of the Company, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of Executive’s duties and reasonably consistent with Executive’s travel prior to the Effective Date, or (iv) a breach of this Agreement by the Company, which remains uncorrected for 10 days following Executive’s written notice to the Company of such breach.
 
  (c)   Disability . “Disability” means Executive (i) is unable to perform substantially Executive’s duties with the Company as a result of any physical or mental impairment that is reasonably expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as supported by a written opinion by a physician selected by Executive, and (ii) is receiving long-term disability benefits under the Company’s insured long-term disability plan.
     9.  COMPANY EQUITY AND JUNIOR NOTES : The provisions of this Section 9 are in addition to any rights of Executive under Section 8.
  (a)   In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason (whether by Executive or by the Company) while Executive owns shares of Company stock purchased by him within 90 days of his initial date of employment with the Company and the Company’s stock is not listed on any public stock exchange or securities market on such termination of employment date, then for 90 days following such termination Executive shall have a right to “put” such shares to the Company for an immediate lump sum cash payment equal to the product of the per share Fair Market Value of such stock at that time and the number of such shares of Company stock owned by Executive. Such “Fair Market Value” is defined as such value as is agreed to by the parties or, if no agreement is reached, as determined by an independent third party mutually selected by the parties. The cost of obtaining the Fair Market Value shall be borne by the Company.
 
  (b)   Upon Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason, death or Disability or upon Executive’s termination by the Company for any reason other than Cause, each Company stock option of Executive automatically shall vest and become exercisable in full. Further, in the event that Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason other than for Cause, all vested Company stock options of Executive, including those that become vested on his termination of employment as provided in this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect for the remainder of their original option terms. In addition, each Company restricted stock award and other Company-equity based award, and any other deferred compensation award granted to Executive, shall vest in full and be payable on the date the Cash Severance Amount is paid to Executive as provided above. However, expressly excluded from this section are any equity awards issued to Executive by the Company under a long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”)

-4-


 

      after the Company’s stock is listed on any public stock exchange or securities market. Such equity issued under the LTIP after a public listing shall vest and continue in full force and effect in accordance with the terms of the LTIP.
 
  (c)   In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause and the Company’s stock is not listed on any public stock exchange or securities market, then for 90 days following Executive’s termination the Company shall have a right to cancel all of Executive’s vested stock options by paying Executive a cash lump amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the shares of the Company stock covered by such options and the exercise prices of such options.
 
  (d)   Upon a “change of control event,” as defined in the Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code (“Change of Control”), all Company stock options and other Company equity-based awards of Executive automatically shall vest in full immediately prior to such Change of Control and be exercisable or payable pursuant to its terms, notwithstanding anything in any award agreement to the contrary.
 
  (e)   In the event that a majority of other shareholders sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares of Company stock or securities convertible into Company stock prior to an initial public offering of the Company stock, the other shareholders and the Company shall take, at their sole expense, all actions necessary or helpful, to enable Executive, at his election, to sell or similarly dispose of his shares of Company stock to such purchaser(s) at the same time and on the same terms. The percentage of his shares of Company stock that Executive may elect to sell or otherwise dispose of pursuant to this “tag along” right shall not exceed the percentage of the Company stock owned by the other selling shareholders (with all convertible securities being deemed fully converted) that it is selling or otherwise disposing in such transaction(s). Such “tag along” rights for Executive shall no longer exist once the Company’s stock is listed on any public stock exchange or securities market.
 
  (f)   Prior to the Effective Date Executive purchased $100,000 of Junior Notes of the Company. If any of such Junior Notes are held by Executive on his termination date, the Company shall purchase from Executive such outstanding Junior Notes on that date for an amount of cash equal to (i) the amount Executive paid for such notes, plus (ii) the amount of any unpaid interest accrued on such notes through the termination date. In addition, Executive may “put” to the Company, within 90 days of his termination of employment, the detachable warrants associated with the Junior Notes for a lump sum payment in cash equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the shares of the Company stock covered by such warrants and the exercise prices of the warrants.
     10.  NO OFFSET OR MITIGATION : Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit provided for under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this

-5-


 

Agreement be reduced as the result of his employment by another employer or his self-employment, except that any severance payments or benefits that Executive is entitled to receive pursuant to a Company severance welfare benefit plan for employees in general shall reduce the amount of payments and benefits otherwise payable or to be provided to Executive under this Agreement.
     11.  CONFIDENTIALITY : Executive will not use, divulge, or disclose, directly or indirectly, any trade secret, data, records, or other information concerning the technology, know-how, business, policies, finances, or operations of the Company or any of its affiliates, which Executive acquires knowledge of pursuant to his employment with the Company (the “Information”), including, but not limited to, information regarding its customers and projects. He will not, without the express consent of a member of the Board, remove from the offices of the Company any originals or copies of any of the Information, or any computer disks, computer hard drives, or computer tapes on which any of the Information is recorded.
     12.  INVENTIONS : Executive will promptly and fully disclose to the Company any inventions, designs, improvements or discoveries which Executive develops during his employment with the Company, whether conceived during regular working hours or otherwise. All such inventions, designs, improvements, and discoveries shall be the exclusive property of the Company. Executive will: (i) assist the Company in obtaining appropriate legal protection (including patent, trademark, and copyright protection) for the rights of the Company with respect to such inventions, designs, improvements, and discoveries, and (ii) execute all documents and do all things necessary to (a) obtain such legal protection, and (b) vest the Company with full and exclusive title thereof.
     13.  NON-COMPETITION OBLIGATIONS : Upon termination by the Company without Cause or termination by the Executive for other than a Good Reason, Executive agrees for the 12-month period following such termination not to, directly or indirectly, engage in any business competing with the businesses of the Company, whether directly or as an owner of more than 5% in, as a manager of, a participant in, a consultant to or a person who renders services on behalf of, a person who engages in such business, or otherwise, within (i) the states of Texas, Louisiana, Colorado or Wyoming or (ii) in any geographical area in which the Company actually engages in such businesses. The business of the Company is providing Internet protocol-based voice, data and video networks and software application management services for offshore drilling companies, oil companies and oil-field service companies.
     14.  NON-SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES : During the 12-month period following his termination date, Executive shall not directly, or indirectly through another entity, induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company to leave the employ of the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company and any employee thereof.
     15.  WARRANTY AND INDEMNIFICATION : Executive warrants that he is not a party to any other restrictive agreement limiting his activities in his employment by the Company. Executive further warrants that at the time of the signing of this Agreement, Executive knows of no written or oral contract or of any other impediment that would inhibit or prohibit continued employment with the Company. Executive shall hold the Company harmless

-6-


 

from any and all suits and claims arising out of any breach of such restrictive agreement or contracts.
     16.  NON-DISPARAGEMENT : The parties shall refrain, both during and after the Term, from publishing any oral or written statements about each other (including with respect to the Company, its affiliates, or any of their respective officers, employees, agents, or representatives) that are disparaging, slanderous, libelous, or defamatory.
     17.  NOTICES : Notices and all other communications shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail. Notices to the Company, shall be sent to 1880 South Dairy Ashford, Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77077 attention: Chief Executive Officer. Notices and communications to Executive shall be sent to the address Executive most recently provided to the Company.
     18.  NO WAIVER : No failure by either party at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement.
     19.  ARBITRATION : Any dispute about the validity, interpretation, effect or alleged violation of this Agreement (an “arbitrable dispute”) must be submitted to confidential arbitration in Houston, Texas. Arbitration shall take place before an experienced employment arbitrator licensed to practice law in such state and selected in accordance with the Model Employment Arbitration Procedures of the American Arbitration Association. Arbitration shall be the exclusive remedy of any arbitrable dispute. The Company shall bear all fees, costs and expenses of arbitration, including those of Executive unless the arbitrator finds that Executive has acted in bad faith and provides otherwise with respect to the fees, costs and expenses of Executive; provided, however, in no event shall Executive be chargeable with the fees, costs and expenses of the Company or the arbitrator. Should any party to this Agreement pursue any arbitrable dispute by any method other than arbitration, the other party shall be entitled to recover from the party initiating the use of such method all damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of the use of such method. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement shall purport to waive or in any way limit the right of any party to seek to enforce any judgment or decision on an arbitrable dispute in a court of competent jurisdiction. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in Houston, Texas, for the purposes of any proceeding arising out of this Agreement.
     20.  GOVERNING LAW : This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without regard to conflicts of law principles.
     21.  SUCCESSORS :
  (a)   This Agreement is personal to Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s legal representatives.

-7-


 

  (b)   This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
 
  (c)   The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as defined in this Agreement and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.
     22.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT : This instrument contains the entire agreement of Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and all promises, representations, understandings, arrangements, and prior and contemporaneous agreements (written or oral) between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, are terminated hereby.
     23.  SURVIVAL/SEVERABILITY/HEADINGS : It is the express intention and agreement of the parties that Sections 8 through 24 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Term. In addition, all obligations of the Company to make payments under this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. Article and section headings contained in this Agreement are provided for convenience and reference only, and do not define or affect the meaning, construction, or scope of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
     24.  TAX WITHHOLDING : The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any compensatory payments that it makes to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise all taxes required by applicable law to be withheld therefrom by the Company.
     25.  LEGAL FEES : The Company shall reimburse Executive for his legal fees incurred in advising him with respect to and in preparing and reviewing this Agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Executive have executed this Agreement in multiple originals to be effective for all purposes as of the Effective Date.
         
RigNet, Inc.   Marty Jimmerson
 
       
By:
  /s/ Mark B. Slaughter   /s/ Marty Jimmerson
 
       
Title:
  CEO & President    
This November 9, 2007   This November 9, 2007

-8-


 

Exhibit A
to Employment Agreement
between RigNet, Inc.
and the Executive Named Below
     
Name:
  Marty Jimmerson
 
   
Position:
  Chief Financial Officer
 
   
Reporting:
  Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer and to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
   
Term:
  3 years; provided that beginning on the third anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter, the Term automatically will be extended for an additional one year, unless at least 90 days prior to any such anniversary either of the parties to this Agreement gives written notice to the other that the Term shall cease to be so extended. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change of Control, the Term shall not be less than two years from the date of such Change of Control. However, the Term shall automatically terminate as provided in Section 7.
 
   
Annual Base Salary:
  $180,000. Executive’s base salary may be increased from time to time, but as increased may not be thereafter decreased.
 
   
Annual Bonus
  Commencing on the first day of each fiscal year of the Company (each fiscal year being a “Bonus Period”), Executive shall participate in the Company’s annual bonus plan (Management Incentive Plan or “MIP”) subject to the MIP’s terms. Executive’s target bonus potential shall not be less than 35% of his annual base salary. The Company shall pay Executive his bonus amount, if any, for such Bonus Period within four months of the end of such Bonus Period, provided Executive is an employee of the Company on the payment date.
 
   
Cash Severance Amount:
  1.0 times the sum of (i) the amount of Executive’s target bonus for the Bonus Period in which his termination date occurs and (ii) Executive’s then annual base salary.

A-1


 

     
Parachute Tax Gross-Up:
  In the event it shall be determined that any payment to Executive, whether under this Agreement or otherwise, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such tax (such tax, together with any such interest and penalties, hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), the Company shall pay Executive a “Gross-Up Payment” in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, including, without limitation, any additional Excise Tax on the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the initial Excise Tax. Such Gross-Up Payment shall be paid no later than the time Executive is required to pay the Excise Tax.
 
   
409A Tax Gross-Up:
  In the event it shall be determined that any payment to Executive, whether under this Agreement or otherwise, is subject to the additional tax imposed by Section 409A of the Code, or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such additional tax (such tax, together with any such interest and penalties, hereinafter collectively referred to as the “409A Tax”), the Company shall pay Executive a “Gross-Up Payment” in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, including, without limitation, any additional 409A Tax on the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the initial 409A Tax. Such Gross-Up Payment shall be paid no later than the time Executive is required to pay the 409A Tax. Executive and the Company agree to use reasonable efforts to avoid having any payment or benefit provided to Executive being subject to the 409A Tax.

A-2


 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement
     This First Amendment to the Employment Agreement entered into this 14 th day of May, 2010 by and between RigNet, Inc. (“Company”) and Marty Jimmerson (“Executive”) (“Amendment”), The Company and Executive agree as follows:
     Whereas, Company and Executive entered into that certain Employment Agreement dated August 15, 2007 (“Employment Agreement”);
     Whereas, Company and Executive desire to amend the Employment Agreement to the extent set forth in this Amendment;
     Now Therefore, in consideration of the promises and mutual consideration set forth, it is agreed by Company and Executive as follows:
     1. The Section of Exhibit A of the Employment Agreement related to ‘Term’ is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:
     
“Term:
  39 months; provided that beginning on the date which is ninety days following the third anniversary of the Effective Date and on the date which is ninety days following each anniversary thereafter, the Term automatically will be extended for an additional one year subject to the parties’ respective rights under Section 7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change of Control (as defined in Section 9(d)), the Term shall not be less than two years from the date of such Change of Control subject to the parties’ respective rights under Section 7.”
     2. Except as expressly set forth above, the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as written.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Executive have executed this Amendment in multiple originals to be effective for all purposes as of the Effective Date.
         
RIGNET, INC.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Mark B. Slaughter    
Title:
 
 
CEO & President
   
 
       
EXECUTIVE    
 
       
/s/ Marty Jimmerson    
     
Marty Jimmerson    

 


 

Amendment to Employment Agreement
This Amendment to the Employment Agreement entered into this 15th day of August, 2010 by and between RigNet, Inc. (“Company”) and Marty L. Jimmerson (“Executive”) (“Amendment”),
The Company and Executive agree as follows:
          Whereas, Company and Executive desire to amend that certain Employment Agreement dated August 15, 2007, and amended further on May 14, 2010 (“Employment Agreement”);
          Now Therefore, in consideration of the promises and mutual consideration set forth, it is agreed by Company and Executive as follows:
  1.   The Section of Exhibit A of the Employment Agreement related to ‘Term’ is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:
 
      “Term: the initial term shall extend through November 15, 2010; provided that on November 16, 2010 the Term will automatically renew for an additional one year period unless either: (a) the Company provides notice of non-renewal to the Executive on or before August 15, 2010; or (b) the Executive provides notice of non-renewal to the Company on or before August 27, 2010. On each anniversary of November 15, 2010 thereafter, the Term will automatically renew for successive one year periods unless either party provides not less than 90 days notice to the other party, subject to the parties’ respective rights under Section 7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change of Control (as defined in Section 9(d)), the Term shall not be less than two years from the date of such Change of Control subject to the parties’ respective rights under Section 7.”
2. Except as expressly set forth above, the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as written.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive have executed this Amendment in multiple originals to be effective for all purposes as of the Effective Date.
     
RigNet, Inc.
   
 
   
/s/ Mark B. Slaughter
   
 
Mark B. Slaughter
   
Chief Executive Officer
   
 
   
Executive
   
 
   
/s/ Marty L. Jimmerson
   
 
Marty L. Jimmerson
   

 

Exhibit 10.9
Employment Agreement
     This Employment Agreement (“Agreement”), including the attached Exhibits A and B, which are made a part hereof for all purposes, between RigNet AS. (“Company”) and Lars Eliassen (“Executive”) is effective as of June 1, 2010 (“Effective Date”). The Company and Executive agree as follows:
      1. TERM AND POSITION: The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by the Company, in the Positions and for the Term stated on Exhibit “A.” During the Term of this Agreement, Executive shall devote his full time and undivided attention during business hours to the business and affairs of the Company, except for vacations, illness or incapacity; however, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Executive from (i) engaging in charitable and community activities, and (ii) managing his personal investments, provided that such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. The Chief Executive Officer of the Company (“CEO”) in accordance with guidelines, if any, of the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”) shall give Executive written notice of any such activities that it reasonably believes materially interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder and provide Executive with a reasonable period of time to correct such interference.
      2. COMPENSATION: While Executive serves in the Positions set forth on Exhibit “A,” Executive’s annual base salary, as set forth on Exhibit “A,” shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices for its executive officers. Executive shall participate in the Company’s currently effective Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”) and, under the terms of the MIP, shall be eligible for annual bonuses and/or periodic long-term incentive awards, in cash and/or in Company stock, as determined appropriate from time to time by the Compensation Committee of the Board (“Compensation Committee”). Under the terms of the MIP and subject to the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, Executive shall be eligible for an annual bonus in the amount, and determined in the manner, set forth on Exhibit “A” attached hereto.
      3. BENEFITS: Executive shall be allowed to participate in all compensation and benefit plans and receive all perquisites that the Company makes available to its other senior executives of the same corporate level and also to participate in all employee benefit plans and programs that the Company makes available to the Company’s employees in general. Nothing in this Agreement is to be construed to obligate the Company to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing any benefit program or plan, so long as such actions are similarly applicable to the covered executives or employees, as applicable.
      4. INDEMNIFICATION: In any situation where under applicable law the Company has the power to indemnify, advance expenses to and defend Executive in respect of any claims, judgments, fines, settlements, loss, cost or expense (including attorneys fees) of any nature related to or arising out of Executive’s activities as an agent, employee, officer or director of the Company or in any other capacity in which he is acting or serving on behalf of or at the request of the Company (a “Claim”), the Company shall fully indemnify Executive to the maximum extent permitted by law and promptly on written request from Executive advance expenses (including attorney’s fees) to Executive and defend Executive to the fullest extent permitted by law, unless Executive has been grossly negligent or willfully engaged in misconduct in the performance or nonperformance of his duties that is the basis for such Claim, which nonperformance shall include a failure of Executive to inform the Board of matters that could reasonably be expected, at such time, to be materially injurious

A-1


 

financially to the Company. This contractual indemnification of Executive by the Company hereunder shall not be deemed or construed as operating to impair any other obligation of the Company respecting Executive’s indemnification or defense otherwise arising out of this or any other agreement or promise or obligation of the Company under any statute, articles of incorporation, by-laws or otherwise.
      5. D&O INSURANCE: The Company will obtain and maintain throughout the Term officer and director liability insurance covering Executive in an amount believed by the Board to be reasonable for the Company, given its size and activities, but in no event shall the coverage for Executive be less (in amount or scope) than the coverage provided for any other officer or director of the Company. Such insurance coverage shall continue as to Executive after he has ceased to be a director, officer or employee of the Company with respect to acts or omissions, which occurred prior to such cessation. Insurance contemplated by this Section shall inure to the benefit of Executive, his heirs and the executors and administrators of his estate.
      6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT: The Company and Executive agree that, during the Term, either party may, upon written notice of one month beginning on the first day of the month after notice is given to the other, terminate Executive’s employment; provided, however, that Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company for Cause only as provided below. The Term of the Agreement shall terminate upon the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason.
      7. SEVERANCE PAY AND BENEFITS: If, during the Term, the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, the Company, upon Executives execution of a full and complete waiver and release of all claims (including any rights under the Norwegian employment law) against Company, shall pay Executive a Cash Severance Amount and provide Executive with certain other severance benefits (collectively, the “Severance Pay”) as described below. The Severance Pay shall be as follows:
  (a)   The Cash Severance Amount shall be the amount as provided in Exhibit A hereto. The Company shall pay the Cash Severance Amount to Executive in a lump sum by wire transfer on or as soon as reasonably practical after the termination date; provided, however, that if at such time Executive is a “specified employee,” as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”) and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder, the Company shall not make such payment until the earlier of (i) the first day of the seventh month after Executive’s termination date or (ii) the date of Executive’s death. In the event of any such delay in payment, such Cash Severance Amount shall bear interest at the LIBOR rate in effect on his termination date until paid.
 
  (b)   Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under the Company’s group health plan pursuant to Section 4980B of the Code (“COBRA”), the Company shall pay on Executive’s behalf the full premium required for such continued coverage elected for his applicable COBRA period but

-2-


 

      not to exceed 18 months; provided, however, the Company shall take all actions necessary for Executive not to be taxed on either the continued coverage or any health benefits received under the health plan, which may include, if effective, paying Executive a monthly amount in cash, with a full tax gross-up, that enables Executive to pay the health premium required with after-tax dollars in order for such continued coverage or benefits to be non-taxable to him; provided, further however, if such reimbursement payments would be subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code, the Company shall provide Executive with either a full tax gross-up, paid when Executive remits such taxes, or reasonably equivalent health insurance coverage that does not subject Executive to tax under Sections 105, 106 or 409A of the Code.
 
  (c)   As soon as practical on or following his termination, the Company shall pay Executive (i) any earned but unpaid base salary, (ii) any accrued but unused vacation, and (iii) all reasonable and unreimbursed business expenses incurred by him prior to his termination.
 
  (d)   The Company shall provide Executive with outplacement services of Executive’s choosing, not to exceed $20,000.
Executive shall not be entitled to Severance Pay for a termination of employment that is due to his death or Disability, his voluntary termination without Good Reason, or his termination by the Company for Cause.
      8. DEFINITIONS
          The following are definitions of terms used in this and other sections of this Agreement.
  (a)   Cause. “Cause” means any reason under Norwegian employment law or (i) Executive’s conviction of a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (ii) Executive’s intentional and continued failure to perform his duties (other than by reason of an illness or a disability); (iii) intentional engagement in conduct by Executive that is materially injurious to the Company (monetarily or otherwise); (iv) Executive’s gross negligence in the performance of Executive’s duties; provided, however, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause under clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) above unless the determination of whether Cause exists is made in writing by the CEO, such determination to set forth the basis for the determination.
 
  (b)   (b) Good Reason. “Good Reason” means (i) an adverse change in Executive’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities, including job title, (ii) an adverse change in Executive’s base salary or the taking of any action by the Company that would diminish, other than in a de minimus amount, the aggregate incentive compensation awards or opportunities of Executive or the level of Executive’s participation relative to other participants, iii) the relocation of the Company’s principal executive offices by more than 25 miles from where such offices are located on the Effective Date or Executive being based at any office other than the principal executive offices of the Company, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of Executive’s duties and reasonably consistent with Executive’s travel prior to the

 


 

      Effective Date, or (iv) a breach of this Agreement by the Company, which remains unconnected for 10 days following Executive’s written notice to the Company of such breach.
 
  (c)   Disability. “Disability” means Executive (i) is unable to perform substantially Executive’s duties with the Company as a result of any physical or mental impairment that is reasonably expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as supported by a written opinion by a physician selected by Executive, and (ii) is receiving long-term disability benefits under the Company’s insured long-term disability plan.
      9. COMPANY EQUITY: The provisions of this Section are in addition to any rights of Executive under Section 7 of this Agreement.
  (a)   Upon Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason, death or Disability or upon Executive’s termination by the Company for any reason other than Cause, each Company stock option of Executive automatically shall vest and become exercisable in full. Further, in the event that Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason other than for Cause, all vested Company stock options of Executive, including those that become vested on his termination of employment as provided in this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect for the remainder of their original option terms. In addition, each Company restricted stock award and other Company-equity based award, and any other deferred compensation award granted to Executive, shall vest in full and be payable on the date the Cash Severance Amount is paid to Executive as provided above. However, expressly excluded from this section are any equity awards issued to Executive by the Company under a long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”) after the Company’s stock is listed on any public stock exchange or securities market. Such equity issued under the LTIP after a public listing shall vest and continue in full force and effect in accordance with the terms of the LTIP.
 
  (c)   In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause and the Company’s stock is not listed on any public stock exchange or securities market, then for 90 days following Executive’s termination the Company shall have a right to cancel all of Executive’s vested stock options by paying Executive a cash lump amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the shares of the Company stock covered by such options and the exercise prices of such options.
 
  (d)   Upon a “Change of Control,” all Company stock options and other Company equity- based awards of Executive automatically shall vest in full immediately prior to such Change of Control and be exercisable or payable pursuant to its terms, notwithstanding anything in any award agreement to the contrary.
 
  (e)   In the event that a majority of other shareholders sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares of Company stock or securities convertible into Company stock prior to an initial public offering of the Company stock, the other shareholders and the

-4-


 

      Company shall take, at their sole expense, all actions necessary or helpful, to enable Executive, at his election, to sell or similarly dispose of his shares of Company stock to such purchaser(s) at the same time and on the same terms. The percentage of his shares of Company stock that Executive may elect to sell or otherwise dispose of pursuant to this “tag along” right shall not exceed the percentage of the Company stock owned by the other selling shareholders (with all convertible securities being deemed fully converted) that it is selling or otherwise disposing in such transaction(s). Such “tag along” rights for Executive shall no longer exist once the Company’s stock is listed on any public stock exchange or securities market.
      10. NO OFFSET OR MITIGATION: Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit provided for under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement be reduced as the result of his employment by another employer or his self-employment, except that any severance payments or benefits that Executive is entitled to receive pursuant to a Company severance welfare benefit plan for employees in general shall reduce the amount of payments and benefits otherwise payable or to be provided to Executive under this Agreement.
      11. CONFIDENTIALITY: Executive will not use, divulge, or disclose, directly or indirectly, any trade secret, data, records, or other information concerning the technology, know-how, business, policies, finances, or operations of the Company or any of its affiliates, which Executive acquires knowledge of pursuant to his employment with the Company (the “Information”), including, but not limited to, information regarding its customers and projects. He will not, without the express consent of a member of the Board, remove from the offices of the Company any originals or copies of any of the Information, or any computer disks, computer hard drives, or computer tapes on which any of the Information is recorded.
      12. INVENTIONS: Executive will promptly and fully disclose to the Company any inventions, designs, improvements or discoveries which Executive develops during his employment with the Company, whether conceived during regular working hours or otherwise. All such inventions, designs, improvements, and discoveries shall be the exclusive property of the Company. Executive will: (i) assist the Company in obtaining appropriate legal protection (including patent, trademark, and copyright protection) for the rights of the Company with respect to such inventions, designs, improvements, and discoveries, and (ii) execute all documents and do all things necessary to (a) obtain such legal protection, and (b) vest the Company with full and exclusive title thereof.
      13. NON-COMPETITION OBLIGATIONS: The Executive Agrees that, during the Term of this Agreement and for the 12-month period following any termination of this Agreement other than termination based upon circumstances related to the Company, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, engage in any business competing with the businesses of the Company, whether directly or as an owner of more than 5% in, as a manager of, a participant in, a consultant to or a person who renders services on behalf of, a person who engages in such business, or otherwise, within (i) the country of Norway or (ii) in any geographical area in which the Company actually engages in such businesses, specifically including the nations listed on Exhibit B attached hereto. The business of the Company is providing Internet protocol-based voice, data and video networks and software application management services for offshore drilling companies, oil companies and oil-field service companies.

 


 

      14. NON-SOLICITATION: During the Term of this Agreement and the 12-month period following the termination hereof, Executive shall not directly, or indirectly through another entity, induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company to leave the employ of the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company and any employee thereof, and Executive shall not directly or indirectly induce or attempt to induce any existing or prospective customer of the Company to reduce or cease its business relationship with the Company.
      15. WARRANTY AND INDEMNIFICATION: Executive warrants that he is not a party to any other restrictive agreement limiting his activities in his employment by the Company. Executive further warrants that at the time of the signing of this Agreement, Executive knows of no written or oral contract or of any other impediment that would inhibit or prohibit continued employment with the Company. Executive shall hold the Company harmless from any and all suits and claims arising out of any breach of such restrictive agreement or contracts.
      16. NON-DISPARAGEMENT: The parties shall refrain, both during and after the Term, from publishing any oral or written statements about each other (including with respect to the Company, its affiliates, or any of their respective officers, employees, agents, or representatives) that are disparaging, slanderous, libelous, or defamatory.
      17. NOTICES: Notices and all other communications shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail. Notices to the Company, shall be sent to 1880 South Dairy Ashford, Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77077 attention: Chief Executive Officer. Notices and communications to Executive shall be sent to the address Executive most recently provided to the Company.
      18. NO WAIVER: No failure by either party at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement.
      19. VENUE: Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the courts in Norway for the purposes of any proceeding arising out of this Agreement.
      20. GOVERNING LAW: This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Norway without regard to conflicts of law principles.
      21. SUCCESSORS:
  (a)   This Agreement is personal to Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s legal representatives.
 
  (b)   This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
 
  (c)   The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this

-6-


 

      Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as defined in this Agreement and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.
      22. ENTIRE AGREEMENT: This instrument contains the entire agreement of Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and all promises, representations, understandings, arrangements, and prior and contemporaneous agreements (written or oral) between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, are terminated hereby.
      23. SURVIVAL/SEVERABILITY/HEADINGS: It is the express intention and agreement of the parties that Sections 5 through 25 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Term. In addition, all obligations of the Company to make payments under this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. Article and section headings contained in this Agreement are provided for convenience and reference only, and do not define or affect the meaning, construction, or scope of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
      24. TAX WITHHOLDING: The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any compensatory payments that it makes to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise all taxes required by applicable law to be withheld therefrom by the Company.
      25. LEGAL FEES: The Company shall reimburse Executive for his legal fees incurred in advising him with respect to and in preparing and reviewing this Agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Executive have executed this Agreement in multiple originals to be effective for all purposes as of the Effective Date.
         
RIGNET AS    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Mark B. Slaughter    
Title:
 
 
CEO & President
       
 
       
EXECUTIVE: LARS ELIASSEN    
/s/ Lars Eliassen
   
     
(Signature)    

 


 

Exhibit A
To Employment Agreement
between RigNet, AS
and the Executive Named Below
     
Name:
  Lars Eliassen
 
   
Position:
  Vice-President & General Manager — Europe Africa Middle East
 
   
Reporting:
  Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
 
   
Term:
  Commencing on the date of execution by the parties and extending through November 9, 2010; provided that beginning on the final date in the primary term and on each anniversary thereafter, the Term automatically will be extended for an additional one year, unless at least 90 days prior to any such anniversary either of the parties to this Agreement gives written notice to the other that the Term shall cease to be so extended. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change of Control, the Term shall not be less than two years from the date of such Change of Control. However, the Term shall automatically terminate as provided in Section 7. Upon termination of this Agreement, Executive may return to his position in the United States.
 
   
Secondment:
  Company may second Executive to the employ of any of its affiliates, however, nothing in any secondment shall preclude Executive from enforcing his rights under this Agreement.
 
   
Cash Severance Amount:
  An amount to be negotiated in good faith at the time of severance. It is the intent of the Company and Executive to be consistent with other similarly situated executives. For example, a typical cash severance amount would be the aggregate sum of (i) the amount of Executive’s target bonus for the Bonus Period in which his termination occurs, and (ii) 1.0 times Executive’s then applicable annual Base Salary.
 
   
Location:
  RigNet AS
 
  Maskinveien 24
 
  NO-4033 Stavanger
 
  Norway

-8-


 

Hours of Work:
The hours of work for Employee will be the Company’s normal office hours of 0800 a.m. to 1600 p.m., excluding a 30 minute lunch break, together with such additional hours as may be required to perform properly the Vice President & General Manager – Europe Africa Middle East duties.
The working hours are not regulated by the Working Environment Act § 10-12 due to the independent position that the Vice President & General Manager — Europe Africa Middle East holds and the work performed. Employee will not be entitled to extra compensation for work performed outside normal office hours.
Additional Indemnity:
Company shall indemnify Employee from and against any claim concerning any direct or indirect loss, damage or expense as the result of management decisions in Company made prior to January 1, 2008.
Base Salary:
Employee’s monthly base salary for the term of this Agreement shall be $16,666.66 USD (the “Base Salary”), payable in US Dollars or Norwegian Kroner, at employee’s election upon written notice to Company at least 10 days prior to each calendar quarter. If a timely election for any quarter is not made, payment will continue in the same currency as the previous quarter. The Base Salary shall be payable monthly by transfer to employee’s bank account on the 15th day of the month or in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices. While stationed in Norway, employee will receive the following monthly:
         
COLA (146%)
    7,666  
Housing (-10%)
    -1,666  
Pension contribution (14%)
    2,333  
Tax equalization (-30%)
    -5,000  
 
       
Net adjustments
    3.333  
 
       
    Leased housing and basic utilities (less 10% of base salary offset)
 
    30 days vacation; the better healthcare and benefits package offered to OilCamp employees and expatriate employees in RigNet. The employee is entitled to normal holidays and holiday pay according to the Holiday Act. The Executive also
 
    Shipment of goods
 
    One-month bonus for incidental relocation expenses

 


 

      has a right to extra days of holiday with pay making a total of six weeks (30 days vacation). The holidays have to fit in with Company’s needs.
    Tax equalization to US standard; Company pays taxes; tax returns prepared and paid for by Company
 
    Closing costs on US home sale
 
    Standard house appliances (whether allowance or Company lease TBD)
 
    Repatriation back to USA (but no support for USA visa) if involuntarily terminated without cause during this assignment; no such coverage for voluntary termination
 
    Paid in USD; quarterly adjustments to COLA, if required
 
    Company car (whether allowance or Company lease TBD)
 
    Two home trips per year for employee and immediate family, economy class, advance booking, direct route. May take cash allowance of US$1,200 per person per trip in lieu of such travel
 
    Employer will responsible for taxes incurred in association with paid allowances to the extent necessary to provide the Employee with the same tax liability as if employed in the US. {a generic example is provided in section 3 (e)}
The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable, pre-approved expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties under this Agreement which are consistent with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time for its employees with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject further to the Company’s requirements for its employees with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses
     If the Company should make any payments to Executive in error, the Company is hereby authorised by Executive’s approval to carry out the necessary adjustments/corrections on subsequent pay days, as per the Working Environment Act § 14-15 (2).
                 
Example:   USA     Norway  
Salary
    10,000.00       10,000.00  
Tax Equal with employee paying taxes in Norway at 30% tax card rate when tax card is at
48% rate (48% - 30% = 18 x 2
          3,600.00  
Total
    10,000.00       13,600.00  
Income Tax Employee Paid per tax card of 48% in Norway and 25% in US
    2,500.00       6,528.00  
Social Security Employee Paid
    765.00        

-10-


 

                 
Example:   USA     Norway  
Total
    3,265.00       6,240.00  
Net
    6,735.00       7,072.00  
Difference in Norway Social Security 14.1 % to US Social Security 7.65%
          838.50  
Net with Value of Norwegian Social Security at a higher rate than the US rate
    6,735.00       7,910.50  
     
Annual Bonus:
  Each fiscal year of the Company (each fiscal year being a “Bonus Period”), Executive shall participate in the Company’s annual bonus plan (Management Incentive Plan or “MIP”). Subject to the MIP’s terms and conditions, Executive shall be eligible to receive a target bonus in an amount not less than 30% of Executive’s annual Base Salary. Executive’s entitlement to a bonus during each Bonus Period shall be dependent upon the Company’s and Executive’s satisfaction of criteria established by the Compensation Committee, at its sole discretion, under the MIP. Determination of the satisfaction of such criteria shall be solely based upon the Company’s audited financial statements and final Board of Director approval for each such Bonus Period, and further provided that Executive shall not be entitled to receive any Annual Bonus if Executive is not an employee of the Company on the date that payment of an approved Annual Bonus would otherwise be payable.

 


 

Exhibit B
Norway
Mexico
Brazil
Venezuela
United States of America
The United Kingdom
Denmark
Singapore
Qatar
Indonesia
Brunei
Australia
Thailand
India
Saudi Arabia
United Arab Emirates
Libya
Egypt
China
Vietnam
Nigeria
Angola
Ghana
Cameroon
Tunisia

-12-


 

Amendment to Employment Agreement
This Amendment to the Employment Agreement entered into this 15th day of August, 2010 by and between RigNet AS (“Company”) and Lars P. Eliassen (“Executive”) (“Amendment”),
The Company and Executive agree as follows:
          Whereas, Company and Executive desire to amend that certain Employment Agreement dated June 1, 2010 (“Employment Agreement”);
          Now Therefore, in consideration of the promises and mutual consideration set forth, it is agreed by Company and Executive as follows:
  1.   The Section of Exhibit A of the Employment Agreement related to ‘Term’ is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:
 
      “Term: the initial term shall extend through November 15, 2010; provided that on November 16, 2010 the Term will automatically renew for an additional one year period unless either: (a) the Company provides notice of non-renewal to the Executive on or before August 15, 2010; or (b) the Executive provides notice of non-renewal to the Company on or before August 27, 2010. On each anniversary of November 15, 2010 thereafter, the Term will automatically renew for successive one year periods unless either party provides not less than 90 days notice to the other party, subject to the parties’ respective rights under Section 7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change of Control (as defined in Section 9(d)), the Term shall not be less than two years from the date of such Change of Control subject to the parties’ respective rights under Section 7.”
2. Except as expressly set forth above, the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as written.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive have executed this Amendment in multiple originals to be effective for all purposes as of the Effective Date.
     
RigNet AS

   
/s/ Mark B. Slaughter
   
 
Mark B. Slaughter
   
Director
   
 
   
Executive

   
/s/ Lars P. Eliassen
   
 
Lars P. Eliassen
   

Exhibit 10.10
OFFICE LEASE
between
KWI ASHFORD WESTCHASE BUILDINGS, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership
DBA: ASHFORD CROSSING II
By: KWI ASHFORD WESTCHASE GENERAL PARTNER, L.L.C.,
a Delaware Limited Liability Company General Partner
(Landlord)
and
RIGNET INC.
A Texas Corporation
(Tenant)

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
OFFICE LEASE
             
Article   Title   Page
1
  Definitions     1  
 
           
2
  Premises     2  
 
           
3
  Term     2  
 
           
4
  Rental     2  
 
           
5
  Security Deposit     5  
 
           
6
  Use of Premises     6  
 
           
7
  Utilities and Services     7  
 
           
8
  Maintenance and Repairs     8  
 
           
9
  Alterations, Additions and Improvements     8  
 
           
10
  Indemnification and Insurance     9  
 
           
11
  Damage or Destruction     11  
 
           
12
  Condemnation     11  
 
           
13
  Relocation     11  
 
           
14
  Assignment and Subletting     12  
 
           
15
  Default and Remedies     13  
 
           
16
  Attorneys’ Fees; Costs of Suits     15  
 
           
17
  Subordination and Attornment     15  
 
           
18
  Quiet Enjoyment     16  
 
           
19
  Rules and Regulations     16  
 
           
20
  Estoppel Certificates     16  
 
           
21
  Entry by Landlord     16  
 
           
22
  Landlord’s Lease Undertakings-Exculpation from Personal Liability; Transfer of Landlord’s Interest     17  
 
           
23
  Holdover Tenancy     17  
 
           
24
  Notices     17  
 
           
25
  Brokers     17  
 
           
26
  Electronic Services     17  
 
           
27
  Landlord’s Contractual Lien and Security Interest     19  
 
           
28
  Miscellaneous     20  
EXHIBITS
     
Exhibit A
  Location in the Building — Premises
Exhibit A-l
  Location in the Building — Storage Area
Exhibit B
  Work Letter Agreement
Exhibit B-l
  Schedule of Occupancy
Exhibit C
  Rules and Regulations
Exhibit D
  Addendum
Exhibit E
  Suite Acceptance Agreement

 


 

OFFICE LEASE
     THIS OFFICE LEASE (“Lease”), dated June 17, 2003 , is made and entered into by and between KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a Texas Limited Partnership dba Ashford Crossing II (“Landlord”) and RigNet Inc, (“Tenant”) upon the following terms and conditions:
ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS
     Unless the context otherwise specifies or requires, the following terms shall have the meanings specified herein;
     1.01 Building. The term “Building” shall mean that certain office building located at 1880 South Dairy Ashford, Houston. Texas commonly known as Ashford Crossing II together with any related land, improvements, parking facilities, common areas, driveways, sidewalks and landscaping.
     1.02 Premises. The term “Premises” shall mean Suite(s) 505 in the Building, as more particularly outlined on the drawing attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference. As used herein, “Premises” shall not include any storage area in the Building, which shall be leased or rented pursuant to separate agreement.
     1.03 Rentable Area of the Premises. The term “Rentable Area of the Premises” shall mean 3.638 square feet, which Landlord and Tenant have stipulated as the Rentable Area of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that the Rentable Area of the Premises includes the usable area, without deduction for columns or projections, multiplied by a load factor to reflect a share of certain areas, which may include lobbies, corridors, mechanical, utility, janitorial, boiler and service rooms and closets, restrooms and other public, common and service areas of the Building.
     1.04 Lease Term. The term “Lease Term” shall mean the period between the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date (as such terms are hereinafter defined), unless sooner terminated as otherwise provided in this Lease.
     1.05 Commencement Date. Subject to adjustment as provided in Article 3, the term “Commencement Date” shall mean July 15, 2003 or August 1, 2003 or upon Substantial Completion of the Premises, to be determined after RigNet Inc. has clarified with existing land lord when the current office lease expires. , whichever is later.
     1.06 Expiration Date. Subject to adjustment as provided in Article 3, the term “Expiration Date” shall mean forty-one (41) full calendar months after the Commencement Date
     1.07 Base Rent. Base Monthly Rent is payable in lawful money of the United States of America as shown below:
                 
    Annual Rent      
Period   Per RSF     Monthly Rent
01 - 02 mos.
  $ 0.00/SF     $ 0.00  
03 - 12 mos.
  $ 14.25/SF     $ 4,320.13  
13 - 24 mos.
  $ 14.75/SF     $ 4,471.71  
25 - 26 mos.
  $ 7.63/SF     $ 2,313.16  
27 - 39 mos.
  $ 15.25/SF     $ 4,623.29  
40 - 41 mos.
  $ 0.00/SF     $ 0.00  
     1.08 Tenant’s Percentage Share. The term “Tenant’s Percentage Share” shall mean 2.21 % with respect to increases in Property Taxes and Operating Expenses (as such terms are hereinafter defined). Landlord may reasonably redetermine Tenant’s Percentage Share from time to time to reflect reconfigurations, additions or modifications to the Building.
     1.09 Security Deposit. The term “Security Deposit” shall mean Four Thousand Six Hundred Twenty-Three & 29/100 Dollars ($ 4,623.29).
     1.10 Tenant’s Permitted Use. The term “Tenant’s Permitted Use” shall mean general office purposes and no other use.
     1.11 Business Hours. The term “Business Hours” shall mean the hours of 7:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M., Monday through Friday (federal and state holidays excepted). Holidays are defined as the following: New Years Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, and to the extent of utilities or services provided by union members engaged at the Building, such other holidays observed by such unions.
     1.12 Expense Base Year. The calendar year 2003 .

1


 

     1.13 Landlord’s Address For Notices. The term “Landlord’s Address for Notices” shall mean with Kennedy-Wilson Properties Ltd., 9700 Richmond Avenue, Suite 124, Houston, Texas 77042, Attn: Property Manager, copies to Kennedy-Wilson Properties Ltd., 9601 Wilshire Boulevard, Beverly Hills, California 90210, Attn: Property Management and KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P.
     1.14 Tenant’s Address For Notices. The term “Tenant’s Address for Notices” shall mean 1880 South Dairy Ashford. Suite 505. Houston, Texas 77077 .
     1.15 Broker . The term “Broker” shall mean Kennedy-Wilson Properties Ltd. for the Landlord and Office Space Advisors for the Tenant.
     1.16 Guarantor . The Term “Guarantor” shall mean
1.17 Tenant’s Parking Stalls: The term “Tenant’s Parking Stalls” shall mean that Landlord shall provide up to 3.0 uncovered, unreserved parking spaces per each 1,000 RSF leased. Subject to availability, Tenant will have the right to convert up to three (3) of the uncovered, unreserved parking spaces to covered, reserved. Unreserved parking for the Building is on a first come, first served basis. If a covered space is not denoted as “reserved” and is not being utilized by a third party, Tenant’s employees will be allowed to utilized said parking space until such time as it is designated as “reserved” or is occupied by another third party. There shall not be any parking charges for the Initial Lease Term. Visitor parking is located at the entrance to the building and is provided at no charge.
ARTICLE II — PREMISES
     2.01 Lease of Premises. Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord, upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease. On the Commencement Date described herein, Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant in substantial conformance with the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B.
     2.02 Acceptance of Premises. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has not made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Premises or the Building or with respect to the suitability or fitness of either for the conduct of Tenant’s Permitted Use or for any other purpose. Prior to Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises, Landlord or its designee and Tenant will walk the Premises for the purpose of reviewing the condition of the Premises (and the condition of completion and workmanship of any tenant improvements which Landlord is required to construct in the Premises pursuant to this Lease); after such review, Tenant shall execute a Suite Acceptance Letter, in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto, accepting the Premises. Except as is expressly set forth in this Section 2.02 or the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto, if any, or as may be expressly set forth in Suite Acceptance Letter, Tenant agrees to accept the Premises in its “as is” said physical condition without any agreements, representations, understandings or obligations on the part of Landlord to perform any alterations, repairs or improvements (or to provide any allowance for same).
ARTICLE III — TERM
     3.01 Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, the Lease Term shall be for the period described in Section 1.04 of this Lease, commencing on the Commencement Date described in Section 1.05 of this Lease and ending on the Expiration Date described in Section 1.06 of this Lease; provided, however, that, if, for any reason, Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises on the date described in Section 1.05 of this Lease, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage caused thereby, nor shall the Lease be void or voidable, but, rather, the Lease Term shall commence upon, and the Commencement Date shall be the date that possession of the Premises is so tendered to Tenant (except for Tenant-caused delays which shall not be deemed to delay commencement of the Lease Term), and, unless Landlord elects otherwise, the Expiration Date described in Section 1.06 of this Lease shall be extended by an equal number of days.
ARTICLE IV RENTAL
     4.01 Definitions . As used herein.
          (A) “Base Year” shall mean the previous calendar year.
          (B) “Property Taxes” shall mean the aggregate amount of all real estate taxes, assessments (whether they be general or special), sewer rents and charges, transit taxes, taxes based upon the receipt of rent and any other federal, state or local governmental charge, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary (but not including income or franchise taxes, capital stock, inheritance, estate, gift, or any other taxes imposed upon or measured by Landlord’s gross income or profits, unless the same shall be imposed in lieu of real estate taxes or other ad valorem taxes), which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay in connection with the Building, or any part thereof. Property Taxes shall also include all fees and costs, including attorneys’ fees, appraisals and consultants’ fees, incurred by Landlord in seeking to obtain a reassessment, reduction of, or a limit on the increase in, any Property Taxes, regardless of whether any reduction or limitation is obtained. Property Taxes for any calendar year shall be Property Taxes which are due for payment or paid in such year, rather than Property Taxes which are assessed or become a lien during such year. Property Taxes shall include any tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge imposed upon Landlord and measured by or based in whole or in part upon the Building or the rents or other income from the Building, to the extent that such items would be payable if the Building was the only property of Landlord subject to same and the income received by Landlord from the Building was the only income of Landlord. Property

2


 

Taxes shall also include any personal property taxes imposed upon the furniture, fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and appurtenances of Landlord used in connection with the Building.
               (C) “Operating Expenses” shall mean all costs, fees, disbursements and expenses paid or incurred by or on behalf of Landlord in the operation, ownership, maintenance, insurance, management, replacement and repair of the Building (excluding Property Taxes) including without limitation:
     (i) Premiums for property, earthquake, casualty, liability, rent interruption or other types of insurance carried by Landlord.
     (ii) Salaries, wages and other amounts paid or payable for personnel including the Building manager, superintendent, operation and maintenance staff, and other employees of Landlord involved in the maintenance and operation of the Building, including contributions and premiums towards fringe benefits, unemployment, disability and worker’s compensation insurance, pension plan contributions and similar premiums and contributions and the total charges of any independent contractors or property managers engaged in the operation, repair, care, maintenance and cleaning of any portion of the Building.
     (iii) Cleaning expenses, including without limitation janitorial services, window cleaning, and garbage and refuse removal.
     (iv) Landscaping expenses, including without limitation irrigating, trimming, mowing, fertilizing, seeding, and replacing plants.
     (v) Heating, ventilating, air conditioning and steam/utilities expenses, including fuel, gas, electricity, water, sewer, telephone, and other services.
     (vi) Subject to the provisions of Section 4.01(C)(xii) below, the cost of maintaining, operating, repairing and replacing components of equipment or machinery, including without limitation heating, refrigeration, ventilation, electrical, plumbing, mechanical, elevator, escalator, sprinklers, fire/life safety, security and energy management systems, including service contracts, maintenance contracts, supplies and parts.
     (vii) Other items of repair or maintenance of elements of the Building.
     (viii) The costs of policing, security and supervision of the Building.
     (ix) Fair market rental and other costs with respect to the management office for the Building.
     (x) The cost of the rental of any machinery or equipment and the cost of supplies used in the maintenance and operation of the Building.
     (xi) Audit fees and the cost of accounting services incurred in the preparation of statements referred to in this Lease and financial statements, and in the computation of the rents and charges payable by tenants of the Building.
     (xii) Capital expenditures (a) made primarily to reduce Operating Expenses, or to comply with any laws or other governmental requirements, or (b) for replacements (as opposed to additions or new improvements) of non-structural items located in the common areas of the property required to keep such areas in good condition; provided, all such permitted capital expenditures (together with reasonable financing charges) shall be amortized for purposes of this Lease over the shorter of (i) their useful lives, (ii) the period during which the reasonably estimated savings in Operating Expenses equals the expenditures, or (iii) three (3) years.
     (xiii) Legal fees and expenses.
     (xiv) Payments under any easement, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs in any planned development.
     (xv) A fee for the administration and management of the Building as reasonably determined by Landlord from time to time.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease, as amended, when calculating Operating Expenses for the Base Year, Operating Expenses shall exclude (a) market-wide labor-rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances including, but not limited to, boycotts and strikes, (b) utility rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances including, but not limited to, conservation surcharges, boycotts, embargos or other shortages, and (c) amortization of any capital items including, but not limited to, capital improvements, capital repairs and capital replacements (including such amortized costs where the actual improvement, repair or replacement was made in prior years).
     Operating Expenses shall not include costs of alteration of the premises of tenants of the Building, depreciation charges, interest and principal payments on mortgages, ground rental payments, real estate brokerage

3


 

and leasing commissions, expenses incurred in enforcing obligations of tenants of the Building, salaries and other compensation of executive officers of the managing agent of the Building senior to the Building manager, costs of any special service provided to any one tenant of the Building but not to tenants of the Building generally, and costs of marketing or advertising the Building.
          (D) If the Building does not have one hundred percent (100%) occupancy during an entire calendar year, including the Base Year, then the variable cost component of “Property Taxes” and “Operating Expenses” shall be equitably adjusted so that the total amount of Property Taxes and Operating Expenses equals the total amount which would have been paid or incurred by Landlord had the Building been one hundred percent (100%) occupied for the entire calendar year. In no event shall Landlord be entitled to receive from Tenant and any other tenants in the Building an aggregate amount in excess of actual Property Taxes and Operating Expenses as a result of the foregoing provision.
     4.02 Base Rent.
          (A) During the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as rental for the Premises the Base Rent described in Section 1.07 above, subject to the following annual adjustments (herein called the “Rent Adjustments”):
          (B) During each calendar year, the Base Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord, shall be increased by (collectively, the “Tax and Operating Expense Adjustment”): (i) Tenant’s Percentage Share of the dollar increase, if any, in Property Taxes for such year over Property Taxes for the Base Year; and (ii) Tenant’s Percentage Share of the dollar increase, if any, in any category of Operating Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord during such year over the respective category of Operating Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord during the Base Year. A decrease in Property Taxes or any category of Operating Expenses below the Base Year amounts shall not decrease the amount of the Base Rent due hereunder or give rise to a credit in favor of Tenant.
     4.03 Adjustment Procedure; Estimates . The Tax and Operating Expense Adjustment specified in Section 4.02(B) shall be determined and paid as follows:
          (A) During each calendar year subsequent to the Base Year, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its estimate of any increased amounts payable under Section 4.02(B) for that calendar year. On or before the first day of each calendar month during the calendar year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth (l/12th) of such estimated amounts; provided, however, that, not more often than quarterly, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, revise its estimate for such year, and subsequent payments by Tenant for such year shall be based upon such revised estimate.
          (B) Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of each calendar year or as soon thereafter as is practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of that year’s Property Taxes and Operating Expenses, and the actual Tax and Operating Expense Adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 4.02(B) for such calendar year, as determined by Landlord (the “Landlord’s Statement”) and such Landlord’s Statement shall be binding upon Tenant, except as provided in Section 4.04 below. If the amount of the actual Tax and Operating Expense Adjustment is more than the estimated payments for such calendar year made by Tenant, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord upon receipt of Landlord’s Statement. If the amount of the actual Tax and Operating Expense Adjustment is less than the estimated payments for such calendar year made by Tenant, any excess shall be credited against Rent (as hereinafter defined) next payable by Tenant under this Lease or, if the Lease Term has expired, any excess shall be paid to Tenant. No delay in providing the statement described in this subparagraph (B) shall act as a waiver of Landlord’s right to payment under Section 4.02(B) above.
          (C) If this Lease shall terminate on a day other than the end of a calendar year, the amount of the Tax and Operating Expense Adjustment to be paid pursuant to Section 4.02(B) that is applicable to the calendar year in which such termination occurs shall be prorated on the basis of the number of days from January 1 of the calendar year to the termination date bears to 365. The termination of this Lease shall not affect the obligations of Landlord and Tenant pursuant to Section 4.03(B) to be performed after such termination.
     4.04 Review of Landlord’s Statement. Provided that Tenant is not then in default beyond any applicable cure period of its obligations to pay Base Rent, additional rent described in Section 4.02(B), or any other payments required to be made by it under this Lease and provided further that Tenant strictly complies with the provisions of this Section 4.04, Tenant shall have the right, once each calendar year, lo reasonably review supporting data for any portion of a Landlord’s Statement (provided, however, Tenant may not have an audit right to all documentation relating to Building operations as this would far exceed the relevant information necessary to properly document a pass-through billing statement, but real estate tax statements, and information on utilities, repairs, maintenance and insurance will be available), in accordance with the following procedure:
          (A) Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after any such Landlord’s Statement is delivered, deliver a written notice to Landlord specifying the portions of the Landlord’s Statement that are claimed to be incorrect, and Tenant shall simultaneously pay to Landlord all amounts due from Tenant to Landlord as specified in the Landlord’s Statement. Except as expressly set forth in subsection (C) below, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to withhold, deduct, or offset any monetary obligation of Tenant to Landlord under the Lease (including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligation to make all payments of Base Rent and all payments of Tenant’s Tax and Operating Expense Adjustment) pending the completion of and regardless of the results of any review of records under this Section 4.04. The right of Tenant under this Section 4.04 may only be exercised once for any Landlord’s Statement, and if Tenant fails to meet any of the above conditions as a prerequisite to the exercise of such right, the right of Tenant under this Section 4.04 for a particular Landlord’s Statement shall be deemed waived.

4


 

          (B) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord maintains its records for the Building at Landlord’s manager’s corporate offices presently located at the address set forth in Section 1.12 and Tenant agrees that any review of records under this Section 4.04 shall be at the sole expense of Tenant and shall be conducted by an independent firm of certified public accountants of national standing. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any records reviewed under this Section 4.04 constitute confidential information of Landlord, which shall not be disclosed to anyone other than the accountants performing the review and the principals of Tenant who receive the results of the review. The disclosure of such information to any other person, whether or not caused by the conduct of Tenant, shall constitute a material breach of this Lease.
          (C) Any errors disclosed by the review shall be promptly corrected by Landlord, provided, however, that if Landlord disagrees with any such claimed errors, Landlord shall have the right to cause another review to be made by an independent firm of certified public accountants of national standing. In the event of a disagreement between the two accounting firms, the review that discloses the least amount of deviation from the Landlord’s Statement shall be deemed to be correct. In the event that the results of the review of records (taking into account, if applicable, the results of any additional review caused by Landlord) reveal that Tenant has overpaid obligations for a preceding period, the amount of such overpayment shall be credited against Tenant’s subsequent installment obligations to pay the estimated Tax and Operating Expense Adjustment. In the event that such results show that Tenant has underpaid its obligations for a preceding period. Tenant shall be liable for Landlord’s actual accounting fees, and the amount of such underpayment shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord with the next succeeding installment obligation of estimated Tax and Operating Expense Adjustment.
     4.05 Payment. Concurrently with the execution hereof, Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent for the first calendar month of the Lease Term. Thereafter the Base Rent described in Section 1.07, as adjusted in accordance with Section 4.02, shall be payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month. If the Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, the prepaid Base Rent for such partial month shall be prorated in the proportion that the number of days this Lease is in effect during such partial month bears to the total number of days in the calendar month. All Rent, and all other amounts payable to Landlord by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, shall be paid to Landlord, without notice, demand, abatement, deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States at Landlord’s office in the Building or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may designate from time to time by written notice given to Tenant. All Rent shall be paid to Landlord electronically via wire transfer or other direct deposit method and copies of all such electronic payments shall be provided to the Landlord on a monthly basis. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the correct Rent due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than a payment on account; nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment be deemed to effect or evidence an accord and satisfaction; and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance or pursue any other remedy in this Lease or at law or in equity provided.
     4.06 Late Charge; Interest. Tenant acknowledges that the late payment of Base Rent or any other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder (all of which shall constitute additional rental to the same extent as Base Rent) will cause Landlord to incur administrative costs and other damages, the exact amount of which would be impracticable or extremely difficult to ascertain. Landlord and Tenant agree that if Landlord does not receive any such payment on or before five (5) days after the date the payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, (a) a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue amount to cover such additional administrative costs; and (b) interest on the delinquent amounts at the lesser of the maximum rate permitted by law if any or twelve percent (12%) per annum from the date due to the date paid.
     4.07 Additional Rent . For purposes of this Lease, all amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Lease, whether or not denominated as such, shall constitute Base Rent. Any amounts due Landlord shall sometimes be referred to in this Lease as “Rent”.
     4.08 Additional Taxes. Notwithstanding anything in Section 4.01(B) to the contrary, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any and all taxes payable by or imposed upon Landlord upon or with respect to: any fixtures or personal property located in the Premises; any leasehold improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant; the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any gross receipts tax, license fee or excise tax levied by any governmental authority; the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy of any portion of the Premises (including without limitation any applicable possessory interest taxes); or this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.
ARTICLE V — SECURITY DEPOSIT
     5.01 Upon the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Security Deposit described in Section 1.09 above. The Security Deposit is made by Tenant to secure the faithful performance of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. If Tenant shall default with respect to any covenant or provision hereof, Landlord may use, apply or retain all or any portion of the Security Deposit to cure such default or to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer thereby. If Landlord so uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall immediately upon written demand deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the full amount hereinabove stated. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on the Security Deposit. Within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Lease Term and the vacation of the Premises by Tenant, the Security Deposit, or such part as has not been applied to cure the default, shall be returned to Tenant.

5


 

ARTICLE VI — USE OF PREMISES
     6.01 Tenants Permitted Use. Tenant shall use the Premises only for Tenant’s Permitted Use as set forth in Section 1.10 above and shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, obtain all governmental licenses and permits required to allow Tenant to conduct Tenant’s Permitted Use. Landlord disclaims any warranty that the Premises are suitable for Tenant’s use and Tenant acknowledges that it has had a full opportunity to make its own determination in this regard.
     6.02 Compliance With Laws and Other Requirements.
          (A) Tenant shall cause the Premises to comply in all material respects with all laws, ordinances, regulations and directives of any governmental authority having jurisdiction including, without limitation, any certificate of occupancy and any law, ordinance, regulation, covenant, condition or restriction affecting the Building or the Premises which in the future may become applicable to the Premises (collectively “Applicable Laws”).
          (B) Tenant shall not use the Premises, or permit the Premises to be used, in any manner which: (a) violates any Applicable Law; (b) causes or is reasonably likely to cause damage to the Building or the Premises; (c) violates a requirement or condition of any fire and extended insurance policy covering the Building and/or the Premises, or increases the cost of such policy; (d) constitutes or is reasonably likely to constitute a nuisance, annoyance or inconvenience to other tenants or occupants of the Building or its equipment, facilities or systems; (e) interferes with, or is reasonably likely to interfere with, the transmission or reception of microwave, television, radio, telephone or other communication signals by antennae or other facilities located in the Building; or (f) violates the Rules and Regulations described in Article XIX.
     6.03 Hazardous Materials.
          (A) No Hazardous Materials, as defined herein, shall be Handled, as also defined herein, upon, about, above or beneath the Premises or any portion of the Building by or on behalf of Tenant, its subtenants or its assignees, or their respective contractors, clients, officers, directors, employees, agents, or invitees. Any such Hazardous Materials so Handled shall be known as Tenant’s Hazardous Materials. Notwithstanding the foregoing, normal quantities of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials customarily used in the conduct of general administrative and executive office activities (e.g., copier fluids and cleaning supplies) may be Handled at the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant’s Hazardous Materials shall be Handled at all times in compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions therefor and all applicable Environmental Laws, as defined herein.
          (B) Notwithstanding the obligation of Tenant to indemnify Landlord pursuant to this Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly take all actions required by any Regulatory Authority, as defined herein, or necessary for Landlord to make full economic use of the Premises or any portion of the Building, which requirements or necessity arises from the Handling of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials upon, about, above or beneath the Premises or any portion of the Building. Such actions shall include, but not be limited to, the investigation of the environmental condition of the Premises or any portion of the Building, the preparation of any feasibility studies or reports and the performance of any cleanup, remedial, removal or restoration work. Tenant shall take all actions necessary to restore the Premises or any portion of the Building to the condition existing prior to the introduction of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials, notwithstanding any less stringent standards or remediation allowable under applicable Environmental Laws. Tenant shall nevertheless obtain Landlord’s written approval prior to undertaking any actions required by this Section, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises or any portion of the Building.
          (C) Tenant agrees to execute affidavits, representations, and the like from time to time at Landlord’s request stating Tenant’s best knowledge and belief regarding the presence of Hazardous Materials on the Premises.
          (D) “Environmental Laws” means and includes all now and hereafter existing statutes, laws, ordinances, codes, regulations, rules, rulings, orders, decrees, directives, policies and requirements by any Regulatory Authority regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning public health and safety or the environment.
          (E) “Hazardous Materials” means: (a) any material or substance: (i) which is defined or becomes defined as a “hazardous substance,” “hazardous waste,” “infectious waste,” “chemical mixture or substance,” or “air pollutant” under Environmental Laws; (ii) containing petroleum, crude oil or any fraction thereof; (iii) containing polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB’s); (iv) containing asbestos; (v) which is radioactive; (vi) which is infectious; or (b) any other material or substance displaying toxic, reactive, ignitable or corrosive characteristics, as all such terms are used in their broadest sense, and are defined, or become defined by Environmental Laws; or (c) materials which cause a nuisance upon or waste to the Premises or any portion of the Building.
          (F) “Handle,” “handle,” “Handled,” “handled,” “Handling,” or “handling” shall mean any installation, handling, generation, storage, treatment, use, disposal, discharge, release, manufacture, refinement, presence, migration, emission, abatement, removal, transportation, or any other activity of any type in connection with or involving Hazardous Materials.

6


 

          (G) “Regulatory Authority” shall mean any federal, state or local governmental agency, commission, board or political subdivision.
ARTICLE VII — UTILITIES AND SERVICES
     7.01 Building Services. As long as Tenant is not in monetary default under this Lease, Landlord agrees to furnish or cause to be furnished to the Premises the following utilities and services, subject to the conditions and standards set forth herein:
          (A) Non-attended automatic elevator service (if the Building has such equipment serving the Premises), in common with Landlord and other tenants and occupants and their agents and invitees.
          (B) During Business Hours, such air conditioning, heating and ventilation as, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, are required for the comfortable use and occupancy of the Premises. Landlord may make available to Tenant heating, ventilation or air conditioning in excess of that which Landlord shall be required to provide hereunder upon such conditions as shall be determined by Landlord from time to time. Landlord’s fee for any such additional heating, ventilation or air conditioning provided to Tenant, to be set by Landlord from time to time, will be separate from and in addition to the fax and Operating Expenses Adjustment provide in Article IV.
          (C) Water for drinking and rest room purposes.
          (D) Reasonable janitorial and cleaning services, provided that the Premises are used exclusively for office purposes and are kept reasonably in order by Tenant. If the Premises are not used exclusively as offices, Landlord, at Landlord’s sole discretion, may require that the Premises be kept clean and in order by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to the satisfaction of Landlord and by persons approved by Landlord; and, in all events. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of removal of Tenant’s refuse and rubbish, to tire extent that the same exceeds the refuse and rubbish attendant to normal office usage.
          (E) At all reasonable tunes, electric current of not less than 3.5 waits per square foot for building standard lighting and fractional horsepower office machines; provided, however, that (i) without Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall not install, or permit the installation, m the Premises of any computers, word processors, electronic data processing equipment or other type of equipment or machines which will increase Tenant’s use of electric current in excess of that which Landlord is obligated to provide hereunder (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not preclude the use of personal computers or similar office equipment); (ii) if Tenant shall require electric current which may disrupt the provision of electrical service to other tenants, Landlord may refuse to grant its consent or may condition its consent upon Tenant’s payment of the cost of installing and providing any additional facilities required to furnish such excess power to the Premises and upon the installation in the Premises of electric current meters to measure the amount of electric current consumed, in which latter event Tenant shall pay for the cost of such meter(s) and the cost of installation, maintenance and repair thereof, as well as for all excess electric current consumed at the rates charged by the applicable local public utility, plus a reasonable amount to cover the additional expenses incurred by Landlord in keeping account of the electric current so consumed; and (iii) if Tenant’s increased electrical requirements will materially affect the temperature level in the Premises or the Building, Landlord’s consent may be conditioned upon Tenant’s requirement to pay such amounts as will be incurred by Landlord to install and operate any machinery or equipment necessary to restore the temperature level to that otherwise required to be provided by Landlord, including but not limited to the cost of modifications to the air conditioning system. Landlord shall not, in any way, be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage or expense which Tenant may incur or sustain if, for any reasons beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, either the quantity or character of electric service is changed or is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements, Tenant covenants that at all times its use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders, risers or electrical installations of the Building. If submetering of electricity in the Building will not be permuted under future laws or regulations, the Rent will then be equitably and periodically adjusted to include an additional payment to Landlord reflecting the cost to Landlord for furnishing electricity to Tenant in the Premises.
     Any amounts which Tenant is required to pay to Landlord pursuant to this Section 7.01 shall be payable upon demand by Landlord and shall constitute additional rent.
     7.02 Interruption of Services. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to furnish, stoppage of, or interruption in furnishing any of the services or utilities described in Section 7.01, when such failure is caused by accident, breakage, repairs, strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, labor disturbances, governmental regulation, civil disturbances, acts of war, moratorium or oilier governmental action, or any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and, in such event, Tenant shall not be entitled to any damages nor shall any failure or interruption abate or suspend Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and additional rent required under this Lease or constitute or be construed as a constructive or other eviction of Tenant. Further, in the event any governmental authority or public utility promulgates or revises any law, ordinance, rule or regulation, or issues mandatory controls or voluntary controls relating to the use or conservation of energy, water, gas, light or electricity, the reduction of automobile or other emissions, or the provision of any other utility or service, Landlord may take any reasonably appropriate action to comply with such law, ordinance, rule, regulation, mandatory control or voluntary guideline and Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any such action of Landlord. The parties acknowledge that safety and security devices, services and programs provided by Landlord, if any, while intended to deter crime and ensure safety, may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts, or ensure safety of persons or property. The risk that any safety or security device, service or program may not be effective, or may malfunction, or be circumvented by a criminal, is assumed by Tenant with respect to Tenant’s property and interests, and Tenant

7


 

shall obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts and other losses, as further described in this Lease. Tenant agrees to cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by Law.
ARTICLE VIII — MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS
     8.01 Landlord’s Obligations. Except as provided in Sections 8.02 and 8.03 below, Landlord shall maintain the Building in reasonable order and repair throughout the Lease Term; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance is given to Landlord by Tenant. Except as provided in Article XI, there shall be no abatement of Rent, nor shall there be any liability of Landlord, by reason of any injury or inconvenience to, or interference with, Tenant’s business or operations arising from the making of, or failure to make, any maintenance or repairs in or to any portion of the Building.
     8.02 Tenant’s Obligations. During the Lease Term, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, maintain the Premises in good order and repair (including, without limitation, the carpet, wall-covering, doors, plumbing and other fixtures, equipment, alterations and improvements, whether installed by Landlord or Tenant). Further, Tenant shall be responsible for, and upon demand by Landlord shall promptly reimburse Landlord for, any damage to any portion of the Building or the Premises caused by (a) Tenant’s activities in the Building or the Premises; (b) the performance or existence of any alterations, additions or improvements made by Tenant in or to the Premises; (c) the installation, use, operation or movement of Tenant’s property in or about the Building or the Premises; or (d) any act or omission by Tenant or its officers, partners, employees, agents, contractors or invitees.
     8.03 Landlord’s Rights. Landlord and its contractors shall have the right, at all reasonable times and upon prior oral or telephonic notice to Tenant at the Premises, other than in the case of any emergency in which case no notice shall be required, to enter upon the Premises to make any repairs to the Premises or the Building reasonably required or deemed reasonably necessary by Landlord and to erect such equipment, including scaffolding, as is reasonably necessary to effect such repairs.
ARTICLE IX — ALTERATIONS. ADDITIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS
     9.01 Landlord’s Consent; Conditions. Tenant shall not make or permit to be made any alterations, additions, or improvements in or to the Premises (“Alterations”) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent, with respect to non-structural alterations, shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord may impose as a condition to making any Alterations such requirements as Landlord in its sole discretion deems necessary or desirable including without limitation: Tenant’s submission to Landlord, for Landlord’s prior written approval, of all plans and specifications relating to the Alterations; Landlord’s prior written approval of the time or times when the Alterations are to be performed; Landlord’s prior written approval of the contractors and subcontractors performing work in connection with the Alterations; employment of union contractors and subcontractors who shall not cause labor disharmony; Tenant’s receipt of all necessary permits and approvals from all governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Premises prior to the construction of the Alterations; Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of such bonds and insurance as Landlord shall reasonably require; and Tenant’s payment to Landlord of all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord because of Tenant’s Alterations, including but not limited to costs incurred in reviewing the plans and specifications for, and the progress of, the Alterations. Tenant is required to provide Landlord written notice of whether the Alterations include the Handling of any Hazardous Materials and whether these materials are of a customary and typical nature for industry practices. Upon completion of the Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of as-built plans. Neither the approval by Landlord of plans and specifications relating to any Alterations nor Landlord’s supervision or monitoring of any Alterations shall constitute any warranty by Landlord to Tenant of the adequacy of the design for Tenant’s intended use or the proper performance of the Alterations.
     9.02 Performance of Alterations Work. All work relating to the Alterations shall be performed in compliance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord, all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and directives of all governmental authorities having jurisdiction and the requirements of all carriers of insurance on the Premises and the Building, the Board of Underwriters, Fire Rating Bureau, or similar organization. All work shall be performed in a diligent, first-class manner and so as not to unreasonably interfere with any other tenants or occupants of the Building. All costs incurred by Landlord relating to the Alterations shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant as additional rent upon demand. No asbestos-containing materials shall be used or incorporated in the Alterations. No lead-containing surfacing material, solder, or other construction materials or fixtures where the presence of lead might create a condition of exposure not in compliance with Environmental Laws shall be incorporated in the Alterations.
     9.03 Liens . Tenant shall pay when due all costs for work performed and materials supplied to the Premises. Tenant shall keep Landlord, the Premises and the Building free from all liens, stop notices and violation notices relating to the Alterations or any other work performed for, materials furnished to or obligations incurred by or for Tenant and Tenant shall protect, indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord, the Premises and the Building of and from any and all loss, cost, damage, liability and expense, including attorneys’ fees, arising out of or related to any such liens or notices. During the progress of such work, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s request, furnish Landlord with sworn contractor’s statements and lien waivers covering all work theretofore performed. Tenant shall satisfy or otherwise discharge all liens, stop notices or other claims or encumbrances within ten (10) days after Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that any such lien, stop notice, claim or encumbrance has been filed. If Tenant fails to pay and remove such lien, claim or encumbrance within such ten (10) days, Landlord, at its election, may pay and satisfy

8


 

the same and in such event the amounts owed Landlord by Tenant shall be deemed to be additional rent due and payable by Tenant at once without notice or demand.
     9.04 Lease Termination. Except as provided in this Section 9.04, upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as existed on the date Tenant first occupied the Premises, (whether pursuant to this Lease or an earlier lease), subject to reasonable wear and tear. All Alterations shall become a part of the Premises and shall become the property of Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, unless Landlord shall, by written notice given to Tenant, require Tenant to remove some or all of Tenant’s Alterations, in which event Tenant shall promptly remove the designated Alterations and shall promptly repair any resulting damage, all at Tenant’s sole expense. All business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, furniture, movable partitions and items of personal property owned by Tenant or installed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises shall be and remain the property of Tenant; upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole expense, remove all such items and repair any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by such removal. If Tenant fails to remove any such items or repair such damage promptly after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Landlord may, but need not, do so with no liability to Tenant, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof upon demand. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, in the event that Landlord gives its consent, pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.01 of this Lease, to allow Tenant to make an Alteration in the Premises, Landlord agrees, upon Tenant’s written request, to notify Tenant in writing at the time of the giving of such consent whether Landlord will require Tenant, at Tenant’s cost, to remove such Alteration at the end of the Lease Term.
ARTICLE X — INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE
     10.01 Indemnification.
          (A) Tenant agrees to protect, indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord and any Mortgagee, as defined herein, and each of their respective partners, directors, officers, agents and employees, successors and assigns, from and against:
     (i) any and all loss, cost, damage, liability or expense as incurred (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal costs) arising out of or related to any claim, suit or judgment brought by or in favor of any person or persons for damage, loss or expense due to, but not limited to, bodily injury, including death, or property damage sustained by such person or persons which arises out of, is occasioned by, or is in any way attributable to the use or occupancy of the Premises or any portion of the Building by Tenant or the acts or omission of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, clients, invitees or subtenants. Such loss or damage shall include, but not be limited to, any injury or damages to, or death of, Landlord’s employees or agents or damage to the Premises or any portion of the Building.
     (ii) any and all environmental damages which arise from: (i) the handling of any tenant’s Hazardous Materials, as defined in Section 6.03 or (ii) the breach of any of the provisions of this Lease. For the purpose of this Lease, “environmental damages” shall mean (a) all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities, and losses (including without limitation, diminution in the value of the Premises or any portion of the Building, damages for the loss of or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Premises or any portion of the Building, and from any adverse impact on Landlord’s marketing of space); (b) all reasonable sums paid for settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees, consultants’ fees and experts’ fees; and (c) all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with investigation or remediation relating to the handling of Tenant’s hazardous materials, whether or not required by environmental laws, necessary for Landlord to make full economic use of the Premises or any portion of the Building, or otherwise required under this Lease. To the extent that Landlord is held strictly liable by a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction under any environmental laws, Tenant’s obligation to Landlord and the other indemnities under the foregoing indemnification shall likewise be without regard to fault on Tenant’s part with respect to the violation of any environmental law which results in liability to the indemnitee. Tenant’s obligations and liabilities pursuant to this Section 10.01 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING INDEMNITIES SHALL APPLY TO LANDLORD AND MORTGAGEE WITH RESPECT TO MATTERS WHICH IN WHOLE OR IN PART ARE CAUSED BY OR ARISE OUT OF, OR ARE CLAIMED TO BE CAUSED BY OR ARISE OUT OF, THE NEGLIGENCE (WHETHER SOLE, COMPARATIVE OR CONTRIBUTORY) OR STRICT LIABILITY OF LANDLORD. HOWEVER, SUCH INDEMNITIES SHALL NOT APPLY TO LANDLORD TO THE EXTENT THAT THE SUBJECT OF THE INDEMNIFICATION IS CAUSED BY OR ARISES OUT OF THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD, ITS AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES.
          (B) Landlord agrees to protect, indemnify, hold harmless and defend Tenant from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, liability or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, with respect to any claim of damage or injury to persons or property at the Premises, caused by the gross negligence of Landlord or its authorized agents or employees.
          (C) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, nothing shall be interpreted or used to in any way affect, limit, reduce or abrogate any insurance coverage provided by any insurers to either Tenant or Landlord.

9


 

          (D) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, nothing herein shall be construed to infer or imply that Tenant is a partner, joint venturer, agent, employee, or otherwise acting by or at the direction of Landlord.
     10.02 Property Insurance.
          (A,) At all times during the Lease Term, Tenant shall procure and maintain, at its sole expense, “all-risk” property insurance, for damage or other loss caused by fire or other casualty or cause including, but not limited to, vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, water damage of any type, including sprinkler leakage, bursting of pipes, explosion, in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost covering (a) all Alterations made by or for Tenant in the Premises; and (b) Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment and other personal property from time to time situated in the Premises. The proceeds of such insurance shall be used for the repair or replacement of the property so insured, except that if not so applied or if this Lease is terminated following a casualty, the proceeds applicable to the leasehold improvements shall be paid to Landlord and the proceeds applicable to Tenant’s personal property shall be paid to Tenant.
          (B) At all times during the Lease Term, Tenant shall procure and maintain business interruption insurance in such amount as will reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils insured against in Section 10.02(A).
          (C) Landlord shall, at all times during the Lease Term, procure and maintain “all-risk” property insurance in the amount nor less than ninety percent (90%) of the insurable replacement cost covering the Building in which the Premises are located and such other insurance as may be required by a Mortgagee or otherwise desired by Landlord.
     10.03 Liability Insurance.
          (A) At all times during the Lease Term, Tenant shall procure and maintain, at its sole expense, commercial general liability insurance applying to the use and occupancy of the Premises and the business operated by Tenant. Such insurance shall have a minimum combined single limit of liability of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence and a general aggregate limit of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000). All such policies shall be written to apply to all bodily injury, property damage, personal injury losses and shall be endorsed to include Landlord and its agents, beneficiaries, partners, employees, and any deed of trust holder or mortgagee of Landlord or any ground lessor as additional insureds. Such liability insurance shall be written as primary policies, not excess or contributing with or secondary to any other insurance as may be available to the additional insureds.
          (B) Prior to the sale, storage, use or giving away of alcoholic beverages on or from the Premises by Tenant or another person, Tenant, at its own expense, shall obtain a policy or policies of insurance issued by a responsible insurance company and in a form acceptable to Landlord saving harmless and protecting Landlord and the Premises against any and all damages, claims, liens, judgments, expenses and costs, including actual attorneys’ fees, arising under any present or future law, statute, or ordinance of the State of Texas or other governmental authority having jurisdiction of the Premises, by reason of any storage, sale, use or giving away of alcoholic beverages on or from the Premises. Such policy or policies of insurance shall have a minimum combined single limit of One Million ($1,000,000) per occurrence and shall apply to bodily injury, fatal or nonfatal; injury to means of support; and injury to property of any person. Such policy or policies of insurance shall name Landlord and its agents, beneficiaries, partners, employees and any mortgagee of Landlord or any ground lessor of Landlord as additional insureds.
          (C) Landlord shall, at all times during the Lease Term, procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance for the Building in which the Premises are located. Such insurance shall have minimum combined single limit of liability of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence, and a general aggregate limit of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).
     10.04 Workers’ Compensation Insurance . At all times during the Lease Term, Tenant shall procure and maintain Workers’ Compensation Insurance in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, and Employer’s Liability insurance with a limit not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) Bodily Injury Each Accident; One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) Bodily Injury By Disease — Each Person; and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) Bodily Injury to Disease — Policy Limit.
     10.05 Policy Requirements. All insurance required to be maintained by Tenant shall be issued by insurance companies authorized to do insurance business in the State of Texas and rated not less than A-VIII in Best’s Insurance Guide. A certificate of insurance (or, at Landlord’s option, copies of the applicable policies) evidencing the insurance required under this Article X shall be delivered to Landlord not less than thirty (30) days prior to the Commencement Date. No such policy shall be subject to cancellation or modification without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord and to any deed of trust holder, mortgagee or ground lessor designated by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a replacement certificate with respect to any insurance not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the current policy. Tenant shall have the right to provide the insurance required by this Article X pursuant to blanket policies, but only if such blanket policies expressly provide coverage to the Premises and Landlord as required by this Lease.
     10.06 Waiver of Subrogation. Each party hereby waives any right of recovery against the other for injury or loss due to hazards covered by insurance or required to be covered, to the extent of the injury or loss

10


 

covered thereby. Any policy of insurance to be provided by Tenant or Landlord pursuant to this Article X shall contain a clause denying the applicable insurer any right of subrogation against the other party.
     10.07 Failure to Insure . If Tenant fails to maintain any insurance which Tenant is required to maintain pursuant to this Article X, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any loss or cost resulting from such failure to maintain. Tenant may not self-insure against any risks required to be covered by insurance without Landlord’s prior written, consent.
ARTICLE XI — DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION
     11.01 Total Destruction. Except as provided in Section 11.03 below, this Lease shall automatically terminate if the Building is totally destroyed.
     11.02 Partial Destruction of Premises. If the Premises are damaged by any casualty and, in Landlord’s opinion, the Premises (exclusive of any Alterations made to the Premises by Tenant) can be restored to its pre-existing condition within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of the damage or destruction, Landlord shall, upon written notice from Tenant to Landlord of such damage, except as provided in Section 11.03, promptly and with due diligence repair any damage to the Premises (exclusive of any Alterations to the Premises made by Tenant, which shall be promptly repaired by Tenant at its sole expense) and, until such repairs are completed, the Rent shall be abated from the date of damage or destruction in the same proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises which is unusable by Tenant in the conduct of its business bears to the total rentable area of the Premises. If such repairs cannot, in Landlord’s opinion, be made within said two hundred seventy (270) day period, then Landlord may, at its option, exercisable by written notice given to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of the damage or destruction, elect to make the repairs within a reasonable time after the damage or destruction, in which event this Lease shall remain in full force and effect but the Rent shall be abated as provided in the preceding sentence, if Landlord does not so elect to make the repairs, then either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right, by written notice given to the other within sixty (60) days after the date of the damage or destruction, to terminate this Lease as of the date of the damage or destruction.
     11.03 Exceptions to Landlord’s Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article XI, Landlord shall have no obligation to repair the Premises if either: (a) the Building in which the Premises are located is so damaged as to require repairs to the Building exceeding twenty percent (20%) of the full insurable value of the Building; or (b) Landlord elects to demolish the Building in which the Premises are located; or (c) the damage or destruction occurs less than two (2) years prior to the Termination Date, exclusive of option periods. Further, Tenant’s Rent shall not be abated if either (i) the damage or destruction is repaired within five (5) business days after Landlord receives written notice from Tenant of the casualty, or (ii) Tenant, or any officers, partners, employees, agents or invitees of Tenant, or any assignee or subtenant of Tenant, is, in whole or in part, responsible for the damage or destruction.
     11.04 Waiver. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the provisions contained in this Lease shall supersede any contrary laws (whether statutory, common law or otherwise) now or hereafter in effect relating to damage, destruction, self-help or termination.
ARTICLE XII — CONDEMNATION
     12.01 Taking. If the entire Premises or so much of the Premises as to render the balance unusable by Tenant shall be taken by condemnation, sale in lieu of condemnation or in any other manner for any public or quasi-public purpose (collectively “Condemnation”), and if Landlord, at its option, is unable or unwilling to provide substitute premises containing at least as much rentable area as described in Section 1.02 above, then this Lease shall terminate on the date that title or possession to the Premises is taken by the condemning authority, whichever is earlier.
     12.02 Award. In the event of any Condemnation, the entire award for such taking shall belong to Landlord. Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or the award for the value of any unexpired term of this Lease or otherwise. Tenant shall be entitled to independently pursue a separate award in a separate proceeding for Tenant’s relocation costs directly associated with the taking, provided such separate award does not diminish Landlord’s award.
     12.03 Temporary Taking. No temporary taking of the Premises shall terminate this Lease or entitle Tenant to any abatement of the Rent payable to Landlord under this Lease; provided, further, that any award for such temporary taking shall belong to Tenant to the extent that the award applies to any time period during the Lease Term and to Landlord to the extent that the award applies to any time period outside the Lease Term.
ARTICLE XIII — RELOCATION
     13.01 Relocation. Landlord shall have the right, at its option upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant, to relocate Tenant and to substitute for the Premises described above other space in the Building containing at least as much rentable area as the Premises described in Section 1.02 above. If Tenant is already in occupancy of the Premises, then Landlord shall approve in advance the relocation expenses for purposes

11


 

of reimbursement for Tenant’s reasonable moving and telephone relocation expenses and for reasonable quantities of new stationery upon submission to Landlord of receipts for such expenditures incurred by Tenant.
ARTICLE XIV — ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
     14.01 Restriction. Without the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not, either voluntarily or by operation of law, assign, encumber, or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest herein, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the Premises to be occupied by anyone other than Tenant or Tenant’s employees (any such assignment, encumbrance, subletting, occupation or transfer is hereinafter referred to as a “Transfer”). For purposes of this Lease, the term “‘Transfer” shall also include (a) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of a majority of the partners, or a transfer of a majority of partnership interests, within a twelve month period, or the dissolution of the partnership, (b) if Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e. whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter) or a limited liability company, the dissolution, merger, consolidation, division, liquidation or other reorganization of Tenant, or within a twelve month period: (i) the sale or other transfer of more than an aggregate of 50% of the voting securities of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death) or (ii) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of more than an aggregate of 50% of Tenant’s net assets, and (c) any change by Tenant in the form of its legal organization under applicable state law (such as, for example, a change from a general partnership to a limited partnership or from a corporation to a limited liability company). An assignment, subletting or other action in violation of the foregoing shall be void and, at Landlord’s option, shall constitute a material breach of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article XIV to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right to assign the Lease or sublease the Premises, or any part thereof, to an “Affiliate” without the prior written consent of Landlord, but upon at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice to Landlord, provided that said Affiliate is not in default under any other lease for space in a property that is managed by Kennedy-Wilson Properties Ltd. or any of its affiliates. For purposes of this provision, the term “Affiliate” shall mean any corporation or other entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with (directly or indirectly) Tenant, including, without limitation, any parent corporation controlling Tenant or any subsidiary that Tenant controls. The term “control,” as used herein, shall mean the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the controlled entity through the ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities in such controlled entity. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article XIV to the contrary, Tenant expressly covenants and agrees not to enter into any lease, sublease, license, concession or other agreement for use, occupancy or utilization of the Premises which provides for rental or other payment for such use, occupancy or utilization based in whole or in part on the net income or profits derived by any person from the property leased, used, occupied or utilized (other than an amount based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales), and that any such purported lease, sublease, license, concession or other agreement shall be absolutely void and ineffective as a conveyance of any right or interest in the possession, use, occupancy or utilization of any part of the Premises.
     14.02 Notice to Landlord. If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or any interest herein, or to sublet all or any part of the Premises, then at least thirty (30) days but not more than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the effective date of the proposed assignment or subletting, Tenant shall submit to Landlord in connection with Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent:
          (A) A statement containing (i) the name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant; (ii) such financial information with respect to the proposed assignee or subtenant as Landlord shall reasonably require; (iii) the type of use proposed for the Premises; and (iv) all of the principal terms of the proposed assignment or subletting; and
          (B) Four (4) originals of the assignment or sublease on a form approved by Landlord and four (4) originals of the Landlord’s Consent to Sublease or Assignment and Assumption of Lease and Consent.
     14.03 Landlord’s Recapture Rights. At any time within twenty (20) business days after Landlord’s receipt of all (but not less than all) of the information and documents described in Section 14.02 above, Landlord may, at its option by written notice to Tenant, elect to: (a) sublease the Premises or the portion thereof proposed to be sublet by Tenant upon the same terms as those offered to the proposed subtenant; (b) take an assignment of the Lease upon the same terms as those offered to the proposed assignee; or (c) terminate the Lease in its entirety or as to the portion of the Premises proposed to be assigned or sublet, with a proportionate adjustment in the Rent payable hereunder if the Lease is terminated as to less than all of the Premises. If Landlord does not exercise any of the options described in the preceding sentence, then, during the above-described twenty (20) business day period, Landlord shall either consent or deny its consent to the proposed assignment or subletting.
     14.04 Landlord’s Consent; Standards. Landlord’s consent to a proposed assignment or subletting shall not be unreasonably withheld; but, in addition to any other grounds for denial, Landlord’s consent shall be deemed reasonably withheld if, in Landlord’s good faith judgment: (i) the proposed assignee or subtenant does not have the financial strength to perform its obligations under this Lease or any proposed sublease; (ii) the business and operations of the proposed assignee or subtenant are not of comparable quality to the business and operations being conducted by other tenants in the Building; (iii) the proposed assignee or subtenant intends to use any part of the Premises for a purpose not permitted under this Lease; (iv) either the proposed assignee or subtenant, or any person which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the proposed assignee or subtenant occupies space in the Building, or is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Building; (v) the proposed assignee or subtenant is disreputable; or (vi) the use of the Premises or the Building by the proposed assignee or subtenant would, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, impact the Building in a negative manner including but not limited to significantly increasing the pedestrian traffic in and out of the Building or requiring any alterations to the Building to comply with applicable laws; (vii) the subject space is not regular in shape with appropriate means

12


 

of ingress and egress suitable for normal renting purposes; (viii) the transferee is a government (or agency or instrumentality thereof) or (ix) Tenant has failed to cure a default at the time Tenant requests consent tot the proposed Transfer.
     14.05 Additional Rent. If Landlord consents to any such assignment or subletting, two-thirds (2/3) of the amount by which all sums or other economic consideration received by Tenant in connection with such assignment or subletting, whether denominated as rental or otherwise, exceeds, in the aggregate, the total sum which Tenant is obligated to pay Landlord under this Lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to less than all of the Premises under a sublease) shall be paid to Landlord promptly after receipt as additional Rent under the Lease without affecting or reducing any other obligation of Tenant hereunder.
     14.06 Landlord’s Costs. If Tenant shall Transfer this Lease or all or any part of the Premises or shall request the consent of Landlord to any Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent Landlord’s costs related thereto, including Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and a minimum fee to Landlord of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00).
     14.07 Continuing Liability of Tenant. Notwithstanding any Transfer, including an assignment or sublease to an Affiliate, Tenant shall remain as fully and primarily liable for the payment of Rent and for the performance of all other obligations of Tenant contained in this Lease to the same extent as if the Transfer had not occurred; provided, however, that any act or omission of any transferee, other than Landlord, that violates the terms of this Lease shall be deemed a violation of this Lease by Tenant.
     14.08 Non-Waiver. The consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall not relieve Tenant, or any person claiming through or by Tenant, of the obligation to obtain the consent of Landlord, pursuant to this Article XIV, to any further Transfer, In the event of an assignment or subletting, Landlord may collect rent from the assignee or the subtenant without waiving any rights hereunder and collection of the rent from a person other than Tenant shall not be deemed a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights under this Article XIV, an acceptance of assignee or subtenant as Tenant, or a release of Tenant from the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, If Tenant shall default under this Lease and fail to cure within the time permitted, Landlord is irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured.
ARTICLE XV — DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
     15.01 Events of Default By Tenant. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a material default and breach of this Lease by Tenant:
          (A) The failure by Tenant to pay Base Rent or make any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder as and when due.
          (B) The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant or the vacation of the Premises by Tenant for fourteen (14) consecutive days (with or without the payment of Rent).
          (C) The making by Tenant of any assignment of this Lease or any sublease of all or part of the Premises, except as expressly permitted under Article XIV of this Lease.
          (D) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than those described in Sections 15.01(A), 15.01(B) or 15.01(C) above, if such failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice thereof by Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of the default is such that it cannot be cured within the ten (10) day period, no default shall exist if Tenant commences the curing of the default within the ten (10) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.
          (E) The making by Tenant or its Guarantor of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, the filing by or against Tenant or its Guarantor of a petition under any federal or slate bankruptcy or insolvency laws (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant or its Guarantor the same is dismissed within thirty (30) days after filing); the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets at the Premises or Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises, when possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or the attachment, execution or other seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises, if such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days.
          (F) Any material misrepresentation herein, or material misrepresentation or omission in any financial statements or other materials provided by Tenant or any Guarantor in connection with negotiating or entering into this Lease or in connection with any Transfer under Section 14.01.
     15.02 Landlord’s Right to Terminate Upon Tenant Default. In the event of any default by Tenant as provided in Section 15.01 above, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease and recover possession of the Premises by giving written notice to Tenant of Landlord’s election to terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord shall be entitled to receive from Tenant:
          (A) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus

13


 

          (B) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus
          (C) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus
          (D) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom; and
          (E) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.
     As used in subparagraphs (A) and (B) above, “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest on such amounts at the then highest lawful rate of interest, but in no event to exceed one percent (1%) per annum plus the rate established by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco on advances made to member banks under Sections of the Federal Reserve Act (“discount rate”) prevailing at the time of the award. As used in paragraph (C) above, “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount by (i) the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco prevailing at the time of award plus (ii) one percent (1%).
     15.03 Mitigation of Damages . If Landlord terminates this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the premises, Landlord shall have no obligation to mitigate Landlord’s damages except to the extent required by applicable laws. If Landlord is required to mitigate damages as provided herein: (i) Landlord shall be required only to use reasonable efforts to mitigate, which shall not exceed such efforts as Landlord generally uses to lease other space in the Building; (ii) Landlord will not be deemed to have failed to mitigate if Landlord or its affiliates lease any other portions of the Building or other projects owned by Landlord or its affiliates in the same geographic area, before reletting all or any portion of the Premises, and (ii) any failure to mitigate as described herein with respect to any period of time shall only reduce the Rent and other amounts to which Landlord is entitled hereunder by the reasonable rental value of the Premises during such period. In recognition that the value of the Building depends on the rental rates and terms of leases therein. Landlord’s rejection of a prospective replacement tenant based on an offer of rentals below Landlord’s published rates for new leases of comparable space at the Building at the time in question, or at Landlord’s option, below the rates provided in this Lease, or containing terms less favorable than those contained herein, shall not give rise to a claim by Tenant that Landlord failed to mitigate Landlord’s damages.
     15.04 Landlord’s Right To Continue Lease Upon Tenant Default. In the event of a default of this Lease and abandonment of the Premises by Tenant, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Section 15.02 above, Landlord may from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease. In the event Landlord re-lets the Premises, to the fullest extend permitted by law, the proceeds of any reletting shall be applied first to pay to Landlord all costs and expenses of such reletting (including without limitation, costs and expenses of retaking or repossessing the Premises, removing persons and property therefrom, securing new tenants, including expenses for redecoration, alterations and other costs in connection with preparing the Premises for the new tenant, and if Landlord shall maintain and operate the performance by a receiver to protect the Premises and Landlord’s interest under this Lease and any necessary or reasonable alterations; second, to the payment of any indebtedness of Tenant to Landlord other than Rent due and unpaid hereunder; third, in the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder; and the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of other or future obligations of Tenant to Landlord as the same may become due and payable, and Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any portion of such revenue.
     15.05 Right of Landlord to Perform. All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, other than Rent, required to be paid by it hereunder or shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any payment or perform any such other act on Tenant’s part to be made or performed, without waiving or releasing Tenant of its obligations under this Lease. Any sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary incidental costs, together with interest thereon at the lesser of the maximum rate permitted by law if any or twelve percent (12%) per annum from the date of such payment, shall be payable to Landlord as additional rent on demand and Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies in the event of nonpayment as in the case of default by Tenant in the payment of Rent.
     15.06 Default Under Other Leases. If the term of any lease, other than this Lease, heretofore or hereafter made by Tenant for any office space in the Building shall be terminated or terminable after the making of this Lease because of any default by Tenant under such other lease, such fact shall empower Landlord, at Landlord’s sole option, to terminate this Lease by notice to Tenant or to exercise any of the rights or remedies set forth in Section 15.02.
     15.07 Non-Waiver. Nothing in this Article shall be deemed to affect Landlord’s rights to indemnification for liability or liabilities arising prior to termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises for personal injury or property damages under the indemnification clause or clauses contained in this Lease. No acceptance by Landlord of a lesser sum than the Rent then due shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest installment of such rent due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or pursue any

14


 

other remedy in the Lease provided. The delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or to Landlord’s agent or any employee thereof shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises.
     15.08 Cumulative Remedies. The specific remedies to which Landlord may resort under the terms of the Lease are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress to winch it may be lawfully entitled in case of any breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any provisions of the Lease. In addition to the other remedies provided in the Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to a restraint by injunction of the violation or attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of the Lease or to a decree compelling specific performance of any such covenants, conditions or provisions.
     15.09 Default by Landlord. Landlord’s failure to perform or observe any of its obligations under this Lease shall constitute a default by Landlord under this Lease only if such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days (or the additional time, if any, that is reasonably necessary to promptly and diligently cure the failure) after Landlord receives written notice from Tenant specifying the default. The notice shall give in reasonable detail the nature and extent of the failure and shall identify the Lease provision(s) containing the obligation(s). If Landlord shall default in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease (alter notice and opportunity to cure as provided herein), Tenant may pursue any remedies available to it under the law and this Lease, except that, in no event, shall Landlord be liable for punitive damages, lost profits, business interruption, speculative, consequential or other such damages. In recognition that Landlord must receive timely payments of Rent and operate the Building, Tenant shall have no right of self-help to perform repairs or any other obligation of Landlord, and shall have no right to withhold, set-off, or abate Rent.
ARTICLE XVI — ATTORNEYS’ FEES: COSTS OF SUIT
     16.01 Attorneys Fees. If either Landlord or Tenant shall commence any action or other proceeding against the other arising out of, or relating to, this Lease or the Premises, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the losing party, in addition to any other relief, its actual attorneys’ fees irrespective of whether or not the action or other proceeding is prosecuted to judgment and irrespective of any court schedule of reasonable attorneys’ fees. In addition, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, upon demand, for all reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in collecting Rent, resolving any actual default by Tenant, securing indemnification as provided in Article X and paragraphs, 16.02, 23.01 and 25.01 herein or otherwise seeking enforcement against Tenant, its sublessees and assigns, of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.
     16.02 Indemnification. Should Landlord be made a party to any litigation instituted by Tenant against a party other than Landlord, or by a third party against Tenant, Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord from any and all loss, cost, liability, damage or expense incurred by Landlord, including attorneys’ fees, in connection with the litigation.
ARTICLE XVII — SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT
     17.01 Subordination. This Lease, and the rights of Tenant hereunder, are and shall be subject and subordinate to the interest of (i) all present and future ground leases and master leases of all or any part of the Building; (ii) present and future mortgages and deeds of trust encumbering all or any part of the Building; (iii) all past and future advances made under any such mortgages or deeds of trust; and (iv) all renewals, modifications, replacements and extensions of any such ground leases, master leases, mortgages and deeds of trust; provided, however, that any lessor under any such ground lease or master lease or any mortgagee or beneficiary under any such mortgage or deed of trust ( any such lessor, mortgagee or beneficiary is hereinafter referred to as a “Mortgagee”) shall have the right to elect, by written notice given to Tenant, to have this Lease made superior in whole or in part to any such ground lease, master lease, mortgage or deed of trust (or subject and subordinate to such ground lease, master lease, mortgage or deed of trust but superior to any junior mortgage or junior deed of trust). Upon demand, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver any instruments reasonably requested by Landlord or any such Mortgagee to effect the purposes of this Section 17.01. Such instruments may contain, among other things, provisions to the effect that such Mortgagee (hereafter, for the purposes of this Section 17.01, a “Successor Landlord”) shall (i) not be liable for any act or omission of Landlord or its predecessors, if any, prior to the date of such Successor Landlord’s succession to Landlord’s interest under this Lease; (ii) not be subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have been able to assert against Landlord or its predecessors, if any, prior to the date of such Successor Landlord’s succession to Landlord’s interest under this Lease; (iii) not be liable for the return of any security deposit under the Lease unless the same shall have actually been deposited with such Successor Landlord; (iv) be entitled to receive notice of any Landlord default under this Lease plus a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant having any right or ability to terminate this Lease as a result of such Landlord default; (v) not be bound by any rent or additional rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to Landlord; (vi) not be bound by any amendment or modification of the Lease or any cancellation or surrender of the same made without Successor Landlord’s prior written consent; (vii) not be bound by any obligation to make any payment to Tenant which was required to be made prior to the time such Successor Landlord succeeded to Landlord’s interest and (viii) not be bound by any obligation under the Lease to perform any work or to make any improvements to the demised Premises. Any obligations of any Successor Landlord under its respective lease shall be non-recourse as to any assets of such Successor Landlord other than its interest in the Premises and improvements.
     17.02 Attornment. If the interests of Landlord under the Lease shall be transferred to any superior Mortgagee or other purchaser or person taking title to the Building by reason of the termination of any superior lease or the foreclosure of any superior mortgage or deed of trust, Tenant shall be bound to such Successor Landlord under all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease for the balance of the term thereof remaining and any extensions or renewals thereof which may be effected in accordance with any option therefor in the Lease, with the

15


 

same force and effect as if Successor Landlord were the landlord under the Lease, and Tenant shall attorn to and recognize as Tenant’s landlord under this Lease such Successor Landlord, as its landlord, said adornment to be effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instruments upon Successor Landlord’s succeeding to the interest of Landlord under the Lease. Tenant shall, upon demand, execute any documents reasonably requested by any such person to evidence the attornment described in this Section 17.02. Concurrently, upon written request from Tenant, and provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease, Landlord agrees to use diligent, commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the Successor Landlord. Such Non-Disturbance Agreement may be embodied in the Mortgagee’s customary form of Subordination and Non-Disturbance Agreement. If, after exerting diligent, commercially reasonable efforts, Landlord is unable to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from any such Mortgagee, Landlord shall have no further obligation to Tenant with respect thereto.
     17.03 Mortgagee Protection. Tenant agrees to give any Mortgagee, by registered or certified mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord by Tenant, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of service on Tenant of a copy of Assignment of Rents and Leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Mortgagee (hereafter the “Notified Party”). Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within twenty (20) days after such notice to Landlord (or if such default cannot be cured or corrected within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary if Landlord has commenced within such twenty (20) days and is diligently pursuing the remedies or steps necessary to cure or correct such default), then the Notified Party shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure or correct such default (or if such default cannot be cured or corrected within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary if the Notified Party has commenced within such thirty (30) days and is diligently pursuing the remedies or steps necessary to cure or correct such default). Until the time allowed, as aforesaid, for the Notified Party to cure such default has expired without cure, Tenant shall have no right to, and shall not, terminate this Lease on account of Landlord’s default.
ARTICLE XVIII — QUIET ENJOYMENT
     18.01 Provided that Tenant performs all of its obligations hereunder, Tenant shall have and peaceably enjoy the Premises during the Lease Term free of claims by or through Landlord, subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in this Lease.
ARTICLE XIX — RULES AND REGULATIONS
     19.01 The Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit C are hereby incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof. Tenant shall abide by, and faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations and any reasonable and non-discriminatory amendments, modifications and/or additions thereto as may hereafter be adopted and published by written notice to tenants by Landlord for the safety, care, security, good order and/or cleanliness of the Premises and/or the Building. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any violation of such rules and regulations by any other tenant or occupant of the Building.
ARTICLE XX — ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES
     20.01 Tenant agrees at any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice from Landlord to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing addressed and certifying to Landlord, to any current or prospective Mortgagee or any assignee thereof, to any prospective purchaser of the land, improvements or both comprising the Building, and to any other party designated by Landlord, that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (of if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications); that Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises, which are acceptable in all respects, and that any improvements required by the terms of this Lease to be made by Landlord have been completed to the satisfaction of Tenant; that Tenant is in full occupancy of the Premises; that no rent has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance; that the first month’s Base Rent has been paid; that Tenant is entitled to no free rent or other concessions except as stated in this Lease; that Tenant has not been notified of any previous assignment of Landlord’s or any predecessor landlord’s interest under this Lease; the dates to which Base Rent, additional rental and other charges have been paid; that Tenant, as of the date of such certificate, has no charge, lien or claim of setoff under this Lease or otherwise against Base Rent, additional rental or other charges due or to become due under this Lease; that Landlord is not in default in performance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Lease; or any other matter relating to this Lease or the Premises or, if so, specifying each such default. If there is a Guaranty under this Lease, said Guarantor shall confirm the validity of the Guaranty by joining in the execution of the Estoppel Certificate or other documents so requested by Landlord or Mortgagee. In addition, in the event that such certificate is being given to any Mortgagee, such statement may contain any other provisions customarily required by such Mortgagee including, without limitation, an agreement on the part of Tenant to furnish to such Mortgagee, written notice of any Landlord default and a reasonable opportunity for such Mortgagee to cure such default prior to Tenant being able to terminate this Lease. Any such statement delivered pursuant to this Section may be relied upon by Landlord or any Mortgagee, or prospective purchaser to whom it is addressed and such statement, if required by its addressee, may so specifically state. If Tenant does not execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord the statement as and when required herein, Landlord is hereby granted an irrevocable power-of-attorney, coupled with an interest, to execute such statement on Tenant’s behalf, which statement shall be binding on Tenant to the same extent as if executed by Tenant.
ARTICLE XXI — ENTRY BY LANDLORD
     21.01 Landlord may enter the Premises at all reasonable times to: inspect the same; exhibit the same to prospective purchasers, Mortgagees or tenants; determine whether Tenant is complying with all of its obligations

16


 

under this Lease; supply janitorial and other services to be provided by Landlord to Tenant under this Lease; post notices of non-responsibility; and make repairs or improvements in or to the Building or the Premises; provided, however, that all such work shall be done as promptly as reasonably possible and so as to cause as little interference to Tenant as reasonably possible. Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises or any other loss occasioned by such entry. Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, on or about the Premises (excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and similar areas designated by Tenant in writing in advance), and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means by which Landlord may deem proper to open such doors to obtain entry to the Premises, and any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any such means, or otherwise, shall not under any circumstances be deemed or construed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into or a detainer of the Premises or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from any part of the Premises. Such entry by Landlord shall not act as a termination of Tenant’s duties under this Lease. If Landlord shall be required to obtain entry by means other than a key provided by Tenant, the cost of such entry shall by payable by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent.
ARTICLE XXII
LANDLORD’S LEASE UNDERTAKINGS-EXCULPATION FROM PERSONAL LIABILITY;
TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST
     22.01 Landlord’s Lease Undertakings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease or in any exhibits, Riders or addenda hereto attached (collectively the “Lease Documents”), it is expressly understood and agreed by and between the parties hereto that: (a) the recourse of Tenant or us successors or assigns against Landlord with respect to the alleged breach by or on the part of Landlord of any representation, warranty, covenant, undertaking or agreement contained in any of the Lease Documents or otherwise arising out of Tenant’s use of the Premises or the Building (collectively, “Landlord’s Lease Undertakings”) shall extend only to Landlord’s interest in the real estate of which the Premises demised under the Lease Documents are a part (“Landlord’s Real Estate”) and not to any other assets of Landlord or its constituent partners; and (b) except to the extent of Landlord’s interest in Landlord’s Real Estate, no personal liability or personal responsibility of any sort with respect to any of Landlord’s Lease Undertakings or any alleged breach thereof is assumed by, or shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against, Landlord, its constituent partners, or Kennedy-Wilson Properties Ltd., or against any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, constituent partners, beneficiaries, trustees or representatives.
     22.02 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest. In the event of any transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall be automatically freed and relieved from all applicable liability with respect to performance of any covenant or obligation on the part of Landlord, provided any deposits or advance rents held by Landlord are turned over to the grantee and said grantee expressly assumes, subject to the limitations of this Section 22, all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed on the part of Landlord, it being intended hereby that the covenants and obligations contained in this Lease on the part of Landlord shall, subject to all the provisions of this Section 22, be binding on Landlord, its successors and assigns, only during their respective periods of ownership.
ARTICLE XXIII — HOLDOVER TENANCY
     23.01 If Tenant holds possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination of the Lease Term, by lapse of time or otherwise, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon all of the terms contained herein, except as to Lease Term and Rent. During such holdover period, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a monthly rental equivalent to two hundred percent (200%) of the Rent Payable by Tenant to Landlord with respect to the last month of the Lease Term. The monthly rent payable for such holdover period shall in no event be construed as a penalty or as liquidated damages for such retention of possession. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, its beneficiary, and their respective agents, contractors and employees, from and against any and all claims, liabilities, actions, losses, damages (including without limitation, direct, indirect, incidental and consequential) and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) asserted against or sustained by any such party and arising from or by reason of such retention of possession, which obligations shall survive the expiration or termination of the Lease Term.
ARTICLE XXIV — NOTICES
     24.01 All notices which Landlord or Tenant may be required, or may desire, to serve on the other may be served, as an alternative to personal service, by mailing the same by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to Landlord at the address for Landlord set forth in Section 1.12 above and to Tenant at the address for Tenant set forth in Section 1.13 above, or, from and after the Commencement Date, to Tenant at the Premises whether or not Tenant has departed from, abandoned or vacated the Premises, or addressed to such other address or addresses as either Landlord or Tenant may from time to time designate to the other in writing. Any notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time the same was posted.
ARTICLE XXV — BROKERS
     25.01 The parties recognize as the broker(s) who procured this Lease the firm(s) specified in Section 1.14 and agree that Landlord shall be solely responsible for the payment of any brokerage commissions to said broker(s), and that Tenant shall have no responsibility therefor unless written provision to the contrary has been made a part of this Lease. If Tenant has dealt with any other person or real estate broker in respect to leasing, subleasing or renting space in the Budding, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any fee due said

17


 

manner of giving Tenant reasonable notice, the requirement of reasonable notice shall be met if such notice is given in the manner prescribed in this Lease at least five (5) days before the time of sale. Any public sale made pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall be deemed to have been a sale conducted in a commercially reasonable manner if held in the above-described Premises or where the property is located after the time, place and method of sale and a general description of the types of property to be sold have been advertised in a daily newspaper published in the county in which the property is located for five consecutive days before the date of the sale. The proceeds from any such disposition, less any and all expenses connected with the taking of possession, holding and selling of the property (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses), shall be applied as a credit against the indebtedness secured by the lien and security interest granted in this paragraph. Any surplus shall be paid to Tenant or as otherwise required by law; Tenant shall pay any deficiencies forthwith. This Lease is intended as and constitutes a security agreement within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code (or corresponding state statute or statutes) in force in the state in which the property is located. Landlord, in addition to the rights prescribed in this Lease, shall have all of the rights, titles, liens, security interests and remedies with respect to the property in which Landlord is granted a contractual lien and security interest hereunder as are available to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code (or such corresponding state or statutes). Tenant will on request, execute and deliver to Landlord a financing statement (or continuation statement) in form satisfactory to Landlord and sufficient to perfect the security interest of Landlord in the aforementioned property and proceeds thereof, or Landlord may file this Lease, or a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Lease, as a financing statement. Landlord agrees that it may subordinate its security interest and landlord’s lien to the security interest of Tenant’s supplier or institutional financial source, provided that the subordination must be limited to a specified transaction and specified items of the goods, wares, inventory, equipment, fixtures, furniture improvements or other personal property involved in the transaction. Landlord reserves all Landlord’s lien rights granted by applicable state and federal laws.
ARTICLE XXVIII — MISCELLANEOUS
     28.01 Entire Agreement . This Lease contains all of the agreements and understandings relating to the leasing of the Premises and the obligations of Landlord and Tenant in connection with such leasing. Landlord has not made, and Tenant is not relying upon, any warranties, or representations, promises or statements made by Landlord or any agent of Landlord, except as expressly set forth herein. This Lease supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings between Landlord and Tenant and alone expresses the agreement of the parties.
     28.02 Amendments. This Lease shall not be amended, changed or modified in any way unless in writing executed by Landlord and Tenant. Landlord shall not have waived or released any of its rights hereunder unless in writing and executed by Landlord.
     28.03 Successors. Except as expressly provided herein, this Lease and the obligations of Landlord and Tenant contained herein shall bind and benefit the successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
     28.04 Force Majeure. Landlord shall incur no liability to Tenant with respect to, and shall not be responsible for any failure to perform, any of Landlord’s obligations hereunder if such failure is caused by any reason beyond the control of Landlord including, but not limited to, strike, labor trouble, “governmental rule, regulations, ordinance, statute or interpretation, or by fire, earthquake, civil commotion, or failure or disruption of utility services. The amount of time for Landlord to perform any of Landlord’s obligations shall be extended by the amount of time Landlord is delayed in performing such obligation by reason of any force majeure occurrence whether similar to or different from the foregoing types of occurrences.
     28.05 Survival of Obligations. Any obligations of Tenant accruing prior to the expiration of the Lease shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, and Tenant shall promptly perform all such obligations whether or not this Lease has expired or been terminated.
     28.06 Light and Air . No diminution or shutting off of any light, air or view by any structure now or hereafter erected shall in any manner affect this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder, or increase any of the obligations of Landlord hereunder.
     28.07 Governing Law. This Lease shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas.
     28.08 Severability. In the event any provision of this Lease is found to be unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected, and any provision found to be invalid shall be enforceable to the extent permitted by law. The parties agree that in the event two different interpretations may be given to any provision hereunder, one of which will render the provision unenforceable, and one of which will render the provision enforceable, the interpretation rendering the provision enforceable shall be adopted.
     28.09 Captions. All captions, headings, titles, numerical references and computer highlighting are for convenience only and shall have no effect on the interpretation of this Lease.
     28.10 Interpretation. Tenant acknowledges that it has read and reviewed this Lease and that it has had the opportunity to confer with counsel in the negotiation of this Lease. Accordingly, this Lease shall be construed neither for nor against Landlord or Tenant, but shall be given a fair and reasonable interpretation in accordance with the meaning of its terms and the intent of the parties.

20


 

     28.11 Independent Covenants. Each covenant, agreement, obligation or other provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant are separate and independent covenants of Tenant, and not dependent on any other provision of the Lease.
     28.12 Number and Gender. All terms and words used in this Lease, regardless of the number or gender in which they are used, shall be deemed to include the appropriate number and gender, as the context may require.
     28.13 Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence of this Lease and the performance of all obligations hereunder.
     28.14 Joint and Several Liability. If Tenant comprises more than one person or entity, or if this Lease is guaranteed by any party, all such persons shall be jointly and severally liable for payment of rents and the performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. If Tenant comprises more than one person or entity and fewer than all of the persons or entities comprising Tenant abandon the Premises, Landlord, at its sole option, may treat the abandonment by such person or entities as an event of default and exercise with respect to such persons the rights and remedies provided in Article XV without affecting the right or obligations of the persons or entities comprising Tenant which have not abandoned the property.
     28.15 Exhibits. Exhibits A (Outline of Premises), B (Work Letter Agreement), C (Rules and Regulations), D (Guaranty) and E (Suite Acceptance Letter) are incorporated into this Lease by reference and made a part hereof.
     28.16 Offer to Lease. The submission of this Lease to Tenant or its broker or other agent, does not constitute an offer to Tenant to lease the Premises. This Lease shall have no force and effect until (a) it is executed and delivered by Tenant to Landlord and (b) it is fully reviewed and executed by Landlord; provided, however, that, upon execution of this Lease by Tenant and delivery to Landlord, such execution and delivery by Tenant, shall, in consideration of the time and expense incurred by Landlord in reviewing the Lease and Tenant’s credit, constitute an offer by Tenant to lease the Premises upon the terms and conditions set forth herein (which offer to Lease shall be irrevocable for twenty (20) business days following the date of delivery).
     28.17 No Counterclaim; Choice of Laws. It is mutually agreed that in the event Landlord commences any summary proceeding for non-payment of Rent, Tenant will not interpose any counterclaim of whatever nature or description in any such proceeding. In addition, Tenant hereby submits to local jurisdiction in the State of Texas and agrees that any action by Tenant against Landlord shall be instituted in the State of Texas and that Landlord shall have personal jurisdiction over Tenant for any action brought by Landlord against Tenant in the State of Texas.
     28.18 Electrical Service to the Premises. Anything set forth in Section 7.01 or elsewhere in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, electricity to the Premises shall not be furnished by Landlord, but shall be furnished by the approved electric utility company serving the Building. Landlord shall permit Tenant to receive such service directly from such utility company at Tenant’s cost (except as otherwise provided herein) and shall permit Landlord’s wire and conduits, to the extent available, suitable and safely capable, to be used for such purposes.
     28.19 Rights Reserved by Landlord. Landlord reserves the following rights exercisable without notice (except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this Lease) and without being deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises or giving rise to any claim for set-off or abatement of Rent: (i) to change the name or street address of the Building; (ii) to install, affix and maintain all signs on the exterior and/or interior of the Building; (iii) to designate and/or approve prior to installation, all types of signs, window shades, blinds, drapes, awnings or other similar items, and all internal lighting that may be visible from the exterior of the Premises and, notwithstanding the provisions of Article IX, the design, arrangement, style, color and general appearance of the portion of the Premises visible from the exterior, and contents thereof, including, without limitation, furniture, fixtures, signs, art work, wall coverings, carpet and decorations, and all changes, additions and removals thereto, shall, at all times have the appearance of premises having the same type of exposure and used for substantially the same purposes that are generally prevailing in comparable office buildings in the area. Any violation of this provision shall be deemed a material breach of this Lease; (iv) to change the arrangement of entrances, doors, corridors, elevators and/or stairs in the Building, provided no such change shall materially adversely affect access to the Premises; (v) to grant any party the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in the Building, provided such exclusive right shall not operate to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the purposes permitted under this Lease; (vi) to prohibit the placement of vending or dispensing machines of any kind in or about the Premises other than for use by Tenant’s employees; (vii) to prohibit the placement of video or other electronic games in the Premises; (viii) to have access for Landlord and other tenants of the Building to any mail chutes and boxes located in or on the Premises according to the rules of the United States Post Office and to discontinue any mail chute business in the Building; (ix) to close the Building after normal business hours, except that Tenant and its employees and invitees shall be entitled to admission at all times under such rules and regulations as Landlord prescribes for security purposes; (x) to install, operate and maintain security systems which monitor, by close circuit television or otherwise, all persons entering or leaving the Building; (xi) to install and maintain pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and structural elements located in the Premises which serve other parts or other tenants of the Building; and (xii) to retain at all times master keys or pass keys to the Premises.

21


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this lease as of the date first above written.
                     
LANDLORD:       TENANT:    
 
                   
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership      
RigNet Inc.
   
 
                   
By: KWI Ashford Westchase General Partner, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, Its general partner      
By:
  /s/ Morten Haugan    
 
          Name:  
 
Morten Haugan
   
By:
  Kennedy-Wilson Austin, Inc., Agent       Its:   Chief Administrative Officer    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ E. Robert Shepard, Jr.                
 
                   
 
  E. Robert Shepard, Jr.                
 
  Assistant Vice President                
If Tenant is a limited liability company, this Lease must be executed by one or more of the authorized manager(s) as evidenced by a copy of the duly filed Articles of Organization (LLC-1), in which event a conformed copy of the filed Articles of Organization (LLC-1) must be attached to this Lease.
If Tenant is a corporation, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. This Lease must be executed by the president or vice president and the secretary or assistant secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this Lease. In addition, a certificate by the secretary of the corporation must be attached to this Lease stating that the signatories are authorized to sign on behalf of the corporation.
If Tenant is a partnership, this Lease must be executed by a general partner or another party authorized to sign on behalf of the partnership as evidenced by a fully executed copy of the Partnership Agreement or duly recorded Statement of Partnership (or in the case of a limited partnership, a copy of the duly filed LP-1 Certificate of Limited Partnership), in which event a copy of the Partnership Agreement or a conformed copy of the recorded Statement of Partnership (or LP-1, as the case may be) must be attached to this Lease. Additionally, if the general partner or another party authorized to sign on behalf of the partnership is other than a natural person, then the procedures for signatory authorization of that entity must also be reviewed in accordance with these instructions.

22


 

EXHIBIT A
LOCATION IN THE BUILDING — PREMISES
(IMAGE)

1


 

EXHIBIT A-1
LOCATION IN THE BUILDING — STORAGE SPACE
(IMAGE)

2


 

EXHIBIT B
WORK LETTER AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT made as of the 17 day of June, 2003, between KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a Texas Limited Partnership dba Ashford II (“Landlord”) and RigNet, Inc. (“Tenant”).
     Reference is made to the Lease or tenant expansion agreement dated June 17, 2003 (the “Lease”) for premises known as Suite 100 (the “Premises”), located in the property known as 1880 South Dairy Ashford, Houston, Texas (the “Property”)
     Landlord agrees to perform the following items of work (the “Work”) in the Premises (describe work and/or refer to any drawings or plans that have been prepared, if they are final):
Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall construct a demising partition to separate the Premises from the Right of First Refusal Space (as defined in Exhibit  D attached), furnish and install approximately 20 linear feet of interior partition and 2 doors, paint all previously painted surfaces, clean existing carpet (if required), furnish and install Suite door plaque, and make all necessary reasonable modifications and additions to the electrical and HVAC systems to comfortably accommodate Tenant’s occupancy. The existing herculite entry door will remain.
                    If Landlord requires further choices by Tenant respecting the above Work (e.g., color choices respecting the above items), Tenant shall promptly choose the same from such choices, if any, that Landlord makes available to Tenant as “building standard.” If any such further choices are required, the parties agree that Tenant has heretofore been provided an opportunity to view the available choices and Tenant agrees to make such choices by N/A , 20______ . If Tenant fails to do so by such date, Landlord may make such choices for Tenant.
     Landlord will use reasonable efforts to complete the Work by the Commencement Date under the Lease or within 90 days thereafter, subject to further delays beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (as may be further described in the Lease), provided, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, delays in the Work hereunder shall not postpone the commencement of Rent under any circumstances whether the delay is caused by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors, agents or employees, or the delay is otherwise beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (as may be further described in the Lease), or for any other reason whatsoever Tenant acknowledges that the Work may occur during normal business hours while Tenant is in occupancy of the Premises and that no interference to Tenant’s business operations in, or use of, the Premises shall entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or any other concession, or give rise to any claim against, or liability of, Landlord.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Work Letter, it is expressly understood and agreed by and between the parties hereto that: (a) The recourse of Tenant or its successors or assigns against Landlord with respect to the alleged breach by or on the part of Landlord of any representation, warranty, covenant, undertaking or agreement contained in this Work Letter (collectively, “Landlord’s Work Letter Undertakings”) shall extend only to Landlord’s interest in the real estate of which the Premises demised under the Lease are a part (hereinafter, “Landlord’s Real Estate”) and not to any other assets of Landlord or its constituent partners; and (b) except to the extent of Landlord’s interest in Landlord’s Real Estate, no personal liability or personal responsibility of any sort with respect to any of Landlord’s Work Letter Undertakings or any alleged breach thereof is assumed by, or shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against, Landlord, its constituent partners or Kennedy-Wilson Properties Ltd., or against any of their respective directors, officers, shareholders, employees, agents, constituent partners, beneficiaries, trustees or representatives
         
    LANDLORD:
 
       
    KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership
 
       
    By: KWI Ashford Westchase General
Partner L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
company, Its general partner
 
       
 
  By:   Kennedy-Wilson Austin, Inc.
its Agent
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ E. Robert Shepard, Jr.
 
       
 
      E. Robert Shepard, Jr.
 
      Assistant Vice President
 
       
    TENANT:
 
       
    RigNet, Inc.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Morten Haugan
 
       
 
  Name:   Morten Haugan
 
  Its:   CAO

 


 

EXHIBIT C
RULES AND REGULATIONS
     1. The sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls shall not be obstructed or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress. The halls, passages, entrances, elevators, stairways, balconies and roof are not for the use of the general public, and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control or prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation or interests of Landlord and its tenants, provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access by persons with whom the tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. No tenant and no employees of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building without the written consent of Landlord.
     2. No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls or surfaces of the Building nor shall the interior or exterior of any windows be coated without the prior written consent of Landlord. Except as otherwise specifically approved by Landlord, all electrical ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by Landlord. Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near the glass of any window, door, partition or wall which may appear unsightly from outside the Premises.
     3. No sign, picture, plaque, advertisement, notice or other material shall be exhibited, painted, inscribed or affixed by any tenant on any part of, or so as to be seen from the outside of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by any tenant, Landlord may remove the same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred in such removal to the tenant violating this rule. Interior signs on doors and the directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for each tenant by Landlord at the expense of such tenant, and shall be of a size, color and style acceptable to Landlord.
     4. The toilets and wash basins and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other substances shall be thrown therein. All damage resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees, shall have caused the same.
     5. No tenant or its officers, agents, employees or invitees shall mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part of the Premises or the Building. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires or laying of linoleum or other similar floor coverings shall be permitted except with the prior written consent of Landlord and as Landlord may direct.
     6. No bicycles, vehicles or animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Premises and no cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant on the Premises except that microwave cooking in a UL-approved microwave oven and the preparation of coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar items for the tenant and its employees and business visitors shall be permitted. Tenant shall not cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to escape from the Premises.
     7. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the use of the Premises for general office purposes. No tenant shall engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for such tenant on the Premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purposes.
     8. No tenant or its officers, agents, employees or invitees shall make, or permit to be made any unseemly or disturbing noises, sounds or vibrations or disturb or interfere with occupants of this or neighboring buildings or Premises or those having business with them whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, unusual noise, or in any other way.
     9. No tenant or its officers, agents, employees or invitees shall throw anything out of doors, balconies or down the passageways.
     10. Tenant shall not maintain armed security in or about the Premises nor possess any weapons, explosives, combustibles or other hazardous devices in or about the Building and/or Premises.
     11. No tenant or its officers, agents, employees or invitees shall at any time use, bring or keep upon the Premises any flammable, combustible, explosive, foul or noxious fluid, chemical or substance, or do or permit anything to be done in the leased Premises, or bring or keep anything therein, which shall in any way increase the rate of fire insurance on the Building, or on the property kept therein, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants, or in any way injure or annoy them, or conflict with the regulations of the Fire Department or the fire laws, or with any insurance policy upon the Building, or any part hereof, or with any rules and ordinances established by the Board of Health or other governmental authority.
     12. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by any tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanism thereof. Each tenant must, upon the termination of this tenancy, restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices, and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, such tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys so furnished, such tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such change.

 


 

     13. All removals, or the carrying in or out of any safes, freight, furniture, or bulky matter of any description must take place during the hours which Landlord may determine form time to time. The moving to sates or other fixtures or bulky matter of any kind must be made upon previous notice to the manager of the Building and under his or her supervision, and the persons employed by any tenant for such work must be acceptable to Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all safes, freight or other bulky articles to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all sates, freight or other bulky articles which violate any of these Rules and Regulations or the Lease of which these Rules and Regulations are a part. Landlord reserves the right to prohibit or impose conditions upon the installation in the Premises of heavy objects which might overload the building floors. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any safes, freight, bulky articles or other property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be repaired at the expense of the tenant.
     14. No tenant shall purchase or otherwise obtain for use in the Premises water, ice, towel, vending machine, janitorial, maintenance or other like services, or accept barbering or bootblacking services, except from persons authorized by Landlord, and at hours and under regulations fixed by Landlord.
     15. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as an office building and upon written notice from Landlord any tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising. No tenant shall use any graphic image of the Building or any part of the Building for advertising or public relations without Landlord’s written permission.
     16. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. and at all hours of Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays all persons who do not present a pass signed by Landlord. Landlord shall furnish passes to persons for whom any tenant requests the same in writing. Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom he requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In the case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of the same, by closing of the gates and doors or otherwise, for the safety of the tenants and others and the protection of the Building and the property therein.
     17. Any outside contractor employed by any tenant, shall, while in the Building, be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord and subject to the Rules and Regulations of the Building. Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons and Landlord shall not be responsible for any loss or damage to property in the Premises, however occurring.
     18. All doors opening onto public corridors shall be kept closed, except when in use for ingress and egress, and left locked when not in use.
     19. The requirements of tenants will be attended to only upon application to the Office of the Building.
     20. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building are prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.
     21. All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by tenants in the Premises in setting approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise or annoyance.
     22. No air conditioning unit or other similar apparatus shall be installed or used by any tenant without the written consent of Landlord.
     23. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Building either by any tenant or others, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards.
     24. Landlord will direct electricians as to where and how telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced. No boring or cutting for wires or stringing of wires will be allowed without written consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the approval of Landlord. All such work shall be effected pursuant to permits issued by all applicable governmental authorities having jurisdiction.
     25. No vendor with the intent of selling such goods shall be allowed to transport or carry beverages, food, food containers, etc., on any passenger elevators. The transportation of such items shall be via the service elevators in such manner as prescribed by Landlord.
     26. Tenants shall cooperate with Landlord in the conservation of energy used in or about the Building, including without limitation, cooperating with Landlord in obtaining maximum effectiveness of the cooling system by closing drapes or other window coverings when the sun’s rays fall directly on windows of the Premises, and closing windows and doors to prevent heat loss. Tenant shall not obstruct, alter or in any way impair the efficient operation of Landlord’s heating, lighting, ventilating and air conditioning system and shall not place bottles, machines, parcels or any other articles on the induction unit enclosure so as to interfere with air flow. Tenant shall not tamper with or change the setting of any thermostats or temperature control valves, and shall in general use heat, gas, electricity, air conditioning equipment and heating equipment in a manner compatible with sound energy conservation practices and standards.

 


 

     27. All parking ramps and areas, pedestrian walkways, plazas, and other public areas forming a part of the Building shall be under the sole and absolute control of Landlord with the exclusive right to regulate and control these areas. Tenant agrees to conform to the rules and regulations that may be established by Landlord for these areas from time to time.
     28. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of the rules and regulations of the Building.
     29. Tenant and its employees, agents, subtenants, contractors and invitees shall comply with all applicable “no-smoking” ordinances and, irrespective of such ordinances, shall not smoke or permit smoking of cigarettes, cigars or pipes inside or outside of Tenant’s Premises (including plaza areas) in any portions of the Building except areas specifically designated as smoking areas by Landlord.

 


 

EXHIBIT D
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. Right of First Refusal
Provided the Lease in full force and effect and no Event of Default shall have occurred, Tenant shall have the right of first refusal to lease approximately 1,432 RSF adjacent and contiguous to the Premises (“Right of First Refusal Space”) prior to Landlord leasing said Right of First Refusal Space, or any portion thereof, to any bona fide third party. At such time as Landlord engages into negotiations with a prospective tenant on all or any portion of the Right of First Refusal Space (“Offered Space”), Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of such negotiations, and Tenant shall have the right to exercise its Right of first Refusal on the Offered Space upon the following conditions:
  1.   If Landlord enters into negotiations with a prospective tenant to lease the Offered Space, Landlord shall notify Tenant of such fact and shall include in such notice the rent, term and other terms (including, but not limited to, finish out, moving allowances and design fees), at which Landlord is prepared to offer such Offered Space to such prospective tenant. Tenant shall have a period of three (3) days from the date of Tenant’s actual receipt of the notice to notify Landlord whether Tenant elects to exercise the right granted hereby to lease the Offered Space. If Tenant fails to give any notice to Landlord within the required three (3) business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its right to lease the Offered Space.
 
  2.   If Tenant so waives its right to lease the Offered Space (either by giving written notice thereof or by failing to give any notice), Landlord shall have the right to lease the Offered Space to the prospective tenant and upon the execution of such lease between Landlord and the prospective tenant this Right of First Refusal as to the Offered Space shall thereafter be null, void and of no further force or effect.
 
  3.   If Landlord does not enter into a lease with such prospective tenant covering the Offered Space, Landlord shall not thereafter engage in other lease negotiations with respect to the Right of First Refusal Space without first complying with the provisions of this Option.
 
  4.   Upon exercise by Tenant of its Right of First Refusal on the Offered Space as provided herein, Landlord and Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days after Tenant delivers to Landlord notice of its election, enter into a lease amendment covering the Offered Space for the rent, for the term, and containing such other terms and conditions as Landlord notified Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 1 above, except that, if the term of such Right of First Refusal Space would extend beyond the Expiration Date of the original Lease, the term of the original Lease will be extended to the expiration date of the Right of First Refusal Space.
 
  5.   Any assignment or subletting by Tenant shall terminate the Right of First Refusal of Tenant contained herein.
 
  6.   The Right of First Refusal of Tenant contained herein shall be subject and subordinate to any rights of renewal, expansion or extension existing under any other tenant leases for the Building as of the date of the Lease.
Market Rental Rate will mean, for the date such determination is being made, the rate a willing tenant would pay and a willing landlord would accept, neither being under any compulsion to lease and both having reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts, considering the highest and most profitable use if offered for lease in the open market with a reasonable period of time in which to consummate a transaction. Specifically, factors include, but are not limited to, location and quality of the building, term or length of lease, and condition of the Premises.
2. Storage Area
Tenant will lease approximately 355 RSF on the first floor of the Building as Storage Space at a monthly rate of $300.00 per month.
3. Rooftop Antenna
Tenant, at its expense and without fee or additional rental to Landlord, shall have the right to install (including all necessary connections to equipment located in the Premises) one microwave, satellite or other antennae (the “Antennae”) on the roof of the Building for Tenant’s exclusive use in connection with Tenant’s business in the Premises. The location and size of the Antennae shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Prior to installation of its Antennae, Tenant shall submit plans and specifications to Landlord for its review and approval. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary regarding allocation of risk for damage to the Building, Tenant shall be responsible to Landlord for any damage to the roof of the Building caused by Tenant during the installation or operation of such Antennae. Tenant agrees it shall modify the Antennae as reasonably necessary in the event it disrupts any existing microwave, satellite or other antenna communication system. Tenant shall have the right to have a study conducted by its representative as to the suitability of the roof of the Building for installation of such Antennae, Landlord agrees to allow such representative(s) access to the Building and roof to perform such study. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, relocate the Antennae if such relocation is necessary for Landlord to perform and maintenance or repairs with respect to the roof or if the Antennae is, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, damaging the roof in its then current location.
3. Directory Board
Landlord shall allocate up to three (3) spaces on the Building directory board for name of Tenant and key employees.

 


 

EXHIBIT E
Suite Acceptance Agreement
Building Name/Address:
 
Tenant Name:
 
             
Tenant Code:
      Suite Number:    
 
           
             
Management’s Tenant Contact:
      Phone:    
 
           
Gentlemen:
As a representative of the above referenced tenant, I/we have physically inspected the suite noted above and its improvements with                                           , a representative of                                           (name of KWP Corporation). I/we accept the suite improvements as to compliance with all the requirements indicated in our lease, also including the following verified information below:
     
Lease Commencement Date:                                                                              ,
  Occupancy Date                                                                    
 
Lease Rent Start Date*:                                                                                      ,
  Actual Rent Start*:                                                               
 
Lease Expiration Date:                                                                        , Actual Expiration Date:                                                 
 
Date Keys Delivered:                                                            
   
Items requiring attention:
 
 
 
 
 
*   If these dates are not the same, attach documentation.
NOTE: This inspection is to be made prior to tenant move-in.
Very truly yours,
         
     
 
       
By:
       
 
       
 
       
Its:
       
 
       
 
       
Date:
       
 
       
Distribution
         
Tenant
       
Tenant Lease File
       
Leasing Manager:
       
 
 
 
   
KWP Document Control:
       
 
       
Regional Construction Manager:
       
 
       
Regional Engineering Manager:
       
 
       

 


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
          THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (the “First Amendment”) made and entered into this 9th day of September, 2003, by and between KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., d/b/a Ashford Crossing II (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”) and RIGNET, INC., (hereinafter referred as “Tenant”);
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease Agreement dated June 13, 2003, for certain premises located at 1880 South Dairy Ashford, Suite 505, Houston, TX, (hereinafter referred to as “Original Lease”),
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease in certain respects to ratify and confirm all of the provisions of the Lease Agreement;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the sum of TEN DOLLARS ($10.00) in hand paid by Tenant to Landlord, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1.   Effective Date: Effective date of this First Amendment to Lease shall be October 1, 2003.
2.   Section 1.02 Premises: Is hereby amended to include Suite 520 comprised of 1,432 rentable square feet (“Expansion Space”) as shown on Exhibit “A” attached.
 
3.   Section 1.03 Rentable Area (“RSF”) of the Premises: Is hereby amended from 3,638 to 5,070 RSF (the “Premises”).
 
4.   Section 1.05 Commencement Date: The Commencement Date of the Expansion Space shall be the earlier of October 1, 2003 or immediately upon substantial completion of the improvements to be performed by Landlord in the Expansion Space.
 
5.   Section 1.06 Expiration Date: The Expiration Date of the Lease shall be simultaneous with the Lease on December 31, 2006.
 
6.   Section 1.07 Base Rent: Base Monthly Rent for the Expansion Space shall be as per the following schedule:
                 
    Annual Rent    
Period   Per RSF   Monthly Rent
October 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003
  $  0.00/SF   $ 0.00  
January 1, 2004 through September 30, 2004
  $14.50/SF   $ 1,730.33  
October 1, 2004 through September 30, 2005
  $15.00/SF   $ 1,790.00  
October 1, 2005 through December 31, 2006
  $15.50/SF   $ 1,849.67  
    Therefore, Tenant’s Combined Base Monthly Rent for the entire Premises effective on the Commencement Date of the Expansion Space will be as follows:
         
October 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003
  $ 4,320.13  
January 1, 2004 through July 31, 2004
  $ 6,050.46  
August 1, 2004 through September 30, 2004
  $ 6,202.04  
October 1, 2004 through July 31, 2005
  $ 6,261.71  
August 1, 2005 through September 30, 2005
  $ 4,103.16  
October 1, 2005 through October 30, 2006
  $ 6,472.96  
November 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006
  $ 1,849.67  
7.   Section 1.08 Tenant’s Percentage Share: Is hereby amended from 2.21% to 3.08% of Building area
 
8.   Section 1.09 Security Deposit: Simultaneous with the execution of this First Amendment to Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of $1,849.67 as additional Security Deposit for the Expansion Space making the total amount deposited with Landlord for Tenant’s faithful performance of the Lease the sum of $6,472.96.

 


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
RIGNET, INC.
Page 2
9.   Section 1.12 Expense Base Year: The Expense Base Year shall remain 2003 for the entire Premises.
 
10.   Section 1.17 Tenant’s Parking Stalls: Landlord shall provide 3.0 uncovered, unreserved parking spaces per each 1,000 RSF leased for the Expansion Space. Tenant will have the right to convert one (1) of the uncovered, unreserved parking spaces to one (1) additional covered, reserved parking space, which shall be located in the Garage making a total of four (4) covered, reserved parking spaces. Unreserved parking for the Building will continue on a first come, first served basis. There shall continue to be no charge for any parking during the Initial Lease Term. Parking for the initial premises shall remain as stated in the Lease.
11.   Exhibit B — Workletter Agreement: Landlord, at Landlord’s expense will make and complete in and to the Expansion Space improvements requested by Tenant. The total cost of construction, including Building Standard materials, fees, labor, supervision, architectural/mechanical/electrical drawings and all other necessary and incidental expenses, shall be borne by Landlord up to, but not exceeding, Five Thousand Twelve Dollars and no/100 ($5,012.00). In addition, Landlord shall contribute $4,296.00, i.e. $3.00 per RSF (“Additional Allowance”) toward the cost of additional permanent leasehold improvements completed by Landlord. The Additional Allowance may be used for installation of permanent leasehold improvements, space planning and construction documents. A 5% construction management fee payable to Landlord will be assessed for supervision and administration on all additional improvements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may utilize up to $3.00 per RSF of any unused portion of the Additional Allowance for improvements to be performed by Tenant. Therefore, for each dollar of the Additional Allowance not utilized for additional improvements performed by Landlord by December 31, 2003, Landlord will pay Tenant in equal installments on the fourth (4 th ), thirteenth (13 th ) and twenty-fifth (25 th ) months of the Lease, the Additional Allowance not previously utilized for additional improvements.
12.   Except as provided herein, all other terms, conditions and covenants under said Original Lease shall remain in full force and effect and cannot be modified unless said modification is reduced to writing and signed by all parties. Should any inconsistency or conflict arise between the Original Lease and this First Amendment, this First Amendment shall take precedence as the governing document with respect to such conflict.
13.   First Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord, Tenant and their respected transfer, successors and assigns.
 
14.   First Amendment shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Texas
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hands and seals the day and year first above written.
LANDLORD:
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership
By: KWI Ashford Westchase General Partner, L.L.C.,
a Delaware limited liability company, Its general partner
By: Kennedy Wilson Austin, Inc., its agent
         
     
By:   /s/ E. Robert Shepard, Jr.    
    E. Robert Shepard, Jr.,   
    Assistant Vice President   
 
TENANT:
RIGNET, INC.
         
     
By:   /s/ Omar Kulbrandstad    
    Omar Kulbrandstad, COO   
       
 
         
Date:
   9/9/03
 
   

 


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
RIGNET, INC.
Page 3
EXHIBIT A — LOCATION IN THE BUILDING
EXPANSION SPACE
BETWEEN KWI ASHFORD WESTCHASE BUILDINGS, L.P.
AND RIGNET, INC. , TENANT
(FLOOR LOGO)
ASHFORD CROSSING II
         
Expansion Space
  1,432 RSF
Existing Space
  3,638 RSF
 
     
Total Space
  5,070 RSF

 


 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE
          This second amendment to Lease (“Amendment”), dated for reference purposes only October 3, 2005 is attached to and becomes a part of that Lease between KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership successor in interest to KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a Texas Limited Partnership , (hereinafter called “Landlord”) and Rignet, Inc., (hereinafter called “Tenant”).
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, under that certain lease agreement (the “Lease”) dated June 17, 2003, Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord office space consisting of approximately 3,638 rentable square feet in the office building known as Ashford Crossing II located at 1880 South Dairy Ashford, Houston, Texas (“Leased Premises”) for a term of Forty-one (41) months ending December 31, 2006 and was amended by First Amendment to Lease dated September 19, 2003 wherein Tenant expanded by an additional 1,432 rentable square feet for a total of 5,070 rentable square feet; and,
          WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend said Lease as set forth herein; and,
          NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS MUTUALLY COVENANTED AND AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
  (1)   TERM . The term of the Lease as specified in Article 1.06 therein shall hereby be Seventy-four (74) months, commencing November 1, 2005 and expiring December 31, 2011.
  (2)   LEASED PREMISES . Effective November 1, or upon substantial completion of the Expansion Premises, whichever is later, the Leased Premises specified in Section 1.02 of the Lease as approximately 3,638 rentable square feet and as specified in First Amendment to Lease, Paragraph 2 as 5,070 rentable square feet and known as Suite 505 (“Existing Premises”) shall hereby increase approximately 2,363 rentable square feet, known as Suite 570 (“Expansion Premises”) for a total Leased Premises of approximately 7,433 rentable square feet (‘Premises’), as further described in Exhibit A-1, attached hereto.
  (3)   BASE RENTAL . Effective November 1, 2005, the Base Rental specified in Section 1.07 of the Lease shall hereby be modified as follows:
                 
11/01/05 through 02/28/06
  $4,726.15 per month   7,433 RSF
03/01/06 through 12/31/06
  $9,446.10 per month   7,433 RSF
01/01/07 through 12/31/07
  $9,755.81 per month   7,433 RSF
01/01/08 through 12/31/08
  $10,065.52 per month   7,433 RSF
01/01/09 through 12/31/09
  $10,375.23 per month   7,433 RSF
01/01/10 through 12/31/10
  $10,684.94 per month   7,433 RSF
01/01/11 through 12/31/11
  $10,839.79 per month   7,433 RSF
  (4)   OPERATING EXPENSE BASE . The Expense Stop specified in Section 1.12 of the Lease shall become the actual operating expenses for Calendar year 2006 (“Base Year 2006”) grossed up to reflect 95% occupancy. Adjustments for Controllable operating expenses, excluding insurance and utilities, shall be capped at 3% per year, compounded annually. Adjustments for Tax expenses shall be capped at 10% per year, compounded annually.

Page 1


 

  (5)   LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS .
 
      Landlord shall contribute up to $10.00 RSF (“Construction Allowance”) toward the cost of improvements to the Premises. Tenant may apply the balance of the Construction Allowance not utilized in improving the Premises toward the payment of one month’s Base Rental any time following October 31, 2010 to be used for re-painting the Premises upon 30 days advance written notice to Landlord.
      Up to a 4% management fee will be assessed for supervision and administration on all tenant improvements, however, this fee shall not be charged to Tenant’s Construction Allowance.
  (6)   PARKING. Tenant shall be entitled to a total of twenty-four (24) parking spaces of which (7) shall be covered/reserved at no charge. Five (5) of the covered/reserved parking spaces shall be located within the garage and two (2) of the covered/reserved spaces shall be carports. Tenant shall have the right to convert the carport spaces to garage spaces should the Building reach an occupancy level of 90%, subject to availability.
  (7)   The first sentence of Section 14.01 of the Lease is hereby amended to read as follows:
           “Without the prior written consent of Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, Tenant shall not, either voluntarily or by operation of law, assign, encumber, or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest herein, or subject the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the Premises to be occupied by anyone other than Tenant or Tenant’s employees (any such assignment, encumbrance, subletting, occupation or transfer is hereinafter referred to as a “Transfer”).”
  (8)   EARLY TERMINATION. Tenant shall have the right to terminate this lease agreement with a penalty consisting of unamortized tenant improvements and commissions should Landlord not be able to provide at least 3,700 rentable square feet of expansion space within the Building.
  (9)   CONFIDENTIALITY. Tenant shall not, at any time either during or subsequent to the negotiations of a Lease and/or Lease Amendment between Landlord and Tenant, disclose to any person or entity any of the contents of the negotiations between Landlord and Tenant, if a Lease and/or Lease Amendment is entered into between Landlord and Tenant, any terms of the Lease.
  (10)   NO BROKERS. Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment except Moody Rambin (on behalf of the Landlord) and Office Space Advisors, L.L.C. (on behalf of the Tenant), and that it knows of no other real estate brokers or agents who are or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any liability or claim arising in respect to any other brokers or agents claiming a commission in connection with this Amendment through Tenant. Landlord agrees to pay Tenant’s broker a commission based on a separate agreement.

Page 2


 

  (11)   AUTHORITY. Tenant and each person signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant represents to Landlord as follows: (i) Tenant is/a duly formed and validly existing corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) Tenant has and is qualified to do business in Texas, (iii) Tenant has the full right and authority to enter into this Amendment, and (iv) each person signing on behalf of Tenant was and continues to be authorized to do so.
 
  (12)   DEFINED TERMS. All terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning assigned to them in the Lease.
 
  (13)   RATIFICATION OF LEASE. Except as amended hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effecting accordance with the terms and is hereby ratified. In the event of a conflict between the Lease and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control.
 
  (14)   NO REPRESENTATIONS. Landlord and Landlord’s agents have made no representations or promises, express or implied, in connection with this Amendment except as expressly set forth herein.
 
  (15)   ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Amendment together with Lease, contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Amendment or the Lease, and no prior agreement, understanding or representation pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written. Except as specifically herein amended, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.
         
LANDLORD:
  TENANT:    
 
       
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership
  Rignet, Inc.    
 
       
By: KWI Ashford Westchase General
Partner, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
company, Its general partner
       
 
       
By: Kennedy Wilson Austin, Inc., Its Agent
  By: Josh Tabin    
 
       
/s/ E. Robert Shepard, Jr.
 
E. Robert Shepard, Jr.
Vice President
  /s/ Josh Tabin
 
Josh Tabin
   
 
   
Date: 10/17/05
  Date:
 

Page 3


 

EXHIBIT A-1

PREMISES
(DAIGRAM)

 


 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE
          This third amendment to Lease (“Amendment”), dated for reference purposes only January 13, 2006 is attached to and becomes a part of that Lease between KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (hereinafter called “Landlord”) and Rignet, Inc., (hereinafter called “Tenant”).
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, under that certain lease agreement (the “Lease”) dated June 17, 2003, Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord office space consisting of approximately 3,638 rentable square feet in the office building known as Ashford Crossing II located at 1880 South Dairy Ashford, Houston, Texas (“Leased Premises”) for a term of Forty-one (41) months ending December 31, 2006 and was amended by First Amendment to Lease dated September 19, 2003 wherein Tenant expanded by an additional 1,432 rentable square feet for a total of 5,070 rentable square feet; and, was amended by Second Amendment to Lease dated October 3, 2005 wherein Tenant expanded by an additional 2,363 rentable square feet known as Suite 570.
          WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend said Lease as set forth herein; and,
          NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS MUTUALLY COVENANTED AND AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
  (1)   TERM . The term of the Lease as specified in Article 1.06 therein shall hereby be Seventy-four (74) months, commencing April 1, 2006 and expiring May 31, 2012.
  (2)   LEASED PREMISES . Effective April 1, 2006, or upon substantial completion of the Premises, whichever is later, the Premises specified in Section 1.02 of the Lease as approximately 3,638 rentable square feet and as specified in First Amendment to Lease, Paragraph 2 as 5,070 rentable square feet and as specified in Second Amendment to Lease, Paragraph 2 as 7,433 rentable square feet and known as Suite 505 (“Existing Premises”) shall be deleted and Tenant shall relocate the Premises to approximately 11,772 rentable square feet known as Suite 300, (“Premises”), as further described in Exhibit A-1, attached hereto.
  (3)   BASE RENTAL . Effective April 1, 2006, the Base Rental specified in Section 1.07 of the Lease shall hereby be modified as follows:
                 
04/01/06 through 07/31/06
  $  7,485.13 per month     11,772 RSF
08/01/06 through 05/31/07
  $14,960.25 per month   11,772 RSF
06/01/07 through 05/31/08
  $15,450.75 per month   11,772 RSF
06/01/08 through 05/31/09
  $15,941.25 per month   11,772 RSF
06/01/09 through 05/31/10
  $16,431.75 per month   11,772 RSF
06/01/10 through 05/31/11
  $16,922.25 per month   11,772 RSF
06/01/11 through 05/31/12
  $17,167.50 per month   11,772 RSF
  (4)   OPERATING EXPENSE BASE . The Expense Stop specified in Section 1.12 of the Lease shall become the actual operating expenses for Calendar year 2006 (“Base Year 2006”) grossed up to reflect 100% occupancy. Adjustments for Controllable operating expenses, excluding insurance and utilities, shall be capped at 3% per year, compounded annually. Adjustments for Tax expenses shall be capped at 10% per year, compounded annually.

Page 1


 

  (5)   LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS . The Premises shall remain in an “as is” condition, and Landlord shall not be required to perform any work therein. Landlord does not warrant or represent the condition of existing leasehold improvements.
      Landlord agrees to provide an allowance of $10.00 per square foot for 7,433 net rentable area and $15.00 per square foot for 4,339 net rentable area for a total of $139,415.00 (“Construction Allowance”) to be used for improvements to the Premises, including architectural and engineering costs and construction management and permit fees. Landlord agrees to allow Tenant the option to have the construction bid by a contractor of Tenant’s choice and awarded to a contractor of Tenant’s choice as long as references are provided and minimum requirements are met. A construction management fee not to exceed $2,500.00 shall be charged to Tenant.
      All costs associated with constructing the public corridor on level 3, including architectural and engineering costs and construction management and permit fees will be paid by Landlord and shall not be charged to Tenant’s allowance.
  (6)   PARKING. Tenant shall be entitled to a total of thirty-five (35) parking spaces of which twelve (12) shall be covered/reserved at no charge. Eight (8) of the covered/reserved parking spaces shall be located within the garage and four (4) of the covered/reserved spaces shall be carports. Tenant shall have the right to convert the carport spaces to garage spaces should the Building reach an occupancy level of 90%, subject to availability.
  (7)   EXPANSION. Landlord grants Tenant an ongoing Right of First Refusal and an Expansion Option on all space on the third floor that is unencumbered at the commencement of the lease. Should Landlord receive a bona fide offer to lease all or a portion of this space, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a copy of the final offer and Tenant shall have seven (7) business days to respond to such offer. Should Tenant elect to lease said space, Tenant shall lease said space upon the terms contained in the offer. Should Tenant elect not to respond or refuse to lease such space, Landlord is free to lease said space to the company outlined in the offer. Should the Right of First Refusal offer be for a term of less than that which remains on Tenant’s lease, said term shall be extended to expire on Tenant’s expiration and the build out allowance shall be increased proportionately to equal an amount offered if the expiration would have coincided with Tenant’s expiration date. Should Landlord fail to consummate a transaction with said company based upon the terms contained in the Right of First Refusal, Tenant shall retain its Right of First Refusal. Additionally, should Tenant elect to lease additional space, such space shall be leased to Tenant based upon the then prevailing market rates, terms, conditions and concessions offered in similar office buildings in the Westchase West submarket area. Both parties agree to use best faith efforts to reach an agreement in a timely fashion.
  (8)   RENEWAL. Tenant shall have an option to renew this lease for one (1) additional term not to exceed sixty (60) months with written notification to Landlord no earlier than twelve (12) nor later than six (6) months prior to lease expiration. Should Tenant desire to renew the lease such renewal rate shall be

Page 2


 

      based upon the then prevailing rates, terms, conditions and concessions offered by other similar office buildings in the Westchase West submarket of Houston, Harris County, Texas. Both parties agree to use best faith efforts to reach an agreement in a timely fashion.
  (9)   SIGNAGE. Tenant shall have the right at Tenant’s sole cost and expense to place its name either on the building monument sign located near the southeast corner of the Building or on the sign located directly in front of the Building at no cost for the term of the lease should space become available. This right shall be subordinate to existing rights of other tenants in the Building and Landlord reserves the right to approve the design and location of Tenant’s name on the sign.
  (10)   CONFIDENTIALITY. Tenant shall not, at any time either during or subsequent to the negotiations of a Lease and/or Lease Amendment between Landlord and Tenant, disclose to any person or entity any of the contents of the negotiations between Landlord and Tenant, if a Lease and/or Lease Amendment is entered into between Landlord and Tenant, any terms of the Lease.
  (11)   NO BROKERS. Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment except Moody Rambin (on behalf of the Landlord) and Office Space Advisors, L.L.C. (on behalf of the Tenant), and that it knows of no other real estate brokers or agents who are or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any liability or claim arising in respect to any other brokers or agents claiming a commission in connection with this Amendment through Tenant. Landlord agrees to pay Tenant’s broker a commission based on a separate agreement.
  (12)   AUTHORITY. Tenant and each person signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant represents to Landlord as follows: (I) Tenant is a duly formed and validly existing corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) Tenant has and is qualified to do business in Texas, (iii) Tenant has the full right and authority to enter into this Amendment, and (iv) each person signing on behalf of Tenant was and continues to be authorized to do so.
  (13)   DEFINED TERMS. All terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning assigned to them in the Lease.
  (14)   RATIFICATION OF LEASE. Except as amended hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms and is hereby ratified. In the Event of a conflict between the Lease and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control.
  (15)   NO REPRESENTATIONS. Landlord and Landlord’s agents have made no representations or promises, express or implied, in connection with this Amendment except as expressly set forth herein.
  (16)   ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Amendment together with the Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Amendment or the Lease, and no prior agreement, understanding or representation pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose.

Page 3


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written. Except as specifically herein amended, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.
       
       
LANDLORD:
  TENANT:
 
     
 
     
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership
  Rignet, Inc.
 
     
By: KWI Ashford Westchase General
     
Partner, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
     
company, Its general partner
     
 
     
 
     
By: Kennedy Wilson Austin, Inc., Its Agent
  By:  
         
         
 
   
E. Robert Shepard, Jr.
  Josh Tabin
Vice President
     
 
       
Date:
    Date:  

Page 4


 

EXHIBIT A-1

PREMISES
(FLOOR LOGO)


 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE
     This fourth amendment to Lease (“Amendment”), dated for reference purposes only March 7, 2006 is attached to and becomes a part of that Lease between KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (hereinafter called “Landlord”) and Rignet, Inc., (hereinafter called “Tenant”).
WITNESSETH
     WHEREAS, under that certain lease agreement (the “Lease”) dated June 17, 2003, Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord office space consisting of approximately 3,638 rentable square feet in the office building known as Ashford Crossing II located at 1880 South Dairy Ashford, Houston, Texas (“Leased Premises”) for a term of Forty-one (41) months ending December 31, 2006 and was amended by First Amendment to Lease dated September 19, 2003 wherein Tenant expanded by an additional 1,432 rentable square feet for a total of 5,070 rentable square feet; and, was amended by Second Amendment to Lease dated October 3, 2005 wherein Tenant expanded by an additional 2,363 rentable square feet known as Suite 570; and, was amended by Third Amendment to Lease dated January 13, 2006 wherein Tenant relocated to Suite 300 and expanded by 4,339 rentable square feet for a total area of 11,772 net rentable square feet.
     WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend said Lease as set forth herein; and,
     NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS MUTUALLY COVENANTED AND AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
  (1)   LEASED PREMISES . Effective April 1, 2006, or upon substantial completion of the Premises, whichever is later, the Premises specified in Section 1.02 of the Lease and Paragraph 2 of the Third Amendment to Lease, consisting of approximately 11,772 rentable square feet known as Suite 300, (“Premises”) shall be expanded by approximately 928 rentable square feet known as Suite 140 and 355 rentable square feet known as Suite 130 currently used as Tenant’s storage area, for a total of approximately 13,055 rentable square feet as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto.
 
  (2)   BASE RENTAL . Effective April 1, 2006, the Base Rental specified in Section 1.07 of the Lease shall hereby be modified as follows:
                 
04/01/06 through 07/31/06
  $8,300.80 per month   13,055 RSF
08/01/06 through 05/31/07
  $16,590.73 per month   13,055 RSF
06/01/07 through 05/31/08
  $17,134.69 per month   13,055 RSF
06/01/08 through 05/31/09
  $17,678.75 per month   13,055 RSF
06/01/09 through 05/31/10
  $18,222.60 per month   13,055 RSF
06/01/10 through 05/31/11
  $18,766.56 per month   13,055 RSF
06/01/11 through 05/31/12
  $19,038.54 per month   13,055 RSF
  (3)   LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS . Suite 140, consisting of approximately 928 rentable square feet and Suite 130 consisting of approximately 355 rentable square feet, shall be tendered in an “as-is” condition. Landlord does not warrant or represent the condition of existing leasehold improvements
 
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall bear all costs of remodeling Suite 140 in an amount not to exceed Four Thousand Six Hundred Forty and 00/100 Dollars ($4,640.00), i.e., $5.00 per rentable square foot. The costs of such

Page 1


 

      remodeling shall include, without limitation, preparation of Plans and all working drawings, obtaining building permits, labor and materials used in such construction, and all other costs of such construction including a conditional use permit (if required) and occupancy permits.
 
  (4)   PARKING. Tenant shall be entitled to three (3) additional unreserved/uncovered parking spaces and one (1) additional reserved carport parking space for a total of thirty-nine (39) parking spaces at no charge for the term of the Lease.
 
  (5)   CONFIDENTIALITY. Tenant shall not, at any time either during or subsequent to the negotiations of a Lease and/or Lease Amendment between Landlord and Tenant, disclose to any person or entity any of the contents of the negotiations between Landlord and Tenant, if a Lease and/or Lease Amendment is entered into between Landlord and Tenant, any terms of the Lease.
 
  (6)   NO BROKERS. Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment except Moody Rambin (on behalf of the Landlord) and Office Space Advisors, L.L.C. (on behalf of the Tenant), and that it knows of no other real estate brokers or agents who are or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any liability or claim arising in respect to any other brokers or agents claiming a commission in connection with this Amendment through Tenant. Landlord agrees to pay Tenant’s broker a commission based on a separate agreement.
 
  (7)   AUTHORITY. Tenant and each person signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant represents to Landlord as follows: (i) Tenant is a duly formed and validly existing corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) Tenant has and is qualified to do business in Texas, (iii) Tenant has the full right and authority to enter into this Amendment, and (iv) each person signing on behalf of Tenant was and continues to be authorized to do so.
 
  (8)   DEFINED TERMS. All terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning assigned to them in the Lease.
 
  (9)   RATIFICATION OF LEASE. Except as amended hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms and is hereby ratified. In the Event of a conflict between the Lease and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control.
 
  (10)   NO REPRESENTATIONS. Landlord and Landlord’s agents have made no representations or promises, express or implied, in connection with this Amendment except as expressly set forth herein.
 
  (11)   ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Amendment together with the Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Amendment or the Lease, and no prior agreement, understanding or representation pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written. Except as specifically herein amended, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

Page 2


 

         
LANDLORD:
  TENANT:    
 
       
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
  Rignet, Inc.    
 
       
By: KWI Ashford Westchase General Partner, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, Its general partner
       
 
  By:    
 
 
 
   
By: Kennedy Wilson Austin, Inc., Its Agent
       
 
       
/s/ E. Robert Shepard, Jr.
 
E. Robert Shepard, Jr.
Vice President
  /s/ Josh Tabin
 
Josh Tabin
   
 
       
Date: 3/23/06
  Date: 3/9/2006    

Page 3


 

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE
     This fifth amendment to Lease (“Amendment”), dated for reference purposes only June 19, 2006 is attached to and becomes a part of that Lease between KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P. a Delaware limited partnership, hereafter called “Landlord”) and Rignet, Inc., (hereinafter called “Tenant”).
     WHEREAS, under that certain lease agreement (the “Lease”) dated June 17, 2003, Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord office space consisting of approximately 3,638 rentable square feet in the office building known as Ashford Crossing II located at 1880 South Dairy Ashford, Houston, Texas (“Leased Premises”) for a term of Forty-one (41) months ending December 31, 2006 and was amended by First Amendment to Lease dated September 9, 2003 wherein Tenant expanded by an additional 1,432 rentable square feet for a total of 5,070 rentable square feet; and, was amended by Second Amendment to Lease dated October 3, 2005 wherein Tenant expanded by an additional 2,363 rentable square feet known as Suite 570; and, was amended by Third Amendment to Lease dated January 13, 2006 wherein Tenant relocated to Suite 300 and expended by 4,339 rentable square feet for a total of 11,772 rentable square feet; and, was amended by Fourth Amendment to Lease dated March 7, 2006 wherein Tenant expanded by an additional 928 rentable square feet known as Suite 140 and 355 rentable square feet known as suite 130 for a total of approximately 13,055 rentable square feet.
     WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend said Lease as set forth herein; and,
  (1)   Amortization of Additional Improvements: Landlord and Tenant desire to amortize the Additional Allowance in the amount of $22,154.00 into the Base Rent. Said amount shall be amortized as additional rent over the Lease Term at ten percent (10%) per annum. See attached Exhibit “A”, Summary of Amortization of Tenant Improvement Billback.
 
  (2)   Rental Rate: Section 1.07 of the Lease shall be modified to reflect the following revised rent schedule:
         
July 1, 2006 – August 30, 2006
  $ 8,711.23  
September 1, 2006 – June 30, 2007
  $ 17,001.15  
July 1, 2007 – June 30, 2008
  $ 17,545.11  
July 1, 2008 – June 30, 2009
  $ 18,089.07  
July 1, 2009 – June 30, 2010
  $ 18,633.03  
July 1, 2010 – June 30, 2011
  $ 19,176.98  
July 1, 2011 – June 30, 2012
  $ 19,448.96  

 


 

  (3)   Payments: simultaneous with the July 1, 2006 rental payment, Tenant will pay to Landlord the sum of $9,546.87 representing the remaining balance of the tenant improvement construction cost overage.
In consideration of the promises and mutual benefits that shall accrue to both, Landlord and Tenant do hereby agree that except as expressly provided for in this Amendment, all other terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease and modifications by addenda shall remain in full force and effect as originally set forth therein.
         
LANDLORD:
  TENANT:    
 
       
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings. L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
  Rignet, Inc.    
 
       
By: KWI Ashford Westchase General Partner, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability Company, Its general partner
 
By:                                                               
   
 
       
By: Kennedy Wilson Austin, Inc., Its Agent
       
 
       
/s/ Stephen A. Pyhrr
 
Stephen A. Pyhrr
Vice President
  /s/ Josh Tabin
 
Josh Tabin
CFO
   
 
       
Date: 8/14/06
  Date: 7/10/2006    

 


 

         
RigNet, Inc.
Ashford Crossing II
Houston, Tx
  EXHIBIT “A”    
         
Summary of Amortization of TI Billback
       
 
       
Total TI Billback outstanding from tenant for additional TI work performed =
  $ 22,154  
Monthly pymt when amortized at 10% interest over 72 month lease term =
  $ 410.42  
                                                 
            $ / SF   Total   + TI Billback   Total Due   Revised $ / SF
Jul-06  
 
  $ 7.63     $ 8,300.80     $ 410.42     $ 8,711.23     $ 8.01  
Aug-06  
 
  $ 7.63     $ 8,300.80     $ 410.42     $ 8,711.23     $ 8.01  
Sep-06  
 
  $ 15.25     $ 16,590.73     $ 410.42     $ 17,001.15     $ 15.63  
Oct-06  
 
  $ 15.25     $ 16,590.73     $ 410.42     $ 17,001.15     $ 15.63  
Nov-06  
 
  $ 15.25     $ 16,590.73     $ 410.42     $ 17,001.15     $ 15.63  
Dec-06  
 
  $ 15.25     $ 16,590.73     $ 410.42     $ 17,001.15     $ 15.63  
Jan-07  
 
  $ 15.25     $ 16,590.73     $ 410.42     $ 17,001.15     $ 15.63  
Feb-07  
 
  $ 15.25     $ 16,590.73     $ 410.42     $ 17,001.15     $ 15.63  
Mar-07  
 
  $ 15.25     $ 16,590.73     $ 410.42     $ 17,001.15     $ 15.63  
Apr-07  
 
  $ 15.25     $ 16,590.73     $ 410.42     $ 17,001.15     $ 15.63  
May-07  
 
  $ 15.25     $ 16,590.73     $ 410.42     $ 17,001.15     $ 15.63  
Jun-07  
 
  $ 15.25     $ 16,590.73     $ 410.42     $ 17,001.15     $ 15.63  
Jul-07  
 
  $ 15.75     $ 17,134.69     $ 410.42     $ 17,545.11     $ 16.13  
Aug-07  
 
  $ 15.75     $ 17,134.69     $ 410.42     $ 17,545.11     $ 16.13  
Sep-07  
 
  $ 15.75     $ 17,134.69     $ 410.42     $ 17,545.11     $ 16.13  
Oct-07  
 
  $ 15.75     $ 17,134.69     $ 410.42     $ 17,545.11     $ 16.13  
Nov-07  
 
  $ 15.75     $ 17,134.69     $ 410.42     $ 17,545.11     $ 16.13  
Dec-07  
 
  $ 15.75     $ 17,134.69     $ 410.42     $ 17,545.11     $ 16.13  
Jan-08  
 
  $ 15.75     $ 17,134.69     $ 410.42     $ 17,545.11     $ 16.13  
Feb-08  
 
  $ 15.75     $ 17,134.69     $ 410.42     $ 17,545.11     $ 16.13  
Mar-08  
 
  $ 15.75     $ 17,134.69     $ 410.42     $ 17,545.11     $ 16.13  
Apr-08  
 
  $ 15.75     $ 17,134.69     $ 410.42     $ 17,545.11     $ 16.13  
:May-08  
 
  $ 15.75     $ 17,134.69     $ 410.42     $ 17,545.11     $ 16.13  
Jun-08  
 
  $ 15.75     $ 17,134.69     $ 410.42     $ 17,545.11     $ 16.13  
Jul-08  
 
  $ 16.25     $ 17,678.65     $ 410.42     $ 18,089.07     $ 16.63  
Aug-08  
 
  $ 16.25     $ 17,678.65     $ 410.42     $ 18,089.07     $ 16.63  
Sep-08  
 
  $ 16.25     $ 17,678.65     $ 410.42     $ 18,089.07     $ 16.63  
Oct-08  
 
  $ 16.25     $ 17,678.65     $ 410.42     $ 18,089.07     $ 16.63  
Nov-08  
 
  $ 16.25     $ 17,678.65     $ 410.42     $ 18,089.07     $ 16.63  
Dec-08  
 
  $ 16.25     $ 17,678.65     $ 410.42     $ 18,089.07     $ 16.63  
Jan-09  
 
  $ 16.25     $ 17,678.65     $ 410.42     $ 18,089.07     $ 16.63  
Feb-09  
 
  $ 16.25     $ 17,678.65     $ 410.42     $ 18,089.07     $ 16.63  
Mar-09  
 
  $ 16.25     $ 17,678.65     $ 410.42     $ 18,089.07     $ 16.63  
Apr-09  
 
  $ 16.25     $ 17,678.65     $ 410.42     $ 18,089.07     $ 16.63  
May-09  
 
  $ 16.25     $ 17,678.65     $ 410.42     $ 18,089.07     $ 16.63  
Jun-09  
 
  $ 16.25     $ 17,678.65     $ 410.42     $ 18,089.07     $ 16.63  
Jul-09  
 
  $ 16.75     $ 18,222.60     $ 410.42     $ 18,633.03     $ 17.13  

 


 

RigNet, Inc.
Ashford Crossing II
Houston, Tx
         
Summary of Amortization of TI Billback
       
 
       
Total TI Billback outstanding from tenant for additional TI work performed =
  $ 22,154  
Monthly pymt when amortized at 10% interest over 72 month lease term =
  $ 410.42  
                                                 
            $ / SF   Total   + TI Billback     Total Due   Revised $ / SF
Aug-09  
 
  $ 16.75     $ 18,222.60     $ 410.42     $ 18,633.03     $ 17.13  
Sep-09  
 
  $ 16.75     $ 18,222.60     $ 410.42     $ 18,633.03     $ 17.13  
Oct-09  
 
  $ 16.75     $ 18,222.60     $ 410.42     $ 18,633.03     $ 17.13  
Nov-09  
 
  $ 16.75     $ 18,222.60     $ 410.42     $ 18,633.03     $ 17.13  
Dec-09  
 
  $ 16.75     $ 18,222.60     $ 410.42     $ 18,633.03     $ 17.13  
Jan-10  
 
  $ 16.75     $ 18,222.60     $ 410.42     $ 18,633.03     $ 17.13  
Feb-10  
 
  $ 16.75     $ 18,222.60     $ 410.42     $ 18,633.03     $ 17.13  
Mar-10  
 
  $ 16.75     $ 18,222.60     $ 410.42     $ 18,633.03     $ 17.13  
Apr-10  
 
  $ 16.75     $ 18,222.60     $ 410.42     $ 18,633.03     $ 17.13  
May-10  
 
  $ 16.75     $ 18,222.60     $ 410.42     $ 18,633.03     $ 17.13  
Jun-10  
 
  $ 16.75     $ 18,222.60     $ 410.42     $ 18,633.03     $ 17.13  
Jul-10  
 
  $ 17.25     $ 18,766.56     $ 410.42     $ 19,176.98     $ 17.63  
Aug-10  
 
  $ 17.25     $ 18,766.56     $ 410.42     $ 19,176.98     $ 17.63  
Sep-10  
 
  $ 17.25     $ 18,766.56     $ 410.42     $ 19,176.98     $ 17.63  
Oct-10  
 
  $ 17.25     $ 18,766.56     $ 410.42     $ 19,176.98     $ 17.63  
Nov-10  
 
  $ 17.25     $ 18,766.56     $ 410.42     $ 19,176.98     $ 17.63  
Dec-10  
 
  $ 17.25     $ 18,766.56     $ 410.42     $ 19,176.98     $ 17.63  
Jan-11  
 
  $ 17.25     $ 18,766.56     $ 410.42     $ 19,176.98     $ 17.63  
Feb-11  
 
  $ 17.25     $ 18,766.56     $ 410.42     $ 19,176.98     $ 17.63  
Mar-11  
 
  $ 17.25     $ 18,766.56     $ 410.42     $ 19,176.98     $ 17.63  
Apr-11  
 
  $ 17.25     $ 18,766.56     $ 410.42     $ 19,176.98     $ 17.63  
May-11  
 
  $ 17.25     $ 18,766.56     $ 410.42     $ 19,176.98     $ 17.63  
Jun-11  
 
  $ 17.25     $ 18,766.56     $ 410.42     $ 19,176.98     $ 17.63  
Jul-11  
 
  $ 17.50     $ 19,038.54     $ 410.42     $ 19,448.96     $ 17.88  
Aug-11  
 
  $ 17.50     $ 19,038.54     $ 410.42     $ 19,448.96     $ 17.88  
Sep-11  
 
  $ 17.50     $ 19,038.54     $ 410.42     $ 19,448.96     $ 17.88  
Oct-11  
 
  $ 17.50     $ 19,038.54     $ 410.42     $ 19,448.96     $ 17.88  
Nov-11  
 
  $ 17.50     $ 19,038.54     $ 410.42     $ 19,448.96     $ 17.88  
Dec-11  
 
  $ 17.50     $ 19,038.54     $ 410.42     $ 19,448.96     $ 17.88  
Jan-12  
 
  $ 17.50     $ 19,038.54     $ 410.42     $ 19,448.96     $ 17.88  
Feb-12  
 
  $ 17.50     $ 19,038.54     $ 410.42     $ 19,448.96     $ 17.88  
Mar-12  
 
  $ 17.50     $ 19,038.54     $ 410.42     $ 19,448.96     $ 17.88  
Apr-12  
 
  $ 17.50     $ 19,038.54     $ 410.42     $ 19,448.96     $ 17.88  
May-12  
 
  $ 17.50     $ 19,038.54     $ 410.42     $ 19,448.96     $ 17.88  
Jun-12  
 
  $ 17.50     $ 19,038.54     $ 410.42     $ 19,448.96     $ 17.88  
                             
       
 
                                       
Totals  
 
          $ 1,272,601.40     $ 29,550.34     $ 1,302,151.74          

 


 

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE
     This sixth amendment to Lease (“Amendment”), dated for reference purposes only November 5, 2009 is attached to and becomes a part of that Lease between KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (hereinafter called “Landlord”) and Rignet, Inc., (hereinafter called “Tenant”).
WITNESSETH
     WHEREAS, under that certain lease agreement (the “Lease”) dated June 17, 2003, Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord office space consisting of approximately 3,638 rentable square feet in the office building known as Ashford Crossing II located at 1880 South Dairy Ashford, Houston, Texas (“Leased Premises”) for a term of Forty-one (41) months ending December 31, 2006 and was amended by First Amendment to Lease dated September 19, 2003 wherein Tenant expanded by an additional 1,432 rentable square feet for a total of 5,070 rentable square feet; and, was amended by Second Amendment to Lease dated October 3, 2005 wherein Tenant expanded by an additional 2,363 rentable square feet known as Suite 570; and, was amended by Third Amendment to Lease dated January 13, 2006 wherein Tenant relocated to Suite 300 and expanded by 4,339 rentable square feet; and, was amended by Fourth Amendment to Lease dated March 7, 2006 wherein Tenant expanded by an additional 928 rentable square feet known as Suite 140 and 355 rentable square feet for a total of 13,055 rentable square feet, and, was amended by Fifth Amendment to Lease dated June 19, 2006 wherein Tenant amortized additional improvements into the Base Rent..
     WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend said Lease as set forth herein; and,
     NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS MUTUALLY COVENANTED AND AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
  (1)   TERM . The term of the Lease as specified in Article 1.06 therein shall hereby be Sixty-seven (67) months, commencing December 1, 2009 and expiring June 30, 2015.
 
  (2)   LEASED PREMISES . Effective December 1, 2009, or upon substantial completion of the Premises, whichever is later, the Premises specified in Section 1.02 of the Lease and Paragraph 1 of the Fourth Amendment to Lease, consisting of approximately 13,055 rentable square feet known as Suite 300, (“Existing Office Space”) shall be expanded by approximately 2,151 rentable square feet, (“Sixth Amendment Expansion Area”) for a total of approximately 15,206 rentable square feet (“Combined Lease Premises”), as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto.
 
  (3)   BASE RENTAL . Effective December 1, 2009, the Base Rental for the Sixth Amendment Expansion area shall be as follows:
                 
12/01/09 through 01/31/10
  $1,523.63 per month   2,151 RSF
02/01/10 through 11/30/10
  $3,047.25 per month   2,151 RSF
12/01/10 through 12/31/10
  $1,568.44 per month   2,151 RSF
01/01/11 through 11/30/11
  $3,136.88 per month   2,151 RSF
12/01/11 through 12/31/11
  $1,613.25 per month   2,151 RSF
01/01/12 through 11/30/12
  $3,226.50 per month   2,151 RSF
12/01/12 through 12/31/12
  $1,658.07 per month   2,151 RSF
01/01/13 through 11/30/13
  $3,316.13 per month   2,151 RSF
12/01/13 through 01/31/14
  $1,702.88 per month   2,151 RSF

Page 1


 

                 
02/01/14 through 06/30/15
  $3,405.75 per month   2,151 RSF
Base Rental for the Existing Office Space (13,055 RSF) shall be:
         
12/01/09 through 06/30/10
  $18,633.03 per month   13,055 RSF
07/01/10 through 06/30/11
  $19,176.98 per month   13,055 RSF
07/01/11 through 06/30/12
  $19,448.96 per month   13,055 RSF
07/01/12 through 11/30/12
  $19,582.50 per month   13,055 RSF
12/01/12 through 12/31/12
  $10,063.23 per month   13,055 RSF
01/01/13 through 11/30/13
  $20,126.46 per month   13,055 RSF
12/01/13 through 01/31/14
  $10,335.21 per month   13,055 RSF
02/01/14 through 06/30/15
  $20,670.42 per month   13,055 RSF
  (4)   OPERATING EXPENSE BASE . The treatment of operating expenses will be as described in the existing Lease Agreement and subsequent amendments.
 
  (5)   LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS . The Sixth Amendment Expansion Area consisting of approximately 2,151 rentable square feet shall be tendered in an “as-is” condition. Landlord does not warrant or represent the condition of existing leasehold improvements.
 
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees to create an opening in the demising wall, reconfigure the two offices in south end of the space and to close in the area on the north end of the space with a wall and a door in the Sixth Amendment Expansion Area. In addition, Landlord will provide Tenant with an allowance of Seventy-Six Thousand Thirty and 00/100 Dollars (76,030.00), i.e., $5.00 per rentable square foot for improvements to the Premises. The costs of such remodeling shall include, without limitation, preparation of Plans and all working drawings, obtaining building permits, labor and materials used in such construction, a construction management fee of 2%, and all other costs of such construction including a conditional use permit (if required) and occupancy permits. Tenant will have the right to use the allowance at any time during the Term provided Tenant has waived its right to terminate as described herein.
 
  (6)   PARKING . Tenant shall be entitled to four (4) additional unreserved/uncovered parking spaces for a total of thirty (30) and three (3) additional reserved garage parking spaces for a total of sixteen (16) covered/reserved parking spaces at no charge for the term of the Lease.
 
  (7)   EXPANSION . Landlord grants Tenant an ongoing Right of First Refusal and an Expansion Option on all space on the third floor that is unencumbered at the commencement of the lease. Should Landlord receive a bona fide offer to lease all or a portion of this space, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a copy of the final offer and Tenant shall have seven (7) business days to respond to such offer. Should Tenant elect to lease said space, Tenant shall lease said space upon the terms contained in the offer. Should Tenant elect not to respond or refuse to lease such space, Landlord is free to lease said space to the company outlined in the offer. Should the Right of First Refusal offer be for a term of less than that which remains on Tenant’s lease, said term shall be extended to expire on Tenant’s expiration and the build out allowance shall be increased proportionately to equal an amount offered if the expiration would have coincided with Tenant’s expiration date. Should Landlord fail to consummate a transaction with said company based upon the terms contained in the Right of First Refusal,

Page 2


 

      Tenant shall retain its Right of First Refusal. Additionally, should Tenant elect to lease additional space, such space shall be leased to Tenant based upon the then prevailing market rates, terms, conditions and concessions offered in similar office buildings in the Westchase West submarket area. Both parties agree to use best faith efforts to reach an agreement in a timely fashion.
 
  (8)   RENEWAL . Tenant shall have an option to renew this lease for one (1) additional term not to exceed sixty (60) months with written notification to Landlord no earlier than twelve (12) nor later than six (6) months prior to lease expiration. Should Tenant desire to renew the lease such renewal rate shall be based upon the then prevailing rates, terms, conditions and concessions offered by other similar office buildings in the Westchase West submarket of Houston, Harris County, Texas. Both parties agree to use best faith efforts to reach an agreement in a timely fashion.
  (9)   TERMINATION OPTION . Tenant shall have a one-time option to terminate the Lease with a penalty consisting of unamortized tenant improvement and leasing commissions after the forty-second (42 nd ) month from the commencement date of this Sixth Amendment (“Termination Date”).. Tenant will have the right to terminate the Lease with respect to the entire Premises (“Termination Option”) upon not less than six (6) months prior written notice to Landlord. If Tenant does not exercise its option to terminate upon the Termination Date, then Tenant will have waived its right to terminate and the Lease will remain in full force and effect.
 
      Payment of the penalty shall be due and payable simultaneously with Tenant’s written notice of intent to terminate or Tenant’s termination rights shall be null and void.
 
  (10)   CONFIDENTIALITY . Tenant shall not, at any time either during or subsequent to the negotiations of a Lease and/or Lease Amendment between Landlord and Tenant, disclose to any person or entity any of the contents of the negotiations between Landlord and Tenant, if a Lease and/or Lease Amendment is entered into between Landlord and Tenant, any terms of the Lease.
 
  (11)   NO BROKERS . Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment except Moody Rambin (on behalf of the Landlord) and Mohr Partners (on behalf of the Tenant), and that it knows of no other real estate brokers or agents who are or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any liability or claim arising in respect to any other brokers or agents claiming a commission in connection with this Amendment through Tenant. Landlord agrees to pay Tenant’s broker a commission based on a separate agreement.
 
  (12)   AUTHORITY . Tenant and each person signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant represents to Landlord as follows: (i) Tenant is a duly formed and validly existing corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) Tenant has and is qualified to do business in Texas, (iii) Tenant has the full right and authority to enter into this Amendment, and (iv) each person signing on behalf of Tenant was and continues to be authorized to do so.

Page 3


 

  (13)   DEFINED TERMS . All terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning assigned to them in the Lease.
 
  (14)   RATIFICATION OF LEASE . Except as amended hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms and is hereby ratified. In the Event of a conflict between the Lease and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control.
 
  (15)   NO REPRESENTATIONS . Landlord and Landlord’s agents have made no representations or promises, express or implied, in connection with this Amendment except as expressly set forth herein.
 
  (16)   ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Amendment together with the Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Amendment or the Lease, and no prior agreement, understanding or representation pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written. Except as specifically herein amended, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.
         
LANDLORD:
  TENANT:    
 
       
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
  Rignet, Inc.    
 
       
By: KWI Ashford Westchase General Partner, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, Its general partner
       
 
  By: /s/ Marty Jimmerson
 
 
By: Kennedy Wilson Austin, Inc., Its Agent
       
 
       
/s/ Stephen A. Pyhrr
 
Stephen A. Pyhrr
Vice President
 
 
   
Date: 11/19/09
  Date:
 
   

Page 4


 

EXHIBIT A
Sixth Amendment Expansion — 2125 NRA
(DIAGRAM)

Exhibit 10.11
 
 
[Published CUSIP Number: ______________]
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of May 29, 2009
among
RIGNET, INC.
as Borrower
,
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
and
The Other Lenders Party Hereto
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
    1  
1.01 Defined Terms
    1  
1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions
    16  
1.03 Accounting Terms
    17  
1.04 Rounding
    18  
1.05 Times of Day
    18  
 
       
ARTICLE II . THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
    18  
2.01 Term Loan Commitment
    18  
2.02 Conversions and Continuations of Loans
    18  
2.03 Prepayments
    19  
2.04 Repayment of Loans
    20  
2.05 Interest
    20  
2.06 Fees
    21  
2.07 Computation of Interest and Fees
    21  
2.08 Evidence of Debt
    22  
2.09 Payments Generally; Agent’s Clawback
    22  
2.10 Sharing of Payments
    24  
 
       
ARTICLE III TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
    24  
3.01 Taxes
    24  
3.02 Illegality
    28  
3.03 Inability to Determine Rates
    28  
3.04 Increased Costs
    28  
3.05 Compensation for Losses
    29  
3.06 Mitigation Obligations
    30  
3.07 Survival
    30  
 
       
ARTICLE IV . CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
    30  
4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension
    31  
4.02 Conditions to all Credit Extensions
    32  
 
       
ARTICLE V . REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    33  
5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power
    33  
5.02 Authorization; No Contravention
    33  
5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents
    33  
5.04 Binding Effect
    34  
5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect
    34  
5.06 Litigation
    34  
5.07 No Default
    34  
5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens
    35  
5.09 Environmental Compliance
    35  
5.10 Insurance
    35  
5.11 Taxes
    35  
5.12 ERISA Compliance
    35  
5.13 Subsidiaries
    36  

i


 

         
5.14 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act
    36  
5.15 Disclosure
    36  
5.16 Compliance with Laws
    37  
5.17 Taxpayer Identification Number
    37  
5.18 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.
    37  
5.19 Rights in Collateral; Priority of Liens
    37  
 
       
ARTICLE VI . AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
    37  
6.01 Financial Statements
    37  
6.02 Certificates; Other Information
    38  
6.03 Notices
    40  
6.04 Payment of Obligations
    40  
6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc.
    40  
6.06 Maintenance of Properties
    40  
6.07 Maintenance of Insurance
    41  
6.08 Compliance with Laws
    41  
6.09 Books and Records
    41  
6.10 Inspection Rights
    41  
6.11 Use of Proceeds
    41  
6.12 Financial Covenants
    41  
6.13 Collateral Records
    42  
6.14 Security Interests
    42  
6.15 Additional Guarantors; Pledge of Equity of Foreign Subsidiaries
    42  
6.16 Cash Collateral
    43  
6.17 Principal Depository
    43  
 
       
ARTICLE VII . NEGATIVE COVENANTS
    44  
7.01 Liens
    44  
7.02 Investments
    45  
7.03 Indebtedness
    46  
7.04 Fundamental Changes
    47  
7.05 Dispositions
    47  
7.06 Restricted Payments
    48  
7.07 Change in Nature of Business
    49  
7.08 Transactions with Affiliates
    49  
7.09 Burdensome Agreements
    49  
7.10 Use of Proceeds
    50  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII . EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
    50  
8.01 Events of Default
    50  
8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default
    52  
8.03 Application of Funds
    52  
 
       
ARTICLE IX . ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
    53  
9.01 Appointment and Authorization of Administrative Agent
    53  
9.02 Rights as a Lender
    53  
9.03 Exculpatory Provisions
    54  
9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent
    54  
9.05 Delegation of Duties
    55  

ii


 

         
9.06 Resignation of Agent
    55  
9.07 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders
    56  
9.08 No Other Duties, Etc.
    56  
9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
    56  
9.10 Collateral Matters
    56  
 
       
ARTICLE X . MISCELLANEOUS
    58  
10.01 Amendments, Etc.
    58  
10.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications
    59  
10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies: Enforcement
    61  
10.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver
    62  
10.05 Payments Set Aside
    63  
10.06 Successors and Assigns
    64  
10.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality
    67  
10.08 Right of Setoff
    68  
10.09 Interest Rate Limitation
    68  
10.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness
    68  
10.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties
    68  
10.12 Severability
    69  
10.13 Replacement of Lenders
    69  
10.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.
    70  
10.15 Waiver of Jury Trial
    71  
10.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility
    71  
10.17 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents
    72  
10.18 USA PATRIOT Act Notice
    72  
10.19 Time of the Essence
    72  
10.20 Entire Agreement
    72  
 
       
SCHEDULES
       
 
       
2.01 Commitments and Applicable Percentages
       
5.06 Litigation
       
5.13 Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments
       
7.01 Existing Liens
       
7.02 Existing Investments
       
7.03 Existing Indebtedness
       
7.08 Transactions with Affiliates
       
10.02 Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices
       
 
       
EXHIBITS
       
Form of
A            Loan Notice
       
B            Note
       
C            Compliance Certificate
       
D            Assignment and Assumption
       
E            Administrative Questionnaire
       

iii


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT
     This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of May 29, 2009, among RIGNET, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, “ Lenders ” and each individually, a “ Lender ”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association, as Administrative Agent for itself and the other Lenders.
     Borrower has requested that Lenders extend credit to Borrower in the form of a $35,000,000 term loan credit facility, and Lenders are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
      1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
     “ Administrative Agent ” or “ Agent ” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.
     “ Administrative Agent’s Office ” means Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 , or such other address or account as Agent may from time to time notify Borrower and Lenders.
     “ Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit E or any other form approved by Agent.
     “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
     “ Agent Parties ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.02 .
     “ Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all Lenders.
     “ Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement.
     “ Applicable Percentage ” means (a) on or prior to the date of the initial Credit Extension, with respect to any Lender, the percentage set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 , and (b) at any time after the date of the initial Credit Extension, with respect to any Lender, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Outstanding Amount represented by such Lender’s Loans at such time.
     “ Applicable Rate means, from time to time, the following percentages per annum, based upon the ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA (the “ Financial Covenant ”), in each case as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(b) :

1


 

         
Pricing Level   Ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA   Applicable Rate
1
  Greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00   +5.25%
 
       
2
  Greater than or equal to 0.75 to 1.00, but less than 1.50 to 1.00   +4.75%
 
       
3
  Less than 0.75 to 1.00   +4.25%
Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Financial Covenant shall become effective commencing on the fifth Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate for the most recent fiscal quarter is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(b) ; provided that, if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with Section 6.02(b) , then, upon the request of the Required Lenders, Pricing Level 1 shall apply commencing on the fifth Business Day following the date such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered and shall remain in effect until the date on which such Compliance Certificate is delivered. The Applicable Rate in effect from the Closing Date through the date on which Agent receives the Compliance Certificate for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2009, shall be determined based upon Pricing Level 2.
     “ Assignee Group ” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another.
     “ Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.06(b) ), and accepted by Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit D or any other form approved by Agent.
     “ Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any capital lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, as applicable, and (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, as applicable, if such lease were accounted for as a capital lease.
     “ Audited Financial Statements ” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31 and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.
     “ Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association, and its successors.
     “ Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

2


 

     “ Borrower Materials ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .
     “ Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01 .
     “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
     “ Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority.
     “ Change of Control ” means, with respect to Borrower, an event or series of events by which:
          (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), other than any Permitted Investor, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time (such right, an “option right”)), directly or indirectly, of 30% or more of the equity securities of such Person entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of such Person on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right); or
          (b) during any period of 24 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of such Person cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body (excluding, in the case of both clause (ii) and clause (iii) , any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more

3


 

directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors).
     “ Closing Date ” means the first date that all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 10.01 and the Loans are extended by the Lenders.
     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
     “ Collateral ” shall mean any and all assets and rights and interests in or to property of Borrower and each of the other Loan Parties, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, in which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents.
     “ Collateral Documents ” means all agreements, instruments, certificate of deposit pledge agreements, and documents now or hereafter executed and delivered in connection with this Agreement pursuant to which Liens are granted or purported to be granted to Agent in Collateral securing all or part of the Obligations each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.
     “ Comerica ” means Comerica Bank, a Texas banking association, and its successors.
     “ Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to make Loans to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01 , in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 .
     “ Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C .
     “ Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
     “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.
     “ Credit Extension ” means a Borrowing.
     “ Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.
     “ Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
     “ Default Rate ” means an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum.

4


 

     “ Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder unless such failure has been cured, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or unless such failure has been cured, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
     “ Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, a Disposition shall not include the issuance by any Person of its Equity Interests.
     “ Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.
     “ Domestic Subsidiary ” means each Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Foreign Person.
     “ EBITDA ” means, for Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, net income, less income or plus loss from discontinued operations and extraordinary items, plus income taxes (to the extent deducted in calculating net income), plus interest expense and all other non-cash finance expense (including but not limited to (i) changes in valuations of preferred stock, (ii) changes in valuations of the Put Option, and (iii) non-share based compensation expenses) plus depreciation, depletion, and amortization, plus up to $4,200,000 in the aggregate comprised of transaction costs or expenses (including non-recurring attorneys’ fees) paid by Borrower during the applicable reporting period and prior to the Closing Date in connection with the documentation, preparation (including compliance with any applicable law and setting up foreign offices), and negotiation of the proposed initial public offering of Borrower’s capital stock.
     “ Eligible Assignee ” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10. 06(b)(iii) , (v) and (vi) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10. 06(b)(iii) ).
     “ Environmental Laws ” means any and all applicable Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.
     “ Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into

5


 

the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
     “ Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.
     “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
     “ ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).
     “ ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.
     “ Eurodollar Base Rate ” has the meaning specified in the definition of Eurodollar Rate.
     “ Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate ” means a fluctuating rate of interest equal to the rate per annum (rounded upwards to the nearest 1/100 of one percent) equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as selected by Agent from time to time) as determined for each banking day at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the date in question, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such interest period) with a one month term, as adjusted from time to time in Agent’s sole discretion for reserve requirements, deposit insurance assessment rates and other regulatory costs. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the rate for that interest period will be determined by such alternate method as reasonably selected by Agent.

6


 

     “ Eurodollar Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, a rate per annum determined by Agent pursuant to the following formula:
         
            Eurodollar Rate =
  Eurodollar Base Rate
 
   
 
  1.00 — Eurodollar Reserve Percentage    
Where,
Eurodollar Base Rate ” means, for such Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to BBA LIBOR, as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “ Eurodollar Base Rate ” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
     “ Eurodollar Reserve Percentage ” means, for any day during any Interest Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, carried out to five decimal places) in effect on such day, whether or not applicable to any Lender, under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities”). The Eurodollar Rate for each outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.
     “ Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate, but excluding any Loan that bears interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate.
     “ Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01 .
     “ Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to Agent, any Lender, or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net or gross income (however denominated), and franchise taxes (however denominated) imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable Lending Office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which Borrower is located, (c) any backup withholding tax that is required by the Code to be withheld from amounts payable to a

7


 

Lender that has failed to comply with clause (A) of Section 3.01(e)(ii) and (d) in the case of a Foreign Lender, any United States withholding tax that (i) is required to be imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender pursuant to the Laws in force at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office) or (ii) is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure or inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law) to comply with clause (B) of Section 3.01(e)(ii) , except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(ii) .
     “ Federal Funds Rate means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by Agent.
     “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, when determined, the ratio of (a) for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, EBITDA minus cash Taxes, minus cash Restricted Payments made by Borrower to its stockholders, minus $1,000,000 attributable to maintenance capital expenditures, plus any voluntary prepayment of the Obligations, in each case for the immediately preceding four fiscal-quarter period, to (b) for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the sum of (without duplication) current maturities of long term debt (including, but not limited to, any Subordinated Liabilities and capital leases), plus interest expense, plus principal payments made in respect of Subordinated Liabilities, in each case for the immediately preceding four fiscal-quarter period.
     “ Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is organized under the Laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which Borrower is resident for tax purposes. For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.
     “ Foreign Person ” means (a) an individual who does not reside in the United States, or (b) any partnership, limited partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, syndicate, Governmental Authority, or other entity or organization of whatever nature that is not organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States or a state thereof or the District of Columbia.
     “ FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
     “ Funded Debt ” means all outstanding liabilities for borrowed money and other interest-bearing liabilities, including current and long term liabilities.

8


 

     “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.
     “ Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).
     “ Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
     “ Guarantor ” means, collectively, LandTel, Inc., a Delaware corporation, LandTel Communications, L.L.C., a Louisiana limited liability company, RigNet Satcom, Inc., and each other Person who executes a Guaranty.
     “ Guaranty ” means the guaranty made by each Guarantor in favor of Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.
     “ Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas,

9


 

infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.
     “ IFRS ” means the International Financial Reporting Standards adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.
     “ Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, as applicable:
          (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;
          (b) all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;
          (c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;
          (d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and, in each case, not past due for more than 60 days after the due date therefor or outstanding for more than 90 days after the date on which such trade account payable was created unless such account is being contested in good faith and appropriate reserves made);
          (e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
          (f) capital leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations;
          (g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and
          (h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.
For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of any capital lease or Synthetic Lease Obligation as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Indebtedness in respect thereof as of such date.

10


 

     “ Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.
     “ Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10. 04(b) .
     “ Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07 .
     “ Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Loan bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Rate, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; and (b) as to any Loan bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate, the last day of each month and the Maturity Date.
     “ Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, or three months thereafter, as selected by Borrower in its Loan Notice; provided that:
     (i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;
     (ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and
     (iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.
     “ Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of capital stock or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor Guarantees Indebtedness of such other Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a business unit. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.
     “ IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
     “ Laws ” means, collectively, all applicable international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

11


 

     “ Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
     “ Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify Borrower and Agent.
     “ Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
     “ Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to Borrower under Article II .
     “ Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .
     “ Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, each Note, each Collateral Document, each Guaranty, and each other agreement or instrument executed at any time by any Loan Party in connection with this Agreement.
     “ Loan Parties ” means, collectively, Borrower, each Guarantor, and each Subsidiary of Borrower (which is not a Foreign Person) executing a Collateral Document.
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of Borrower, or the Loan Parties taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (d) a material adverse effect on the interest of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, in, or the value, perfection or priority of Agent’s security interest in a material portion of the Collateral.
     “ Material Foreign Subsidiary ” means each of RigNet Europe AS, an entity organized under the laws of Norway, RigNet PTE, Ltd., an entity organized under the laws of Singapore, and each other Significant Subsidiary of Borrower that is a Foreign Person.
     “ Maturity Date ” means May 31, 2012; provided , however , that if such date is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.
     “ Minority Member ” means Babin Interests, LLC, which is a member of LandTel Communications, L.L.C., a Louisiana limited liability company, on the Closing Date.
     “ Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated

12


 

to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.
     “ Note ” means a promissory note made by Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit B .
     “ Obligations ” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Swap Contract executed between Borrower and Agent or any Affiliate of Agent, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
     “ Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
     “ Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, intangible or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
     “ Outstanding Amount ” means, with respect to Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any prepayments or repayments of Loans occurring on such date.
     “ Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10. 06(d) .
     “ PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
     “ Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.
     “ Permitted Investors ” means each of (a) Cubera Private Equity, (b) Altira Group LLC, (c) Sanders Morris Harris Group (including SMH Private Equity Group, Sanders Opportunity

13


 

Fund, Don A. Sanders and Katherine U. Sanders), and (d) Duncan Interests, and for each of them shall include its respective investment funds, investment entities which it, or its officers or employees (i) manage or control, (ii) holds a contract management responsibility for, or (iii) in which it holds a profits interest.
     “ Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
     “ Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.
     “ Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .
     “ Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
     “ Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .
     “ Put Option ” means the right of Minority Member to require LandTel Communications, L.L.C., to purchase all of Minority Member’s Equity Interests in LandTel Communications, L.L.C., pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of LandTel Communications, L.L.C. dated August 25, 2006, as amended by that certain Letter Agreement and Amendment to Operating Agreement dated December 17, 2008, as amended by that certain Amendment to Letter Agreement dated February 2, 2009, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 2 to Letter Agreement dated May 28, 2009.
     “ Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(c) .
     “ Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
     “ Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.
     “ Request for Credit Extension ” means with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Loans, a Loan Notice.
     “ Required Lenders ” means, on or prior to the Closing Date, Lenders having more than 66 2 / 3 % of the Aggregate Commitments and at all times after the Closing Date, Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 66 2 / 3 % of the Outstanding Amount; provided that , (a) the portion of the Outstanding Amount held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for

14


 

purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders, and (b) if there are only two Lenders, then Required Lenders shall mean both Lenders.
     “ Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of a Loan Party and, solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Article II , any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to Agent. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.
     “ Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit or any payment in respect of the Put Option, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other Equity Interest or on account of any return of capital to Borrower’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Person thereof).
     “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
     “ Subordinated Liabilities ” means liabilities subordinated to the Obligations in a manner acceptable to Agent in its sole discretion.
     “ Significant Subsidiary ” means, at any time, each Subsidiary of Borrower that owns 15% or more of the total assets or earns 15% percent or more of the total income of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
     “ Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “ Subsidiary ” or to “ Subsidiaries ” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Borrower.
     “ Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing),

15


 

whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
     “ Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
     “ Synthetic Lease Obligation ” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).
     “ Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
     “ Threshold Amount ” means $1,000,000.
     “ Type ” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Eurodollar Rate Loan which bears interest based on the Eurodollar Rate, or a Eurodollar Rate Loan which bears interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate.
     “ Unfunded Pension Liability ” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.
     “ United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.
      1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:
          (a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word

16


 

will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “ shall .” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “ asset ” and “ property ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
          (b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “ from and including ;” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ;” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including .”
          (c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
      1.03 Accounting Terms .
          (a) Generally . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared at Borrower’s option in conformity with, GAAP or IFRS, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein or as required by Law.
          (b) Changes in GAAP or IFRS . If at any time any change in GAAP or IFRS, or the application thereof, would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, Agent and Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP or IFRS or the application thereof, as applicable (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that , until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, as applicable, prior to such change therein and (ii) Borrower shall provide to Agent and Lenders a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP or IFRS, as applicable.

17


 

          (c) Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities . All references herein to consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries or to the determination of any amount for Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis or any similar reference shall, in each case if GAAP is applicable, be deemed to include each variable interest entity that Borrower is required to consolidate pursuant to FASB Interpretation No. 46 — Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities: an interpretation of ARB No. 51 (January 2003) as if such variable interest entity were a Subsidiary as defined herein.
      1.04 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
      1.05 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Central time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
ARTICLE II .
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
      2.01 Term Loan Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make a single advance term loan (each such loan, a “ Loan ”) to Borrower on the Closing Date, in an amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided , however , that after giving effect to the Borrowing on the Closing Date, (i) the Outstanding Amount shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans of any Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment. Borrower may prepay the Loans under Section 2.03 , and shall repay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.04 , but once prepaid or repaid, such Loans shall not be reborrowed. The initial Borrowing on the Closing Date shall bear interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate, subject to subsequent conversion at Borrower’s option to Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.
      2.02 Conversions and Continuations of Loans .
          (a) Each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon Borrower’s irrevocable notice to Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. three Business Days prior to the conversion or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to Agent of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower. Each conversion or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $2,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. Each Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether Borrower is requesting the conversion or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be converted or continued, (iv) whether the Loans being converted or continued will bear interest based on the Eurodollar Rate or the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with

18


 

respect thereto. If Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Loans bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate. Any such automatic conversion shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Loans. If Borrower requests a conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.
          (b) Following receipt of a Loan Notice, Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by Borrower, Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Eurodollar Rate Loans described in the preceding subsection. On the Closing Date, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to Agent in immediately available funds at Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Sections 4.01 and 4.02 on the Closing Date, Section 4.01 , Agent shall make the funds so received available to Borrower in like funds as received by Agent either by (i) crediting the account of Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) Agent by Borrower.
          (c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders, and the Required Lenders may demand that any or all of the then outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans be converted immediately to Loans bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate and Borrower agrees to pay all amounts due under Section 3.05 in accordance with the terms thereof due to any such conversion.
          (d) Agent shall promptly notify Borrower and Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate.
          (e) After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than four Interest Periods in effect with respect to Loans.
      2.03 Prepayments.
          (a) Borrower may, upon notice to Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Loans bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate; (ii) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; and (iii) any prepayment of Loans bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Daily

19


 

Floating Rate shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurodollar Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by Borrower, Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 . Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Loans of Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.
          (b) If for any reason the Outstanding Amount at any time exceeds the Aggregate Commitments then in effect, Borrower shall immediately prepay Loans in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.
      2.04 Repayment of Loans. On June 30, 2009, Borrower shall repay to the Lenders the principal amount of $729,166.67 and commencing on September 30, 2009, and continuing on the last Business Day of each quarter thereafter, Borrower shall repay to the Lenders the principal amount of $2,187,500. On the Maturity Date, Borrower shall repay to the Lenders the Outstanding Amount, together with any accrued and unpaid interest. Any payment of the Loans shall be applied first to Loans bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate and then to Eurodollar Rate Loans beginning with those Loans with the least number of days remaining in the Interest Period applicable thereto and ending with those Loans with the most number of days remaining in the Interest Period applicable thereto.
      2.05 Interest .
          (a) Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) each Loan bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Rate shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; and (ii) each Loan bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof at the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate plus the Applicable Rate.
          (b) (i) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
(ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required Lenders, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

20


 

(iii) Upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
(iv) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.
          (c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.
      2.06 Fees .
          (a) Agent’s Fee . Borrower shall pay to Agent for Agent’s own account an annual agency fee in the amount of $15,000 to be paid on the Closing Date and on each anniversary of the Closing Date. The fees paid under this Section 2.06 shall be fully earned when paid and shall be nonrefundable for any reason whatsoever.
          (b) Upfront Fee . On the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to Agent, for the account of each Lender in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages, an upfront fee in the amount of $175,000. Such upfront fees are for the credit facilities committed by Lenders under this Agreement and are fully earned on the date paid. The upfront fee paid to each Lender is solely for its own account and is not refundable for any reason whatsoever.
      2.07 Computation of Interest and Fees.
          (a) All computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid. Each determination by Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
          (b) If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of Borrower, or for any other reason, Borrower or the Lenders determine that (i) the Financial Covenant used in the definition “ Applicable Rate ” as calculated by Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of such Financial Covenant would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders, promptly upon demand by Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, automatically and without further action by Agent or any Lender), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period. This paragraph shall not limit the rights of Agent or any Lender, as the case may be, under Section 2.05(b) or under Article VIII .

21


 

      2.08 Evidence of Debt. The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by Lenders to Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through Agent, Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
      2.09 Payments Generally; Agent’s Clawback .
          (a) (i) General . All payments to be made by Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrower hereunder shall be made to Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 pm on the date specified herein. Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by Agent after 2:00 pm shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.
(ii) On each date when the payment of any principal, interest or fees are due hereunder or under any Note, Borrower agrees to maintain on deposit in an ordinary checking account maintained by Borrower with Agent (as such account shall be designated by Borrower in a written notice to Agent from time to time, the “ Borrower Account ”) an amount sufficient to pay such principal, interest or fees in full on such date. Borrower hereby authorizes Agent (A) to deduct automatically all principal, interest or fees when due hereunder or under any Note from the Borrower Account, and (B) if and to the extent any payment of principal, interest or fees under this Agreement or any Note is not made when due to deduct any such amount from any or all of the accounts of Borrower maintained at Agent. Agent agrees to provide written notice to Borrower of any automatic deduction made pursuant to this Section 2. 09(a)(ii) showing in reasonable detail the amounts of such deduction. Lenders agree to reimburse Borrower based on their Applicable Percentage for any amounts deducted from such accounts in excess of the amount due hereunder and under any other Loan Documents.
          (b) (i) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Agent . Unless Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such

22


 

Lender will not make available to Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to Agent, then the applicable Lender and Borrower severally agree to pay to Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by Agent in connection with the foregoing and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by Borrower, the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate plus the Applicable Rate. If Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to Agent for the same or an overlapping period, Agent shall promptly remit to Borrower the amount of such interest paid by Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to Agent.
(ii) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Agent . Unless Agent shall have received notice from Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that Borrower will not make such payment, Agent may assume that Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to Lenders, the amount due. In such event, if Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of Lenders severally agrees to repay to Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. A notice of Agent to any Lender or Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
          (c) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent . If any Lender makes available to Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II , and such funds are not made available to Borrower by Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.
          (d) Obligations of Lenders Several . The obligations of Lenders hereunder to make Loans and to make payments under Section 10.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 10.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the

23


 

failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 10.04(c) .
          (e) Funding Source . Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
      2.10 Sharing of Payments . If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the Loans made by it, resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Loans or participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:
     (i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and
     (ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement.
Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.
ARTICLE III
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
      3.01 Taxes .
          (a) Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes .
     (i) Any and all payments by Borrower to or on account of any obligation of Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall to the extent permitted by applicable Laws be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes. If, however, applicable Laws require Borrower or Agent to withhold or deduct any Tax, such Tax shall be withheld or deducted in accordance with such Laws as determined by Borrower or Agent, as the case may be,

24


 

upon the basis of the information and documentation to be delivered pursuant to subsection (e) below.
     (ii) If Borrower or Agent shall be required by the Code to withhold or deduct any Taxes, including both United States Federal backup withholding and withholding taxes, from any payment, then (A) Agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by Agent to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to subsection (e) below, (B) Agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with the Code, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section), Agent or Lender as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.
          (b) Payment of Other Taxes by Borrower . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws.
          (c) Tax Indemnifications .
     (i) Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above, Borrower shall, and does hereby, indemnify Agent and each Lender, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) withheld or deducted by Borrower or Agent or paid by Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower shall also, and does hereby, indemnify Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for any amount which a Lender for any reason fails to pay indefeasibly to Agent as required by clause (ii) of this subsection. A certificate as to the amount of any such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to Agent), or by Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (ii) Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above, each Lender shall, and does hereby, indemnify Borrower and Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, against any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities, penalties, interest and expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for Borrower or Agent) incurred by or asserted against Borrower or Agent by any Governmental Authority as a result of the failure by such Lender, to deliver, or as a result of the inaccuracy, inadequacy or deficiency of, any documentation required to be delivered by such Lender, to Borrower or Agent pursuant to subsection (e). Each Lender hereby authorizes Agent to set off and

25


 

apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to Agent under this clause (ii). The agreements in this clause (ii) shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.
          (d) Evidence of Payments . Upon request by Borrower or Agent, as the case may be, after any payment of Taxes by Borrower or by Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 3.01 , Borrower shall deliver to Agent or Agent shall deliver to Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to Borrower or Agent, as the case may be.
          (e) Status of Lenders .
     (i) Each Lender shall deliver to Borrower and to Agent, at the time or times prescribed by applicable Laws or when reasonably requested by Borrower or Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Laws or by the taxing authorities of any jurisdiction and such other reasonably requested information as will permit Borrower or Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not payments made hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Lender by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in the applicable jurisdiction.
     (ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States,
     (A) any Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to Borrower and Agent executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable Laws or reasonably requested by Borrower or Agent as will enable Borrower or Agent, as the case may be, to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements; and
     (B) each Foreign Lender that is entitled under the Code or any applicable treaty to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to Borrower and Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of

26


 

Borrower or Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:
     (1) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,
     (2) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,
     (3) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY and all required supporting documentation,
     (4) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of Borrower within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or
     (5) executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Laws to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.
     (iii) Each Lender shall promptly (A) notify Borrower and Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction, and (B) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws of any jurisdiction that Borrower or Agent make any withholding or deduction for taxes from amounts payable to such Lender.
          (f) Treatment of Certain Refunds . Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender. If Agent or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by Borrower or with respect to which Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that Borrower, upon the request of Agent, such Lender agrees to repay the amount paid over to Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to Agent,

27


 

such Lender in the event Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This subsection shall not be construed to require Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to Borrower or any other Person.
      3.02 Illegality. If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to Borrower through Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies Agent and Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Loan bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted and all amounts due under Section 3.05 in accordance with the terms thereof due to such prepayment or conversion.
      3.03 Inability to Determine Rates. If Agent determines in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan, or (c) the Eurodollar Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, Agent will promptly so notify Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Loans bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate in the amount specified therein.
      3.04 Increased Costs .
     (a) Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:
     (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Eurodollar Rate);

28


 

     (ii) subject any Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, or any Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender); or
     (iii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender, Borrower will pay to such Lender, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
          (b) Capital Requirements . If any Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by such Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
          (c) Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.
          (d) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender notifies Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).
      3.05 Compensation for Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to Agent) from time to time, Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

29


 

          (a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Loan bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate, on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise); or
          (b) any failure by Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan on the date or in the amount notified by Borrower;
including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing. For purposes of calculating amounts payable by Borrower to Lenders under this Section 3.05 , each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Base Rate used in determining the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.
      3.06 Mitigation Obligations.
          (a) Designation of a Different Lending Office If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender, pursuant to Section 3.01 , or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , then such Lender shall, as applicable, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04 , as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any in connection with any such designation or assignment.
          (b) Replacement of Lenders . If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , (ii) a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , or (iii) any Lender ceases to make Eurodollar Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Sections 3.02 or 3.03 , Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13 .
      3.07 Survival. All of Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and resignation of Agent.

30


 

ARTICLE IV .
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
      4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
          (a) Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or telecopies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and each of the Lenders:
     (i) executed counterparts of this Agreement, all Collateral Documents, and the Guaranty, sufficient in number for distribution to Agent, each Lender and Borrower;
     (ii) a Note executed by Borrower in favor of each Lender that requests a Note;
     (iii) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as Agent may require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party;
     (iv) such documents and certifications as Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
     (v) an opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski, counsel to the Loan Parties, and of Gibson, Gruenert & Zaunbrecher, P.L.L.C., counsel to LandTel Communications, L.L.C., in each case addressed to Agent and each Lender, as to the matters set forth concerning the Loan Parties and the Loan Documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;
     (vi) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party either (A) attaching copies of all consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party and the validity against such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect, or (B) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required;
     (vii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 4. 02(a) and (b) have been satisfied, and (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since the date of the Audited Financial Statements that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

31


 

     (viii) evidence that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents has been obtained and is in effect;
     (ix) a Subordination Agreement executed among Minority Member, Agent, and Borrower, with respect to the Put Option, on such terms as are acceptable to Agent its sole discretion;
     (x) evidence that Borrower has satisfied the requirements of Section 6.16 together a duly executed deposit account control agreement among Borrower, Agent, and Comerica with respect to Borrower’s account at Comerica;
     (xi) executed payoff letters and lien releases from Comerica and Guggenheim Corporate Funding, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;
     (xii) executed payoff letters from the holders of Borrower’s Series A Notes and Series B Notes, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;
     (xiii) delivery to Agent of all original stock certificates and executed blank stock powers with respect to all Collateral that is comprised of certificated equity interests; and
     (xiv) such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as Agent, or the Required Lenders reasonably may require.
          (b) Any fees required to be paid on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.
          (c) Unless waived by Agent, Borrower shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to Agent (directly to such counsel if requested by Agent) to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings ( provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between Borrower and Agent).
          (d) The Closing Date shall have occurred on or before June 1, 2009.
          Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last sentence of Section 9.03(d) , for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01 , each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless Agent shall have received notice from such Lender at least one (1) Business Day prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
      4.02 Conditions to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension is subject to the following conditions precedent:

32


 

          (a) The representations and warranties of Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 4.02 , the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01 .
          (b) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.
          (c) Agent shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.
ARTICLE V .
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders that:
      5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power. Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i), or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      5.02 Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law.
      5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

33


 

      5.04 Binding Effect. This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity.
      5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .
          (a) The Audited Financial Statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008, and when delivered for each fiscal year thereafter (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP or IFRS as the case may be, in each case consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, as applicable, in each case consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other material liabilities, direct or contingent, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for material taxes, commitments and Indebtedness.
          (b) The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries dated March 31, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the fiscal quarter ended on that date (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP or IFRS as the case may be, in each case consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.
          (c) Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      5.06 Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower after due inquiry, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.06 , either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there has been no adverse change in the status, or financial effect on any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, of the matters described on Schedule 5.06 .
      5.07 No Default. Neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred

34


 

and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
      5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens. Each of Borrower and each Subsidiary has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The property of Borrower and its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01 .
      5.09 Environmental Compliance. There are no claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law on the respective businesses, operations and properties of Borrower and its Subsidiaries that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      5.10 Insurance. The properties of Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of Borrower, in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible with the following standards), with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary operates.
      5.11 Taxes. Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all Federal, state and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal, state and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, as applicable. There is no proposed tax assessment against Borrower or any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect.
      5.12 ERISA Compliance .
          (a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the best knowledge of Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.
          (b) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could be reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no

35


 

prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
           (c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iii) neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.
      5.13 Subsidiaries. As of the Closing Date, Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 5.13 , and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by Borrower, directly or indirectly, in the amounts specified on Part (a) of Schedule 5.13 free and clear of all Liens. Borrower has no equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in Part (b) of Schedule 5.13 . All of the outstanding Equity Interests in Borrower have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by the shareholders in the amounts specified on Part (c) of Schedule 5.13 .
      5.14 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .
          (a) Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.
          (b) None of Borrower, any Person Controlling Borrower, or any Subsidiary is, or is required to be registered as, an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
      5.15 Disclosure. Borrower has disclosed to Agent and Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any Loan Party is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No written report, financial statement, certificate or other information furnished (whether in writing or orally) by or on behalf of any Loan Party to Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time (it being understood that actual results may vary and that such variances could be material).

36


 

      5.16 Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      5.17 Taxpayer Identification Number . Borrower’s true and correct U.S. taxpayer identification number is set forth on Schedule 10.02 .
      5.18 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Borrower and its Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict with the rights of any other Person. To the knowledge of Borrower, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by Borrower or any Subsidiary infringes upon any rights held by any other Person. No claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the best knowledge of Borrower, threatened, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      5.19 Rights in Collateral; Priority of Liens. Borrower and each other Loan Party owns the property granted by it as Collateral under the Collateral Documents, free and clear of any and all Liens in favor of third parties, other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01 . Upon the proper filing of UCC financing statements, and the taking of the other actions required by Law or the Required Lenders, the Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents will constitute valid and enforceable first, prior and perfected Liens (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 ) on the Collateral in favor of Agent, for the ratable benefit of Agent and Lenders.
ARTICLE VI .
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to:
      6.01 Financial Statements. Deliver to Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to Agent:
          (a) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with, at Borrower’s option, GAAP or IFRS, such consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Deloitte & Touche or of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing or otherwise reasonably acceptable to Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted

37


 

auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;
          (b) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations for the portion of Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, all in reasonable detail, such consolidated statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with, at Borrower’s option, GAAP or IFRS, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; and
          (c) as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each month, a financial report summarizing on a consolidated basis, the results of operations and financial performance of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such month, in each case in accordance with, at Borrower’s option, GAAP or IFRS, and in substantially similar form as previously provided to Agent by Borrower for the month ended March 31, 2009.
      6.02 Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to Agent, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to Agent:
          (a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b ), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower, which shall disclose any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by Borrower or any Subsidiary, if any;
          (b) promptly after any request by Agent, copies of any final audit reports or management letters submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of Borrower by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;
          (c) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which Borrower may file or be required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to Agent pursuant hereto;
          (d) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01 or any other clause of this Section 6.02 ;
          (e) promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the Securities and Exchange Commission (or comparable agency in any

38


 

applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof;
          (f) by not later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, a detailed annual operating budget and financial statement projections for Borrower’s next succeeding fiscal year, approved by Borrower’s board of directors; and
          (g) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) , (b) , or (c) , or Section 6.02(d) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction)) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by Agent); provided that: (i) upon request Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to Agent until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by Agent and (ii) Borrower shall notify Agent and each Lender (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.
Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) Agent will make available to Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Borrower or its Affiliates or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. Borrower hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized Agent and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.07 ); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform that is designated “Public Side Information;” and (z) Agent shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public

39


 

Side Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be under no obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.”
      6.03 Notices . Promptly notify Agent and each Lender:
          (a) of the occurrence of any Default;
          (b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of Borrower or any Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between Borrower or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting Borrower or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws; and
          (c) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event.
Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.
      6.04 Payment of Obligations. Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies in excess of $25,000 in the aggregate upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, as applicable, are being maintained by Borrower or such Subsidiary; (b) all lawful claims in excess of the Threshold Amount which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon any of its property; and (c) all Indebtedness for borrowed money with a principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness.
      6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc . (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05 ; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      6.06 Maintenance of Properties. (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to

40


 

have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities.
      6.07 Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of Borrower, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible with the following standards) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons and providing for not less than 30 days’ prior notice to Agent of termination, lapse or cancellation of such insurance.
      6.08 Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, write, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      6.09 Books and Records. (a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP or IFRS, as applicable, shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be; and (b) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be. Borrower shall maintain at all times books and records pertaining to the Collateral in such detail, form and scope as Agent or any Lender shall reasonably require.
     6.10 Inspection Rights. Permit representatives and independent contractors of Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at the expense of Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to Borrower; provided , however , that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, Agent (who may be accompanied by any Lender at such Lender’s option and sole expense), may exercise rights under this Section 6.10 no more often than two (2) times during any calendar year and only one (1) such time shall be at the expense of Borrower, absent the existence and continuation of an Event of Default; provided further that when an Event of Default exists Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the sole expense of Borrower at any time during normal business hours, without advance notice, and without restriction as to the number of visits per year. The Agent and the Lenders shall give Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions they may have with Borrower’s accountants.
      6.11 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions to refinance existing Indebtedness, in each case not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document.

41


 

      6.12 Financial Covenants .
          (a)  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Maintain on a consolidated basis, as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.50 to 1.00. The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated and tested quarterly for the four fiscal-quarter period ended as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, beginning June 30, 2009, and on the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter.
          (b)  Ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA . Maintain on a consolidated basis, as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA that is less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00. The ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA shall be calculated and tested quarterly for the four fiscal-quarter period ended as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, beginning June 30, 2009, and on the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter.
      6.13 Collateral Records. Execute and deliver promptly, and to cause each other Loan Party to execute and deliver promptly, to Agent, from time to time, solely for Agent’s convenience in maintaining a record of the Collateral, such written statements and schedules as Agent may reasonably require designating, identifying or describing the Collateral. The failure by Borrower or any other Loan Party, however, to promptly give Agent such statements or schedules shall not affect, diminish, modify or otherwise limit the Liens on the Collateral granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents.
      6.14 Security Interests. To, and to cause each other Loan Party to, (a) defend the Collateral against all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming the same or any interest therein (other than holders of Liens permitted under Section 7.01 ), (b) comply with the requirements of all state and federal laws in order to grant to Agent and Lenders valid security interests in the Collateral which constitute a perfected first priority lien (subject only to prior Liens expressly permitted under Section 7.01 ), with perfection, in the case of any investment property, deposit account or letter of credit, being effected by using commercially reasonable efforts to give Agent control of such investment property or deposit account or letter of credit, rather than by the filing of a Uniform Commercial Code (“ UCC ”) financing statement with respect to such investment property, and (c) do whatever Agent may reasonably request, from time to time, to effect the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including filing notices of liens, UCC financing statements, fixture filings and amendments, renewals and continuations thereof; and keeping stock records. Agent is hereby authorized by Borrower to file any UCC financing statements covering the Collateral whether or not Borrower’s signatures appear thereon.
      6.15 Additional Guarantors; Pledge of Equity of Foreign Subsidiaries. Notify Agent at the time that any Person becomes a Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within 30 days), unless otherwise agreed to by Agent in writing:
          (a) with respect to each Significant Subsidiary that is neither a Foreign Person nor owned by a Foreign Person, (i) cause such Subsidiary to become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to Agent a Guaranty, (ii) cause Borrower or any Guarantor to pledge all of their respective Equity Interests in such Significant Subsidiary, and (iii) cause such Significant Subsidiary to execute a security agreement granting a lien on substantially all of its assets in the form executed by the Guarantors on the Closing Date, or to execute such other documents and instruments requested by Agent in its reasonable discretion;

42


 

          (b) with respect to each Subsidiary that becomes a Material Foreign Subsidiary of Borrower after the Closing Date (other than any Material Foreign Subsidiary whose Equity Interests are issued to a Foreign Person), pledge 65% of its Equity Interests in such Material Foreign Subsidiary to Agent by executing a pledge agreement in the form executed by Borrower on the Closing Date, and to provide such evidence that such security interest has been recorded and is enforceable under the laws of the applicable foreign jurisdiction if requested by Agent in its reasonable discretion; and
          (c) deliver to Agent documents of the types referred to in clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 4. 01(a) and, if requested by Agent, opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clause (a) ), all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to Agent.
      6.16 Cash Collateral. Borrower shall at all times maintain (a) a cash balance of no less than $5,000,000 on deposit in its main operating account at Bank of America (or, at Borrower’s option, invested by Borrower in a certificate of deposit issued by Bank of America), and (b) a cash balance of no less than $5,000,000 on deposit in a demand deposit account at Comerica (or, at Borrower’s option, invested by Borrower in a certificate of deposit issued by Comerica), subject to reduction as follows:
     (i) commencing on July 3, 2010, provided that Borrower has made each scheduled principal payment in respect of the Principal Debt when due, Borrower shall at all times maintain (A) a cash balance of no less than $3,750,000 on deposit in its main operating account at Bank of America (or, at Borrower’s option, invested by Borrower in a certificate of deposit issued by Bank of America), and (B) a cash balance of no less than $3,750,000 on deposit in a demand deposit account at Comerica (or, at Borrower’s option, invested by Borrower in a certificate of deposit issued by Comerica); and
     (ii) commencing on July 3, 2011, provided that Borrower has made each scheduled principal payment in respect of the Principal Debt when due, Borrower shall at all times maintain (A) a cash balance of no less than $2,500,000 on deposit in its main operating account at Bank of America (or, at Borrower’s option, invested by Borrower in a certificate of deposit issued by Bank of America), and (B) a cash balance of no less than $2,500,000 on deposit in a demand deposit account at Comerica (or, at Borrower’s option, invested by Borrower in a certificate of deposit issued by Comerica); and
provided that, if any Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing on any proposed date of reduction in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii) , then such reduction shall be postponed until the earliest date on which (x) any such Default or Event of Default has been cured, waived or otherwise ceases to exist, and (y) no other Default or Event or Default then exists.
      6.17 Principal Depository. To maintain Bank of America as its principal depository bank, including for the maintenance of business, cash management, operating and administrative deposit accounts.

43


 

ARTICLE VII .
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
      7.01 Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:
          (a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;
          (b) Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.01 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the property covered thereby is not changed (other than after-acquired property that is affixed to or incorporated in the property covered by such Lien), (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased except as contemplated by Section 7.03(b) , (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) and any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by Section 7.03(b) ;
          (c) Liens for taxes not yet past due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, as applicable;
          (d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;
          (e) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;
          (f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
          (g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;
          (h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h) ;

44


 

          (i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(e) ; provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness (other than after-acquired property that is affixed to or incorporated in the property covered by such Lien) and (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost or fair market value, whichever is lower, of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition;
          (j) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business and in furtherance of the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries;
          (k) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
          (l) Liens consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property permitted under Section 7.05 , solely to the extent such Disposition is permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;
          (m) Liens on property of any Foreign Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary to the extent permitted under Section 7.03 ;
          (n) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; and
          (o) Liens securing Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred under Section 7.03(k) , provided that such secured Indebtedness does not exceed $500,000 at anytime.
      7.02 Investments. Make any Investments, except:
          (a) Investments held by Borrower or such Subsidiary in the form of cash equivalents or short-term marketable debt securities;
          (b) advances to officers, directors and employees of Borrower and Subsidiaries (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000 at any time outstanding, for travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, and (ii) after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 to enable such officers, directors and employees to pay taxes incurred in connection with the exercise of cashless warrants and “penny” warrants;
          (c) Investments (i) by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in any Subsidiaries of Borrower, provided that the aggregate amount of all such Investments in any fiscal year does not exceed $2,500,000, and (ii) by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary in any Loan Party;
          (d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of

45


 

business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;
          (e) Guarantees permitted by Section 7.03 ;
          (f) Investments existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.02 ;
          (g) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted under Section 7.05 ;
          (h) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit;
          (i) to the extent constituting Investments, transactions permitted under Sections 7.03 , 7.04 , 7.05 and 7.06 ; and
          (j) so long as immediately after giving effect to any such Investment no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, other Investments not exceeding $1,000,000 in the aggregate for Borrower and its Subsidiaries in any fiscal year of Borrower.
      7.03 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
          (a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;
          (b) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.03 and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (i) the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder and (ii) the terms relating to principal amount, amortization, maturity, collateral (if any) and subordination (if any), and other material terms taken as a whole, of any such refinancing, refunding, renewing or extending Indebtedness, and of any agreement entered into and of any instrument issued in connection therewith, are no less favorable in any material respect to the Loan Parties or Lenders than the terms of any agreement or instrument governing the Indebtedness being refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended;
          (c) Guarantees of Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of Borrower or any Subsidiary;
          (d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of Borrower or any Subsidiary existing or arising under any Swap Contract, provided that (i) such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by such Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a “market view;” and (ii) such Swap Contract does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party;

46


 

          (e) Indebtedness in respect of capital leases, Synthetic Lease Obligations and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets within the limitations set forth in Section 7.01(i) ; provided , however , that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness at any one time outstanding shall not exceed $1,500,000;
          (f) Indebtedness that is approved by the Required Lenders in writing in their sole discretion;
          (g) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to key executive officers of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
          (h) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by any Loan Party to current or former officers, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Borrower permitted by Section 7.06(d) ;
          (i) Indebtedness consisting of a purchase price or similar adjustment which is incurred by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in connection with any Disposition permitted under Section 7.05 ;
          (j) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protection and similar treasury arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts; and
          (k) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding, of which up to $500,000 may constitute secured Indebtedness pursuant to Section 7.01(o) .
      7.04 Fundamental Changes. Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom:
          (a) any Subsidiary may merge with (i) Borrower, provided that Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) any one or more other Subsidiaries (including a merger the purpose of which is to reorganize such Subsidiary in a new jurisdiction), provided that when any wholly-owned Subsidiary is merging with another Subsidiary, the wholly-owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person, and, provided further that if a Guarantor is merging with another Subsidiary, the Guarantor shall be the surviving Person; and
          (b) any Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to Borrower or to another Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a wholly-owned Subsidiary, then the transferee must either be Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary and, provided further that if the transferor of such assets is a Guarantor, the transferee must either be Borrower or a Guarantor.
      7.05 Dispositions. Make any Disposition, except:

47


 

          (a) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property or property no longer used in the conduct of business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business;
          (b) Dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business;
          (c) Dispositions of equipment or real property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;
          (d) Dispositions of property by Borrower to any Subsidiary or by any Subsidiary to Borrower or another Subsidiary of Borrower; provided that if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party, (i) the transferee thereof must be a Loan Party, or (ii) such transaction must be an intercompany Investment permitted under Section 7.02(c) ;
          (e) Dispositions permitted by Section 7.04 ;
          (f) Dispositions of cash equivalents for fair market value;
          (g) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
          (h) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of property to its customers in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries;
          (i) Dispositions not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.05 ; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition, no Event of Default shall exist or would result therefrom, (ii) the aggregate book value of all property Disposed in reliance on this clause (i) shall not exceed $1,000,000 and (iii) the purchase price for such property shall be paid to Borrower or such Subsidiary for not less than 75% cash consideration.
provided , however , that any Disposition pursuant to clauses (a),(b),(c),(f),(h) and (i) shall be for fair market value.
To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 7.05 , such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and the Agent shall be authorized to and shall take any actions it deems appropriate in order to effectuate the foregoing.
      7.06 Restricted Payments. Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except that:
          (a) each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to Borrower, Guarantors and any other Person that owns an Equity Interest in such Subsidiary, ratably according to their respective holdings of the type of Equity Interest in respect of which such Restricted Payment is being made;

48


 

          (b) Borrower and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the common stock or other common Equity Interests of such Person;
          (c) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, Borrower and each Subsidiary may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Equity Interests issued by it with the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its common stock or other common Equity Interests;
          (d) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, Borrower may repurchase Equity Interests issued by it from directors, employees or members of management of Borrower or any Subsidiary (or their estate, family members, spouse and/or former spouses) after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not in excess of $2,000,000;
          (e) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, Borrower may make repurchases of Equity Interests issued by it deemed to occur upon the exercise of cashless or penny warrants or employee stock options; and
          (f) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, Borrower may, or may cause LandTel, Inc. or LandTel Communications, L.L.C., to (i) repurchase for cash Minority Member’s Equity Interests in LandTel Communications, L.L.C. upon Minority’s Member’s exercise of its Put Option and so long as such cash payment is permitted under the Subordination Agreement among Minority Member, Agent, and Borrower, and (ii) issue Equity Interests in the form of “penny” warrants as contemplated by that certain Amendment No. 2 to Letter Agreement dated May 28, 2009, among Borrower, LandTel, Inc., LandTel Communications, L.L.C., Babin Interests, LLC, and Leslie K. Babin, individually.
      7.07 Change in Nature of Business. Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business substantially related or incidental thereto.
      7.08 Transactions with Affiliates. Except as disclosed on Schedule 7.08 , enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to Borrower or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by Borrower or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to intercompany transactions between or among Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries which are expressly permitted under Sections 7.02, 7.03, 7.04, 7.05 and 7.06 .
      7.09 Burdensome Agreements. Enter into any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any loan agreements relating to the Indebtedness listed on Schedule 7.03 ) that (a) limits the ability (i) of any Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments to Borrower or any Guarantor or to otherwise transfer property to Borrower or any Guarantor, (ii) of any Subsidiary to Guarantee the Indebtedness of Borrower or (iii) of Borrower or any

49


 

Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person; provided , however , that this clause (iii) shall not prohibit (x) any negative pledge incurred or provided in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(e) solely to the extent any such negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness, or (y) customary restrictions in leases, subleases, licenses, or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted under this Agreement so long as such restrictions relate solely to the assets subject thereto; or (b) requires the grant of a Lien to secure an obligation of such Person if a Lien is granted to secure another obligation of such Person.
      7.10 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.
ARTICLE VIII .
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
      8.01 Events of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:
          (a)  Non-Payment . Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii) within three days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan, or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) within five days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or
          (b)  Specific Covenants . Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.01, 6. 03(a) , 6.05 (with respect to Borrower) , 6.11, 6.12, or Article VII , or any Guarantor fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in the Guaranty; or
          (c)  Other Defaults . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days or any event of default occurs under (or as defined in) any other Loan Document; or
          (d)  Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
          (e)  Cross-Default . (i) Borrower or any Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold

50


 

Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by Borrower or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or
          (f)  Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. Any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed (i) for 45 calendar days for Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary, or (ii) for 60 calendar days for any Subsidiary of Borrower that is a Foreign Person; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed (i) for 45 calendar days for Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary, or (ii) for 60 calendar days for any Subsidiary of Borrower that is a Foreign Person; or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or
          (g)  Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment . (i) Borrower or any Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of Borrower or any Subsidiary and is not released, vacated or fully bonded (A) for any Subsidiary of Borrower that is a Foreign Person, within 60 days after its issue or levy, and (B) for Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary, within 30 days after its issue or levy; or
          (h)  Judgments . There is entered against Borrower or any Subsidiary (i) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments or orders) exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments has, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of (x) 10 consecutive days for Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary, or (y) 60 consecutive days for any Subsidiary of Borrower that is a

51


 

Foreign Person, during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or
          (i)  ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or
          (j)  Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any Loan Document or any provision thereof, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party, or any Subsidiary that is party to a Collateral Document, contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any provision thereof; or any Loan Party, or any Subsidiary that is party to a Collateral Document, denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document or any provision thereof; or
          (k)  Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control.
      8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:
          (a) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower;
          (b) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders, all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents;
provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, in each case without further act of Agent or any Lender.
      8.03 Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by Agent in the following order:
First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including reasonable fees, charges, out-of-pocket expenses,

52


 

and disbursements of outside counsel to Agent and amounts payable under Article III ) payable to Agent in its capacity as such;
Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to Lenders (including reasonable fees, charges, out-of-pocket expenses, and disbursements of outside counsel to the respective Lenders and amounts payable under Article III ), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans, and other Obligations, ratably among Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;
Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, ratably among Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; and
Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.
ARTICLE IX .
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
      9.01 Appointment and Authorization of Administrative Agent .
          (a) Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of Agent and the Lenders, and neither Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.
          (b) Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by Agent pursuant to Section 9.05 or otherwise for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Article X , as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.
      9.02 Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as

53


 

though it were not Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to Lenders.
      9.03 Exculpatory Provisions . Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agent:
          (a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;
          (b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law;
          (c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity; and
          (d) Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 8.02 and 10.01 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice describing such Default is given to Agent by Borrower or a Lender. Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to Agent.
      9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent . Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent

54


 

or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
      9.05 Delegation of Duties. Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by Agent. Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.
      9.06 Resignation of Agent. Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to Lenders and Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with Borrower’s consent so long as no Default or Event of Default exists (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if Agent shall notify Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

55


 

      9.07 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
      9.08 No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no Lender holding a title listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as Agent, a Lender hereunder.
      9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether Agent shall have made any demand on Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise
          (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of Lenders and Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Lenders and Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due Lenders and Agent under Sections 2. 03(i) and (j), 2.09 and 10.04 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
          (b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to Agent and, in the event that Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to Lenders, to pay to Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due Agent under Sections 2.06 and 10.04 . Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

56


 

      9.10 Collateral Matters .
          (a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs Agent to enter into the Collateral Documents for the benefit of such Lender. Each Lender hereby agrees, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance thereof will be deemed to agree, that, except as otherwise set forth in Section 10.01 , any action taken by the Required Lenders, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or the Collateral Documents, and the exercise by the Required Lenders of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of Lenders. Agent is hereby authorized (but not obligated) on behalf of all of Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender from time to time prior to, an Event of Default, to take any action with respect to any Collateral or Collateral Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the Liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents.
          (b) Each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes Agent, at its option and in its discretion,
     (i) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by Agent under any Loan Document (A) upon payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations), (B) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (C) subject to Section 10.01 , if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, or (D) in connection with any foreclosure sale or other disposition of Collateral after the occurrence of an Event of Default; and
     (ii) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
Upon request by Agent at any time, each Lender will confirm in writing Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 9.10 .
          (c) Subject to subsection (b) above, Agent shall (and is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender, to execute such documents as may be necessary to evidence the release or subordination of the Liens granted to Agent for the benefit of Agent and Lenders herein or pursuant hereto upon the applicable Collateral; provided that (i) Agent shall not be required to execute any such document on terms which, in Agent’s opinion, would expose Agent to or create any liability or entail any consequence other than the release or subordination of such Liens without recourse or warranty and (ii) such release or subordination shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair the Obligations or any Liens upon (or obligations of Borrower or any other Loan Party in respect of) all interests retained by Borrower or any other Loan Party, including the proceeds of the sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral. In the event of any sale or transfer of Collateral, or any foreclosure with respect to any of the Collateral, Agent shall be authorized to deduct all expenses reasonably incurred by Agent from the proceeds of any such sale, transfer or foreclosure.

57


 

          (d) Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to any Lender or any other Person to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by Borrower or any other Loan Party or is cared for, protected or insured or that the Liens granted to Agent herein or in any of the Collateral Documents or pursuant hereto or thereto have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to Agent in this Section 9.10 or in any of the Collateral Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, given Agent’s own interest in the Collateral as one of Lenders and that Agent shall have no duty or liability whatsoever to Lenders.
          (e) Each Lender hereby appoints each other Lender as agent for the purpose of perfecting Lenders’ security interest in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC can be perfected only by possession. Should any Lender (other than Agent) obtain possession of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify Agent thereof, and, promptly upon Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to Agent or in accordance with Agent’s instructions.
ARTICLE X .
MISCELLANEOUS
      10.01 Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:
          (a) waive any condition set forth in Section 4. 01(a) without the written consent of each Lender; provided , however , in the sole discretion of Agent, only a waiver by Agent shall be required with respect to immaterial matters or items specified in Section 4. 01(a) (iii) or (iv) with respect to which Borrower has given assurances satisfactory to Agent that such items shall be delivered promptly following the Closing Date;
          (b) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 ) without the written consent of such Lender;
          (c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment (excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;
          (d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan, or (subject to clause (ii) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01 ) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided , however , that only the consent of the Required

58


 

Lenders shall be necessary (i) to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate or (ii) to amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;
          (e) change Section 2.10 or Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;
          (f) change any provision of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender; or
          (g) release any Guarantor from the Guaranty (other than in connection with a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 ) or release the Liens on all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions except in accordance with the terms of any Loan Document, without the written consent of each Lender;
and, provided further , that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (ii) any fee letter to which Agent is a party may not be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, unless done in a writing executed by Agent and all parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.
      10.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications .
          (a)  Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
     (i) if to Borrower or Agent, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 ; and
     (ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.
Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by certified or registered mail shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of actual receipt by the relevant party and four (4) Business Days after deposit in the mail, postage prepaid; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been

59


 

given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).
          (b)  Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender has notified the Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. Agent or Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.
          (c)  The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to Borrower, any Lender, or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of Borrower’s or Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to Borrower, any Lender, or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).
          (d)  Change of Address, Etc . Each of Borrower and Agent, may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to Borrower and

60


 

Agent. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify Agent from time to time to ensure that Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.
          (e)  Reliance by Agent and Lenders . Agent and Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. Borrower shall indemnify Agent, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with Agent may be recorded by Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.
      10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies: Enforcement. No failure by any Lender or Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, Agent in accordance with Section 8.02 for the benefit of all Lenders; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 10.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.10 ), or (c) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and

61


 

subject to Section 2.10 , any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.
      10.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .
          (a)  Costs and Expenses . Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges, out-of pocket expenses and disbursements of outside counsel for Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Agent or any Lender (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any outside counsel for Agent or any Lender), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans.
          (b)  Indemnification by Borrower . Borrower shall indemnify Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges, out-of-pocket expenses, and disbursements of any outside counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including in respect of any matters addressed in Section 3.01 ), (ii) any Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE INDEMNITEE ; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan

62


 

Document, if Borrower or such Subsidiary has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.
          (c)  Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), or any Related Party, each Lender severally agrees to pay to Agent (or any such sub-agent) or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against Agent (or any such sub-agent) in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for Agent (or any such sub-agent) in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.09(d) .
          (d)  Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
          (e)  Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.
          (f)  Survival . The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.
      10.05 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of Borrower is made to Agent, or any Lender, or Agent, or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such

63


 

payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
      10.06 Successors and Assigns.
          (a)  Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither Borrower nor any other Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
          (b)  Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans; provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:
     (i) Minimum Amounts
     (A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender no minimum amount need be assigned; and
     (B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however, that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single

64


 

assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met;
     (ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned.
     (iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:
     (A) the consent of Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;
     (B) the consent of Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of (1) any Commitment if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, or an Affiliate of such Lender or (2) any Loan to a Person that is not a Lender; or an Affiliate of a Lender.
     (iv) Assignment and Assumption . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided , however , that the Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
     (v) No Assignment to Borrower . No such assignment shall be made to Borrower or any of Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries.
     (vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons . No such assignment shall be made to a natural person.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, and 10.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request and upon the return of any Note executed in favor of the assigning Lender, Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be

65


 

treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section.
          (c)  Register . Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, shall maintain at Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and Borrower, Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
          (d)  Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, Borrower or Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or Borrower or any of Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans; provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) Borrower, Agent, and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.10 as though it were a Lender.
          (e)  Limitations upon Participant Rights . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless Borrower is notified of and consents to (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of Borrower, to comply with Section 3. 01(e) as though it were a Lender.
          (f)  Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any)

66


 

to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
          (g)  Deemed Consent of Borrower . If the consent of Borrower to an assignment to an assignee is required hereunder (including a consent to an assignment which does not meet the minimum assignment threshold specified in Section 10. 06(b)(i) (B) ), Borrower shall be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the date notice thereof has been delivered to Borrower by the assigning Lender (through Agent) unless such consent is expressly refused by Borrower prior to such five Business Day.
      10.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) solely in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby, to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to Agent, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source (not known to Agent or such Lender to be bound by a confidentiality agreement) other than Borrower. For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by Borrower or any Subsidiary. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. Each of Agent and the Lenders acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including Federal and state securities Laws.

67


 

      10.08 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of Borrower or such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or any such Affiliate, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender, and their respective Affiliates under this Section are (a) subject to Section 2.10 and Section 8.03 and (b) in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that Lender, or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender agrees to notify Borrower and Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. In the event of any conflict between the right of setoff of any Lender pursuant to a deposit account control agreement among any Loan Party, Agent, and such Lender in its capacity as depository bank, and this Section 10.08 , such Lender agrees that provisions of this Section 10.08 shall control.
      10.09 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
      10.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by Agent and when Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
      10.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered

68


 

pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied.
      10.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
      10.13 Replacement of Lenders . If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , (ii) Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , (iii) any Lender ceases to make Eurodollar Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.02 or 3.03 , (iv) a Lender does not consent (a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) to a proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination with respect to any Loan Document that has been approved by the Required Lenders as provided in Section 10.01 but requires unanimous consent of all Lenders or all Lenders directly affected thereby (as applicable), or (v) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, then Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.06 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:
          (a) Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 10.06(b) , unless waived in writing by the Administrative Agent;
          (b) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05 ) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the applicable Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);
          (c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;
          (d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws; and

69


 

          (e) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Non-Consenting Lender’s failure to consent to a proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination with respect to any Loan Document, the applicable replacement bank, financial institution or fund consents to the proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination; provided that the failure by such Non-Consenting Lender to execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption shall not impair the validity of the removal of such Non-Consenting Lender and the mandatory assignment of such Non-Consenting Lender’s outstanding Loans pursuant to this Section 10.13 shall nevertheless be effective without the execution by such Non-Consenting Lender of an Assignment and Assumption and such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have consented to such Assignment and Assumption.
     A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
      10.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.
          (a)  GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.
          (b)  SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS SITTING IN HARRIS COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH TEXAS STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL NONAPPEALABLE JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT ANY PARTY HERETO MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST BORROWER OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.
          (c)  WAIVER OF VENUE . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY

70


 

COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.
          (d)  SERVICE OF PROCESS . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 10.02 . NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
      10.15 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
      10.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), Borrower and each other Loan Party acknowledges and agrees and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding that: (i) (A) the services regarding this Agreement provided by Agent are arm’s-length commercial transactions between Borrower, each other Loan Party and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and Agent, on the other hand, (B) each of Borrower and the other Loan Parties have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate, and (C) Borrower and each other Loan Party is capable of evaluating and understanding, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) Agent is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary, for Borrower, any other Loan Party, or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) Agent does not have any obligation to Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their Affiliates with respect to the transaction contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) Agent and its Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and Agent has no obligation to disclose any of such interests to Borrower, any other Loan Party of any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereby waive and release, any claims that it may

71


 

have against Agent with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.
      10.17 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
      10.18 USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or Agent, as applicable, to identify Borrower in accordance with the Act. Borrower shall, promptly following a request by Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.
      10.19 Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.
      10.20 Entire Agreement . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.
[ Signatures appear on following pages. ]

72


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
         
  BORROWER:

RIGNET, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:  /s/ Martin L. Jimmerson  
    Martin L. Jimmerson   
    Chief Financial Officer   
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  AGENT:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
a national banking association,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Anthony Kell  
    Anthony Kell   
    Assistant Vice President   
 
  LENDER:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
a national banking association,
as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michelle C. Tabor  
    Michelle C. Tabor   
    Vice President   
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  LENDER:

COMERICA BANK,
a Texas banking association,
as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven J. DiPasquale  
    Name:   Steven J. DiPasquale  
    Title:   Vice President   
 
Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

SCHEDULE 2.01
COMMITMENTS
AND APPLICABLE PERCENTAGES
                 
Lender   Commitment   Applicable Percentage
Bank of America, N.A.
  $ 20,000,000       57.142857143 %
Comerica Bank
  $ 15,000,000       42.857142857 %
 
               
Total
  $ 35,000,000       100.000000000 %
Schedule 1.01

 


 

SCHEDULE 5.06
LITIGATION
None.
Schedule 5.06

 


 

SCHEDULE 5.13
SUBSIDIARIES
AND OTHER EQUITY INVESTMENTS
AND EQUITY INTERESTS IN BORROWER
Part (a). Subsidiaries .
     
Entity Name   Ownership
RigNet SatCom, Inc.
  100% owned by RigNet, Inc.
LandTel, Inc.
  100% owned by RigNet, Inc.
RigNet UK Ltd.
  100% owned by RigNet, Inc.
RigNet Saudi Arabia (Branch)
  100% owned by RigNet, Inc.
RigNet PTE, Ltd.
  100% owned by RigNet, Inc.
RigNet Europe AS
  100% owned by RigNet, Inc.
RigNet Qatar WLL
  49% owned by RigNet PTE, Ltd.
 
  51% owned by Gulf International Development and Trading Company W.L.
PG Net AS
  100% owned by RigNet, Inc.
RigNet Holdings Brazil Ltda.
  99% owned by RigNet, Inc.
1% owned by RigNet PTE Ltd.
RigNet Services Nigeria, Ltd.
  99.9999999% owned by RigNet, Inc.
0.00000001% owned by RigNet PTE, Ltd.
RigNet Services de Telecomunicacoes
  99% owned by RigNet Holding Brazil Ltda.
1% owned by RigNet PTE, Ltd.
RigNet AS
  100% owned by RigNet Europe AS
OilCamp UK, Ltd.
  100% owned by RigNet AS
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  93% owned by LandTel, Inc.
7% owned by Babin Interests LLC
Part (b). Other Equity Investments .
              See part (a) above.
Schedule 5.13


 

Part (c). Owners of Equity Interests in Borrower .
Schedule 5.13 (c).
     Summary of Cap Table — May 29, 2008
                                                 
    Cubera     SMH     Altira     Duncan     Other     Total  
Common Shares Outstanding (1,2)
    7,879,251       4,197,696       4,776,665       639,051       3,719,352       21,212,015  
Preferred Shared A — Issued
    0       500,000       2,000,000       250,000       0       2,750,000  
Preferred Shared B — Issued
    2,919,100       37,910       151,642       18,956       0       3,127,608  
Preferred Shared C — Issued
    1,701,129       1,963,433       1,187,056       148,382       0       5,000,000  
Preferred Shared C — Dividends Issued
    612,405       706,834       427,340       53,417       0       1,799,996  
Preferred Shared B — Accrued
    1,596,046       20,938       83,753       10,470       0       1,713,207  
Preferred Shared C — Accrued
    191,832       221,411       133,861       16,733       0       563,836  
$0.01 Warrants — Shareholders
    1,518,431       801,804       384,115       123,236       47,414       2,875,000  
$0.01 Warrants — Escalate Capital
    0       0       0       0       881,380       881,380  
$0.01 Warrants — Les Babin (2)
    0       0       0       0       0       0  
$1.75 Warrants — Shareholders
    0       0       0       0       46,246       46,246  
Stock Options
    0       0       0       0       2,432,000       2,432,000  
     
 
                                               
Fully Diluted Shares — Before Cashless Warrant Conversion (3)
    16,420,193       8,450,026       9,144,432       1,260,244       7,126,392       42,401,288  
     
Fully Diluted % — Before Cashless Warrant Conversion
    38.73 %     19.93 %     21.57 %     2.97 %     16.81 %     100.00 %
     
 
                                               
Cashless Warrants (3)
    1,447,197       736,009       936,740       117,631       115,626       3,353,203  
     
 
(1)   4 RigNet founders and 2 Oil Camp owners hold 3,371,206 common shares reported as Other.
 
(2)   Babin may receive 1mm warrants issuable by RigNet if the Minority Interest PUT Obligation is not paid in full by Company or Investors.
 
(3)   Convertible into common shares based upon FMV in excess of $1.75. Assuming FMV of $3 and $4 per share RigNet would issue additional estimated 2.3 million & 2.5 million shares, respectively.
Schedule 5.13


 

     
SCHEDULE 7.01
EXISTING LIENS
                         
            Original Filing   Original Filing    
Debtor   Secured Party   Jurisdiction   Date   Number   Collateral Summary
RigNet, Inc.
  Cisco Systems Capital Corporation   Delaware   10/12/2005     53232007     $1 out with Schedule A listing specific equipment forming part of Master Lease Schedule No. 01
 
                       
RigNet, Inc.
  Citicorp Vendor Finance, Inc.   Delaware   11/15/2006     64194742     Specific equipment
 
                       
RigNet, Inc.
  IBM Credit LLC   Delaware   8/21/2007     2007 3190302     Specific equipment
 
                       
RigNet, Inc.
  CIT Technology Financing Services I LLC   Delaware   11/26/2007     2007 4462163     Specific equipment
 
                       
RigNet, Inc.
  Texas Capital Bank, N.A.   Delaware   9/2/2008     2008 2965935     Relates to Motor Vehicle Lease
Agreement #22532 dated 7/31/2008
 
                       
RigNet, Inc.
  Texas Capital Bank, N.A.   Delaware   9/4/2008     2008 2988531     Relates to Motor Vehicle Lease
Agreement #22533 dated 7/31/2008
 
                       
RigNet, Inc.
  Texas Capital Bank, N.A.   Delaware   9/26/2008     2008 3271663     Relates to Motor Vehicle Lease
Agreement #22548 dated 8/20/2008
 
                       
RigNet, Inc.
  Texas Capital Bank, N.A.   Delaware   12/9/2008     2008 4085732     Relates to Motor Vehicle Lease
Agreement #22690 dated 12/4/2008
 
                       
RigNet, Inc.
  Texas Capital Bank, N.A.   Delaware   12/31/2008     2008 4325021     Relates to Motor Vehicle Lease
Agreement #22475 dated 6/25/2008
 
                       
RigNet, Inc.
  Texas Capital Bank, N.A.   Delaware   12/31/2008     2008 4328272     Relates to Motor Vehicle Lease
Agreement #22476 dated 6/25/2008
 
                       
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   5/31/2006     09-1059345     Fax machines

Schedule 7.01 


 

     
                     
            Original Filing   Original Filing    
Debtor   Secured Party   Jurisdiction   Date   Number   Collateral Summary
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   10/31/2005   09-1050140   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   12/9/2005   09-1051860   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   1/11/2006   09-1053127   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   2/22/2006   09-1054747   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   3/24/2006   09-1055932   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   4/4/2006   09-1056407   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   5/8/2006   09-1058345   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   5/18/2006   09-1058815   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   7/17/2006   09-1061616   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   7/31/2006   09-1062308   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   8/17/2005   09-1046725   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation       9/16/2005   09-1047862   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   10/18/2006   09-1066212   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   11/16/2006   09-1067551   Fax machines
Schedule 7.01

 


 

     
                     
            Original Filing   Original Filing    
Debtor   Secured Party   Jurisdiction   Date   Number   Collateral Summary
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   4/27/2007   09-1075500   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   5/1/2007   09-1075701   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   7/5/2007   09-1079260   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   11/7/2007   09-1085829   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   12/7/2007   09-1087241   Fax machines
 
                   
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Great America Leasing Corporation   Louisiana   12/1/2008   09-1106022   Fax machines
Schedule 7.01

 


 

SCHEDULE 7.02
INVESTMENTS
See Schedule 5.13.
Schedule 7.02

 


 

SCHEDULE 7.03
EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS
LandTel Communications, L.L.C., as borrower
                     
            Principal Debt as   Description of collateral/VIN
Lender   Loan Number   of April 30, 2009   (Vehicle Identification #)
Home Bank
    485017986     $ 10,505.20     1GTHK29K37E574246
 
                   
Home Bank
    485016627     $ 2,410.89     1GTHK29U26E166319
 
                   
Home Bank
    485016719     $ 2,478.3     1GTEC19Z67E103215
 
                   
Home Bank
    485016720     $ 2,478.3     1GTEC19Z57E100824
 
                   
Home Bank
    485016451     $ 3,212.76     1GTEC19V47E104232
 
                   
Home Bank
    485017765     $ 8,545.10     1GTHK29U77E101936
 
                   
Home Bank
    485017481     $ 6,289.83     1GTEC190X7E515249
 
                   
Home Bank
    485017373     $ 7,607.80     1GTHK29UX7E151651
 
                   
Home Bank
    485017630     $ 8,423.1     1GTHK29U77E144009
 
                   
Home Bank
    485017684     $ 8,211.45     1GTEC19C37Z501289
 
                   
Home Bank
    485017736     $ 8,365.65     1GTH529UO7E185209
 
                   
Home Bank
    485017737     $ 12,211.95     1FTPW14V57FB16665
 
                   
Home Bank
    485017766     $ 8,506.10     1GTHK29U07E188529
 
                   
Home Bank
    485018132     $ 10,068.85     1GTEC19J57E565145
 
                   
Home Bank
    485018333     $ 9,581.44     1GTEC19J97E597175
 
                   
Home Bank
    485018334     $ 9,581.44     1GTEC19J17E599373
 
                   
Home Bank
    485018335     $ 12,111.53     1GTHK29KX7E574485
 
                   
Home Bank
    485018501     $ 13,920.79     1GTHK29K18E114956
Schedule 7.03

 


 

SCHEDULE 7.08
TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
LandTel Communications, L.L.C. Lease Agreement with Apollo Ventures (an entity wholly-owned by Les Babin, a manager of LandTel Communications, L.L.C.) dated September 30, 2009.
Employment Agreement dated as of August 15, 2007 between RigNet, Inc. and Mark B. Slaughter.
Employment Agreement dated as of August 15, 2007 between RigNet, Inc. and Marty Jimmerson.
Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of LandTel Communications, L.L.C. dated August 25, 2006, as amended.
Schedule 7.08

 


 

SCHEDULE 10.02
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S OFFICE,
CERTAIN ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES
RigNet, Inc.
1880 South Dairy Ashford, Suite 300
Houston, Texas 77077
Attention: Marty Jimmerson, Chief Financial Officer
Telephone: 281-674-0118
Telecopier: 281-674-0101
Electronic Mail: Marty.jimmerson@rig.net
Website Address: www.rig.net
U.S. Taxpayer Identification Number: 76-0677208
with a copy to:
Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P.
2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 2800
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Courtney Solcher Marcus
Telephone: 214-855-7464
Telecopier: 214-855-8200
Electronic Mail: cmarcus@fulbright.com
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
Administrative Agent’s Office
(for payments and Requests for Credit Extensions):
Bank of America, N.A.
Bank of America Plaza
901 Main Street
Dallas, Texas 75202-3714
Attention: Jennifer Ollek, Credit Service Representative
Telephone: 214.209.2642
Telecopier: 214.290.8374
Electronic Mail: Jennifer.a.ollek@bankofamerica.com
Bank of America, N.A.
ABA # 026009593
Dallas, Texas
Acct. # 129-2000-883
Attn: Corporate Credit Services
Ref: RIGNET, INC.
Schedule 10.02

 


 

Other Notices as Administrative Agent:
Bank of America, N.A. — Agency Management
Bank of America Plaza
901 Main Street
Dallas, Texas 75202
Attention: Anthony Kell, Agency Management Officer
Telephone: 214.209.4124
Telecopier: 214.290.9422
Electronic Mail: Anthony.w.kell@bankofamerica.com
LENDERS:
Bank of America, N.A.
700 Louisiana, 7 th Floor
Houston, Texas 77002
Attention: Michelle Tabor, Vice President
Telephone: 713-247-6522
Telecopier: 713-247-7175
Electronic Mail: michelle.c.tabor@bankofamerica.com
with a copy to:
Porter & Hedges, L.L.P.
1000 Main Street, 36 th Floor
Houston, Texas 77002
Attention: Joyce K. Soliman
Telephone: 713-226-6685
Telecopier: 713-226-6285
Electronic Mail: jsoliman@porterhedges.com
Comerica Bank
300 W. Sixth Street, Suite 1300
Austin, Texas 78701
Attention: Steven J. DiPasquale, Vice President
Telephone: 512-427-7160
Telecopier: 512-427-7178
Electronic Mail: sdipasquale@comerica.com
with a copy to:
DLA Piper LLP(US)
4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100
San Diego, California 92121
Attention: Matt Schwartz
Telephone:       (858) 638-6834
Facsimile:      (858) 638-5134
Electronic Mail: Matt.schwartz@dlapiper.com
Schedule 10.02

 


 

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF LOAN NOTICE
Date: ___________, _____
To: Bank of America, N.A., as Agent
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2009 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among RigNet, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for itself and the other Lenders.
     The undersigned hereby requests (select one):
     A Borrowing of Loans 1
     A conversion or continuation of Loans
     1. On                                              (a Business Day).
     2. In the amount of $                       .
     3. Comprised of                                       .
[Type of Loan requested]
     4. For Eurodollar Rate Loans: with an Interest Period of _____ months.
     The Borrowing, if any, requested herein complies with the provisos to the first sentence of Section 2.01 of the Agreement.
         
  RIGNET, INC.,
a Delaware corporation,
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
 
1   Applicable to the initial Credit Extension only.
Exhibit A
Form of Loan Notice

 


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF NOTE
     
$ _______________________   _______________________
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (“ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to                      or registered assigns (“ Lender ”), in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Loan from time to time made by the Lender to Borrower under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2009 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the " Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for itself and the other Lenders.
     Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan from the date of such Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be made to Agent for the account of the Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Agreement.
     This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Note is also entitled to the benefits of the Guaranty and is secured by the Collateral . Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Agreement. Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
     Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.
     THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.
         
  RIGNET, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
Exhibit B - 1
Form of Note

 


 

LOANS AND PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT THERETO
                                                 
                            Amount of              
                            Principal or     Outstanding        
                    End of     Interest     Principal        
    Type of     Amount of     Interest     Paid This     Balance     Notation  
Date   Loan Made     Loan Made     Period     Date     This Date     Made By  
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
Exhibit B - 2
Form of Note

 


 

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
Financial Statement Date:                      , 20___
To: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2009 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the " Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among RigNet, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for itself and the other Lenders.
     The undersigned Responsible Officer hereby certifies, in such capacity and not individually, as of the date hereof that he/she is the                      of Borrower, and that, as such, he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate to Agent on the behalf of Borrower, and that:
      [Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal year-end financial statements]
     1. Borrower has delivered the year-end audited financial statements required by Section 6. 01(a) of the Agreement for the fiscal year of Borrower ended as of the above date, together with the report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant required by such section.
      [Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal quarter-end financial statements]
     1. Borrower has delivered the unaudited financial statements required by Section 6. 01(b) of the Agreement for the fiscal quarter of Borrower ended as of the above date. Such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with [GAAP][IFRS] as at such date and for such period, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.
     2. The undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Agreement and has made, or has caused to be made under his/her supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower during the accounting period covered by such financial statements.
     3. A review of the activities of Borrower during such fiscal period has been made under the supervision of the undersigned with a view to determining whether during such fiscal period Borrower performed and observed all its Obligations under the Loan Documents, and
      [select one:]
[to the knowledge of the undersigned during such fiscal period, Borrower performed and observed each covenant and condition of the Loan Documents applicable to it, and no Default has occurred and is continuing.]
Exhibit C - 1
Form of Compliance Certificate

 


 

      —or—
[to the knowledge of the undersigned, during such fiscal period, the following covenants or conditions have not been performed or observed and the following is a list of each such Default and its nature and status:]
     4. The financial covenant analyses and information set forth on Schedules 2 and 3 attached hereto are true and accurate on and as of the date of this Certificate.
     5. [Since the date of the Compliance Certificate delivered for the prior reporting period, there have been no material changes in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by Borrower or any Subsidiary.] [The following material changes in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by Borrower or any Subsidiary have occurred:]
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of                      .
         
  RIGNET, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
Exhibit C - 2
Form of Compliance Certificate

 


 

For the [Quarter][Year] ended                      (“ Statement Date ”)
SCHEDULE 2
to the Compliance Certificate
($ in 000’s)
I. Section 6.12(a) — Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
II. Section 6.12(b) — Funded Debt to EBITDA.
Exhibit C - 3
Form of Compliance Certificate

 


 

EXHIBIT D
FORM
OF
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
     This Assignment and Assumption (this “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [the][each] Assignor identified in item 1 below ([the][each, an] “ Assignor ”) and [the][each] Assignee identified in item 2 below ([the][each, an] “ Assignee ”). [It is understood and agreed that the rights and obligations of [the Assignors][the Assignees] hereunder are several and not joint.] Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.
     For an agreed consideration, [the][each] Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to [the Assignee][the respective Assignees], and [the][each] Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from [the Assignor][the respective Assignors], subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by Agent as contemplated below (i) all of [the Assignor’s][the respective Assignors’] rights and obligations in [its capacity as a Lender][their respective capacities as Lenders] under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of [the Assignor][the respective Assignors] under the respective facilities identified below and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of [the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender)][the respective Assignors (in their respective capacities as Lenders)] against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by [the][any] Assignor to [the][any] Assignee pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as, [the][an] “ Assigned Interest ”). Each such sale and assignment is without recourse to [the][any] Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by [the][any] Assignor.
1. Assignor[s]:                                            
2. Assignee[s]:                                             for each Assignee, indicate Affiliate of [identify Lender]]
Exhibit D - 1
Form of Assignment and Assumption

 


 

3. Borrower: RigNet, Inc., a Delaware corporation
4. Administrative Agent: Bank of America, N. A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement
5. Credit Agreement: Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2009, among RigNet, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for itself and the other Lenders
6. Assigned Interest[s]:
                                                 
                    Aggregate                      
                    Amount of     Amount of     Percentage          
                    Loans     Loans     Assigned of          
Assignor[s]       Assignee[s]       Facility Assigned     for all Lenders     Assigned     Loans     CUSIP No.  
 
          term loan   $ __________     $ _____________       __________ %     _________  
 
          term loan   $ __________     $ _____________       __________ %     _________  
 
          term loan   $ __________     $ _____________       __________ %     _________  
[7. Trade Date :                      ]
Effective Date:                      , 20            [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]
The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:
         
  ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Title:   
       
 
  ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE ]
 
 
  By:      
    Title:   
       
 
Exhibit D - 2
Form of Assignment and Assumption

 


 

[Consented to and ] Accepted:
Bank of America, N. A., as
 Administrative Agent
         
     
  By:      
    Title:   
       
 
  [Consented to:]


RigNet, Inc.
 
 
  By:      
    Title:   
       
 
Exhibit D - 3
Form of Assignment and Assumption

 


 

ANNEX 1 TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
          1. Representations and Warranties .
          1.1. Assignor . [The][Each] Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of [the][the relevant] Assigned Interest, (ii) [the][such] Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.
          1.2. Assignee . [The][Each] Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10.06(b)(iii),(v) and (vi) of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.06(b)(iii) of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of [the][the relevant] Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, and (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by [the][such] Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire [the][such] Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest (vi) it has independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest and (vii) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached hereto is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by [the][such] Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance upon Agent, [the][any] Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms
Exhibit D - 4
Form of Assignment and Assumption

 


 

all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
     2.  Payments . From and after the Effective Date, Agent shall make all payments in respect of [the][each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to [the][the relevant] Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to [the][the relevant] Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.
     3.  General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Texas.
Exhibit D - 5
Form of Assignment and Assumption

 


 

EXHIBIT E
FORM OF ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE
ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS REPLY FORM – US DOLLAR ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
             
FAX ALONG WITH COMMITMENT LETTER TO:      
           
         
 
           
FAX:
           
 
 
 
       
                 
I.
  Borrower Name:   RigNet Inc.        
 
               
 
      $                                             Type of Credit Facility:                                                                
 
               
II.   Legal Name of Lender of Record for Signature Page:    
 
             
 
  Signing Credit Agreement                        YES                        NO
 
  Coming in via Assignment                        YES                        NO
         
III.
  Type of Lender:    
 
       
(Bank, Asset Manager, Broker/Dealer, CLO/CDO, Finance Company, Hedge Fund, Insurance, Mutual Fund, Pension Fund, Other Regulated investment Fund, Special Purpose Vehicle, Other – please specify)
                 
IV.
  Domestic Address:       V.   Eurodollar Address:
 
               
         
 
               
         
 
               
         
 
               
         
VI. Contact Information:
Syndicate level information (which may contain material non- public information about the Borrower and its related parties or their respective securities will be made available to the Credit Contact(s). The Credit Contacts identified must be able to receive such information in accordance with his/her Institution’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and State securities laws.
                         
            Primary       Secondary    
    Credit Contact       Operations Contact       Operations Contact    
Name:
                       
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
                       
Title:
                       
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
                       
Address:
                       
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
                       
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
                       
Telephone:
                       
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
                       
Facsimile:
                       
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
                       
E Mail Address:
                       
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
(BANK OF AMERICA LOGO)
Exhibit E - 1
Form of Administrative Questionnaire

 


 

ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS REPLY FORM – US DOLLAR ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
                         
IntraLinks E Mail
Address:
                       
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
(BANK OF AMERICA LOGO)
Exhibit E - 2
Form of Administrative Questionnaire

 


 

ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS REPLY FORM – US DOLLAR ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
     Does Secondary Operations Contact need copy of notices?                                YES                                        NO
                         
    Letter of Credit       Draft Documentation            
    Contact       Contact       Legal Counsel    
Name:
                       
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
                       
Title:
                       
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
                       
Address:
                       
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
                       
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
                       
Telephone:
                       
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
                       
Facsimile:
                       
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
                       
E Mail Address:
                       
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
   
VII. Lender’s Standby Letter of Credit, Commercial Letter of Credit, and Bankers’ Acceptance Fed Wire Payment Instructions (if applicable):
         
Pay to:
       
 
       
 
 
 
(Bank Name)
   
 
       
 
 
 
(ABA #)
   
 
       
 
 
 
(Account #)
   
 
       
 
 
 
(Attention)
   
VIII. Lender’s Fed Wire Payment Instructions:
         
Pay to:
       
 
       
     
 
  (Bank Name)    
 
       
     
 
  (ABA #)   (City, State)
 
       
     
 
  (Account #)   (Account Name)
 
       
     
 
  (Attention)    
 
*   Day one funding ONLY fax request to Tina Mills 617- 263- 0439
(BANK OF AMERICA LOGO)
Exhibit E - 3
Form of Administrative Questionnaire

 


 

ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS REPLY FORM – US DOLLAR ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
IX. Organizational Structure and Tax Status
Please refer to the enclosed withholding tax instructions below and then complete this section accordingly:
     
Lender Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN):
                                                 
Tax Withholding Form Delivered to Bank of America*:
             
X  
W-9
       
   
 
     
   
W-8BEN
       
   
 
     
   
W-8ECI
       
   
 
     
   
W-8EXP
       
   
 
     
   
W-8IMY
     
   
 
     
         
    Tax Contact    
Name:
       
 
 
 
   
Title:
       
 
 
 
   
Address:
       
 
 
 
   
Telephone:
       
 
 
 
   
Facsimile:
       
 
 
 
   
E Mail Address:
       
 
 
 
   
NON-U.S. LENDER INSTITUTIONS
1. Corporations:
If your institution is incorporated outside of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and is the beneficial owner of the interest and other income it receives, you must complete one of the following three tax forms, as applicable to your institution: a.) Form W- 8BEN (Certificate of Foreign Status of Beneficial Owner), b.) Form W- 8ECI (Income Effectively Connected to a U.S. Trade or Business), or c.) Form W- 8EXP (Certificate of Foreign Government or Governmental Agency).
A U.S. taxpayer identification number is required for any institution submitting a Form W- 8 ECI. It is also required on Form W- 8BEN for certain institutions claiming the benefits of a tax treaty with the U.S. Please refer to the instructions when completing the form
(BANK OF AMERICA LOGO)
Exhibit E - 4
Form of Administrative Questionnaire

 


 

ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS REPLY FORM – US DOLLAR ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
applicable to your institution. In addition, please be advised that U.S. tax regulations do not permit the acceptance of faxed forms.
An original tax form must be submitted.
(BANK OF AMERICA LOGO)
Exhibit E - 5
Form of Administrative Questionnaire

 


 

ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS REPLY FORM – US DOLLAR ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
2. Flow- Through Entities
If your institution is organized outside the U.S., and is classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as either a Partnership, Trust, Qualified or Non- Qualified Intermediary, or other non- U.S. flow- through entity, an original Form W- 8IMY (Certificate of Foreign Intermediary, Foreign Flow- Through Entity, or Certain U.S. branches for United States Tax Withholding) must be completed by the intermediary together with a withholding statement. Flow- through entities other than Qualified Intermediaries are required to include tax forms for each of the underlying beneficial owners.
Please refer to the instructions when completing this form. In addition, please be advised that U.S. tax regulations do not permit the acceptance of faxed forms. Original tax form(s) must be submitted.
U.S. LENDER INSTITUTIONS:
If your institution is incorporated or organized within the United States, you must complete and return Form W- 9 (Request for Taxpayer identification Number and Certification). Please be advised that we require an original form W- 9.
Pursuant to the language contained in the tax section of the Credit Agreement, the applicable tax form for your institution must be completed and retuned on or prior to the date on which your institution becomes a lender under this Credit Agreement. Failure to provide the proper tax form when requested will subject your institution to U.S. tax withholding.
 
*   Additional guidance and instructions as to where to submit this documentation can be found at this link:
      (GRAPHIC)
X. Bank of America Payment Instructions:
     
Pay to:
  Bank of America, N.A.
 
  ABA #026009593
 
  Dallas, Texas
 
  Acct. #129-2000-883
 
  Attn: Corporate Credit Services
 
  Ref: RIGNET, INC.
(BANK OF AMERICA LOGO)
Exhibit E - 6
Form of Administrative Questionnaire

 

Exhibit 10.12
FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
     THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of June 10, 2010, between RigNet, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the undersigned lenders (collectively, “ Lenders ” and each individually, a “ Lender ”), and Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, “ Agent ”) for itself and the other Lenders. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment have the meanings given them in the Credit Agreement (defined below).
RECITALS
     A. Borrower, Agent and Lenders from time to time party thereto, entered into that certain Credit Agreement dated as of May 29, 2009 (as amended, restated, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”).
     B. Minority Member has notified Borrower that Minority Member is exercising its Put Option.
     C. In order to facilitate payment of amounts due in respect of the Put Option, Borrower has requested that Agent and Lenders modify certain cash collateral requirements in the Credit Agreement.
     D. Borrower, Lenders and Agent agree to amend the Credit Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment.
     NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Amendment to Credit Agreement .
      Section 6. 16(i) (Cash Collateral) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete subsection (i) in its entirety and to replace it with the following:
     “(i) provided that Borrower has made each scheduled principal payment in respect of the Principal Debt when due, Borrower shall at all times maintain (A) on deposit in its main operating account at Bank of America (or, at Borrower’s option, invested by Borrower in a certificate of deposit issued by Bank of America) commencing on July 3, 2010 and continuing through October 31, 2010, a cash balance of no less than $1,500,000, and thereafter through July 2, 2011, a cash balance of no less than $3,750,000, and (B) on deposit in a demand deposit account at Comerica (or, at Borrower’s option, invested by Borrower in a certificate of deposit issued by Comerica) commencing on July 3, 2010, a cash balance of no less than $3,750,000; and”
     2.  Conditions . This Amendment shall be effective as of the date first set forth above once each of the following has been delivered to Agent:
     (a) this Amendment executed by Borrower, Required Lenders, and Agent;
     (b) an executed Guarantors’ Consent and Agreement in form, scope and substance satisfactory to the Agent; and
     (c) such other documents as Agent may reasonably request.

 


 

     3.  Representations and Warranties . Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and each Lender that (a) it possesses all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and comply with the terms of this Amendment, (b) this Amendment has been duly authorized and approved by all requisite corporate action on the part of Borrower, (c) no other consent of any Person (other than Agent and Required Lenders) is required for this Amendment to be effective, (d) the execution and delivery of this Amendment does not violate its organizational documents, (e) the representations and warranties in each Loan Document to which it is a party are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Amendment as though made on the date of this Amendment ( except to the extent that such representations and warranties speak to a specific date), (f) it is in full compliance with all covenants and agreements contained in each Loan Document to which it is a party, and (g) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The representations and warranties made in this Amendment shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment. No investigation by Agent or any Lender is required for Agent or any Lender to rely on the representations and warranties in this Amendment.
     4.  Scope of Amendment; Reaffirmation; Release . All references to the Credit Agreement shall refer to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment. Except as affected by this Amendment, the Loan Documents are unchanged and continue in full force and effect. However, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Credit Agreement (as amended by this Amendment) and any other Loan Document, the terms of the Credit Agreement shall control and such other document shall be deemed to be amended to conform to the terms of the Credit Agreement. Borrower hereby reaffirms its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and agrees that all Loan Documents to which it is a party remain in full force and effect and continue to be legal, valid, and binding obligations enforceable in accordance with their terms (as the same are affected by this Amendment). Borrower hereby releases Agent and Lenders from any liability for actions or omissions in connection with the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents prior to the date of this Amendment.
     5.  Miscellaneous .
     (a) No Waiver of Defaults . This Amendment does not constitute (i) a waiver of, or a consent to, (A) any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document not expressly referred to in this Amendment, or (B) any present or future violation of, or default under, any provision of the Loan Documents, or (ii) a waiver of Agent’s or any Lender’s right to insist upon future compliance with each term, covenant, condition and provision of the Loan Documents.
     (b) Form . Each agreement, document, instrument or other writing to be furnished to Agent and Lenders under any provision of this Amendment must be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and its counsel.
     (c) Headings . The headings and captions used in this Amendment are for convenience only and will not be deemed to limit, amplify or modify the terms of this Amendment, the Credit Agreement, or the other Loan Documents.
     (d) Costs, Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees . Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse Agent on demand for all its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Amendment, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of Agent’s counsel.
     (e) Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the undersigned and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

2


 

     (f) Multiple Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatories had signed the same document. All counterparts must be construed together to constitute one and the same instrument. This Amendment may be transmitted and signed by facsimile or portable document format (PDF). The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on Borrower, Agent and Lenders. Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile or PDF document or signature.
     (g) Governing Law . This Amendment and the other Loan Documents must be construed, and their performance enforced, under Texas law.
     (h) Entirety . The Loan Documents (as amended hereby) Represent the Final Agreement Among Borrower, Agent and Lenders, and May Not Be Contradicted by Evidence of Prior, Contemporaneous, or Subsequent Oral Agreements by the Parties. There Are No Unwritten Oral Agreements among the Parties.
[Signatures appear on the following pages.]

3


 

This Amendment is executed as of the date set out in the preamble to this Amendment.
         
  BORROWER:

RIGNET, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Martin L. Jimmerson   
    Martin L. Jimmerson   
    Chief Financial Officer   
 
Signature Page to First Amendment to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  AGENT:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
a national banking association
 
 
  By:   /s/ Alan Tapley   
    Alan Tapley   
    Assistant Vice President   
 
Signature Page to First Amendment to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
 
LENDER:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
a national banking association
 
 
  By:   /s/ Geri E. Landa   
    Geri E. Landa   
    Vice President   
 
Signature Page to First Amendment to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
 
LENDER:

COMERICA BANK,
a Texas banking association
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven J. DiPasquale   
    Steven J. DiPasquale   
    Vice President   
 
Signature Page to First Amendment to Credit Agreement

 


 

GUARANTORS’ CONSENT AND AGREEMENT
     As an inducement to Agent and Required Lenders to execute, and in consideration of Agent’s and Required Lenders’ execution of, this Amendment, the undersigned hereby consent to this Amendment and agree that this Amendment shall in no way release, diminish, impair, reduce or otherwise adversely affect the obligations and liabilities of the undersigned under the Guaranty Agreement executed by the undersigned in connection with the Credit Agreement, or under any Loan Documents, agreements, documents or instruments executed by the undersigned to create liens, security interests or charges to secure any of the Obligation, all of which are in full force and effect. The undersigned further represent and warrant to Agent and Lenders that (a) the representations and warranties in each Loan Document to which it is a party are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Amendment as though made on the date of this Amendment (except to the extent that such representations and warranties speak to a specific date), (b) the undersigned is in full compliance with all covenants and agreements contained in each Loan Document to which it is a party, and (c) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Each Guarantor hereby releases Agent and Lenders from any liability for actions or omissions in connection with the Loan Documents prior to the date of this Amendment. This Consent and Agreement shall be binding upon the undersigned, and their legal representatives and permitted assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Agent and Lenders, and their successors and assigns.
         
  GUARANTORS:


LANDTEL, INC. (formerly known as
LandTel II, Inc.),
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Martin L. Jimmerson   
    Martin L. Jimmerson   
    President   
 
  LANDTEL COMMUNICATIONS, L.L.C.,
a Louisiana limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Martin L. Jimmerson   
    Martin L. Jimmerson   
    Manager   
 
  RIGNET SATCOM, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Martin L. Jimmerson   
    Martin L. Jimmerson   
    Chief Financial Officer   
 
Guarantors’ Consent to First Amendment to Credit Agreement

 

Exhibit 10.13
SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
     THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of August 19, 2010, between RigNet, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the undersigned lenders (collectively, “ Lenders ” and each individually, a “ Lender ”), and Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, “ Agent ”) for itself and the other Lenders. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment have the meanings given them in the Credit Agreement (defined below).
RECITALS
     A. Borrower, Agent and Lenders from time to time party thereto, entered into that certain Credit Agreement dated as of May 29, 2009 (as amended by that First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 10, 2010, and as further amended, restated, or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”).
     B. Borrower has requested that Lenders make an additional $10,000,000 term loan to Borrower under the Credit Agreement.
     C. Borrower, Lenders and Agent agree to amend the Credit Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment.
     NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Amendments to Credit Agreement .
     (a) Section 1.01 (Defined Terms) of the Credit Agreement is amended to delete the definitions of “ Commitment ” and “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” in their entireties and replace them with the following:
Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, it’s obligation to make Loans to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01 , on the Closing Date and on the Additional Term Loan Closing Date, as the case may be, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 .
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, when determined, the ratio of (a) for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, EBITDA minus cash Taxes, minus cash Restricted Payments made by Borrower to its stockholders, minus $1,000,000 attributable to maintenance capital expenditures, plus any voluntary prepayment of the Obligations, in each case for the immediately preceding four fiscal-quarter period, to (b) for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the sum of (without duplication) current maturities of long term debt (including, but not limited to, any Subordinated Liabilities and capital leases), however excluding, the scheduled principal payment due and payable by Borrower on the Maturity Date under any Loan, plus interest expense, plus principal payments made in respect of Subordinated Liabilities, in each case for the immediately preceding four fiscal-quarter period.
     (b) Section 1.01 (Defined Terms) of the Credit Agreement is amended to add the following new defined terms in the appropriate alphabetical order:
Additional Term Loan Commitment ” means $10,000,000.

 


 

Additional Term Loan Closing Date ” means the date that all the conditions precedent in Section 4.02 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 10.01 and the Loans in respect of the Additional Term Loan Commitment are extended by the Lenders.
     (c) Section 2.01 (Term Loan Commitment) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
               “ 2.01 Term Loan Commitment .
     (a) Borrower acknowledges and confirms that on the Closing Date, Lenders previously made a single advance term loan to Borrower in the original principal amount of $35,000,00 in the aggregate, and that the Outstanding Amount is equal to $25,520,833.33 as of August 19, 2010 (the “ Existing Term Loan ”). Borrower reaffirms its obligation to pay the Existing Term Loan in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
     (b) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Lender severally and not jointly agrees to make a single advance term loan to Borrower in an amount equal to such Lender’s portion of the Additional Term Loan Commitment on the Additional Term Loan Closing Date (each such loan, together with the Existing Term Loan, a “ Loan ”). After giving effect to the Borrowings on the Additional Term Loan Closing Date (i) the Outstanding Amount shall not exceed $35,520,833.33, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans of any Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment as listed on Schedule 2.01 . Borrower may prepay the Loans under Section 2.03 , and shall repay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.04 , but once prepaid or repaid, such Loans shall not be reborrowed. The initial Borrowing on the Closing Date and the subsequent Borrowing on the Additional Term Loan Closing Date shall bear interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate, subject to subsequent conversion at Borrower’s option to Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.”
     (d) Section 2.02 (Conversions and Continuations of Loans) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subsection (b) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:
     “(b) Following receipt of a Loan Notice, Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by Borrower, Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Eurodollar Rate Loans described in the preceding subsection. On the Closing Date and the Additional Term Loan Closing Date, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to Agent in immediately available funds at Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Sections 4.01 and 4.02 on the Closing Date and the Additional Term Loan Closing Date, Agent shall make the funds so received available to Borrower in like funds as received by Agent either by (i) crediting the account of Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) Agent by Borrower.”
     (e) Section 2.04 (Repayment of Loans) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

2


 

     “ 2.04 Repayment of Loans. Commencing on September 30, 2010, and continuing on the last Business Day of each quarter thereafter, Borrower shall repay to the Lenders the principal amount of $2,187,500. On the Maturity Date, Borrower shall repay to the Lenders the Outstanding Amount, together with any accrued and unpaid interest. Any payment of the Loans shall be applied first to Loans bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate and then to Eurodollar Rate Loans beginning with those Loans with the least number of days remaining in the Interest Period applicable thereto and ending with those Loans with the most number of days remaining in the Interest Period applicable thereto.”
     (f) Section 4.02 (Conditions to all Credit Extensions) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
     “ 4.02 Conditions to all Credit Extensions. Conditions to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension, including any Request for Credit Extension on the Additional Term Loan Closing Date, is subject to the following conditions precedent:
          (a) The representations and warranties of Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 4.02 , the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01 .
          (b) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.
          (c) Agent shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.”
     (g) Section 6.16 (Cash Collateral) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
     “ 6.16 Cash Collateral. Borrower shall at all times maintain (a) a cash balance of no less than $5,000,000 on deposit in its main operating account at Bank of America (or, at Borrower’s option, invested by Borrower in a certificate of deposit issued by Bank of America), and (b) a cash balance of no less than $5,000,000 on deposit in a demand deposit account at Comerica (or, at Borrower’s option, invested by Borrower in a certificate of deposit issued by Comerica), subject to reduction as follows:
     (i) commencing on July 3, 2011, provided that Borrower has made each scheduled principal payment in respect of the Principal Debt when due, Borrower shall at all times maintain (A) a cash balance of no less than

3


 

$3,750,000 on deposit in its main operating account at Bank of America (or, at Borrower’s option, invested by Borrower in a certificate of deposit issued by Bank of America), and (B) a cash balance of no less than $3,750,000 on deposit in a demand deposit account at Comerica (or, at Borrower’s option, invested by Borrower in a certificate of deposit issued by Comerica);
provided that, if any Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing on any proposed date of reduction in the preceding clause (i), then such reduction shall be postponed until the earliest date on which (x) any such Default or Event of Default has been cured, waived or otherwise ceases to exist, and (y) no other Default or Event or Default then exists.”
     (h) Schedule 2.01 (Commitments and Applicable Percentages) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Schedule 2.01 to this Amendment.
     2.  Conditions . This Amendment shall be effective as of the date first set forth above once each of the following has been delivered to Agent:
     (a) this Amendment executed by Borrower, Required Lenders, and Agent;
     (b) an executed Guarantors’ Consent and Agreement in form, scope and substance satisfactory to the Agent;
     (c) a Request for Credit Extension executed by Borrower;
     (d) an Officer’s Certificate from Borrower certifying as to incumbency of officers, no changes to articles of incorporation and bylaws since the date of the certificate delivered in connection with the Credit Agreement or including only modified constituent documents, and resolutions adopted by the Borrower’s Board of Directors authorizing this Amendment;
     (e) Certificates of Existence and Good Standing of Borrower and each Guarantor from its jurisdiction of organization;
     (f) an Officer’s Certificate from each Guarantor certifying as to incumbency of officers, no changes to its constitutional documents since the date of the certificate delivered in connection with the Credit Agreement, and resolutions adopted by the such Guarantor’s board of directors or managers, as applicable, authorizing this Amendment and the increased amount of its obligations under its respective Guaranty; and
     (g) such other documents as Agent may reasonably request.
     3.  Representations and Warranties . Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and each Lender that (a) it possesses all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and comply with the terms of this Amendment, (b) this Amendment has been duly authorized and approved by all requisite corporate action on the part of Borrower, (c) no other consent of any Person (other than Agent and Required Lenders) is required for this Amendment to be effective, (d) the execution and delivery of this Amendment does not violate its organizational documents, (e) the representations and warranties in each Loan Document to which it is a party are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Amendment as though made on the date of this Amendment ( except to the extent that such representations and warranties speak to a specific date), (f) it is in full compliance with all covenants and agreements contained in each Loan Document to which it is a party, and (g) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is

4


 

continuing. The representations and warranties made in this Amendment shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment. No investigation by Agent or any Lender is required for Agent or any Lender to rely on the representations and warranties in this Amendment.
     4.  Scope of Amendment; Reaffirmation; Release . All references to the Credit Agreement shall refer to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment. Except as affected by this Amendment, the Loan Documents are unchanged and continue in full force and effect. However, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Credit Agreement (as amended by this Amendment) and any other Loan Document, the terms of the Credit Agreement shall control and such other document shall be deemed to be amended to conform to the terms of the Credit Agreement. Borrower hereby reaffirms its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and agrees that all Loan Documents to which it is a party remain in full force and effect and continue to be legal, valid, and binding obligations enforceable in accordance with their terms (as the same are affected by this Amendment). Borrower hereby releases Agent and Lenders from any liability for actions or omissions in connection with the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents prior to the date of this Amendment.
     5.  Miscellaneous .
     (a) No Waiver of Defaults . This Amendment does not constitute (i) a waiver of, or a consent to, (A) any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document not expressly referred to in this Amendment, or (B) any present or future violation of, or default under, any provision of the Loan Documents, or (ii) a waiver of Agent’s or any Lender’s right to insist upon future compliance with each term, covenant, condition and provision of the Loan Documents.
     (b) Form . Each agreement, document, instrument or other writing to be furnished to Agent and Lenders under any provision of this Amendment must be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and its counsel.
     (c) Headings . The headings and captions used in this Amendment are for convenience only and will not be deemed to limit, amplify or modify the terms of this Amendment, the Credit Agreement, or the other Loan Documents.
     (d) Costs, Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees . Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse Agent on demand for all its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Amendment, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of Agent’s counsel.
     (e) Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the undersigned and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     (f) Multiple Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatories had signed the same document. All counterparts must be construed together to constitute one and the same instrument. This Amendment may be transmitted and signed by facsimile or portable document format (PDF). The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on Borrower, Agent and Lenders. Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile or PDF document or signature.

5


 

     (g) Governing Law . This Amendment and the other Loan Documents must be construed, and their performance enforced, under Texas law.
     (h) Entirety . The Loan Documents (as amended hereby) Represent the Final Agreement Among Borrower, Agent and Lenders, and May Not Be Contradicted by Evidence of Prior, Contemporaneous, or Subsequent Oral Agreements by the Parties. There Are No Unwritten Oral Agreements among the Parties.
[Signatures appear on the following pages.]

6


 

     This Amendment is executed as of the date set out in the preamble to this Amendment.
         
  BORROWER:

RIGNET, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Martin L. Jimmerson    
    Martin L. Jimmerson   
    Chief Financial Officer   
 
Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  AGENT:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
a national banking association
 
 
  By:   /s/ Anthony Kell    
    Anthony Kell   
    Assistant Vice President   
 
Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  LENDER:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
a national banking association
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michelle C. Tabor    
    Michelle C. Tabor   
    Vice President   
 
Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  LENDER:

COMERICA BANK,
a Texas banking association
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven J. DiPasquale    
    Steven J. DiPasquale   
    Vice President   
 
Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement

 


 

SCHEDULE 2.01
COMMITMENTS
AND APPLICABLE PERCENTAGES
Closing Date
                 
Lender   Commitment     Applicable Percentage  
 
Bank of America, N.A.
  $ 20,000,000       57.142857143 %
Comerica Bank
  $ 15,000,000       42.857142857 %
Total
  $ 35,000,000       100.000000000 %
Additional Term Loan Closing Date
                 
Lender   Commitment     Applicable Percentage  
 
Bank of America, N.A.
  $ 10,000,000       100.00 %
Comerica Bank
  $ 0       0.00 %
Total
  $ 10,000,000       100.000000000 %
Schedule 2.01

 


 

GUARANTORS’ CONSENT AND AGREEMENT
     As an inducement to Agent and Required Lenders to execute, and in consideration of Agent’s and Required Lenders’ execution of, this Amendment, the undersigned hereby consent to this Amendment and agree that this Amendment shall in no way release, diminish, impair, reduce or otherwise adversely affect the obligations and liabilities of the undersigned under the Guaranty Agreement executed by the undersigned in connection with the Credit Agreement, or under any Loan Documents, agreements, documents or instruments executed by the undersigned to create liens, security interests or charges to secure any of the Obligation, all of which are in full force and effect. The undersigned further represent and warrant to Agent and Lenders that (a) the representations and warranties in each Loan Document to which it is a party are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Amendment as though made on the date of this Amendment (except to the extent that such representations and warranties speak to a specific date), (b) the undersigned is in full compliance with all covenants and agreements contained in each Loan Document to which it is a party, and (c) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Each Guarantor hereby releases Agent and Lenders from any liability for actions or omissions in connection with the Loan Documents prior to the date of this Amendment. This Consent and Agreement shall be binding upon the undersigned, and their legal representatives and permitted assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Agent and Lenders, and their successors and assigns.
         
  GUARANTORS:

LANDTEL, INC. (formerly known as
LandTel II, Inc.),
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Martin L. Jimmerson    
    Martin L. Jimmerson   
    President   
 
  LANDTEL COMMUNICATIONS, L.L.C.,
a Louisiana limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Martin L. Jimmerson    
    Martin L. Jimmerson   
    Manager   
 
  RIGNET SATCOM, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Martin L. Jimmerson    
    Martin L. Jimmerson   
    Chief Financial Officer   
 
Guarantors’ Consent to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement

 

Exhibit 10.14
Employment Agreement
     This Employment Agreement (“Agreement”), including the attached Exhibits A and B, which are made a part hereof for all purposes, between RigNet, Inc. (“Company”) and William D. Sutton (“Executive”) is effective as of May 18, 2010 (“Effective Date”). The Company and Executive agree as follows:
      1. TERM AND POSITION: The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by the Company, in the Positions and for the Term stated on Exhibit “A.” During the Term of this Agreement, Executive shall devote his full time and undivided attention during business hours to the business and affairs of the Company, except for vacations, illness or incapacity; however, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Executive from (i) engaging in charitable and community activities, and (ii) managing his personal investments, provided that such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. The Chief Executive Officer of the Company (“CEO”) in accordance with guidelines, if any, of the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”) shall give Executive written notice of any such activities that it reasonably believes materially interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder and provide Executive with a reasonable period of time to correct such interference.
      2. COMPENSATION: While Executive serves in the Positions set forth on Exhibit “A,” Executive’s annual base salary, as set forth on Exhibit “A,” shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices for its executive officers. Executive shall participate in the Company’s currently effective Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”) and, under the terms of the MIP, shall be eligible for annual bonuses and/or periodic long-term incentive awards, in cash and/or in Company stock, as determined appropriate from time to time by the Compensation Committee of the Board (“Compensation Committee”). Under the terms of the MIP and subject to the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, Executive shall be eligible for an annual bonus in the amount, and determined in the manner, set forth on Exhibit “A” attached hereto.
      3. BENEFITS: Executive shall be allowed to participate in all compensation and benefit plans and receive all perquisites that the Company makes available to its other senior executives of the same corporate level and also to participate in all employee benefit plans and programs that the Company makes available to the Company’s employees in general. Nothing in this Agreement is to be construed to obligate the Company to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing any benefit program or plan, so long as such actions are similarly applicable to the covered executives or employees, as applicable.
      4. INDEMNIFICATION: In any situation where under applicable law the Company has the power to indemnify, advance expenses to and defend Executive in respect of any claims,

-1-


 

judgments, fines, settlements, loss, cost or expense (including attorneys fees) of any nature related to or arising out of Executive’s activities as an agent, employee, officer or director of the Company or in any other capacity in which he is acting or serving on behalf of or at the request of the Company (a “Claim”), the Company shall fully indemnify Executive to the maximum extent permitted by law and promptly on written request from Executive advance expenses {including attorney’s fees) to Executive and defend Executive to the fullest extent permitted by law, unless Executive has been grossly negligent or willfully engaged in misconduct in the performance or nonperformance of his duties that is the basis for such Claim, which nonperformance shall include a failure of Executive to inform the Board of matters that could reasonably be expected, at such time, to be materially injurious financially to the Company. This contractual indemnification of Executive by the Company hereunder shall not be deemed or construed as operating to impair any other obligation of the Company respecting Executive’s indemnification or defense otherwise arising out of this or any other agreement or promise or obligation of the Company under any statute, articles of incorporation, by-laws or otherwise.
      5. D&O INSURANCE: The Company will obtain and maintain throughout the Term officer and director liability insurance covering Executive in an amount believed by the Board to be reasonable for the Company, given its size and activities, but in no event shall the coverage for Executive be less (in amount or scope) than the coverage provided for any other officer or director of the Company. Such insurance coverage shall continue as to Executive after he has ceased to be a director, officer or employee of the Company with respect to acts or omissions, which occurred prior to such cessation. Insurance contemplated by this Section shall inure to the benefit of Executive, his heirs and the executors and administrators of his estate.
      6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT: The Company and Executive agree that, during the Term, either party may, upon at least 30 days written notice to the other, terminate Executive’s employment; provided, however, that Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company for Cause only as provided below. The Term of the Agreement shall terminate upon the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason.
      7. SEVERANCE PAY AND BENEFITS: If, during the Term, the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay Executive a Cash Severance Amount and provide Executive with certain other severance benefits (collectively, the “Severance Pay”) as described below. The Severance Pay shall be as follows:
  (a)   The Cash Severance Amount shall be the amount as provided in Exhibit A hereto. The Company shall pay the Cash Severance Amount to Executive in a lump sum by wire transfer on or as soon as reasonably practical after the termination date; provided, however, that if at such time Executive is a

-2-


 

      “specified employee,” as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”) and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder, the Company shall not make such payment until the earlier of (i) the first day of the seventh month after Executive’s termination date or (ii) the date of Executive’s death. In the event of any such delay in payment, such Cash Severance Amount shall bear interest at the LIBOR rate in effect on his termination date until paid.
 
  (b)   Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under the Company’s group health plan pursuant to Section 4980B of the Code (“COBRA”), the Company shall pay on Executive’s behalf the full premium required for such continued coverage elected for his applicable COBRA period but not to exceed 18 months; provided, however, the Company shall take all actions necessary for Executive not to be taxed on either the continued coverage or any health benefits received under the health plan, which may include, if effective, paying Executive a monthly amount in cash, with a full tax gross-up, that enables Executive to pay the health premium required with after-tax dollars in order for such continued coverage or benefits to be non-taxable to him; provided, further however, if such reimbursement payments would be subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code, the Company shall provide Executive with either a full tax gross-up, paid when Executive remits such taxes, or reasonably equivalent health insurance coverage that does not subject Executive to tax under Sections 105,106 or 409A of the Code.
 
  (c)   As soon as practical on or following his termination, the Company shall pay Executive (i) any earned but unpaid base salary, (ii) any accrued but unused vacation, and (iii) all reasonable and unreimbursed business expenses incurred by him prior to his termination.
 
  (d)   The Company shall provide Executive with outplacement services of Executive’s choosing, not to exceed $20,000.
Executive shall not be entitled to Severance Pay for a termination of employment that is due to his death or Disability, his voluntary termination without Good Reason, or his termination by the Company for Cause.
      8. DEFINITIONS

-3-


 

     The following are definitions of terms used in this and other sections of this Agreement.
  (a)   Cause. “Cause” means (i) Executive’s conviction of a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (ii) Executive’s intentional and continued failure to perform his duties (other than by reason of an illness or a disability); (iii) intentional engagement in conduct by Executive that is materially injurious to the Company (monetarily or otherwise); (iv) Executive’s gross negligence in the performance of Executive’s duties; provided, however, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause under clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) above unless the determination of whether Cause exists is made in writing by the CEO, such determination to set forth the basis for the determination. If Executive disagrees with the CEO’s determination, Executive may, within 30 days of the CEO’s determination file a written appeal with the Board, and the Board may reverse the CEO’s determination if a resolution is duly adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire membership of the Board (excluding Executive, if a member) at a meeting of the Board that was called for the purpose of considering such termination (after 15 days’ notice to Executive and an opportunity for Executive, together with Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board and, if reasonably possible, to cure the breach that is the alleged basis for Cause) finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive was not guilty of conduct constituting Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
 
  (b)   (b) Good Reason. “Good Reason” means (i) an adverse change in Executive’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities, including job title, (ii) an adverse change in Executive’s base salary or the taking of any action by the Company that would diminish, other than in a de minimus amount, the aggregate incentive compensation awards or opportunities of Executive or the level of Executive’s participation relative to other participants, iii) the relocation of the Company’s principal executive offices by more than 25 miles from where such offices are located on the Effective Date or Executive being based at any office other than the principal executive offices of the Company, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of Executive’s duties and reasonably consistent with Executive’s travel prior to the Effective Date, or (iv) a breach of this Agreement by the Company, which remains uncorrected for 10 days following Executive’s written notice to the Company of such breach.
 
  (c)   Disability. “Disability” means Executive (i) is unable to perform substantially Executive’s duties with the Company as a result of any physical or mental impairment that is reasonably expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as supported by a written opinion by a physician selected by Executive, and (ii) is receiving long-term disability benefits under the Company’s

-4-


 

      insured long-term disability plan.
      9. COMPANY EQUITY: The provisions of this Section are in addition to any rights of Executive under Section 7 of this Agreement.
  (a)   Upon Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason, death or Disability or upon Executive’s termination by the Company for any reason other than Cause, each Company stock option of Executive automatically shall vest and become exercisable in full. Further, in the event that Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason other than for Cause, all vested Company stock options of Executive, including those that become vested on his termination of employment as provided in this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect for the remainder of their original option terms. In addition, each Company restricted stock award and other Company-equity based award, and any other deferred compensation award granted to Executive, shall vest in full and be payable on the date the Cash Severance Amount is paid to Executive as provided above. However, expressly excluded from this section are any equity awards issued to Executive by the Company under a long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”) after the Company’s stock is listed on any public stock exchange or securities market. Such equity issued under the LTIP after a public listing shall vest and continue in full force and effect in accordance with the terms of the LTIP.
 
  (c)   In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause and the Company’s stock is not listed on any public stock exchange or securities market, then for 90 days following Executive’s termination the Company shall have a right to cancel all of Executive’s vested stock options by paying Executive a cash lump amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the shares of the Company stock covered by such options and the exercise prices of such options.
 
  (d)   Upon a “Change of Control,” all Company stock options and other Company equity-based awards of Executive automatically shall vest in full immediately prior to such Change of Control and be exercisable or payable pursuant to its terms, notwithstanding anything in any award agreement to the contrary.
 
  (e)   In the event that a majority of other shareholders sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares of Company stock or securities convertible into Company stock prior to an initial public offering of the Company stock, the other shareholders and the Company shall take, at their sole expense, all actions

-5-


 

      necessary or helpful, to enable Executive, at his election, to sell or similarly dispose of his shares of Company stock to such purchaser(s) at the same time and on the same terms. The percentage of his shares of Company stock that Executive may elect to sell or otherwise dispose of pursuant to this “tag along” right shall not exceed the percentage of the Company stock owned by the other selling shareholders (with all convertible securities being deemed fully converted) that it is selling or otherwise disposing in such transaction(s). Such “tag along” rights for Executive shall no longer exist once the Company’s stock is listed on any public stock exchange or securities market.
      10. NO OFFSET OR MITIGATION: Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit provided for under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement be reduced as the result of his employment by another employer or his self- employment, except that any severance payments or benefits that Executive is entitled to receive pursuant to a Company severance welfare benefit plan for employees in general shall reduce the amount of payments and benefits otherwise payable or to be provided to Executive under this Agreement.
      11. CONFIDENTIALITY: Executive will not use, divulge, or disclose, directly or indirectly, any trade secret, data, records, or other information concerning the technology, know-how, business, policies, finances, or operations of the Company or any of its affiliates, which Executive acquires knowledge of pursuant to his employment with the Company (the “Information”), including, but not limited to, information regarding its customers and projects. He will not, without the express consent of the Chief Executive Officer or a member of the Board, remove from the offices of the Company any originals or copies of any of the Information, or any computer disks, computer hard drives, or computer tapes on which any of the Information is recorded.
      12. INVENTIONS: Executive will promptly and fully disclose to the Company any inventions, designs, improvements or discoveries which Executive develops during his employment with the Company, whether conceived during regular working hours or otherwise. All such inventions, designs, improvements, and discoveries shall be the exclusive property of the Company. Executive will: (i) assist the Company in obtaining appropriate legal protection (including patent, trademark, and copyright protection) for the rights of the Company with respect to such inventions, designs, improvements, and discoveries, and (ii) execute all documents and do all things necessary to (a) obtain such legal protection, and (b) vest the Company with full and exclusive title thereof.
      13. NON-COMPETITION OBLIGATIONS: The Executive Agrees that, during

-6-


 

the Term of this Agreement and for the 12-month period following any termination of this Agreement by the Company without Cause, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, engage in any business competing with the businesses of the Company, whether directly or as an owner of more than 5% in, as a manager of, a participant in, a consultant to or a person who renders services on behalf of, a person who engages in such business, or otherwise, within (i) the states of Texas, Louisiana, Colorado or Wyoming or (ii) in any geographical area in which the Company actually engages in such businesses, specifically including the nations listed on Exhibit B attached hereto. The business of the Company is providing Internet protocol-based voice, data and video networks and software application management services for offshore drilling companies, oil companies and oil-field service companies.
      14. NON-SOLICITATION: During the Term of this Agreement and the 12-month period following the termination hereof, Executive shall not directly, or indirectly through another entity, induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company to leave the employ of the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company and any employee thereof, and Executive shall not directly or indirectly induce or attempt to induce any existing or prospective customer of the Company to reduce or cease its business relationship with the Company.
      15. WARRANTY AND INDEMNIFICATION: Executive warrants that he is not a party to any other restrictive agreement limiting his activities in his employment by the Company. Executive further warrants that at the time of the signing of this Agreement, Executive knows of no written or oral contract or of any other impediment that would inhibit or prohibit continued employment with the Company. Executive shall hold the Company harmless from any and all suits and claims arising out of any breach of such restrictive agreement or contracts.
      16. NON-DISPARAGEMENT: The parties shall refrain, both during and after the Term, from publishing any oral or written statements about each other (including with respect to the Company, its affiliates, or any of their respective officers, employees, agents, or representatives) that are disparaging, slanderous, libelous, or defamatory.
      17. NOTICES: Notices and all other communications shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail. Notices to the Company, shall be sent to 1880 South Dairy Ashford, Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77077 attention: Chief Executive Officer. Notices and communications to Executive shall be sent to the address Executive most recently provided to the Company.
      18. NO WAIVER: No failure by either party at any time to give notice of any breach

-7-


 

by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement.
      19. ARBITRATION: Any dispute about the validity, interpretation, effect or alleged violation of this Agreement (an “arbitrable dispute”) must be submitted to confidential arbitration in Houston, Texas. Arbitration shall take place before an experienced employment arbitrator licensed to practice law in such state and selected in accordance with the Model Employment Arbitration Procedures of the American Arbitration Association. Arbitration shall be the exclusive remedy of any arbitrable dispute. The Company shall bear all fees, costs and expenses of arbitration, including those of Executive unless the arbitrator finds that Executive has acted in bad faith and provides otherwise with respect to the fees, costs and expenses of Executive; provided, however, in no event shall Executive be chargeable with the fees, costs and expenses of the Company or the arbitrator. Should any party to this Agreement pursue any arbitrable dispute by any method other than arbitration, the other party shall be entitled to recover from the party initiating the use of such method all damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of the use of such method. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement shall purport to waive or in any way limit the right of any party to seek to enforce any judgment or decision on an arbitrable dispute in a court of competent jurisdiction. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in Houston, Texas, for the purposes of any proceeding arising out of this Agreement.
      20. GOVERNING LAW: This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without regard to conflicts of law principles.
      21. SUCCESSORS:
  (a)   This Agreement is personal to Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s legal representatives.
 
  (b)   This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
 
  (c)   The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as defined in this

-8-


 

      Agreement and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.
      22. ENTIRE AGREEMENT: This instrument contains the entire agreement of Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and all promises, representations, understandings, arrangements, and prior and contemporaneous agreements (written or oral) between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, are terminated hereby.
      23. SURVIVAL/SEVERABILITY/HEADINGS: It is the express intention and agreement of the parties that Sections 5 through 25 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Term. In addition, all obligations of the Company to make payments under this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. Article and section headings contained in this Agreement are provided for convenience and reference only, and do not define or affect the meaning, construction, or scope of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
      24. TAX WITHHOLDING: The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any compensatory payments that it makes to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise all taxes required by applicable law to be withheld therefrom by the Company.
      25. LEGAL FEES: The Company shall reimburse Executive for his legal fees incurred in advising him with respect to and in preparing and reviewing this Agreement.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Executive have executed this Agreement in multiple originals to be effective for all purposes as of the Effective Date.
           
   
  RIGNET, INC.    
 
 
       
 
By:
Title:
  /s/ Mark B. Slaughter
 
CEO & President
   
 
 
       
  EXECUTIVE: WILLIAM D. SUTTON    
 
 
       
  /s/ William D. Sutton    
       
  (Signature)    

-9-


 

Exhibit A
To Employment Agreement
between RigNet, Inc.
and the Executive Named Below
     
Name:
  WILLIAM D. SUTTON
 
   
Position:
  VICE PRESIDENT, SECRETARY & GENERAL COUNSEL
 
   
Reporting:
  Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
 
   
Term:
  Through November 15, 2010 (the “primary term”); provided that beginning on the final date in the primary term and on each anniversary thereafter, the Term automatically will be extended for an additional one year, unless at least 90 days prior to any such anniversary either of the parties to this Agreement gives written notice to the other that the Term shall cease to be so extended. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change of Control, the Term shall not be less than two years from the date of such Change of Control. However, the Term shall automatically terminate as provided in Section 7.
 
   
Annual Base Salary:
  $172,784. Executive’s base salary may be increased from time to time, but as increased may not be thereafter decreased.
 
   
Annual Bonus:
  Each fiscal year of the Company (each fiscal year being a “Bonus Period”), Executive shall participate in the Company’s annual bonus plan (Management Incentive Plan or “MIP”). Subject to the MIP’s terms and conditions, Executive shall be eligible to receive a target bonus in an amount not less than 30% of Executive’s annual Base Salary. Executive’s entitlement to a bonus during each Bonus Period shall be dependent upon the Company’s and Executive’s satisfaction of criteria established by the Compensation Committee, at its sole discretion, under the MIP. Determination of the satisfaction of such criteria shall be solely based upon the Company’s audited financial statements and final Board of Director approval for each such Bonus Period, and further provided that Executive shall not be
 
   

-10-


 

     
 
  entitled to receive any Annual Bonus if Executive is not an employee of the Company on the date that payment of an approved Annual Bonus would otherwise be payable.
 
   
Cash Severance Amount:
  The aggregate sum of (i) the amount of Executive’s target bonus for the Bonus Period in which his termination occurs, and (ii) 1.0 times Executive’s then applicable annual Base Salary.
 
   
409A Tax Gross-Up:
  In the event it shall be determined that any payment to Executive, whether under this Agreement or otherwise, is subject to the additional tax imposed by Section 409A of the Code, or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such additional tax (such tax together with any such interest and penalties, hereinafter collectively referred to as the “409A Tax”), the Company shall pay Executive a “Gross-Up Payment” in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, including, without limitation, any additional 409A Tax on the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross- Up Payment equal to the initial 409A Tax. Such Gross-Up Payment shall be paid no later than the time Executive is required to pay the 409A Tax. Executive and the Company agree to use reasonable efforts to avoid having any payment or benefit provided to Executive being subject to the 409A Tax.

-11-


 

Exhibit B

Mexico
Brazil
Venezuela
Norway
The United Kingdom
Denmark
Singapore
Qatar
Indonesia
Brunei
Australia
Thailand
India
Saudi Arabia
United Arab Emirates
Libya
Egypt
China
Vietnam
Nigeria
Angola
Ghana
Cameroon
Tunisia

-12-


 

Amendment to Employment Agreement
This Amendment to the Employment Agreement entered into this 15th day of August, 2010 by and between RigNet, Inc. (“Company”) and William D. Sutton (“Executive”) (“Amendment”),
The Company and Executive agree as follows:
          Whereas, Company and Executive desire to amend that certain Employment Agreement dated May 14, 2010 (“Employment Agreement”);
          Now Therefore, in consideration of the promises and mutual consideration set forth, it is agreed by Company and Executive as follows:
  1.   The Section of Exhibit A of the Employment Agreement related to ‘Term’ is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:
 
      “Term: the initial term shall extend through November 15, 2010; provided that on November 16, 2010 the Term will automatically renew for an additional one year period unless either: (a) the Company provides notice of non-renewal to the Executive on or before August 15, 2010; or (b) the Executive provides notice of non-renewal to the Company on or before August 27, 2010. On each anniversary of November 15, 2010 thereafter, the Term will automatically renew for successive one year periods unless either party provides not less than 90 days notice to the other party, subject to the parties’ respective rights under Section 7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change of Control (as defined in Section 9(d)), the Term shall not be less than two years from the date of such Change of Control subject to the parties’ respective rights under Section 7.”
 
  2.   Except as expressly set forth above, the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as written.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive have executed this Amendment in multiple originals to be effective for all purposes as of the Effective Date.
       
   
 
RigNet, Inc.
   
 
 
   
 
/s/ Mark B. Slaughter
 
Mark B. Slaughter
   
 
Chief Executive Officer
   
 
 
   
 
Executive
   
 
 
   
 
/s/ William D. Sutton
 
William D. Sutton
   

Exhibit 10.15
Employment Agreement
     This Employment Agreement (“Agreement”), including the attached Exhibits A and B, which are made a part hereof for all purposes, between RigNet, Inc. (“Company”) and Hector Maytorena (“Executive”) is effective as of May 18, 2010 (“Effective Date”). The Company and Executive agree as follows:
      1. TERM AND POSITION: The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by the Company, in the Positions and for the Term stated on Exhibit “A.” During the Term of this Agreement, Executive shall devote his full time and undivided attention during business hours to the business and affairs of the Company, except for vacations, illness or incapacity; however, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Executive from (i) engaging in charitable and community activities, and (ii) managing his personal investments, provided that such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. The Chief Executive Officer of the Company (“CEO”) in accordance with guidelines, if any, of the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”) shall give Executive written notice of any such activities that it reasonably believes materially interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder and provide Executive with a reasonable period of time to correct such interference.
      2. COMPENSATION: While Executive serves in the Positions set forth on Exhibit “A,” Executive’s annual base salary, as set forth on Exhibit “A,” shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices for its executive officers. Executive shall participate in the Company’s currently effective Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”) and, under the terms of the MIP, shall be eligible for annual bonuses and/or periodic long-term incentive awards, in cash and/or in Company stock, as determined appropriate from time to time by the Compensation Committee of the Board (“Compensation Committee”). Under the terms of the MIP and subject to the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, Executive shall be eligible for an annual bonus in the amount, and determined in the manner, set forth on Exhibit “A” attached hereto.
      3. BENEFITS: Executive shall be allowed to participate in all compensation and benefit plans and receive all perquisites that the Company makes available to its other senior executives of the same corporate level and also to participate in all employee benefit plans and programs that the Company makes available to the Company’s employees in general. Nothing in this Agreement is to be construed to obligate the Company to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing any benefit program or plan, so long as such actions are similarly applicable to the covered executives or employees, as applicable.
      4. INDEMNIFICATION: In any situation where under applicable law the Company has the power to indemnify, advance expenses to and defend Executive in respect of any claims,

-1-


 

judgments, fines, settlements, loss, cost or expense (including attorneys fees) of any nature related to or arising out of Executive’s activities as an agent, employee, officer or director of the Company or in any other capacity in which he is acting or serving on behalf of or at the request of the Company (a “Claim”), the Company shall fully indemnify Executive to the maximum extent permitted by law and promptly on written request from Executive advance expenses {including attorney’s fees) to Executive and defend Executive to the fullest extent permitted by law, unless Executive has been grossly negligent or willfully engaged in misconduct in the performance or nonperformance of his duties that is the basis for such Claim, which nonperformance shall include a failure of Executive to inform the Board of matters that could reasonably be expected, at such time, to be materially injurious financially to the Company. This contractual indemnification of Executive by the Company hereunder shall not be deemed or construed as operating to impair any other obligation of the Company respecting Executive’s indemnification or defense otherwise arising out of this or any other agreement or promise or obligation of the Company under any statute, articles of incorporation, by-laws or otherwise.
      5. D&O INSURANCE: The Company will obtain and maintain throughout the Term officer and director liability insurance covering Executive in an amount believed by the Board to be reasonable for the Company, given its size and activities, but in no event shall the coverage for Executive be less (in amount or scope) than the coverage provided for any other officer or director of the Company. Such insurance coverage shall continue as to Executive after he has ceased to be a director, officer or employee of the Company with respect to acts or omissions, which occurred prior to such cessation. Insurance contemplated by this Section shall inure to the benefit of Executive, his heirs and the executors and administrators of his estate.
      6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT: The Company and Executive agree that, during the Term, either party may, upon at least 30 days written notice to the other, terminate Executive’s employment; provided, however, that Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company for Cause only as provided below. The Term of the Agreement shall terminate upon the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason.
      7. SEVERANCE PAY AND BENEFITS: If, during the Term, the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay Executive a Cash Severance Amount and provide Executive with certain other severance benefits (collectively, the “Severance Pay”) as described below. The Severance Pay shall be as follows:
  (a)   The Cash Severance Amount shall be the amount as provided in Exhibit A hereto. The Company shall pay the Cash Severance Amount to Executive in a lump sum by wire transfer on or as soon as reasonably practical after the termination date; provided, however, that if at such time Executive is a

-2-


 

      “specified employee,” as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”) and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder, the Company shall not make such payment until the earlier of (i) the first day of the seventh month after Executive’s termination date or (ii) the date of Executive’s death. In the event of any such delay in payment, such Cash Severance Amount shall bear interest at the LIBOR rate in effect on his termination date until paid.
 
  (b)   Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under the Company’s group health plan pursuant to Section 4980B of the Code (“COBRA”), the Company shall pay on Executive’s behalf the full premium required for such continued coverage elected for his applicable COBRA period but not to exceed 18 months; provided, however, the Company shall take all actions necessary for Executive not to be taxed on either the continued coverage or any health benefits received under the health plan, which may include, if effective, paying Executive a monthly amount in cash, with a full tax gross-up, that enables Executive to pay the health premium required with after-tax dollars in order for such continued coverage or benefits to be non-taxable to him; provided, further however, if such reimbursement payments would be subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code, the Company shall provide Executive with either a full tax gross-up, paid when Executive remits such taxes, or reasonably equivalent health insurance coverage that does not subject Executive to tax under Sections 105, 106 or 409A of the Code.
 
  (c)   As soon as practical on or following his termination, the Company shall pay Executive (i) any earned but unpaid base salary, (ii) any accrued but unused vacation, and (iii) all reasonable and unreimbursed business expenses incurred by him prior to his termination.
 
  (d)   The Company shall provide Executive with outplacement services of Executive’s choosing, not to exceed $20,000.
Executive shall not be entitled to Severance Pay for a termination of employment that is due to his death or Disability, his voluntary termination without Good Reason, or his termination by the Company for Cause.

-3-


 

      8. DEFINITIONS
          The following are definitions of terms used in this and other sections of this Agreement.
  (a)   Cause. “Cause” means (i) Executive’s conviction of a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (ii) Executive’s intentional and continued failure to perform his duties (other than by reason of an illness or a disability); (iii) intentional engagement in conduct by Executive that is materially injurious to the Company (monetarily or otherwise); (iv) Executive’s gross negligence in the performance of Executive’s duties (v) Executive’s failure to demonstrate clear separation of business and personal business (including without limitation, business travel expenses); provided, however, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause under clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above unless the determination of whether Cause exists is made in writing by the CEO, such determination to set forth the basis for the determination. If Executive disagrees with the CEO’s determination, Executive may, within 30 days of the CEO’s determination file a written appeal with the Board, and the Board may reverse the CEO’s determination if a resolution is duly adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire membership of the Board (excluding Executive, if a member) at a meeting of the Board that was called for the purpose of considering such termination (after 15 days’ notice to Executive and an opportunity for Executive, together with Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board and, if reasonably possible, to cure the breach that is the alleged basis for Cause) finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive was not guilty of conduct constituting Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
 
  (b)   Good Reason. “Good Reason” means (i) an adverse change in Executive’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities, including job title, (ii) an adverse change in Executive’s base salary or the taking of any action by the Company that would diminish, other than in a de minimus amount, the aggregate incentive compensation awards or opportunities of Executive or the level of Executive’s participation relative to other participants, iii) the relocation of the Company’s principal executive offices by more than 25 miles from where such offices are located on the Effective Date or Executive being based at any office other than the principal executive offices of the Company, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of Executive’s duties and reasonably consistent with Executive’s travel prior to the Effective Date, or (iv) a breach of this Agreement by the Company, which remains uncorrected for 10 days following Executive’s written

-4-


 

      notice to the Company of such breach.
 
  (c)   Disability. “Disability” means Executive (i) is unable to perform substantially Executive’s duties with the Company as a result of any physical or mental impairment that is reasonably expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as supported by a written opinion by a physician selected by Executive, and (ii) is receiving long-term disability benefits under the Company’s insured long-term disability plan.
      9. COMPANY EQUITY: The provisions of this Section are in addition to any rights of Executive under Section 7 of this Agreement.
  (a)   Upon Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason, death or Disability or upon Executive’s termination by the Company for any reason other than Cause, each Company stock option of Executive automatically shall vest and become exercisable in full. Further, in the event that Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason other than for Cause, all vested Company stock options of Executive, including those that become vested on his termination of employment as provided in this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect for the remainder of their original option terms. In addition, each Company restricted stock award and other Company-equity based award, and any other deferred compensation award granted to Executive, shall vest in full and be payable on the date the Cash Severance Amount is paid to Executive as provided above. However, expressly excluded from this section are any equity awards issued to Executive by the Company under a long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”) after the Company’s stock is listed on any public stock exchange or securities market. Such equity issued under the LTIP after a public listing shall vest and continue in full force and effect in accordance with the terms of the LTIP.
 
  (c)   In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause and the Company’s stock is not listed on any public stock exchange or securities market, then for 90 days following Executive’s termination the Company shall have a right to cancel all of Executive’s vested stock options by paying Executive a cash lump amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the shares of the Company stock covered by such options and the exercise prices of such options.
 
  (d)   Upon a “Change of Control,” all Company stock options and other Company equity-based awards of Executive automatically shall vest in full immediately prior

-5-


 

      to such Change of Control and be exercisable or payable pursuant to its terms, notwithstanding anything in any award agreement to the contrary.
 
  (e)   In the event that a majority of other shareholders sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares of Company stock or securities convertible into Company stock prior to an initial public offering of the Company stock, the other shareholders and the Company shall take, at their sole expense, all actions necessary or helpful, to enable Executive, at his election, to sell or similarly dispose of his shares of Company stock to such purchaser(s) at the same time and on the same terms. The percentage of his shares of Company stock that Executive may elect to sell or otherwise dispose of pursuant to this “tag along” right shall not exceed the percentage of the Company stock owned by the other selling shareholders (with all convertible securities being deemed fully converted) that it is selling or otherwise disposing in such transaction(s). Such “tag along” rights for Executive shall no longer exist once the Company’s stock is listed on any public stock exchange or securities market.
      10. NO OFFSET OR MITIGATION: Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit provided for under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement be reduced as the result of his employment by another employer or his self-employment, except that any severance payments or benefits that Executive is entitled to receive pursuant to a Company severance welfare benefit plan for employees in general shall reduce the amount of payments and benefits otherwise payable or to be provided to Executive under this Agreement.
      11. CONFIDENTIALITY: Executive will not use, divulge, or disclose, directly or indirectly, any trade secret, data, records, or other information concerning the technology, know-how, business, policies, finances, or operations of the Company or any of its affiliates, which Executive acquires knowledge of pursuant to his employment with the Company (the “Information”), including, but not limited to, information regarding its customers and projects. He will not, without the express consent of a member of the Board, remove from the offices of the Company any originals or copies of any of the Information, or any computer disks, computer hard drives, or computer tapes on which any of the Information is recorded.
      12. INVENTIONS: Executive will promptly and fully disclose to the Company any inventions, designs, improvements or discoveries which Executive develops during his employment with the Company, whether conceived during regular working hours or otherwise. All such inventions, designs, improvements, and discoveries shall be the exclusive property of the Company. Executive will: (i) assist the Company in obtaining appropriate legal protection

-6-


 

(including patent, trademark, and copyright protection) for the rights of the Company with respect to such inventions, designs, improvements, and discoveries, and (ii) execute all documents and do all things necessary to (a) obtain such legal protection, and (b) vest the Company with full and exclusive title thereof.
      13. NON-COMPETITION OBLIGATIONS: The Executive Agrees that, during the Term of this Agreement and for the 12-month period following any termination of this Agreement by the Company without Cause, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, engage in any business competing with the businesses of the Company, whether directly or as an owner of more than 5% in, as a manager of, a participant in, a consultant to or a person who renders services on behalf of, a person who engages in such business, or otherwise, within (i) the states of Texas, Louisiana, Colorado or Wyoming or (ii) in any geographical area in which the Company actually engages in such businesses, specifically including the nations listed on Exhibit B attached hereto. The business of the Company is providing Internet protocol-based voice, data and video networks and software application management services for offshore drilling companies, oil companies and oil-field service companies.
      14. NON-SOLICITATION: During the Term of this Agreement and the 12-month period following the termination hereof, Executive shall not directly, or indirectly through another entity, induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company to leave the employ of the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company and any employee thereof, and Executive shall not directly or indirectly induce or attempt to induce any existing or prospective customer of the Company to reduce or cease its business relationship with the Company.
      15. WARRANTY AND INDEMNIFICATION: Executive warrants that he is not a party to any other restrictive agreement limiting his activities in his employment by the Company. Executive further warrants that at the time of the signing of this Agreement, Executive knows of no written or oral contract or of any other impediment that would inhibit or prohibit continued employment with the Company. Executive shall hold the Company harmless from any and all suits and claims arising out of any breach of such restrictive agreement or contracts.
      16. NON-DISPARAGEMENT: The parties shall refrain, both during and after the Term, from publishing any oral or written statements about each other (including with respect to the Company, its affiliates, or any of their respective officers, employees, agents, or representatives) that are disparaging, slanderous, libelous, or defamatory.
      17. NOTICES: Notices and all other communications shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States

-7-


 

registered or certified mail. Notices to the Company, shall be sent to 1880 South Dairy Ashford, Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77077 attention: Chief Executive Officer. Notices and communications to Executive shall be sent to the address Executive most recently provided to the Company.
      18. NO WAIVER: No failure by either party at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement.
      19. ARBITRATION: Any dispute about the validity, interpretation, effect or alleged violation of this Agreement (an “arbitrable dispute”) must be submitted to confidential arbitration in Houston, Texas. Arbitration shall take place before an experienced employment arbitrator licensed to practice law in such state and selected in accordance with the Model Employment Arbitration Procedures of the American Arbitration Association. Arbitration shall be the exclusive remedy of any arbitrable dispute. The Company shall bear all fees, costs and expenses of arbitration, including those of Executive unless the arbitrator finds that Executive has acted in bad faith and provides otherwise with respect to the fees, costs and expenses of Executive; provided, however, in no event shall Executive be chargeable with the fees, costs and expenses of the Company or the arbitrator. Should any party to this Agreement pursue any arbitrable dispute by any method other than arbitration, the other party shall be entitled to recover from the party initiating the use of such method all damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of the use of such method. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement shall purport to waive or in any way limit the right of any party to seek to enforce any judgment or decision on an arbitrable dispute in a court of competent jurisdiction. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in Houston, Texas, for the purposes of any proceeding arising out of this Agreement.
      20. GOVERNING LAW: This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without regard to conflicts of law principles.
      21. SUCCESSORS:
  (a)   This Agreement is personal to Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s legal representatives.
 
  (b)   This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

-8-


 

  (c)   The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as defined in this Agreement and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.
      22. ENTIRE AGREEMENT: This instrument contains the entire agreement of Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and all promises, representations, understandings, arrangements, and prior and contemporaneous agreements (written or oral) between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, are terminated hereby.
      23. SURVIVAL/SEVERABILITY/HEADINGS: It is the express intention and agreement of the parties that Sections 5 through 25 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Term. In addition, all obligations of the Company to make payments under this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. Article and section headings contained in this Agreement are provided for convenience and reference only, and do not define or affect the meaning, construction, or scope of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
      24. TAX WITHHOLDING: The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any compensatory payments that it makes to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise all taxes required by applicable law to be withheld therefrom by the Company.
      25. LEGAL FEES: The Company shall reimburse Executive for his legal fees incurred in advising him with respect to and in preparing and reviewing this Agreement.
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

-9-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Executive have executed this Agreement in multiple originals to be effective for all purposes as of the Effective Date.
             
    RIGNET, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:
Title:
  /s/ Mark B. Slaughter
 
CEO & President
   
 
           
    “EXECUTIVE HECTOR MAYTORENA”    
 
           
    /s/ Hector J. Maytorena
 
   
    (Signature)    

-10-


 

Exhibit A
To Employment Agreement
between RigNet, Inc.
and the Executive Named Below
     
Name:
  Hector Maytorena
 
   
Position:
  Vice-President & General Manager-Americas
 
   
Reporting:
  Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
 
   
Term:
  Through November 15, 2010 (the “primary term”); provided that beginning on the final date in the primary term and on each anniversary thereafter, the Term automatically will be extended for an additional one year, unless at least 90 days prior to any such anniversary either of the parties to this Agreement gives written notice to the other that the Term shall cease to be so extended. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change of Control, the Term shall not be less than two years from the date of such Change of Control. However, the Term shall automatically terminate as provided in Section 7.
 
   
Annual Base Salary:
  $150,000. Executive’s base salary may be increased from time to time, but as increased may not be thereafter decreased.
 
   
Annual Bonus:
  Each fiscal year of the Company (each fiscal year being a “Bonus Period”), Executive shall participate in the Company’s annual bonus plan (Management Incentive Plan or “MIP”). Subject to the MIP’s terms and conditions, Executive shall be eligible to receive a target bonus in an amount not less than 30% of Executive’s annual Base Salary. Executive’s entitlement to a bonus during each Bonus Period shall be dependent upon the Company’s and Executive’s satisfaction of criteria established by the Compensation Committee, at its sole discretion, under the MIP. Determination of the satisfaction of such criteria shall be solely based upon the Company’s audited financial statements and final Board of Director approval for each such Bonus Period, and further provided that Executive shall not be

-11-


 

     
 
  entitled to receive any Annual Bonus if Executive is not an employee of the Company on the date that payment of an approved Annual Bonus would otherwise be payable.
 
   
Cash Severance Amount:
  The aggregate sum of (i) the amount of Executive’s target bonus for the Bonus Period in which his termination occurs, and (ii) 1.0 times Executive’s then applicable annual Base Salary.
 
   
409A Tax Gross-Up:
  In the event it shall be determined that any payment to Executive, whether under this Agreement or otherwise, is subject to the additional tax imposed by Section 409A of the Code, or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such additional tax (such tax together with any such interest and penalties, hereinafter collectively referred to as the “409A Tax”), the Company shall pay Executive a “Gross-Up Payment” in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, including, without limitation, any additional 409A Tax on the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the initial 409A Tax. Such Gross-Up Payment shall be paid no later than the time Executive is required to pay the 409A Tax. Executive and the Company agree to use reasonable efforts to avoid having any payment or benefit provided to Executive being subject to the 409A Tax.

-12-


 

     
 
  Exhibit B
 
   
 
  Mexico
 
  Brazil
 
  Venezuela
 
  Norway
 
  The United Kingdom
 
  Denmark
 
  Singapore
 
  Qatar
 
  Indonesia
 
  Brunei
 
  Australia
 
  Thailand
 
  India
 
  Saudi Arabia
 
  United Arab Emirates
 
  Libya
 
  Egypt
 
  China
 
  Vietnam
 
  Nigeria
 
  Angola
 
  Ghana
 
  Cameroon
 
  Tunisia

A-13


 

Amendment to Employment Agreement
This Amendment to the Employment Agreement entered into this 15th day of August, 2010 by and between RigNet, Inc. (“Company”) and Hector J. Maytorena (“Executive”) (“Amendment”),
The Company and Executive agree as follows:
          Whereas, Company and Executive desire to amend that certain Employment Agreement dated May 14, 2010 (“Employment Agreement”);
          Now Therefore, in consideration of the promises and mutual consideration set forth, it is agreed by Company and Executive as follows:
  1.   The Section of Exhibit A of the Employment Agreement related to ‘Term’ is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:
 
      “Term: the initial term shall extend through November 15, 2010; provided that on November 16, 2010 the Term will automatically renew for an additional one year period unless either: (a) the Company provides notice of non-renewal to the Executive on or before August 15, 2010; or (b) the Executive provides notice of non-renewal to the Company on or before August 27, 2010. On each anniversary of November 15, 2010 thereafter, the Term will automatically renew for successive one year periods unless either party provides not less than 90 days notice to the other party, subject to the parties’ respective rights under Section 7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change of Control (as defined in Section 9(d)), the Term shall not be less than two years from the date of such Change of Control subject to the parties’ respective rights under Section 7.”
 
  2.   Except as expressly set forth above, the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as written.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive have executed this Amendment in multiple originals to be affective for all purposes as of the Effective Date.
         
 
  RigNet, Inc.    
 
       
 
  /s/ Mark B. Slaughter
 
Mark B. Slaughter
   
 
  Chief Executive Officer    
 
       
 
  Executive    
 
       
 
  /s/ Hector J. Maytorena
 
Hector J. Maytorena
  8/15/2010 

 

Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of RigNet, Inc.
     
Name   Jurisdiction
LandTel, Inc.
  Delaware
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
  Louisiana
RigNet UK Limited
  United Kingdom
RigNet Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia
RigNet Pte Ltd
  Singapore
RigNet Holdings Brazil Ltda.
  Brazil
RigNet Serviços de Telecomunicações Brasil Ltda.
  Brazil
PG Net AS
  Norway
RigNet Services Nigeria Limited
  Nigeria
RigNet Europe AS
  Norway
RigNet AS
  Norway
OilCamp Limited
  United Kingdom
RigNet Australia Pty Ltd
  Australia
RigNet Qatar W.L.L.
  Qatar
RigNet SatCom, Inc.
  Delaware
RigNet Worldwide, Inc.
  Delaware
RigNet International, Inc.
  Delaware

 

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
     We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated June 22, 2010, relating to the consolidated financial statements of RigNet, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Houston, Texas
September 30, 2010

Exhibit 99.1
September 26, 2010
PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL
ODS-Petrodata, Inc.
3200 Wilcrest Dr., Suite 170
Houston, Texas 77042
Re: Consent to Use of Data
Dear Sir or Madam:
     RigNet, Inc. (“RigNet”) is contemplating an initial public offering of its common stock. In connection with this offering, RigNet proposes to file a Form S-1 registration statement (“Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     We request your consent to cite, in the Registration Statement and all amendments thereto, certain data contained in a RigBase Current Activity data download dated June 1, 2010 and a Rig Base Current Activity data download dated September 27, 2010. Furthermore, we also request to cite ODS-Petrodata, Inc. as the source of such data.
     If this is acceptable, please indicate your consent to our use of the data by countersigning this letter. Please email or fax the executed consent to William Sutton at (281) 674-0101 or bill.sutton@rig.net, and return the original executed consent to William Sutton at 1880 S. Dairy Ashford, Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77077. Please call the undersigned at (281) 674-0713 or Brian Fenske of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., counsel to RigNet, at (713) 651-5557 with any questions you may have. Given the urgency of this request, your prompt attention to this matter is greatly appreciated.
     Please note that RigNet has not made any public announcement of the proposed public offering and appreciates your maintaining the confidentiality of the subject matter of this letter. In order not to jeopardize the offering, it is critical that you keep confidential RigNet’s plans with respect to its initial public offering. Accordingly, please do not discuss the offering with third parties.
         
  Sincerely,

RigNet, Inc.
 
 
  /s/ William D. Sutton    
  William D. Sutton, Vice President
and General Counsel 
 
     

- 1 -


 

         
         
CONSENT GRANTED:    
 
       
ODS-Petrodata, Inc.    
 
       
By:
Name:
  /s/ Paul Large
 
Paul Large
   
Title:
  Vice President, Sales    
Date:
  September 28, 2010    

- 2 -

Exhibit 99.2
June 24, 2010
PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL
Spears & Associates, Inc.
8908 S. Yale, Suite 440
Tulsa, Oklahoma 74137
Re: Consent to Use of Data
Dear Sir or Madam:
     RigNet, Inc. (“RigNet”) is contemplating an initial public offering of its common stock. In connection with this offering, RigNet proposes to file a Form S-1 registration statement (“Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     We request your consent to cite, in the Registration Statement and all amendments thereto, certain data contained in the June 2010 Drilling and Production Outlook and the 1999-2010 Oilfield Market Report . Furthermore, we also request to cite Spears & Associates, Inc. as the source of such data.
     If this is acceptable, please indicate your consent to our use of the data by countersigning this letter. Please email or fax the executed consent to William Sutton at (281) 674-0101 or bill.sutton@rig.net, and return the original executed consent to William Sutton at 1880 S. Dairy Ashford, Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77077. Please call the undersigned at (281) 674-0713 or Brian Fenske of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., counsel to RigNet, at (713) 651-5557 with any questions you may have. Given the urgency of this request, your prompt attention to this matter is greatly appreciated.
     Please note that RigNet has not made any public announcement of the proposed public offering and appreciates your maintaining the confidentiality of the subject matter of this letter. In order not to jeopardize the offering, it is critical that you keep confidential RigNet’s plans with respect to its initial public offering. Accordingly, please do not discuss the offering with third parties.
         
  Sincerely,

RigNet, Inc.
 
 
  /s/ William D. Sutton    
  William D. Sutton, Vice President
and General Counsel 
 
     

- 1 -


 

         
         
CONSENT GRANTED:    
 
       
SPEARS & ASSOCIATES, INC.    
 
       
By:
Name:
  /s/ John Spears
 
John Spears
   
Title:
  President    
Date:
  June 25, 2010    

- 2 -

Exhibit 99.3
June 24, 2010
PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL
International Energy Agency
9, rue de la Fédération
75739 Paris Cedex 15
France
Re: Consent to Use of Data
Dear Sir or Madam:
     RigNet, Inc. (“RigNet”) is contemplating an initial public offering of its common stock. In connection with this offering, RigNet proposes to file a Form S-1 registration statement (“Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     We request your consent to cite, in the Registration Statement and all amendments thereto, certain data contained in the World Energy Outlook 2009 . Furthermore, we also request to cite the International Energy Agency as the source of such data. For example, we seek to include the following statement in the Registration Statement:
Onshore U.S. exploration and production companies, leveraging technological advances, have expanded into new areas with significant geological challenges, including unconventional natural gas production from shale, rock and tight sands. Production from these unconventional onshore basins now accounts for approximately 50% of United States natural gas production, up from 30% in 2000 according to the International Energy Agency’s World Energy Outlook 2009.
     If this is acceptable, please indicate your consent to our use of the data by countersigning this letter. Please email or fax the executed consent to William Sutton at (281) 674-0101 or bill.sutton@rig.net, and return the original executed consent to William Sutton at 1880 S. Dairy Ashford, Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77077. Please call the undersigned at (281) 674-0713 or Brian Fenske of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., counsel to RigNet, at (713) 651-5557 with any questions you may have. Given the urgency of this request, your prompt attention to this matter is greatly appreciated.
     Please note that RigNet has not made any public announcement of the proposed public offering and appreciates your maintaining the confidentiality of the subject matter of this letter. In order not to jeopardize the offering, it is critical that you keep confidential RigNet’s plans with respect to its initial public offering. Accordingly, please do not discuss the offering with third parties.

- 1 -


 

         
  Sincerely,

RigNet, Inc.
 
 
  /s/ William D. Sutton    
  William D. Sutton, Vice President
and General Counsel 
 
     
 
         
CONSENT GRANTED:    
 
       
International Energy Agency    
 
       
By:
Name:
  /s/ Nancy Turck
 
Nancy Turck
   
Title:
  Chief Legal Counsel    
Date:
  June 29, 2010    

- 2 -

Exhibit 99.4
August 26, 2010
RigNet, Inc.
1880 S. Dairy Ashford, Suite 300
Houston, Texas 77077
Attention: William D. Sutton, Vice President and General Counsel
Re: Consent to be Named in Registration Statement
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     I hereby consent to be named as a future director in the Form S-1 registration statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including any and all amendments and post-effective amendments thereto and any related registration statements filed under Rule 462(b), and in the accompanying prospectuses forming a part thereof.
         
  Sincerely,
 
 
  /s/ Mark B. Slaughter    
  Mark B. Slaughter, President and
Chief Executive Officer 
 
     
 

- 1 -